84186886 B
C
M
Y
CM
MY
CY
CMY
K
20_CHEV_Silverado_COV_en_US_84186886B_2019AUG27.ai 1 8/12/2019 1:31:21 PM20_CHEV_Silverado_COV_en_US_84186886B_2019AUG27.ai 1 8/12/2019 1:31:21 PM
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Contents
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . . 9
Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Instruments and Controls . . . . . . 115
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 174
Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 183
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 438
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 460
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 470
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . 482
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
2 Introduction
Introduction
The names, logos, emblems,
slogans, vehicle model names, and
vehicle body designs appearing in
this manual including, but not limited
to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET,
the CHEVROLET Emblem,
SILVERADO, and Z71 are
trademarks and/or service marks of
General Motors LLC, its
subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors.
For vehicles first sold in Canada,
substitute the name “General
Motors of Canada Company” for
Chevrolet Motor Division wherever it
appears in this manual.
This manual describes features that
may or may not be on the vehicle
because of optional equipment that
was not purchased on the vehicle,
model variants, country
specifications, features/applications
that may not be available in your
region, or changes subsequent to
the printing of this owner’s manual.
If the vehicle has the Duramax
diesel engine, see the Duramax
diesel supplement for additional and
specific information on this engine.
Refer to the purchase
documentation relating to your
specific vehicle to confirm the
features.
Keep this manual in the vehicle for
quick reference.
Canadian Vehicle Owners
A French language manual can be
obtained from your dealer, at
www.helminc.com, or from:
Propriétaires Canadiens
On peut obtenir un exemplaire de
ce guide en français auprès du
concessionnaire ou à l'adresse
suivante:
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, MI 48170
USA
Using this Manual
To quickly locate information about
the vehicle, use the Index in the
back of the manual. It is an
alphabetical list of what is in the
manual and the page number where
it can be found.
Danger, Warning, and
Caution
Warning messages found on vehicle
labels and in this manual describe
hazards and what to do to avoid or
reduce them.
Litho in U.S.A.
Part No. 84186886 B Second Printing
©
2019 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Introduction 3
{
Danger
Danger indicates a hazard with a
high level of risk which will result
in serious injury or death.
{
Warning
Warning indicates a hazard that
could result in injury or death.
Caution
Caution indicates a hazard that
could result in property or vehicle
damage.
A circle with a slash through it is a
safety symbol which means “Do
not,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not let
this happen.”
Symbols
The vehicle has components and
labels that use symbols instead of
text. Symbols are shown along with
the text describing the operation or
information relating to a specific
component, control, message,
gauge, or indicator.
M : Shown when the owner’s
manual has additional instructions
or information.
* : Shown when the service
manual has additional instructions
or information.
0 : Shown when there is more
information on another page —
“see page.”
Vehicle Symbol Chart
Here are some additional symbols
that may be found on the vehicle
and what they mean. See the
features in this manual for
information.
u : Air Conditioning System
G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil
9 : Airbag Readiness Light
! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)
$ : Brake System Warning Light
9 : Dispose of Used Components
Properly
P : Do Not Apply High Pressure
Water
B : Engine Coolant Temperature
_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited
H : Flammable
[ : Forward Collision Alert
R : Fuse Block Cover Lock
Location
+ : Fuses
j : ISOFIX/LATCH System Child
Restraints
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
4 Introduction
Q : Keep Fuse Block Covers
Properly Installed
| : Lane Change Alert
@ : Lane Departure Warning
A : Lane Keep Assist
* : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
: : Oil Pressure
X : Park Assist
~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator
O : Power
7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert
I : Registered Technician
/ : Remote Vehicle Start
> : Seat Belt Reminders
I : Side Blind Zone Alert
h : Stop/Start
7 : Tire Pressure Monitor
d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak/
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
a : Under Pressure
V : Vehicle Ahead Indicator
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Introduction 5
Instrument Panel Overview
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
6 Introduction
1. Tow/Haul Mode (On Some
Models). See Driver Mode
Control 0 236.
Automatic Transfer Case
Control (If Equipped). See
Four-Wheel Drive 0 225.
Driver Mode Control 0 236 (If
Equipped).
2. Air Vents 0 180.
3. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn
and Lane-Change Signals
0 168.
Windshield Wiper/Washer
0 117.
4. Head-Up Display (HUD) 0 149
(If Equipped).
5. Instrument Cluster 0 124.
6. Shift Lever. See Automatic
Transmission 0 219.
Range Selection Mode. See
Manual Mode 0 222.
7. Light Sensor. See Automatic
Headlamp System 0 166.
8. Infotainment 0 174.
9. Climate Control Systems 0 175
(If Equipped).
Dual Automatic Climate Control
System 0 177 (If Equipped).
10. Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats 0 58 (If Equipped).
11.
X Park Assist Switch (If
Equipped). See Assistance
Systems for Parking or Backing
0 255.
g Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 233.
| Hazard Warning Flashers
0 167.
A Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
(1500 Series) 0 276 (If
Equipped).
@ Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) (2500/3500 Series)
0 274 (If Equipped).
5 Hill Descent Control Switch
(If Equipped). See Hill Descent
Control (HDC) 0 235.
j Power Assist Steps 0 33 (If
Equipped).
5 Power Release Tailgate
(If Equipped). See Tailgate
0 29.
DC/AC Switch. See Power
Outlets 0 119.
h Auto Stop Disable Switch
(If Equipped). See Stop/Start
System 0 211.
L Express Window Down
Button (If Equipped). See
Power Windows 0 46.
Tow/Haul Mode 0 224 (On
Some Models).
Exhaust Brake (If Equipped).
See Duramax Diesel
Supplement.
Power Take-Off (PTO) (If
Equipped). See Duramax
Diesel Supplement.
12. Power Outlet (Alternating
Current) (If Equipped). See
Power Outlets 0 119.
13. Power Outlets 0 119.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Introduction 7
14. USB Port. See the infotainment
manual.
15. Wireless Charging 0 121 (If
Equipped).
16. Trailer Brake Control Panel (If
Equipped). See “Integrated
Trailer Brake Control System”
under Towing Equipment
0 294.
17. ENGINE START/STOP. See
Ignition Positions (Keyless
Access) 0 206 or
Ignition Positions (Key Access)
0 208.
18. Steering Wheel Controls (If
Equipped). See the
infotainment manual.
Driver Information Center (DIC)
Controls. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) (Base
Level) 0 145 or
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Midlevel and Uplevel) 0 146.
19. Horn 0 117.
20. Hood Release. See Hood
0 328.
21. Steering Wheel Adjustment
0 116 (Out of View).
22. Cruise Control 0 241.
Adaptive Cruise Control (1500
Series) 0 243 (If Equipped).
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System 0 266 (If Equipped).
23. Data Link Connector (DLC)
(Out of View). See Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (Check Engine
Light) 0 135.
24. Electric Parking Brake 0 231.
25. Fog Lamps 0 168 (If
Equipped).
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control 0 171.
Exterior Cargo Lamps 0 170.
Exterior Lamp Controls 0 163.
Task Lighting 0 169 (If
Equipped).
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
8 Introduction
2 NOTES
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 9
Keys, Doors, and
Windows
Keys and Locks
Keys (Key Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Keys (Keyless Access) . . . . . . . . 12
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Key
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Keyless
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . 25
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 27
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Doors
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Power Assist Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Vehicle Security
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 34
Steering Column Lock . . . . . . . . . 35
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 36
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Trailer-Tow Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Automatic Dimming Mirror . . . . . 41
Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Interior Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 43
Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 43
Automatic Dimming Rearview
Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Windows
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Manual Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Rear Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Roof
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Keys and Locks
Keys (Key Access)
{
Warning
Leaving children in a vehicle with
the ignition key is dangerous and
children or others could be
seriously injured or killed. They
could operate the power windows
or other controls or make the
vehicle move. The windows will
function with the keys in the
ignition, and children or others
could be caught in the path of a
closing window. Do not leave
children in a vehicle with the
ignition key.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
10 Keys, Doors, and Windows
{
Warning
If the key is unintentionally
rotated while the vehicle is
running, the ignition could be
moved out of the RUN position.
This could be caused by heavy
items hanging from the key ring,
or by large or long items attached
to the key ring that could be
contacted by the driver or
steering wheel. If the ignition
moves out of the RUN position,
the engine will shut off, braking
and steering power assist may be
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
impacted, and airbags may not
deploy. To reduce the risk of
unintentional rotation of the
ignition key, do not change the
way the ignition key and Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter,
if equipped, are connected to the
provided key rings.
The ignition key and key rings, and
RKE transmitter, if equipped, are
designed to work together as a
system to reduce the risk of
unintentionally moving the key out
of the RUN position. The ignition
key has a small hole to allow
attachment of the provided key ring.
It is important that any replacement
ignition keys have a small hole. See
your dealer if a replacement key is
required.
The combination and size of the
rings that came with your keys were
specifically selected for your
vehicle. The rings are connected to
the key like two links of a chain to
reduce the risk of unintentionally
moving the key out of the RUN
position. Do not add any additional
items to the ring attached to the
ignition key. Attach additional items
only to the second ring, and limit
added items to a few essential keys
or small, light items no larger than
an RKE transmitter.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 11
Interference from radio-frequency
identification (RFID) tags may
prevent the key from starting the
vehicle. Keep RFID tags away from
the key when starting the vehicle.
The key is used for the ignition, all
door locks, and the glove box.
If equipped with memory seats,
keys 1 and 2 are linked to seating
positions of memory 1 or 2. See
Memory Seats 0 56.
Programming Keys
Follow these procedures to program
up to eight keys to the vehicle.
Programming with Two
Recognized Keys
To program a new key:
1. Insert the original, already
programmed key in the ignition
and turn the ignition on.
2. Turn the ignition off, and
remove the key.
3. Quickly, within five seconds,
insert the second original
already programmed key in the
ignition and turn the ignition on.
4. Turn the ignition off, and
remove the key.
5. Insert the key to be
programmed and turn the
ignition on within five seconds.
6. After a few seconds, the
security light will turn off once
the key has been programmed.
7. Repeat Steps 1–5 if additional
keys are to be programmed.
If a key is lost or damaged, see your
dealer to have a new key made.
Programming without
Recognized Keys
Program a new key to the vehicle
when a recognized key is not
available. Canadian regulations
require that owners see their dealer.
If two currently recognized keys are
not available, follow this procedure
to program the first key.
This procedure will take
approximately 30 minutes to
complete for the first key. The
vehicle must be off and all of the
keys you wish to program must be
with you.
1. Insert the new vehicle key into
the ignition.
2. Turn the ignition on. The
security light will come on.
3. Wait 10 minutes until the
security light turns off.
4. Turn the ignition off.
5. Repeat Steps 2–4 two more
times. After the third time, turn
the ignition on; the key is
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
12 Keys, Doors, and Windows
learned and all previously
known keys will no longer work
with the vehicle.
6. To learn a second key, turn the
ignition off, insert the second
key to be learned, and turn the
ignition on.
After two keys are learned, the
remaining keys can be learned by
following the procedure in
“Programming with Two
Recognized Keys.”
The key has a bar-coded key tag
that the dealer or qualified locksmith
can use to make new keys. Store
this information in a safe place, not
in the vehicle.
See your dealer if a replacement
key or additional key is needed.
If it becomes difficult to turn a key,
inspect the key blade for debris.
Periodically clean with a brush
or pick.
If locked out of the vehicle, see
Roadside Assistance Program
0 464.
With an active OnStar or connected
service plan, an OnStar Advisor
may remotely unlock the vehicle.
See OnStar Overview 0 474.
Keys (Keyless Access)
{
Warning
Leaving children in a vehicle with
an ignition key or Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter is
dangerous and children or others
could be seriously injured or
killed. They could operate the
power window or other controls or
make the vehicle move. The
windows will function with the key
in the ignition or with the RKE
transmitter in the vehicle, and
children or others could be caught
in the path of a closing window.
Do not leave children in a vehicle
with the ignition key or an RKE
transmitter.
If the vehicle has the Keyless
Access system, the transmitter has
a button on the side of the
transmitter used to remove the key.
This key is used for the driver door
and glove box.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 13
Press the button to remove the key.
Never pull the key out without
pressing the button.
See your dealer if a replacement
key or additional key is needed.
If it becomes difficult to turn a key,
inspect the key blade for debris.
Periodically clean with a brush
or pick.
With an active OnStar or connected
service plan, an OnStar Advisor
may remotely unlock the vehicle.
See OnStar Overview 0 474.
If locked out of the vehicle, see
Roadside Assistance Program
0 464.
If equipped with memory seats, RKE
transmitters 1 and 2 are linked to
seating positions of memory 1 or 2.
See Memory Seats 0 56.
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 470.
If there is a decrease in the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) operating
range:
.
Check the distance. The
transmitter may be too far from
the vehicle.
.
Check the location. Other
vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
.
Check the transmitter's battery.
See “Battery Replacement” later
in this section.
.
If the transmitter is still not
working correctly, see your
dealer or a qualified technician
for service.
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation
(Key Access)
The RKE transmitter functions may
work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from
the vehicle.
Other conditions can affect the
performance of the transmitter. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System 0 13.
/ : Press and release Q, then
immediately press and hold
/ until
the turn signal lamps flash or for at
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
14 Keys, Doors, and Windows
least four seconds. The engine may
be started from outside the vehicle
using the RKE transmitter. See
Remote Vehicle Start 0 25.
Q : Press to lock all doors.
If enabled, the turn signal lamps
may flash and/or the horn may
sound on the second press to
indicate locking has occurred.
If enabled, the horn chirps when
Q
is pressed again within
three seconds. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 154.
Pressing
Q arms the alarm system.
See Vehicle Alarm System 0 34.
If equipped with remote mirror
folding, pressing and holding
Q for
one second will fold the mirrors,
if enabled. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 154.
K : Press once to unlock only the
driver door. If
K is pressed again
within three seconds, all remaining
doors unlock. The interior lamps
may come on and stay on for
20 seconds or until the ignition is
turned on.
If enabled, the turn signal lamps
flash twice to indicate unlocking has
occurred. If enabled, the exterior
lamps may turn on. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 154.
Pressing
K on the RKE transmitter
disarms the alarm system. See
Vehicle Alarm System 0 34.
If equipped with remote mirror
folding, pressing and holding
K for
one second will unfold the mirrors,
if enabled. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 154.
Press and hold
K to remotely open
the windows, if enabled. See
Vehicle Personalization 0 154.
x : Press twice quickly to release
the tailgate, if equipped.
7 : Press and release to initiate the
vehicle locator. The turn signal
lamps flash and the horn sounds
three times.
Press and hold
7 for more than
three seconds to activate the panic
alarm. The turn signal lamps flash
and the horn sounds repeatedly for
30 seconds. The alarm turns off
when the ignition is turned on or
7
is pressed again. The ignition must
be off for the panic alarm to work.
Programming Transmitters to
the Vehicle
Only RKE transmitters programmed
to this vehicle will work. If a
transmitter is lost or stolen, a
replacement can be purchased and
programmed through your dealer.
Each vehicle can have up to
eight transmitters programmed to it.
See your dealer for transmitter
programming.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 15
Battery Replacement
{
Warning
Never allow children to play with
the RKE transmitter. The
transmitter contains a small
battery, which can be a choking
hazard. If swallowed, internal
burns can occur, resulting in
severe injury or death. Seek
medical attention immediately if a
battery is swallowed.
{
Warning
To avoid personal injury, do not
touch metal surfaces on the RKE
transmitter when it has been
exposed to extreme heat. These
surfaces can be hot to the touch
at temperatures above 59 °C (138
°F).
Caution
When replacing the battery, do
not touch any of the circuitry on
the transmitter. Static from your
body could damage the
transmitter.
Caution
Always replace the battery with
the correct type. Replacing the
battery with an incorrect type
could potentially create a risk of
battery explosion. Dispose of
used batteries according to
instructions and local laws. Do
not attempt to burn, crush, or cut
the used battery, and avoid
exposing the battery to
environments with extremely low
air pressures or high
temperatures.
Replace the battery in the
transmitter soon if the REPLACE
BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY
displays in the Driver Information
Center (DIC).
To replace the battery:
1. Separate and remove the back
cover of the transmitter with a
flat, thin object, such as a coin.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
16 Keys, Doors, and Windows
2. Press and slide the battery
down toward the pocket of the
transmitter in the direction of
the key ring. Do not use a
metal object
3. Remove the battery.
4. Insert the new battery, positive
side facing up. Replace with a
CR2032 or equivalent battery.
5. Push together the transmitter
back cover top side first, and
then the bottom toward the
key ring.
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation
(Keyless Access)
The Keyless Access system allows
for vehicle entry when the
transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft). See
“Keyless Access Operation” later in
this section.
The RKE transmitter functions may
work up to 60 m (197 ft) away from
the vehicle.
Other conditions can affect the
performance of the transmitter. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System 0 13.
The key that is part of the RKE
transmitter can be used for all locks.
Remove the key by pressing the
button on the side of the RKE
transmitter near the bottom and pull
the key out. Never pull the key out
without pressing the button.
See your dealer if a new transmitter
is needed.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 17
/ : Press and release Q, then
immediately press and hold
/ until
the turn signal lamps flash or for at
least four seconds. The engine may
be started from outside the vehicle
using the RKE transmitter. See
Remote Vehicle Start 0 25.
Q : Press to lock all doors and the
tailgate, if equipped.
If enabled, the turn signal lamps
flash and/or the horn may sound on
the second press to indicate locking
has occurred. If enabled, the horn
chirps when
Q is pressed again
within three seconds. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 154.
If the driver door is open when
Q is
pressed, all doors will lock and then
the driver door will immediately
unlock, if enabled. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 154.
If the passenger door is open when
Q is pressed, all doors lock.
Pressing
Q arms the alarm system.
See Vehicle Alarm System 0 34.
If equipped with remote mirror
folding, pressing and holding
Q for
one second will fold the mirrors,
if enabled. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 154.
K : Press once to unlock only the
driver door. If
K is pressed again
within three seconds, all remaining
doors and the tailgate unlock. The
interior lamps may come on and
stay on for 20 seconds or until the
ignition is turned on.
If enabled, the turn signal lamps
flash twice to indicate unlocking has
occurred. If enabled, the exterior
lamps may turn on. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 154.
Pressing
K on the RKE transmitter
disarms the alarm system. See
Vehicle Alarm System 0 34.
If equipped with remote mirror
folding, pressing and holding
K for
one second will unfold the mirrors,
if enabled. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 154.
Press and hold
K until the windows
fully open, if remote window
operation is enabled. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 154.
x : Press twice quickly to release
the tailgate, if equipped.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
18 Keys, Doors, and Windows
7 : Press and release to initiate
vehicle locator. The turn signal
lamps flash and the horn sounds
three times.
Press and hold
7 for more than
three seconds to activate the panic
alarm. The turn signal lamps flash
and the horn sounds repeatedly for
30 seconds. The alarm turns off
when the ignition is turned on or
7
is pressed again. The ignition must
be off for the panic alarm to work.
Keyless Access Operation
The Keyless Access system allows
for doors and the tailgate to be
accessed without pressing the RKE
transmitter button. The RKE
transmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft)
of the tailgate or door being opened.
If the vehicle has this feature, there
will be a button on the outside door
handles.
Keyless Access can be
programmed to unlock all doors on
the first lock/unlock press from the
driver door. Keyless Unlocking can
also be turned off. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 154.
If equipped with memory seats, RKE
transmitters 1 and 2 are linked to
seating positions of memory 1 or 2.
See Memory Seats 0 56.
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from
the Driver Door
When the doors are locked and the
RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)
of the door handle, pressing the
lock/unlock button on the driver door
handle will unlock the driver door.
If the lock/unlock button is pressed
again within five seconds, all
passenger doors and the tailgate
will unlock.
Driver Side Shown, Passenger
Side Similar
Pressing the lock/unlock button will
cause all doors to lock if any of the
following occur:
.
It has been more than
five seconds since the first lock/
unlock button press.
.
Two lock/unlock button presses
were used to unlock all doors.
.
Any vehicle door has been
opened and all doors are now
closed.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 19
Keyless Unlocking/Locking from
the Passenger Doors
When the doors are locked and the
RKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)
of the door handle, pressing the
lock/unlock button on a passenger
door handle, if equipped, will unlock
all doors. Pressing the lock/unlock
button will cause all doors to lock if
any of the following occur:
.
The lock/unlock button was used
to unlock all doors.
.
Any vehicle door has been
opened and all doors are now
closed.
Disable/Enable Keyless Unlocking
of Exterior Door Handles and
Tailgate
If equipped, keyless unlocking of the
exterior door handles and tailgate
can be disabled and enabled.
Disabling Keyless Unlocking:
With the vehicle off, press and hold
Q and K on the RKE transmitter at
the same time for approximately
three seconds. The turn signal
lamps will flash four times quickly to
indicate access is disabled. Using
any exterior handle to unlock the
doors or open the tailgate will cause
the turn signal lamps to flash four
times quickly, indicating access is
disabled. If disabled, disarm the
alarm system before starting the
vehicle.
Enabling Keyless Unlocking:
With the vehicle off, press and
hold
Q and K on the RKE
transmitter at the same time for
approximately three seconds. The
turn signal lamps will flash twice
quickly to indicate access is
enabled.
Passive Locking
This feature will lock the vehicle
several seconds after all doors are
closed, if the vehicle is off and at
least one RKE transmitter has been
removed from the interior, or none
remain in the interior.
If other electronic devices interfere
with the RKE transmitter signal, the
vehicle may not detect the RKE
transmitter inside the vehicle.
If passive locking is enabled, the
doors may lock with the RKE
transmitter inside the vehicle. Do
not leave the RKE transmitter in an
unattended vehicle.
To customize the doors to
automatically lock when exiting the
vehicle, see “Remote Lock, Unlock,
Start” under Vehicle Personalization
0 154.
Temporary Disable of Passive
Locking
Temporarily disable passive locking
by pressing and holding
K on the
interior door switch with a door open
for at least four seconds, or until
three chimes are heard. Passive
locking will then remain disabled
until
Q on the interior door is
pressed, or until the vehicle is
turned on.
Remote Left in Vehicle Alert
When the vehicle is turned off and
an RKE transmitter is left in the
vehicle, the horn will chirp three
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
20 Keys, Doors, and Windows
times after all doors are closed. To
turn on or off see Vehicle
Personalization 0 154.
Remote No Longer in Vehicle Alert
If the vehicle is on with a door open
and then all doors are closed, the
vehicle will check for RKE
transmitters inside. If an RKE
transmitter is not detected, the
Driver Information Center (DIC) will
display NO REMOTE DETECTED
and the horn will chirp three times.
This occurs only once each time the
vehicle is driven. To turn on or off
see Vehicle Personalization 0 154.
Key Access
To access a vehicle with a dead
transmitter battery, see Door Locks
0 26.
Programming Transmitters to
the Vehicle
Only RKE transmitters programmed
to the vehicle will work. If a
transmitter is lost or stolen, a
replacement can be purchased and
programmed through your dealer.
The vehicle can be reprogrammed
so that lost or stolen transmitters no
longer work. Each vehicle can have
up to eight transmitters matched
to it.
Programming with Recognized
Transmitters
A new transmitter can be
programmed to the vehicle when
there are two recognized
transmitters.
To program, the vehicle must be off
and all transmitters, both currently
recognized and new, must be
with you.
1. Remove the key from a
recognized transmitter.
2. Place the two recognized
transmitters in the cupholder or
on the passenger seat.
3. Insert the vehicle key into the
key lock cylinder on the driver
door handle. Then turn the key
counterclockwise, to the unlock
position, five times within
10 seconds.
The DIC displays READY FOR
REMOTE#3, 4, 5 ETC.
Transmitter Pocket without Bucket
Seats (Lower Compartment)
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 21
Transmitter Pocket with Bucket
Seats
4. Place the new transmitter in
the transmitter pocket/insert.
5. Press ENGINE START/STOP.
When the transmitter is
learned, the DIC display will
show that it is ready to program
the next transmitter.
6. Remove the transmitter from
the transmitter pocket and
press
K or Q on the
transmitter.
To program additional
transmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.
When all additional transmitters
are programmed, press and
hold ENGINE START/STOP for
approximately 12 seconds to
exit programming mode.
7. Return the key back into the
transmitter.
Programming without Recognized
Transmitters
If two currently recognized
transmitters are not available, follow
this procedure to program up to
eight transmitters. This feature is
not available in Canada. This
procedure will take approximately
30 minutes to complete. The vehicle
must be off and all transmitters to
be programmed must be with you.
1. Remove the vehicle key from
the transmitter.
2. Insert the vehicle key into the
key lock cylinder on the driver
door handle; then turn the key
counterclockwise, to the unlock
position, five times within
10 seconds.
The DIC displays REMOTE
LEARN PENDING,
PLEASE WAIT.
3. Wait for 10 minutes until the
DIC displays PRESS ENGINE
START BUTTON TO LEARN,
then press ENGINE
START/STOP.
The DIC will again display
REMOTE LEARN PENDING,
PLEASE WAIT.
4. Repeat Step 3 two additional
times. After the third time all
previously known transmitters
will no longer work with the
vehicle. Remaining transmitters
can be relearned during the
next steps.
The DIC should now display
READY FOR REMOTE # 1.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
22 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Transmitter Pocket without Bucket
Seats (Lower Compartment)
Transmitter Pocket with Bucket
Seats
5. Place the new transmitter in
the transmitter pocket/insert.
6. Press ENGINE START/STOP.
When the transmitter is
learned, the DIC display will
show that it is ready to program
the next transmitter.
7. Remove the transmitter from
the transmitter pocket/insert
and press
K or Q on the
transmitter.
To program additional
transmitters, repeat Steps 5–7.
When all additional transmitters
are programmed, press and
hold ENGINE START/STOP for
approximately 12 seconds to
exit programming mode.
8. Return the key back into the
transmitter.
Starting the Vehicle with a Low
Transmitter Battery
If the transmitter battery is weak or if
there is interference with the signal,
the DIC may display NO REMOTE
DETECTED or NO REMOTE KEY
WAS DETECTED PLACE KEY IN
TRANSMITTER POCKET THEN
START YOUR VEHICLE when
starting the vehicle.
To start the vehicle:
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 23
Transmitter Pocket without Bucket
Seats (Lower Compartment)
Transmitter Pocket with Bucket
Seats
1. Place the transmitter in the
transmitter pocket/insert.
2. With the vehicle in P (Park) or
N (Neutral) press the brake
pedal and ENGINE
START/STOP.
Replace the transmitter battery
as soon as possible.
Battery Replacement
{
Warning
Never allow children to play with
the RKE transmitter. The
transmitter contains a small
battery, which can be a choking
hazard. If swallowed, internal
burns can occur, resulting in
severe injury or death. Seek
medical attention immediately if a
battery is swallowed.
{
Warning
To avoid personal injury, do not
touch metal surfaces on the RKE
transmitter when it has been
exposed to extreme heat. These
surfaces can be hot to the touch
at temperatures above 59 °C
(138 °F).
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
24 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Caution
When replacing the battery, do
not touch any of the circuitry on
the transmitter. Static from your
body could damage the
transmitter.
Caution
Always replace the battery with
the correct type. Replacing the
battery with an incorrect type
could potentially create a risk of
battery explosion. Dispose of
used batteries according to
instructions and local laws. Do
not attempt to burn, crush, or cut
the used battery, and avoid
exposing the battery to
environments with extremely low
air pressures or high
temperatures.
Replace the battery in the
transmitter soon if the DIC displays
REPLACE BATTERY IN
REMOTE KEY.
To replace the battery:
1. Press the button on the RKE
transmitter to remove the key.
Never pull the key out without
pressing the button.
2. Insert a flat, thin object in the
center of the transmitter to
separate and remove the back
cover.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 25
3. Lift the battery with a flat
object.
4. Remove the battery.
5. Insert the new battery, positive
side toward the back cover.
Replace with a CR2032 or
equivalent battery.
6. Push together the transmitter.
7. Insert the key back into the
RKE transmitter.
Remote Vehicle Start
If equipped with the remote start
feature, the climate control system
will come on when the vehicle is
started remotely, depending on the
outside temperature.
The rear defog and heated and
ventilated seats, if equipped, may
also come on. See Heated and
Ventilated Front Seats 0 58 and
Vehicle Personalization 0 154.
If equipped, the automatic heated
steering wheel may also come on.
See Heated Steering Wheel 0 117.
Laws in some communities may
restrict the use of remote starters.
Check local regulations for any
requirements on remote starting of
vehicles.
Do not use remote start if the
vehicle is low on fuel. The vehicle
may run out of fuel.
The vehicle cannot be remote
started if:
.
The RKE transmitter is inside
the vehicle or if the key is in the
ignition.
.
The hood is not closed.
.
There is an emission control
system malfunction and the lamp
is on.
.
The ignition is in any mode other
than off.
.
The hazard warning flashers
are on.
.
Two remote starts or a remote
start with an extension have
been used.
.
The vehicle is not in P (Park).
The engine will turn off during a
remote vehicle start if:
.
The coolant temperature gets
too high.
.
The oil pressure gets low.
The RKE transmitter range may be
reduced while the vehicle is running.
Other conditions can affect the
performance of the transmitter. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System 0 13.
Starting the Engine Using Remote
Start
1. Press and release
Q.
2. Immediately press and hold
/
until the turn signal lamps flash
or for at least four seconds.
When the vehicle starts, the
parking lamps will turn on. The
doors will be locked and the
climate control system may
come on.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
26 Keys, Doors, and Windows
The engine will continue to run
for 15 minutes. After
30 seconds, repeat
Steps 1 and 2 for a 15-minute
time extension.
Turn the ignition on to operate the
vehicle.
Extending Engine Run Time
The engine run time can be
extended by 15 minutes, for a total
of 30 minutes, if during the first
15 minutes Steps 1 and 2 are
repeated while the engine is still
running. An extension can be
requested 30 seconds after starting.
A maximum of two remote starts,
or a single start with an extension,
is allowed between ignition cycles.
The vehicle's ignition must be
turned on and then back off to use
remote start again.
Canceling a Remote Start
To cancel a remote start, do one of
the following:
.
Press and hold
/ until the
parking lamps turn off.
.
Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
.
Turn the ignition on and then off.
Door Locks
{
Warning
Unlocked doors can be
dangerous.
.
Passengers, especially
children, can easily open
the doors and fall out of a
moving vehicle. The doors
can be unlocked and
opened while the vehicle is
moving. The chance of
being thrown out of the
vehicle in a crash is
increased if the doors are
not locked. So, all
passengers should wear
seat belts properly and the
doors should be locked
whenever the vehicle is
driven.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
.
Young children who get into
unlocked vehicles may be
unable to get out. A child
can be overcome by
extreme heat and can suffer
permanent injuries or even
death from heat stroke.
Always lock the vehicle
whenever leaving it.
.
Outsiders can easily enter
through an unlocked door
when you slow down or stop
the vehicle. Locking the
doors can help prevent this
from happening.
There are several ways to lock and
unlock the vehicle.
From outside:
.
Use the Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) transmitter.
.
Use Keyless Access,
if equipped.
.
Use the key in the driver door or
the passenger door, if equipped.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 27
From inside, use the power door
locks or the manual door locks. To
lock the door with the manual door
locks, push down on the manual
lock knob.
From inside, pull the door handle
once to unlock the door. Pull the
handle again to open the door.
See Vehicle Alarm System 0 34.
Free-Turning Locks
The door key lock cylinder turns
freely when either the wrong key is
used, or the correct key is not fully
inserted. The free-turning door lock
feature prevents the lock from being
forced open. To reset the lock, turn
it to the vertical position with the
correct key fully inserted. Remove
the key and insert it again. If this
does not reset the lock, turn the key
halfway around in the cylinder and
repeat the reset procedure.
Power Door Locks
If equipped with power door locks.
Q : Press to lock the doors.
K : Press to unlock the doors.
Delayed Locking
If equipped, this feature delays the
locking of the doors until
five seconds after all doors are
closed.
Delayed locking can only be turned
on when the Open Door
Anti-Lockout feature has been
turned off.
When
Q is pressed on the power
door lock switch while the door is
open, a chime will sound three
times indicating delayed locking is
active.
The doors will lock automatically
five seconds after all doors are
closed. If a door is reopened before
that time, the five-second timer will
reset when all doors are closed
again.
Press
Q on the door lock switch
again or press
Q on the RKE
transmitter to lock the doors
immediately.
This feature can be programmed.
See Vehicle Personalization 0 154.
Automatic Door Locks
If equipped, the doors will lock
automatically when all doors are
closed, the ignition is on, and the
shift lever is moved out of P (Park).
If a vehicle door is unlocked and
then opened and closed, the doors
will lock either when your foot is
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
28 Keys, Doors, and Windows
removed from the brake or the
vehicle speed becomes faster than
13 km/h (8 mph).
To unlock the doors:
.
Press
K on a power door lock
switch.
.
Shift the transmission into
P (Park).
Automatic door locking cannot be
disabled. Automatic door unlocking
can be programmed. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 154.
Lockout Protection
If equipped, the ignition is on or in
ACC/ACCESSORY and the power
door lock switch is pressed with the
driver door open, all the doors will
lock and only the driver door will
unlock.
If the vehicle is off and locking is
requested while a door is open,
when all doors are closed the
vehicle will check to the Keyless
Access function (if equipped). If an
RKE transmitter is detected and the
number of RKE transmitters inside
has not reduced, the driver door will
unlock and the horn will chirp three
times.
Lockout Protection can be manually
overridden with the driver door open
by pressing and holding
Q on the
power door lock switch.
Open Door Anti-Lockout
If equipped, the Open Door
Anti-Lockout is turned on and the
vehicle is off, the driver door is
open, and locking is requested, all
the doors will lock and the driver
door will unlock. The Open Door
Anti-Lockout feature can be turned
on or off. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 154.
Safety Locks
The rear door safety locks prevent
passengers from opening the rear
doors from inside the vehicle.
The safety lock is on the inside
edge of the rear doors. To use the
safety lock:
1. Move the lever down to the
lock position.
2. Close the door.
3. Do the same for the other
rear door.
To open a rear door when the safety
lock is on:
1. Unlock the door by activating
the inside handle, by pressing
the power door unlock switch,
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 29
or by using the Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter.
2. Open the door from the
outside.
When the safety lock is enabled,
adults and older children will not be
able to open the rear door from the
inside. Cancel the safety locks to
enable the doors to open from the
inside.
To cancel the safety lock:
1. Unlock the door and open it
from the outside.
2. Move the lever up to unlock.
Do the same for the other door.
Doors
Tailgate
Manual Tailgate
{
Warning
It is extremely dangerous to ride
on the tailgate, even when the
vehicle is operated at low speeds.
People riding on the tailgate can
easily lose their balance and fall
in response to vehicle
maneuvers. Falling from a moving
vehicle may result in serious
injuries or death. Do not allow
people to ride on the tailgate. Be
sure everyone in your vehicle is in
a seat and using a seat belt
properly.
Use the key to unlock the tailgate.
Open the tailgate by lifting up on its
handle while pulling the
tailgate down.
To shut the tailgate, firmly push it
upward until it latches.
After closing the tailgate, pull it back
to be sure it is latched securely.
Some tailgates have an electric
latch. If the battery is disconnected
or has low voltage, the tailgate will
not open. The tailgate will resume
operation when the battery is
reconnected or recharged.
Power Release Tailgate
{
Warning
Make sure there is no one in the
way of the power tailgate as it is
opening and closing, and keep
hands away from the tailgate
hinges when in use. You or others
could be injured if caught in the
path of the power tailgate or
tailgate hinges.
Caution
To avoid damage to the tailgate,
make sure the area behind the
tailgate is clear before opening it.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
30 Keys, Doors, and Windows
In the case of a dead battery, the
tailgate can be opened manually.
Contact your dealer or Roadside
Assistance.
If equipped, to lock or unlock the
tailgate, use the RKE transmitter or
the key. See Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation (Key
Access) 0 13 or
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Keyless Access)
0 16.
The vehicle must be in P (Park).
To open the tailgate:
.
Press
x twice quickly on the
RKE transmitter until the tailgate
moves.
.
Press
5 on the center stack.
.
Press the touch pad on the
tailgate handle after unlocking all
doors. Use the top of the tailgate
to pull against if assistance is
required. If equipped with
Keyless Access, a locked
tailgate can be opened if the
RKE transmitter is within
1 m (3 ft).
To close the tailgate, firmly push it
upward until it latches. Pull it back
to be sure it is latched securely.
Power Tailgate
{
Warning
Make sure there is no one in the
way of the power tailgate as it is
opening and closing, and keep
hands away from the tailgate
hinges when in use. You or others
could be injured if caught in the
path of the power tailgate or
tailgate hinges.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 31
Caution
To avoid damage to the tailgate,
make sure the area behind the
tailgate is clear before opening it.
If equipped with a power open/close
tailgate, the tailgate can be opened
or closed in several ways. To open
the tailgate, do one of the following:
.
Press
x twice quickly on the
RKE transmitter until the tailgate
moves. See Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation
(Key Access) 0 13 or
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Keyless
Access) 0 16. If equipped with
Keyless Access, a locked
tailgate can be opened if the
RKE transmitter is within
1 m (3 ft).
.
Press
5 on the center stack.
.
Press the touch pad on the
tailgate handle after unlocking all
doors.
To close the tailgate, do one of the
following:
.
Press
x on the RKE
transmitter once, then quickly
press and hold
x until the
tailgate completely closes. If
x
is released prior to it being fully
closed, the tailgate will reopen.
.
Press and hold
5 on the
center stack until the tailgate is
fully closed. If
5 is released
prior to the tailgate being fully
closed, it will reopen. A chime
will sound when the tailgate is
fully closed.
.
Press the touch pad on the
tailgate handle.
A chime sounds and the taillamps
flash during the closing operation.
If the warning chime is not
functioning, the tailgate will not
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
32 Keys, Doors, and Windows
power close. Power opening is still
enabled. See your dealer for
service.
The power tailgate may be
temporarily disabled after repeated
power cycling over a short period of
time. If this occurs, the tailgate can
still be operated manually.
The vehicle must be in P (Park) to
operate the power tailgate. If the
vehicle is shifted out of P (Park)
while the power function is in
progress, the tailgate will continue
to completion. If the vehicle is
accelerated while the tailgate is still
closing, the tailgate may stop and
reverse direction. Make sure the
tailgate is closed and latched before
driving.
Lift-to-Close Operation
To close the tailgate using the
lift-to-close feature, lift the tailgate
from the full-open position to at least
10 cm (4 in) and hold it momentarily.
Then, the tailgate will start closing
automatically. If the tailgate is lifted
more than halfway between open
and close, then it will not close
automatically.
Obstacle Detection
If the tailgate encounters an
obstacle during a power open cycle,
it will stop on the obstacle. After
removing the obstruction, the
tailgate can be allowed to open.
If the tailgate encounters an
obstacle during the closing cycle, it
will stop and reverse to full open.
If the tailgate encounters multiple
obstacles, the power function will
deactivate. After removing the
obstructions, manually close the
tailgate to resume normal power
operation.
Manual Operation
The tailgate can be manually closed
from the full-open position when the
tailgate is lifted in a continuous
motion. If the tailgate motion is
stopped between the full-open and
half-closed positions, the lift-to-close
feature can engage and power
close the tailgate. If the touch pad is
pressed during power operation, the
tailgate will stop and allow manual
operation. The tailgate must be held
after stopping, or it will continue
to open.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 33
Power Assist Steps
{
Warning
To avoid personal injury or
property damage, before entering
or exiting the vehicle, be sure the
power assist step is fully
extended. Do not step on the
power assist step while it is
moving. Never place hands or
other body parts between the
extended power assist step and
the vehicle.
If equipped, the power assist steps,
when enabled, will extend when the
door is opened. They will retract
three seconds after the door is
closed or immediately if the vehicle
starts moving.
Keep hands, children, pets, objects,
and clothing clear of the power
assist steps when in motion.
The steps will reverse direction if
there is an obstruction. If possible,
carefully remove the obstruction,
then open and close the door on the
same side to complete the motion.
If the obstruction is not cleared, the
assist steps remain extended.
Slight movement of the steps while
extended is normal.
Kick Switch
1. Place the vehicle in P (Park)
and unlock the doors.
2. Kick the switch to extend the
power assist step to the tire.
A Driver Information Center
(DIC) message displays.
3. Kick the switch again to return
to normal operation.
Center Stack Switch
The power assist steps can be
extended to the tire by pressing
j.
When extending the steps with
j,
the kick switch is disabled. The
vehicle must be in P (Park) or
N (Neutral).
To extend the steps:
.
Press
j to extend both steps.
A DIC message displays.
.
Press
j again to extend to the
tire. A DIC message displays.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
34 Keys, Doors, and Windows
.
Press
j again to return to
normal operation.
Enable/Disable
To enable or disable the power
assist steps, press and hold
j for
four seconds. A DIC message
displays.
Cleaning
Clean the power assist steps
regularly. For an automatic car
wash, extend the steps while in
N (Neutral) using the center stack
switch. The steps will stow when
shifting into D (Drive).
Vehicle Security
This vehicle has theft-deterrent
features; however, they do not make
the vehicle impossible to steal.
Vehicle Alarm System
The indicator light, on the
instrument panel near the
windshield, indicates the status of
the system.
Off : Alarm system is disarmed.
On Solid : Vehicle is secured
during the delay to arm the system.
Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured.
A door or the hood is open.
Slow Flash : Alarm system is
armed.
Arming the Alarm System
1. Turn off the vehicle.
2. Lock the vehicle in one of
two ways:
.
Use the RKE transmitter.
.
With a door open, press
Q
on the interior of the door.
3. After 30 seconds, the alarm
system will arm and the
indicator light will begin to
slowly flash. Pressing
Q on the
RKE transmitter a second time
will bypass the 30-second
delay and immediately arm the
alarm system.
The vehicle alarm system will not
arm if the doors are locked with
the key.
If the driver door is opened without
first unlocking with the RKE
transmitter, the horn will chirp and
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 35
the lights will flash to indicate
pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not
started, or the door is not unlocked
by pressing
K on the RKE
transmitter during the 10-second
pre-alarm, the alarm will be
activated.
The alarm will also be activated if a
passenger door or the hood is
opened without first disarming the
system. When the alarm is
activated, the turn signals flash and
the horn sounds for about
30 seconds. The alarm system will
then re-arm to monitor for the next
unauthorized event.
Disarming the Alarm System
To disarm the alarm system or turn
off the alarm if it has been activated:
.
Press
K on the RKE transmitter.
.
Start the vehicle.
To avoid setting off the alarm by
mistake:
.
Lock the vehicle after all
occupants have exited.
.
Always unlock a door with the
RKE transmitter.
Unlocking the driver door with
the key will not disarm the
system or turn off the alarm.
How to Detect a Tamper
Condition
If K is pressed on the RKE
transmitter and the horn chirps three
times, an alarm occurred previously
while the alarm system was armed.
If the alarm has been activated, a
message will appear on the DIC.
Steering Column Lock
If equipped, the steering column
lock is a theft-deterrent device. This
feature locks the steering column
when the vehicle is turned off and
the driver door is opened, or when
the driver door is opened and then
the vehicle is turned off. The
steering column unlocks when the
vehicle is turned on.
The Driver Information Center (DIC)
may display one of these
messages:
.
A message to service the
steering column lock indicates
that an issue has been detected
with the column lock feature and
the vehicle should be serviced.
.
A message that the steering
column is locked indicates that
the engine is running, but the
steering column is still locked.
It is normal for the column to be
locked during a remote start, but
the column should unlock after
the brake pedal is pressed and
the vehicle is started. No
message will display during a
remote start.
.
A message that the steering
wheel must be turned and the
vehicle must be started again
indicates that the column lock
mechanism is bound, the column
locking device was unable to
unlock the steering column, and
the vehicle did not start. If this
happens, immediately turn the
steering wheel from side to side
to unbind the column lock. If this
does not unlock the steering
column, turn the vehicle off and
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
36 Keys, Doors, and Windows
open the driver door to reset the
system. Then turn the vehicle on
and immediately turn the
steering wheel side to side for
about 15 seconds. In some
cases, it may take significant
force to unbind the column.
To keep the steering column from
binding, straighten the front wheels
before turning off the vehicle.
Immobilizer
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 470.
Immobilizer Operation
This vehicle has a passive
theft-deterrent system.
The system does not have to be
manually armed or disarmed.
The vehicle is automatically
immobilized when the vehicle is
turned off.
The system is automatically
disarmed when the ignition is turned
from off to on.
The security light, in the instrument
cluster, comes on if there is a
problem with arming or disarming
the theft-deterrent system.
The system has one or more RKE
transmitters matched to an
immobilizer control unit in your
vehicle. Only a correctly matched
RKE transmitter will start the
vehicle. If the transmitter is ever
damaged, you may not be able to
start your vehicle.
When trying to start the vehicle, the
security light may come on briefly
when the ignition is turned on. If the
engine does not start and the
security light stays on, there is a
problem with the system. Turn the
ignition off and try again.
If the vehicle will not change ignition
modes (ACC/ACCESSORY, on, off),
and the RKE transmitter appears to
be undamaged, try another
transmitter. Or, you may try placing
the transmitter in the transmitter
pocket located in the center
console. See Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation (Key
Access) 0 13 or
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Keyless Access)
0 16.
If the ignition mode will not change
with the other transmitter or with the
transmitter in the transmitter pocket,
your vehicle needs service. If the
ignition does change modes, the
first transmitter may be faulty. See
your dealer who can service the
theft-deterrent system and have a
new RKE transmitter programmed to
the vehicle.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 37
It is possible for the immobilizer
system to learn new or replacement
RKE transmitters. Up to eight
transmitters can be programmed for
the vehicle. To program additional
transmitters, see "Programming
Transmitters to the Vehicle" under
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Key Access)
0 13 or
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Keyless Access)
0 16
Do not leave the transmitter or
device that disarms or deactivates
the vehicle theft system in the
vehicle.
When equipped with a key, if the
engine still does not start, and the
key appears to be undamaged, try
another ignition key. It may be
necessary to check the fuse. See
Fuses and Circuit Breakers 0 369.
If the engine still does not start with
the other key, the vehicle needs
service. If the vehicle does start, the
first key may be faulty. See your
dealer. It is possible for the
immobilizer system to learn new or
replacement keys. Up to eight keys
can be programmed for the vehicle.
To program additional keys, see
Keys (Key Access) 0 9 or
Keys (Keyless Access) 0 12. Do not
leave the key or device that disarms
or deactivates the vehicle theft
system in the vehicle.
See your dealer to get a new key
blank cut exactly as the ignition key
that operates the system.
Exterior Mirrors
Convex Mirrors
{
Warning
A convex mirror can make things,
like other vehicles, look farther
away than they really are. If you
cut too sharply into the right lane,
you could hit a vehicle on the
right. Check the inside mirror or
glance over your shoulder before
changing lanes.
Standard Mirrors
The passenger side mirror is convex
shaped. A convex mirror's surface is
curved so more can be seen from
the driver seat.
Trailer-Tow Mirrors
The upper portion of both the driver
and passenger mirrors is flat.
The lower portion of both the driver
and passenger mirrors is convex.
A convex mirror’s surface is curved
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
38 Keys, Doors, and Windows
so more can be seen from the driver
seat. The lower portion is adjusted
manually.
Manual Mirrors
If equipped, adjust manual mirrors
by moving the mirror up and down
or left to right to see a little of the
side of the vehicle and to have a
clear view behind the vehicle.
Using hood-mounted air deflectors
and add-on convex mirror
attachments could decrease mirror
performance.
Trailer-Tow Mirrors
Extending Mirrors
Trailer tow mirrors can extend out
for better visibility when towing a
trailer.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 39
Manual Extend : If equipped, grasp
the mirror housing firmly and pull
back in one motion, arching slightly
toward the rear of the vehicle.
To return the mirror to its original
position, reverse the motion.
Power Extend : If equipped, press
the power extend button to fully
extend the mirror. Press again to
retract.
Resetting the Power Extend
Mirrors
Reset the power extend mirrors if:
.
The mirrors are accidentally
obstructed while extending/
retracting.
.
The mirrors are accidentally
manually extended/retracted.
.
The mirrors vibrate at normal
driving speeds.
If a popping noise from the mirror is
heard, this sound is normal as the
manual detents are aligning after a
manual extend/retract operation has
occurred.
Auxiliary Cargo Mirror Lamps
If equipped, cargo mirror lamps face
rearward to provide more light on
the sides of the vehicle, if needed.
See Exterior Cargo Lamps 0 170.
Advanced Trailering Vision
System Side Cameras
If equipped, the Advanced Trailering
Vision System side cameras are on
the bottom of the outside mirrors.
See “Surround Vision (360
Degrees)” under Assistance
Systems for Parking or Backing
0 255.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
40 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Power Mirrors
To adjust each mirror:
1. Press
j or | to select the
driver or passenger side mirror.
The indicator light will
illuminate.
2. Press the arrows on the control
pad to move the mirror in the
desired direction.
3. Adjust each outside mirror so
that a little of the vehicle and
the area behind it can be seen.
4. Press
j or | again to
deselect the mirror.
Turn Signal Indicator
If equipped, the mirror has turn
signal indicator lights, which flash in
the direction of the turn or lane
change.
Task Lighting
If equipped, task lighting projects
light from the outside mirrors to the
sides of the vehicle. See Task
Lighting 0 169.
Puddle Lamps
If equipped, puddle lamps project
light from the bottom of the mirror to
the area of ground below the driver
and passenger doors. See Entry
Lighting 0 172 and
Exit Lighting 0 172.
Memory Mirrors
The vehicle may have memory
mirrors. See Memory Seats 0 56.
Lane Change Alert (LCA)
The vehicle may have LCA. See
Lane Change Alert (LCA) (1500
Series) 0 272.
Folding Mirrors
Manual Folding Mirrors
If equipped, push the mirror toward
the vehicle to fold. Push the mirror
outward to return to its original
position.
Manually fold the mirrors inward to
prevent damage when going
through an automatic car wash.
Power Folding Mirrors
If equipped with power folding
mirrors:
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 41
1. Press g to fold the mirrors in
to the folded position.
2. Press
g again to fold the
mirrors out to the driving
position.
Resetting the Power Folding
Mirrors
Reset the power folding mirrors if:
.
The mirrors are accidentally
obstructed while folding.
.
The mirrors are accidentally
manually folded/unfolded.
.
The mirrors will not stay in the
unfolded position.
.
The mirrors vibrate at normal
driving speeds.
Manually fold both mirrors if they
are out of sync. Fold and unfold the
mirrors three times using the mirror
controls to reset them to their
normal position. A popping noise
may be heard. This sound is normal
after a manual folding operation.
Remote Mirror Folding
If equipped, press and hold Q on
the RKE transmitter for
approximately one second to
remotely fold the exterior mirrors.
Press and hold
K on the RKE
transmitter for approximately
one second to unfold. See Remote
Keyless Entry (RKE) System
Operation (Key Access) 0 13 or
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Keyless Access)
0 16.
This feature can be turned on or off.
See Vehicle Personalization 0 154.
Heated Mirrors
1
REAR : If equipped, the rear
window defogger also heats the
outside mirrors.
W : If equipped, press to turn the
heated outside mirrors on or off.
See “Rear Window Defogger” under
Climate Control Systems 0 175 or
Dual Automatic Climate Control
System 0 177.
Automatic Dimming
Mirror
If equipped, the driver outside mirror
automatically adjusts for the glare of
the headlamps from behind. This
feature comes on when the vehicle
is started.
Blind Spot Mirrors
If equipped, there is a small convex
mirror built into the upper and outer
corner of the driver outside mirror.
It can show objects that may be in
the vehicle's blind zone.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
42 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Driving with the Blind Spot
Mirror
Actual Mirror View
1. When the approaching vehicle
is a long distance away, the
image in the main mirror is
small and near the inboard
edge of the mirror.
2. As the vehicle gets closer, the
image in the main mirror gets
larger and moves outboard.
3. As the vehicle enters the blind
zone, the image transitions
from the main mirror to the
blind spot mirror.
4. When the vehicle is in the blind
zone, the image only appears
in the blind spot mirror.
Using the Outside Mirror with
the Blind Spot Mirror
1. Set the main mirror so that the
side of the vehicle can just be
seen and the blind spot mirror
has an unobstructed view.
2. When checking for traffic or
before changing a lane, look at
the main driver/passenger side
mirror to observe traffic in the
adjacent lane, behind your
vehicle. Check the blind spot
mirror for a vehicle in the blind
zone. Then, glance over your
shoulder to double check
before moving slowly into the
adjacent lane.
Reverse Tilt Mirrors
If equipped with memory seats, the
passenger and/or driver mirror tilts
to a preselected position when the
vehicle is in R (Reverse). This
allows the curb to be seen when
parallel parking.
The mirror(s) return to the original
position when:
.
The vehicle is shifted out of
R (Reverse), or remains in
R (Reverse) for about
30 seconds.
.
The ignition is turned off.
.
The vehicle is driven in
R (Reverse) above a set speed.
To turn this feature on or off, see
Vehicle Personalization 0 154.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 43
Interior Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirrors
Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear
view of the area behind your
vehicle.
Do not spray glass cleaner directly
on the mirror. Use a soft towel
dampened with water.
Manual Rearview Mirror
If equipped, push the tab forward for
daytime use and pull it rearward for
nighttime use to avoid glare from
the headlamps from behind.
Automatic Dimming
Rearview Mirror
If equipped, the mirror will
automatically reduce the glare of the
headlamps from behind. The
dimming feature comes on each
time the vehicle is started.
Rear Camera Mirror
If equipped, this automatic dimming
mirror provides a wide angle camera
view of the area behind the vehicle.
Pull the tab to turn on the display.
Push the tab to turn it off. When off
the mirror is automatic dimming.
Adjust the mirror for a clear view of
the area behind the vehicle while
the display is off.
Press V to scroll through the
adjustment options.
Press
t and u to adjust the
settings using the indicators on the
mirror. The indicators will remain
visible for five seconds after the last
button activation, and the settings
will remain saved.
The adjustment options are:
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
44 Keys, Doors, and Windows
.
Brightness
.
Zoom
.
Tilt
{
Warning
The Rear Camera Mirror (RCM)
has a limited view. Portions of the
road, vehicles, and other objects
may not be seen. Do not drive or
park the vehicle using only this
camera. Objects may appear
closer than they are. Check the
outside mirrors or glance over
your shoulder when making lane
changes or merging. Failure to
use proper care may result in
injury, death, or vehicle damage.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 45
Troubleshooting
See your dealer for service if a blue
screen and
3 are displayed in
the mirror, and the display shuts off.
Also, push the tab as indicated to
return to the automatic
dimming mode.
The Rear Camera Mirror may not
work properly or display a clear
image if:
.
There is glare from the sun or
headlamps. This may obstruct
objects from view. If needed,
push the tab to turn off the
display.
.
Dirt, snow, or other debris blocks
the camera lens. Clean the lens
with a soft damp cloth.
.
The camera’s mounting on the
vehicle has been damaged, and/
or the position or the mounting
angle of the camera has
changed.
Windows
{
Warning
Never leave a child, a helpless
adult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,
especially with the windows
closed in warm or hot weather.
They can be overcome by the
extreme heat and suffer
permanent injuries or even death
from heat stroke.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
46 Keys, Doors, and Windows
The vehicle aerodynamics are
designed to improve fuel economy
performance. This may result in a
pulsing sound when either rear
window is down and the front
windows are up. To reduce the
sound, open either a front window
or the sunroof, if equipped.
Manual Windows
If equipped, turn the hand crank on
each door to manually raise or lower
the manual windows.
Power Windows
{
Warning
Children could be seriously
injured or killed if caught in the
path of a closing window. Never
leave the Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) transmitter or keys in a
vehicle with children. When there
are children in the rear seat, use
the window lockout button to
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
prevent operation of the windows.
See Keys (Key Access) 0 9 or
Keys (Keyless Access) 0 12.
The power windows work when the
ignition is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY,
or when Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) is active. See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 214.
Using the window switch, press to
open or pull to close the window.
The windows may be temporarily
disabled if they are used repeatedly
within a short time.
Window Lockout
With Power Folding Mirrors,
Without Similar
This feature stops the rear door
passenger window switches from
working except from the driver
position.
Press
2 to engage the rear
window lockout feature. The
indicator light is on when engaged.
Press
2 again to disengage.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 47
Windows Express Movement
All windows can be opened without
holding the window switch. Press
the switch down fully and quickly
release to express open the
window.
If equipped, pull the window switch
up fully and quickly release to
express close the window.
Briefly press or pull the window
switch in the same direction to stop
that window’s express movement.
Express Window Down
L: If equipped, this button will be
on the center stack.
Press and hold
L to open all
windows. Release
L to stop all
movement.
Use the power window switches to
close each window.
Window Automatic Reversal
System
The express-close feature will
reverse window movement if it
comes in contact with an object.
Extreme cold or ice could cause the
window to auto-reverse. The
window will operate normally after
the object or condition is removed.
Automatic Reversal System
Override
{
Warning
If automatic reversal system
override is active, the window will
not reverse automatically. You or
others could be injured and the
window could be damaged.
Before using automatic reversal
system override, make sure that
all people and obstructions are
clear of the window path.
When the engine is on, override the
automatic reversal system by pulling
and holding the window switch if
conditions prevent it from closing.
Programming the Power
Windows
Programming may be necessary if
the vehicle battery has been
disconnected or discharged. If the
window is unable to express-up,
program each express-close
window:
1. Close all doors.
2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/
ACCESSORY.
3. Partially open the window to be
programmed. Then close it and
continue to pull the switch
briefly after the window has
fully closed.
4. Open the window and continue
to press the switch briefly after
the window has fully opened.
Remote Window Operation
If equipped, this feature allows the
windows to be opened remotely.
If enabled in vehicle personalization,
press and hold
K on the RKE
transmitter. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 154.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
48 Keys, Doors, and Windows
Rear Windows
Power Sliding Rear Window
If equipped, the power sliding rear
window works when the ignition has
been turned on or to ACC/
ACCESSORY, or Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) must be
active. See Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) 0 214.
.
Press the switch to open the
window.
.
Pull the switch to close the
window.
The power sliding rear window
cannot be operated manually.
Sun Visors
Pull the sun visor down to block
glare. If equipped, detach the sun
visor from the center mount to pivot
to the side window or to extend
along the rod.
If equipped, there is a lighted mirror
on the sun visor. Lift the cover
to open.
Roof
Sunroof
1. SLIDE Switch
2. TILT Switch
If equipped, the sunroof operates
when the ignition is on or in ACC/
ACCESSORY, or when Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) is active.
See Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) 0 214.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Keys, Doors, and Windows 49
Slide Switch
Express-Open/Express-Close : To
express-open the sunroof, fully
press and release
I (1). Press and
release
I (1) again to stop the
movement. To express-close the
sunroof, fully press and release
K
(1). Press and release K (1)
again to stop the movement.
Open/Close (Manual Mode) : To
open the sunroof, press and hold
I
(1). Release I (1) to stop the
movement. Press and hold
K (1)
to close the sunroof. Release
K
(1) to stop the movement.
Tilt Switch
Vent : From the closed position,
press
J (2) to vent the sunroof.
Press
K (2) to close the vent.
When the sunroof is opened, an air
deflector will automatically raise.
The air deflector will retract when
the sunroof is closed.
The sunroof also has a sunshade,
which can be pulled forward to block
sun rays. The sunshade must be
opened and closed manually.
Automatic Reversal System
The sunroof has an automatic
reversal system that is only active
when the sunroof is operated in
express-close mode.
If an object is in the path while
express-closing, the reversal system
will detect an object, stop, and open
the sunroof slightly.
If frost or other conditions prevent
closing, override the feature by
closing the sunroof in manual mode.
To stop movement, release
K (1).
Dirt and debris may collect on the
sunroof seal or in the track. This
could cause an issue with sunroof
operation or noise. It could also plug
the water drainage system.
Periodically open the sunroof and
remove any obstacles or loose
debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and
roof sealing area using a clean
cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not
remove grease from the sunroof
tracks.
If water is seen dripping into the
water drainage system, this is
normal.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
50 Seats and Restraints
Seats and
Restraints
Head Restraints
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Front Seats
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Power Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . 53
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Rear Seats
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Seat Belts
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
How to Wear Seat Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Seat Belt Use During
Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Seat Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 68
Seat Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Replacing Seat Belt System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Airbag System
Airbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 71
When Should an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
How Does an Airbag
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
What Will You See after an
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Passenger Sensing System . . . 75
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 80
Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 81
Replacing Airbag System Parts
after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Child Restraints
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Infants and Young Children . . . . 84
Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 86
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 88
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) . . . . 89
Replacing LATCH System
Parts After a Crash . . . . . . . . . 102
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Seat Belt in the
Rear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Securing Child Restraints (In
the Center Front Seat) . . . . . . 105
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Seat Belt in the Front
Passenger Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Seats and Restraints 51
Head Restraints
{
Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
Front Seats
The vehicle's front seats have
adjustable head restraints in the
outboard seating positions.
Adjust the head restraint so that the
top of the restraint is at the same
height as the top of the occupant's
head. This position reduces the
chance of a neck injury in a crash.
To raise or lower the head restraint,
press the button on the side of the
head restraint and pull up or push
the head restraint down and release
the button.
Pull and push on the head restraint
after the button is released to make
sure that it is locked in place.
The front seat outboard head
restraints are not removable.
Rear Head Restraints
The vehicle’s rear seat has head
restraints in the outboard seating
positions that cannot be adjusted.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
52 Seats and Restraints
The head restraint can be folded
forward to allow for better visibility
when the rear seat is unoccupied.
To fold the head restraint, press the
button on the side of the head
restraint.
When an occupant is in the seat,
always return the head restraint to
the upright position until it locks into
place. Push and pull on the head
restraint to make sure that it is
locked.
If you are installing a child restraint
in the rear seat, see Lower Anchors
and Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 89.
Center Headrest
The vehicle’s rear seat may be
equipped with a headrest in the
center seating position that cannot
be adjusted.
If you are installing a child restraint
in the rear seat, see Lower Anchors
and Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 89.
Front Seats
Seat Adjustment
{
Warning
You can lose control of the
vehicle if you try to adjust a driver
seat while the vehicle is moving.
Adjust the driver seat only when
the vehicle is not moving.
To adjust a manual seat:
1. Pull the handle at the front of
the seat.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Seats and Restraints 53
2. Slide the seat to the desired
position and release the
handle.
3. Try to move the seat back and
forth to be sure it is locked in
place.
To adjust the seatback, see
Reclining Seatbacks 0 54.
To adjust the lumbar support,
if equipped, see Lumbar Adjustment
0 54.
Center Seat
If equipped, the center front
seatback doubles as an armrest and
cupholder/storage area for the driver
and passenger when the center
front seat is not used.
Pull the strap on the side of the
center seatback to fold the center
seatback. Do not use the center
seatback as a seating position when
the seatback is folded down.
To raise the seatback, push the
seatback rearward until it locks in
the upright position. Push and pull
on the seatback to make sure it is
locked.
Power Seat Adjustment
To adjust a power seat, if equipped:
.
Move the seat forward or
rearward by sliding the control
forward or rearward.
.
Raise or lower the front part of
the seat cushion by moving the
front of the control up or down.
.
Raise or lower the seat by
moving the rear of the control up
or down.
To adjust the seatback, see
Reclining Seatbacks 0 54.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
54 Seats and Restraints
To adjust the lumbar support, see
Lumbar Adjustment 0 54.
Some vehicles are equipped with a
feature that activates a vibrating
pulse alert in the driver seat to help
the driver avoid crashes. See Driver
Assistance Systems 0 254.
Lumbar Adjustment
Power Lumbar
To adjust the lumbar support,
if equipped:
.
Press and hold the control
forward to increase or rearward
to decrease upper and lower
lumbar support at the same time.
Reclining Seatbacks
{
Warning
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be
dangerous. Even when buckled
up, the seat belts cannot do
their job.
The shoulder belt will not be
against your body. Instead, it will
be in front of you. In a crash, you
could go into it, receiving neck or
other injuries.
The lap belt could go up over
your abdomen. The belt forces
would be there, not at your pelvic
bones. This could cause serious
internal injuries.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
For proper protection when the
vehicle is in motion, have the
seatback upright. Then sit well
back in the seat and wear the
seat belt properly.
Do not have a seatback reclined if
the vehicle is moving.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Seats and Restraints 55
Manual Reclining Seatbacks
{
Warning
If either seatback is not locked, it
could move forward in a sudden
stop or crash. That could cause
injury to the person sitting there.
Always push and pull on the
seatbacks to be sure they are
locked.
To adjust a manual seatback:
1. Lift the lever.
The seatback will automatically
fold forward.
2. To recline, move the seatback
rearward to the desired
position, then release the lever
to lock the seatback in place.
3. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.
To return the seatback to the upright
position:
1. Lift the lever fully without
applying pressure to the
seatback, and the seatback will
return to the upright position.
2. Push and pull on the seatback
to make sure it is locked.
Power Reclining Seatbacks
To recline a power seatback,
if equipped:
.
Tilt the top of the control
rearward to recline.
.
Tilt the top of the control forward
to raise.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
56 Seats and Restraints
Memory Seats
If equipped, memory seats allow two
drivers to save and recall their
unique seat positions for driving the
vehicle, and a shared exit position
for getting out of the vehicle. Other
feature positions may also be
saved, such as power mirrors,
if equipped. Memory positions are
linked to RKE transmitter 1 or 2 for
automatic memory recalls.
Before saving, adjust all available
memory feature positions. Turn the
vehicle on and then press and
release SET; a beep will sound.
Then immediately press and hold 1,
2, or
B (Exit) until two beeps
sound. To manually recall these
positions, press and hold 1, 2, or
B
until the saved position is reached.
Follow the instructions under
“Saving Memory Positions.”
The vehicle identifies the current
driver ’s RKE transmitter number
(1–8). See Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation (Key
Access) 0 13 or
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Keyless Access)
0 16. Only RKE transmitters 1 and 2
can be used for automatic memory
recalls. A Driver Information Center
(DIC) welcome message indicating
the transmitter number may display
for the first few ignition cycles
following a transmitter change. For
Seat Entry Memory to work properly,
save the positions to the memory
button (1 or 2) matching the RKE
transmitter number displayed in the
DIC welcome message. Carry the
linked RKE transmitter when
entering the vehicle.
Vehicle Personalization Settings
.
To have the Seat Entry Memory
movement begin when the
vehicle is started, select the
Settings menu, then Vehicle,
then Seating Position, and then
Seat Entry Memory. Select On or
Off. See “Seat Entry Memory”
later in this section.
.
To begin Seat Exit Memory
movement when the vehicle is
turned off and the driver door is
opened, or when the vehicle is
turned off with the driver door
already opened, select the
Settings menu, then Vehicle,
then Seating Position, and then
Seat Exit Memory. Select On or
Off. See “Seat Exit Memory”
later in this section.
.
See Vehicle Personalization
0 154 for additional setting
information.
Identifying Driver Number
To identify the driver number:
1. Move your RKE transmitter
away from the vehicle.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Seats and Restraints 57
2. Start the vehicle with another
key or RKE transmitter. The
DIC should display the driver
number for the other RKE
transmitter. Turn the vehicle off
and remove the key or RKE
transmitter from the vehicle.
3. Start the vehicle with the initial
key or RKE transmitter. The
DIC should display the driver
number of your RKE
transmitter.
Saving Memory Positions
Read these instructions completely
before saving memory positions.
To save preferred driving positions
1 and 2:
1. Turn the vehicle on or to ACC/
ACCESSORY.
A DIC welcome message may
indicate driver number 1 or 2.
2. Adjust all available memory
features to the desired driving
position.
3. Press and release SET; a beep
will sound.
4. Immediately press and hold the
1 or 2 memory button matching
the above DIC welcome
message until two beeps
sound.
If too much time passes
between releasing SET and
pressing 1, the memory
position will not be saved and
two beeps will not sound.
Repeat Steps 3 and 4.
1 or 2 corresponds to the driver
number. See “Identifying Driver
Number” previously in this
section.
5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a second
driver using 1 or 2. RKE
transmitters 3–8 will not save
memory positions.
To save the position for
B and
Seat Exit Memory features, repeat
Steps 1–4 using
B. This saves the
position for getting out of the
vehicle.
Save preferred memory feature
positions to both 1 and 2 if you are
the only driver.
Manually Recalling Memory
Positions
Press and hold 1, 2, or
B to recall
the previously saved memory
positions if you are driver 1 or 2
identified in the DIC welcome
message.
To stop Manual Memory recall
movement, release 1, 2, or
B or
press any of the following controls:
.
Power seat
.
Memory SET
.
Power mirror, with the driver or
passenger side mirror selected
Seat Entry Memory
The vehicle identifies the number of
the current driver’s RKE transmitter
(1–8). See Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System Operation (Key
Access) 0 13 or
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Keyless Access)
0 16. If the RKE transmitter is 1 or
2, and Seat Entry Memory is
enabled in vehicle personalization,
the positions saved to the same
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
58 Seats and Restraints
memory button number 1 or 2 are
automatically recalled when the
vehicle is turned on, or turned from
off to ACC/ACCESSORY. RKE
transmitters 3–8 will not provide
automatic memory recalls.
To turn Seat Entry Memory on or off,
see “Vehicle Personalization
Settings” previously in this section
and Vehicle Personalization 0 154.
The shift lever must be in P (Park)
to start Seat Entry Memory. Seat
Entry Memory recall will complete if
the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park)
prior to reaching the saved memory
position.
To stop Seat Entry Memory recall
movement, turn the vehicle off or
press any of the following controls:
.
Power seat
.
Memory SET, 1, 2, or
B
.
Power mirror, with the driver or
passenger side mirror selected
If the saved memory seat position
does not automatically recall or
recalls to the wrong positions, the
driver ’s RKE transmitter number (1
or 2) may not match the memory
button number that positions were
saved to. Try storing the position to
the other memory button or try the
other RKE transmitter.
Seat Exit Memory
Seat Exit Memory is not linked to an
RKE transmitter. The position saved
to
B is used for all drivers. To turn
Seat Exit Memory on or off, see
"Vehicle Personalization Settings"
previously in this section and
Vehicle Personalization 0 154.
If turned on, the position saved to
B is automatically recalled when
one of the following occurs:
.
The vehicle is turned off and the
driver door is opened within a
short time.
.
The vehicle is turned off with the
driver door open.
To stop Seat Exit Memory
movement, press any of the
following memory controls:
.
Power seat
.
Memory SET, 1, 2, or
B
.
Power mirror, with the driver or
passenger side mirror selected
Obstructions
If something has blocked the driver
seat while recalling a memory
position, the recall may stop.
Remove the obstruction and try the
recall again. If the memory position
still does not recall, see your dealer.
Heated and Ventilated
Front Seats
{
Warning
If temperature change or pain to
the skin cannot be felt, the seat
heater may cause burns. To
reduce the risk of burns, use care
when using the seat heater,
especially for long periods of
time. Do not place anything on
the seat that insulates against
heat, such as a blanket, cushion,
cover, or similar item. This may
cause the seat heater to
(Continued)
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Seats and Restraints 59
Warning (Continued)
overheat. An overheated seat
heater may cause a burn or may
damage the seat.
Heated and Ventilated Seat
Buttons Shown, Heated Seat
Buttons Similar
If equipped, the buttons are on the
center stack. To operate, the engine
must be running.
Press
I or + to heat the driver or
passenger seatback only.
Press
J or z to heat the driver or
passenger seat cushion and
seatback.
Press
C or { to ventilate the driver
or passenger seat.
The indicator light on the button
comes on when this feature is on.
Press the button once for the
highest setting. With each press of
the button, the seat will change to
the next lower setting, and then to
the off setting. The indicator lights
next to the buttons indicate three for
the highest setting and one for the
lowest. If the heated seats are on
high for an extended time, their level
may automatically be lowered.
Auto Heated Seats
When the vehicle is on, this feature
will automatically activate the
heated seats at the level required by
the vehicle’s interior temperature.
The active high, medium, low, or off
heated seat level will be indicated
by the manual heated seat buttons
on the center stack. Use the manual
heated seat buttons on the center
stack to turn auto heated seats off.
If the passenger seat is unoccupied,
the auto heated seats feature will
not activate that seat. The auto
heated seats feature can be
programmed to always be enabled
when the vehicle is on. See Vehicle
Personalization 0 154.
Remote Start Heated and
Ventilated Seats
If equipped, the heated seats will
turn on automatically during a
remote start if it is cold outside and
the ventilated seats will turn on
automatically if it is hot outside.
If equipped, the heated steering
wheel will turn on automatically
during a remote start if it is cold
outside. The heated and ventilated
seat indicators and heated steering
wheel indicator may not come on
during this operation.
The heated and ventilated seats
and heated steering wheel may
cancel when the vehicle is started.
These features can be manually
selected after the ignition is
turned on.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
60 Seats and Restraints
The temperature performance of an
unoccupied seat may be reduced.
This is normal.
The heated or ventilated seats will
not turn on during a remote start
unless they are enabled in vehicle
personalization. See Remote
Vehicle Start 0 25 and
Vehicle Personalization 0 154.
Rear Seats
Rear Seat Reminder
If equipped, the message REAR
SEAT REMINDER LOOK IN REAR
SEAT displays under certain
conditions indicating there may be
an item or passenger in the rear
seat. Check before exiting the
vehicle.
This feature will activate when a
second row door is opened while
the vehicle is on or up to 10 minutes
before the vehicle is turned on.
There will be an alert when the
vehicle is turned off. The alert does
not directly detect objects in the rear
seat; instead, under certain
conditions, it detects when a rear
door is opened and closed,
indicating that there may be
something in the rear seat.
The feature is active only once each
time the vehicle is turned on and off,
and will require reactivation by
opening and closing the second row
doors. There may be an alert even
when there is nothing in the rear
seat; for example, if a child entered
the vehicle through the rear door
and left the vehicle without the
vehicle being shut off.
The feature can be turned on or off.
See Vehicle Personalization 0 154.
Folding the Rear Seat Cushion
Either side of the rear seat cushion
can be folded up for added cargo
space.
Caution
Folding a rear seat with the seat
belts still fastened may cause
damage to the seat or the seat
belts. Always unbuckle the seat
belts and return them to their
normal stowed position before
folding a rear seat.
Make sure that nothing is on the
seat cushion.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Seats and Restraints 61
To fold the seat, slowly pull the seat
cushion up.
To return the seat to the normal
seating position, slowly pull the seat
cushion down.
{
Warning
A seat belt that is improperly
routed, not properly attached,
or twisted will not provide the
protection needed in a crash. The
person wearing the belt could be
seriously injured. After raising the
rear seatback, always check to be
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
sure that the seat belts are
properly routed and attached, and
are not twisted.
Heated Rear Seats
{
Warning
If you cannot feel temperature
change or pain to the skin, the
seat heater may cause burns.
See the Warning under Heated
and Ventilated Front Seats 0 58.
If available, the buttons are on the
rear of the center console. To
operate, the engine must be
running.
Press
M or L to heat the left or
right outboard seat cushion. An
indicator on the climate control
display appears when this feature
is on.
This feature turns on at the highest
setting. With each press of the
button, the heated seat changes to
the next lower setting, and then the
off setting. Three lights indicate the
highest setting, and one light
indicates the lowest. If the heated
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
62 Seats and Restraints
seats are on high, the level may
automatically be lowered after
approximately 30 minutes.
Seat Belts
This section describes how to use
seat belts properly, and some things
not to do.
{
Warning
Do not let anyone ride where a
seat belt cannot be worn properly.
In a crash, if you or your
passenger(s) are not wearing
seat belts, injuries can be much
worse than if you are wearing
seat belts. You can be seriously
injured or killed by hitting things
inside the vehicle harder or by
being ejected from the vehicle. In
addition, anyone who is not
buckled up can strike other
passengers in the vehicle.
It is extremely dangerous to ride
in a cargo area, inside or outside
of a vehicle. In a collision,
passengers riding in these areas
are more likely to be seriously
injured or killed. Do not allow
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
passengers to ride in any area of
the vehicle that is not equipped
with seats and seat belts.
Always wear a seat belt, and
check that all passenger(s) are
restrained properly too.
This vehicle has indicators as a
reminder to buckle the seat belts.
See Seat Belt Reminders 0 132.
Why Seat Belts Work
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Seats and Restraints 63
When riding in a vehicle, you travel
as fast as the vehicle does. If the
vehicle stops suddenly, you keep
going until something stops you.
It could be the windshield, the
instrument panel, or the seat belts!
When you wear a seat belt, you and
the vehicle slow down together.
There is more time to stop because
you stop over a longer distance and,
when worn properly, your strongest
bones take the forces from the seat
belts. That is why wearing seat belts
makes such good sense.
Questions and Answers About
Seat Belts
Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle
after a crash if I am wearing a
seat belt?
A: You could be — whether you are
wearing a seat belt or not. Your
chance of being conscious
during and after a crash, so you
can unbuckle and get out, is
much greater if you are belted.
Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why
should I have to wear seat
belts?
A: Airbags are supplemental
systems only. They work with
seat belts — not instead of them.
Whether or not an airbag is
provided, all occupants still have
to buckle up to get the most
protection.
Also, in nearly all states and in
all Canadian provinces, the law
requires wearing seat belts.
How to Wear Seat Belts
Properly
Follow these rules for everyone's
protection.
There are additional things to know
about seat belts and children,
including smaller children and
infants. If a child will be riding in the
vehicle, see Older Children 0 82 or
Infants and Young Children 0 84.
Review and follow the rules for
children in addition to the following
rules.
It is very important for all occupants
to buckle up. Statistics show that
unbelted people are hurt more often
in crashes than those who are
wearing seat belts.
There are important things to know
about wearing a seat belt properly.
.
Sit up straight and always keep
your feet on the floor in front of
you (if possible).
.
Always use the correct buckle
for your seating position.
.
Wear the lap part of the belt low
and snug on the hips, just
touching the thighs. In a crash,
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
64 Seats and Restraints
this applies force to the strong
pelvic bones and you would be
less likely to slide under the lap
belt. If you slid under it, the belt
would apply force on your
abdomen. This could cause
serious or even fatal injuries.
.
Wear the shoulder belt over the
shoulder and across the chest.
These parts of the body are best
able to take belt restraining
forces. The shoulder belt locks if
there is a sudden stop or crash.
{
Warning
You can be seriously injured,
or even killed, by not wearing
your seat belt properly.
Never allow the lap or shoulder belt
to become loose or twisted.
Never wear the shoulder belt under
both arms or behind your back.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Seats and Restraints 65
Always use the correct buckle for
your seating position.
Never route the lap or shoulder belt
over an armrest.
{
Warning
The seat belt can be pinched if it
is routed under plastic trim on the
seat, such as trim around the rear
seatback folding handle or side
airbag. In a crash, pinched seat
belts might not be able to provide
adequate protection. Never allow
seat belts to be routed under
plastic trim pieces.
Lap-Shoulder Belt
All seating positions in the vehicle
have a lap-shoulder belt.
The following instructions explain
how to wear a lap-shoulder belt
properly.
1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is
adjustable, so you can sit up
straight. To see how, see
“Seats” in the Index.
2. Pick up the latch plate and pull
the belt across you. Do not let
it get twisted.
The lap-shoulder belt may lock
if you pull the belt across you
very quickly. If this happens, let
the belt go back slightly to
unlock it. Then pull the belt
across you more slowly.
If the shoulder portion of a
passenger belt is pulled out all
the way, the child restraint
locking feature may be
engaged. See Child Restraint
Systems 0 86. If this occurs, let
the belt go back all the way
and start again. If the locking
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
66 Seats and Restraints
feature stays engaged after
letting the belt go back to
stowed position on the seat,
move the seat rearward or
recline the seat until the
shoulder belt retractor lock
releases.
Engaging the child restraint
locking feature in the front
outboard seating position may
affect the passenger sensing
system, if equipped. See
Passenger Sensing System
0 75.
If the webbing locks in the latch
plate before it reaches the
buckle, tilt the latch plate flat to
unlock.
3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Pull up on the latch plate to
make sure it is secure. If the
belt is not long enough, see
Seat Belt Extender 0 68.
Position the release button on
the buckle so that the seat belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
4. To make the lap part tight, pull
up on the shoulder belt.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Seats and Restraints 67
To unlatch the belt, push the button
on the buckle. The belt should
return to its stowed position.
Always stow the seat belt slowly.
If the seat belt webbing returns
quickly to the stowed position, the
retractor may lock and cannot be
pulled out. If this happens, pull the
seat belt straight out firmly to unlock
the webbing, and then release it.
If the webbing is still locked in the
retractor, see your dealer.
Before a door is closed, be sure the
seat belt is out of the way. If a door
is slammed against a seat belt,
damage can occur to both the seat
belt and the vehicle.
Seat Belt Pretensioners
This vehicle has seat belt
pretensioners for the front outboard
occupants. Although the seat belt
pretensioners cannot be seen, they
are part of the seat belt assembly.
They can help tighten the seat belts
during the early stages of a
moderate to severe frontal, near
frontal, or rear crash if the threshold
conditions for pretensioner
activation are met. Seat belt
pretensioners can also help tighten
the seat belts in a side crash or
rollover event.
Pretensioners work only once. If the
pretensioners activate in a crash,
the pretensioners and probably
other parts of the vehicle's seat belt
system will need to be replaced.
See Replacing Seat Belt System
Parts after a Crash 0 69.
Do not sit on the outboard seat belt
while entering or exiting the vehicle
or at any time while sitting in the
seat. Sitting on the seat belt can
damage the webbing and hardware.
Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides
Rear seat belt comfort guides may
provide added seat belt comfort for
older children who have outgrown
booster seats and for some adults.
When installed on a shoulder belt,
the comfort guide positions the
shoulder belt away from the neck
and head.
Comfort guides are available
through your dealer for the rear
outboard seating positions.
Instructions are included with the
comfort guides.
Seat Belt Use During
Pregnancy
Seat belts work for everyone,
including pregnant women. Like all
occupants, they are more likely to
be seriously injured if they do not
wear seat belts.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
68 Seats and Restraints
A pregnant woman should wear a
lap-shoulder belt, and the lap
portion should be worn as low as
possible, below the rounding,
throughout the pregnancy.
The best way to protect the fetus is
to protect the mother. When a seat
belt is worn properly, it is more likely
that the fetus will not be hurt in a
crash. For pregnant women, as for
anyone, the key to making seat
belts effective is wearing them
properly.
Seat Belt Extender
If the vehicle's seat belt will fasten
around you, you should use it.
But if a seat belt is not long enough,
your dealer will order you an
extender. When you go in to order it,
take the heaviest coat you will wear,
so the extender will be long enough
for you. To help avoid personal
injury, do not let someone else use
it, and use it only for the seat it is
made to fit. The extender has been
designed for adults. Never use it for
securing child restraints. For more
information on the proper use and fit
of seat belt extenders see the
instruction sheet that comes with
the extender.
Safety System Check
Periodically check the seat belt
reminder, seat belts, buckles, latch
plates, retractors, shoulder belt
height adjusters (if equipped), and
seat belt anchorages to make sure
they are all in working order. Look
for any other loose or damaged seat
belt system parts that might keep a
seat belt system from performing
properly. See your dealer to have it
repaired. Torn, frayed, or twisted
seat belts may not protect you in a
crash. Torn or frayed seat belts can
rip apart under impact forces. If a
belt is torn or frayed, have it
replaced immediately. If a belt is
twisted, it may be possible to
untwist by reversing the latch plate
on the webbing. If the twist cannot
be corrected, ask your dealer to
fix it.
Make sure the seat belt reminder
light is working. See Seat Belt
Reminders 0 132.
Keep seat belts clean and dry. See
Seat Belt Care 0 68.
Seat Belt Care
Keep belts clean and dry.
Seat belts should be properly cared
for and maintained.
Seat belt hardware should be kept
dry and free of dust or debris. As
necessary, exterior hard surfaces
and seat belt webbing may be lightly
cleaned with mild soap and water.
Ensure there is not excessive dust
or debris in the mechanism. If dust
or debris exists in the system please
see the dealer. Parts may need to
be replaced to ensure proper
functionality of the system.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Seats and Restraints 69
{
Warning
Do not bleach or dye seat belt
webbing. It may severely weaken
the webbing. In a crash, they
might not be able to provide
adequate protection. Clean and
rinse seat belt webbing only with
mild soap and lukewarm water.
Allow the webbing to dry.
Replacing Seat Belt
System Parts after a
Crash
{
Warning
A crash can damage the seat belt
system in the vehicle. A damaged
seat belt system may not properly
protect the person using it,
resulting in serious injury or even
death in a crash. To help make
sure the seat belt systems are
working properly after a crash,
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
have them inspected and any
necessary replacements made as
soon as possible.
After a minor crash, replacement of
seat belts may not be necessary.
But the seat belt assemblies that
were used during any crash may
have been stressed or damaged.
See your dealer to have the seat
belt assemblies inspected or
replaced.
New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the seat belt
system was not being used at the
time of the crash.
Have the seat belt pretensioners
checked if the vehicle has been in a
crash, or if the airbag readiness light
stays on after you start the vehicle
or while you are driving. See Airbag
Readiness Light 0 133.
Airbag System
The vehicle has the following
airbags:
.
A frontal airbag for the driver
.
A frontal airbag for the front
outboard passenger
.
A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the driver
.
A seat-mounted side impact
airbag for the front outboard
passenger
.
A roof-rail airbag for the driver
and the passenger seated
directly behind the driver
.
A roof-rail airbag for the front
outboard passenger and the
passenger seated directly
behind the front outboard
passenger
All vehicle airbags have the word
AIRBAG on the trim or on a label
near the deployment opening.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
70 Seats and Restraints
For frontal airbags, the word
AIRBAG is on the center of the
steering wheel for the driver and on
the instrument panel for the front
outboard passenger.
For seat-mounted side impact
airbags, the word AIRBAG is on the
side of the seatback or side of the
seat closest to the door.
For roof-rail airbags, the word
AIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.
Airbags are designed to supplement
the protection provided by seat
belts. Even though today's airbags
are also designed to help reduce
the risk of injury from the force of an
inflating bag, all airbags must inflate
very quickly to do their job.
Here are the most important things
to know about the airbag system:
{
Warning
You can be severely injured or
killed in a crash if you are not
wearing your seat belt, even with
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
airbags. Airbags are designed to
work with seat belts, not replace
them. Also, airbags are not
designed to inflate in every crash.
In some crashes seat belts are
the only restraint. See When
Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 73.
Wearing your seat belt during a
crash helps reduce your chance
of hitting things inside the vehicle
or being ejected from it. Airbags
are “supplemental restraints” to
the seat belts. Everyone in the
vehicle should wear a seat belt
properly, whether or not there is
an airbag for that person.
{
Warning
Because airbags inflate with great
force and faster than the blink of
an eye, anyone who is up
against, or very close to, any
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
airbag when it inflates can be
seriously injured or killed. Do not
sit unnecessarily close to any
airbag, as you would be if sitting
on the edge of the seat or leaning
forward. Seat belts help keep you
in position before and during a
crash. Always wear a seat belt,
even with airbags. The driver
should sit as far back as possible
while still maintaining control of
the vehicle. The seat belts and
the front outboard passenger
airbags are most effective when
you are sitting well back and
upright in the seat with both feet
on the floor.
Occupants should not lean on or
sleep against the door or side
windows in seating positions with
seat-mounted side impact airbags
and/or roof-rail airbags.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Seats and Restraints 71
{
Warning
Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Always secure children
properly in the vehicle. To read
how, see Older Children 0 82 or
Infants and Young Children 0 84.
There is an airbag readiness light
on the instrument cluster, which
shows the airbag symbol.
The system checks the airbag
electrical system for malfunctions.
The light tells you if there is an
electrical problem. See Airbag
Readiness Light 0 133.
Where Are the Airbags?
The driver frontal airbag is in the
center of the steering wheel.
The front outboard passenger
frontal airbag is in the passenger
side instrument panel.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
72 Seats and Restraints
Driver Side Shown, Passenger
Side Similar
The driver and front outboard
passenger seat-mounted side
impact airbags are in the side of the
seatbacks closest to the door.
Driver Side Crew Cab Shown,
Passenger Side Double and
Regular Cabs Similar
The roof-rail airbags for the driver,
front outboard passenger, and
second row outboard passengers
are in the ceiling above the side
windows.
{
Warning
If something is between an
occupant and an airbag, the
airbag might not inflate properly
or it might force the object into
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
that person causing severe injury
or even death. The path of an
inflating airbag must be kept
clear. Do not put anything
between an occupant and an
airbag, and do not attach or put
anything on the steering wheel
hub or on or near any other
airbag covering.
Do not use seat accessories that
block the inflation path of a
seat-mounted side impact airbag.
Never secure anything to the roof
of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags
by routing a rope or tie‐down
through any door or window
opening. If you do, the path of an
inflating roof-rail airbag will be
blocked.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Seats and Restraints 73
When Should an Airbag
Inflate?
This vehicle is equipped with
airbags. See Airbag System 0 69.
Airbags are designed to inflate if the
impact exceeds the specific airbag
system's deployment threshold.
Deployment thresholds are used to
predict how severe a crash is likely
to be in time for the airbags to
inflate and help restrain the
occupants. The vehicle has
electronic sensors that help the
airbag system determine the
severity of the impact. Deployment
thresholds can vary with specific
vehicle design.
Frontal airbags are designed to
inflate in moderate to severe frontal
or near frontal crashes to help
reduce the potential for severe
injuries, mainly to the driver's or
front outboard passenger's head
and chest.
Whether the frontal airbags will or
should inflate is not based primarily
on how fast the vehicle is traveling.
It depends on what is hit, the
direction of the impact, and how
quickly the vehicle slows down.
Frontal airbags may inflate at
different crash speeds depending on
whether the vehicle hits an object
straight on or at an angle, and
whether the object is fixed or
moving, rigid or deformable, narrow
or wide.
Frontal airbags are not intended to
inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear
impacts, or many side impacts.
In addition, the vehicle has
advanced technology frontal
airbags. Advanced technology
frontal airbags adjust the restraint
according to crash severity.
Seat-mounted side impact airbags
are designed to inflate in moderate
to severe side crashes depending
on the location of the impact.
Seat-mounted side impact airbags
are not designed to inflate in frontal
impacts, near frontal impacts,
rollovers, or rear impacts.
A seat-mounted side impact airbag
is designed to inflate on the side of
the vehicle that is struck.
Roof-rail airbags are designed to
inflate in moderate to severe side
crashes depending on the location
of the impact. In addition, these
roof-rail airbags are designed to
inflate during a rollover or in a
severe frontal impact. Roof-rail
airbags are not designed to inflate in
rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags
will inflate when either side of the
vehicle is struck or if the sensing
system predicts that the vehicle is
about to roll over on its side, or in a
severe frontal impact.
In any particular crash, no one can
say whether an airbag should have
inflated simply because of the
vehicle damage or repair costs.
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate?
In a deployment event, the sensing
system sends an electrical signal
triggering a release of gas from the
inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
74 Seats and Restraints
airbag causing the bag to break out
of the cover. The inflator, the airbag,
and related hardware are all part of
the airbag module.
For airbag locations, see Where Are
the Airbags? 0 71.
How Does an Airbag
Restrain?
In moderate to severe frontal or
near frontal collisions, even belted
occupants can contact the steering
wheel or the instrument panel. In
moderate to severe side collisions,
even belted occupants can contact
the inside of the vehicle.
Airbags supplement the protection
provided by seat belts by
distributing the force of the impact
more evenly over the
occupant's body.
Rollover capable roof-rail airbags
are designed to help contain the
head and chest of occupants in the
outboard seating positions in the
first and second rows. The rollover
capable roof-rail airbags are
designed to help reduce the risk of
full or partial ejection in rollover
events, although no system can
prevent all such ejections.
But airbags would not help in many
types of collisions, primarily
because the occupant's motion is
not toward those airbags. See When
Should an Airbag Inflate? 0 73.
Airbags should never be regarded
as anything more than a supplement
to seat belts.
What Will You See after
an Airbag Inflates?
After frontal and seat-mounted side
impact airbags inflate, they quickly
deflate, so quickly that some people
may not even realize the airbags
inflated. Roof-rail airbags may still
be at least partially inflated for some
time after they inflate. Some
components of the airbag module
may be hot for several minutes. For
location of the airbags, see Where
Are the Airbags? 0 71.
The parts of the airbag that come
into contact with you may be warm,
but not too hot to touch. There may
be some smoke and dust coming
from the vents in the deflated
airbags. Airbag inflation does not
prevent the driver from seeing out of
the windshield or being able to steer
the vehicle, nor does it prevent
people from leaving the vehicle.
{
Warning
When an airbag inflates, there
may be dust in the air. This dust
could cause breathing problems
for people with a history of
asthma or other breathing trouble.
To avoid this, everyone in the
vehicle should get out as soon as
it is safe to do so. If you have
breathing problems but cannot
get out of the vehicle after an
airbag inflates, then get fresh air
by opening a window or a door.
If you experience breathing
problems following an airbag
deployment, you should seek
medical attention.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Seats and Restraints 75
The vehicle has a feature that may
automatically unlock the doors, turn
on the interior lamps and hazard
warning flashers, and shut off the
fuel system after the airbags inflate.
The feature may also activate,
without airbag inflation, after an
event that exceeds a predetermined
threshold. After turning the ignition
off and then on again, the fuel
system will return to normal
operation; the doors can be locked,
the interior lamps can be turned off,
and the hazard warning flashers can
be turned off using the controls for
those features. If any of these
systems are damaged in the crash
they may not operate as normal.
{
Warning
A crash severe enough to inflate
the airbags may have also
damaged important functions in
the vehicle, such as the fuel
system, brake and steering
systems, etc. Even if the vehicle
appears to be drivable after a
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
moderate crash, there may be
concealed damage that could
make it difficult to safely operate
the vehicle.
Use caution if you should attempt
to restart the engine after a crash
has occurred.
In many crashes severe enough to
inflate the airbag, windshields are
broken by vehicle deformation.
Additional windshield breakage may
also occur from the front outboard
passenger airbag.
.
Airbags are designed to inflate
only once. After an airbag
inflates, you will need some new
parts for the airbag system.
If you do not get them, the
airbag system will not be there
to help protect you in another
crash. A new system will include
airbag modules and possibly
other parts. The service manual
for the vehicle covers the need
to replace other parts.
.
The vehicle has a crash sensing
and diagnostic module which
records information after a
crash. See Vehicle Data
Recording and Privacy 0 472
and
Event Data Recorders 0 472.
.
Let only qualified technicians
work on the airbag systems.
Improper service can mean that
an airbag system will not work
properly. See your dealer for
service.
Passenger Sensing
System
The vehicle has a passenger
sensing system for the front
outboard passenger position. The
passenger airbag status indicator
will light on the overhead console
when the vehicle is started.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
76 Seats and Restraints
United States
Canada
The words ON and OFF, or the
symbols for on and off, will be
visible during the system check.
When the system check is
complete, either the word ON or
OFF, or the symbol for on or off, will
be visible. See Passenger Airbag
Status Indicator 0 133.
The passenger sensing system
turns off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag under
certain conditions. No other airbag
is affected by the passenger
sensing system.
The passenger sensing system
works with sensors that are part of
the front outboard passenger seat
and seat belt. The sensors are
designed to detect the presence of
a properly seated occupant and
determine if the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag should be
allowed to inflate or not.
According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly
secured in a rear seat in the correct
child restraint for their weight
and size.
Whenever possible, children aged
12 and under should be secured in
a rear seating position.
Never put a rear-facing child seat in
the front. This is because the risk to
the rear-facing child is so great,
if the airbag inflates.
{
Warning
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the passenger frontal
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
airbag inflates. This is because
the back of the rear-facing child
restraint would be very close to
the inflating airbag. A child in a
forward-facing child restraint can
be seriously injured or killed if the
passenger frontal airbag inflates
and the passenger seat is in a
forward position.
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the
passenger frontal airbag, no
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual
circumstance, even though the
airbag is turned off.
Never put a rear-facing child
restraint in the front seat, even if
the airbag is off. If securing a
forward-facing child restraint in
the front outboard passenger
seat, always move the seat as far
back as it will go. It is better to
(Continued)
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Seats and Restraints 77
Warning (Continued)
secure child restraints in the rear
seat. Consider using another
vehicle to transport the child
when a rear seat is not available.
If the vehicle does not have a rear
seat that will accommodate a
rear-facing child restraint, a
rear-facing child restraint should not
be installed in the vehicle, even if
the airbag is off.
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag if:
.
The front outboard passenger
seat is unoccupied.
.
The system determines an infant
is present in a child restraint.
.
A front outboard passenger
takes his/her weight off of the
seat for a period of time.
.
There is a critical problem with
the airbag system or the
passenger sensing system.
When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag,
the OFF indicator will light and stay
lit as a reminder that the airbag is
off. See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 133.
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn on the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
anytime the system senses that a
person of adult size is sitting
properly in the front outboard
passenger seat.
When the passenger sensing
system has allowed the airbag to be
enabled, the ON indicator will light
and stay lit as a reminder that the
airbag is active.
For some children, including
children in child restraints, and for
very small adults, the passenger
sensing system may or may not turn
off the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag, depending upon the
person's seating posture and body
build. Everyone in the vehicle who
has outgrown child restraints should
wear a seat belt properly — whether
or not there is an airbag for that
person.
{
Warning
If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong
with the airbag system. To help
avoid injury to yourself or others,
have the vehicle serviced right
away. See Airbag Readiness
Light 0 133 for more information,
including important safety
information.
If the On Indicator Is Lit for a
Child Restraint
The passenger sensing system is
designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag if
the system determines that an infant
is present in a child restraint. If a
child restraint has been installed
and the ON indicator is lit:
1. Turn the vehicle off.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
78 Seats and Restraints
2. Remove the child restraint from
the vehicle.
3. Remove any additional items
from the seat such as blankets,
cushions, seat covers, seat
heaters, or seat massagers.
4. Reinstall the child restraint
following the directions
provided by the child restraint
manufacturer and refer to
Securing Child Restraints (In
the Center Front Seat) 0 105 or
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat)
0 102 or
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Seat Belt in the Front
Passenger Seat) 0 106.
Make sure the seat belt
retractor is locked by pulling
the shoulder belt all the way
out of the retractor when
installing the child restraint,
even if the child restraint is
equipped with a seat belt lock
off. When the retractor lock is
set, the belt can be tightened
but not pulled out of the
retractor.
5. If, after reinstalling the child
restraint and restarting the
vehicle, the ON indicator is still
lit, turn the vehicle off. Then
slightly recline the vehicle
seatback and adjust the seat
cushion, if adjustable, to make
sure that the vehicle seatback
is not pushing the child
restraint into the seat cushion.
Also make sure the child
restraint is not trapped under
the vehicle head restraint.
If this happens, adjust the head
restraint. See Head Restraints
0 51.
6. Restart the vehicle.
The passenger sensing system may
or may not turn off the airbag for a
child in a child restraint depending
upon the child’s size. It is better to
secure child restraints in the rear
seat. Consider using another
vehicle to transport the child when a
rear seat is not available. Never put
a rear-facing child restraint in the
front seat, even if the ON indicator
is not lit.
If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an
Adult-Sized Occupant
If a person of adult size is sitting in
the front outboard passenger seat,
but the OFF indicator is lit, it could
be because that person is not sitting
properly in the seat or that the child
restraint locking feature is engaged.
Use the following steps to allow the
system to detect that person and
enable the front outboard passenger
frontal airbag:
1. Turn the vehicle off.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Seats and Restraints 79
2. Remove any additional material
from the seat, such as
blankets, cushions, seat
covers, seat heaters, or seat
massagers.
3. Place the seatback in the fully
upright position.
4. Have the person sit upright in
the seat, centered on the seat
cushion, with legs comfortably
extended.
5. If the shoulder portion of the
belt is pulled out all the way,
the child restraint locking
feature will be engaged. This
may unintentionally cause the
passenger sensing system to
turn the airbag off for some
adult-sized occupants. If this
happens, unbuckle the belt, let
the belt go back all the way,
and then buckle the belt again
without pulling the belt out all
the way.
6. Restart the vehicle and have
the person remain in this
position for two to three minutes
after the ON indicator is lit.
{
Warning
If the front outboard passenger
airbag is turned off for an
adult-sized occupant, the airbag
will not be able to inflate and help
protect that person in a crash,
resulting in an increased risk of
serious injury or even death. An
adult-sized occupant should not
ride in the front outboard
passenger seat, if the passenger
airbag OFF indicator is lit.
Additional Factors Affecting
System Operation
Seat belts help keep the passenger
in position on the seat during
vehicle maneuvers and braking,
which helps the passenger sensing
system maintain the passenger
airbag status. See “Seat Belts” and
“Child Restraints” in the Index for
additional information about the
importance of proper restraint use.
A thick layer of additional material,
such as a blanket or cushion,
or aftermarket equipment such as
seat covers, seat heaters, and seat
massagers can affect how well the
passenger sensing system
operates. We recommend that you
not use seat covers or other
aftermarket equipment except when
approved by GM for your specific
vehicle. See Adding Equipment to
the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 80
for more information about
modifications that can affect how
the system operates.
The ON indicator may be lit if an
object, such as a briefcase,
handbag, grocery bag, laptop,
or other electronic device, is put on
an unoccupied seat. If this is not
desired, remove the object from
the seat.
{
Warning
Stowing articles under the
passenger seat or between the
passenger seat cushion and
(Continued)
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
80 Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
seatback may interfere with the
proper operation of the passenger
sensing system.
Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
Airbags affect how the vehicle
should be serviced. There are parts
of the airbag system in several
places around the vehicle. Your
dealer and the service manual have
information about servicing the
vehicle and the airbag system. To
purchase a service manual, see
Publication Ordering Information
0 469.
{
Warning
For up to 10 seconds after the
vehicle is turned off and the
battery is disconnected, an airbag
can still inflate during improper
service. You can be injured if you
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
are close to an airbag when it
inflates. Avoid yellow connectors.
They are probably part of the
airbag system. Be sure to follow
proper service procedures, and
make sure the person performing
work for you is qualified to do so.
Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle
Adding accessories that change the
vehicle's frame, bumper system,
height, front end, or side sheet
metal, may keep the airbag system
from working properly.
The operation of the airbag system
can also be affected by changing,
including improperly repairing or
replacing, any parts of the following:
.
Airbag system, including airbag
modules, front or side impact
sensors, sensing and diagnostic
module, or airbag wiring
.
Front seats, including stitching,
seams, or zippers
.
Seat belts
.
Steering wheel, instrument
panel, overhead console, ceiling
trim, or pillar garnish trim
.
Inner door seals, including
speakers
Your dealer and the service manual
have information about the location
of the airbag modules and sensors,
sensing and diagnostic module, and
airbag wiring along with the proper
replacement procedures.
In addition, the vehicle has a
passenger sensing system for the
front outboard passenger position,
which includes sensors that are part
of the passenger seat. The
passenger sensing system may not
operate properly if the original seat
trim is replaced with non-GM
covers, upholstery, or trim; or with
GM covers, upholstery, or trim
designed for a different vehicle. Any
object, such as an aftermarket seat
heater or a comfort-enhancing pad
or device, installed under or on top
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Seats and Restraints 81
of the seat fabric, could also
interfere with the operation of the
passenger sensing system. This
could either prevent proper
deployment of the passenger
airbag(s) or prevent the passenger
sensing system from properly
turning off the passenger airbag(s).
See Passenger Sensing System
0 75.
If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail
airbags, see Different Size Tires
and Wheels 0 399 for additional
important information.
If a snow plow is added to the
vehicle, the airbags should still work
properly. The airbag systems were
designed to work properly under a
wide range of conditions, including
snow plowing with vehicles that
have the optional snow plow prep
package (RPO VYU). Do not
change or defeat the snow plow's
“tripping mechanism.” If you do, it
can damage the snow plow and the
vehicle, and may cause an airbag
deployment.
If the vehicle must be modified
because you have a disability and
have questions about whether the
modifications will affect the vehicle's
airbag system, or if you have
questions about whether the airbag
system will be affected if the vehicle
is modified for any other reason, call
Customer Assistance. See
Customer Assistance Offices 0 462.
Airbag System Check
The airbag system does not need
regularly scheduled maintenance or
replacement. Make sure the airbag
readiness light is working. See
Airbag Readiness Light 0 133.
Caution
If an airbag covering is damaged,
opened, or broken, the airbag
may not work properly. Do not
open or break the airbag
coverings. If there are any
opened or broken airbag
coverings, have the airbag
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
covering and/or airbag module
replaced. For the location of the
airbags, see Where Are the
Airbags? 0 71. See your dealer
for service.
Replacing Airbag System
Parts after a Crash
{
Warning
A crash can damage the airbag
systems in the vehicle.
A damaged airbag system may
not properly protect you and your
passenger(s) in a crash, resulting
in serious injury or even death. To
help make sure the airbag
systems are working properly
after a crash, have them
inspected and any necessary
replacements made as soon as
possible.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
82 Seats and Restraints
If an airbag inflates, you will need to
replace airbag system parts. See
your dealer for service.
If the airbag readiness light stays on
after the vehicle is started or comes
on when you are driving, the airbag
system may not work properly. Have
the vehicle serviced right away. See
Airbag Readiness Light 0 133.
Child Restraints
Older Children
Older children who have outgrown
booster seats should wear the
vehicle’s seat belts.
The manufacturer instructions that
come with the booster seat state the
weight and height limitations for that
booster. Use a booster seat with a
lap-shoulder belt until the child
passes the fit test below:
.
Sit all the way back on the seat.
Do the knees bend at the seat
edge? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
.
Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.
Does the shoulder belt rest on
the shoulder? If yes, continue.
If no, try using the rear seat belt
comfort guide, if available. See
“Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides”
under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 65.
If a comfort guide is not
available, or if the shoulder belt
still does not rest on the
shoulder, then return to the
booster seat.
.
Does the lap belt fit low and
snug on the hips, touching the
thighs? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
.
Can proper seat belt fit be
maintained for the length of the
trip? If yes, continue. If no,
return to the booster seat.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Seats and Restraints 83
Q: What is the proper way to
wear seat belts?
A: An older child should wear a
lap-shoulder belt and get the
additional restraint a shoulder
belt can provide. The shoulder
belt should not cross the face or
neck. The lap belt should fit
snugly below the hips, just
touching the top of the thighs.
This applies belt force to the
child's pelvic bones in a crash.
It should never be worn over the
abdomen, which could cause
severe or even fatal internal
injuries in a crash.
Also see “Rear Seat Belt Comfort
Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt
0 65.
According to accident statistics,
children are safer when properly
restrained in a rear seating position.
In a crash, children who are not
buckled up can strike other people
who are buckled up, or can be
thrown out of the vehicle. Older
children need to use seat belts
properly.
{
Warning
Never allow more than one child
to wear the same seat belt. The
seat belt cannot properly spread
the impact forces. In a crash, they
can be crushed together and
seriously injured. A seat belt must
be used by only one person at
a time.
{
Warning
Never allow a child to wear the
seat belt with the shoulder belt
behind their back. A child can be
seriously injured by not wearing
the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a
crash, the child would not be
restrained by the shoulder belt.
The child could move too far
forward increasing the chance of
head and neck injury. The child
might also slide under the lap
belt. The belt force would then be
applied right on the abdomen.
That could cause serious or fatal
injuries. The shoulder belt should
go over the shoulder and across
the chest.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
84 Seats and Restraints
Infants and Young
Children
Everyone in a vehicle needs
protection! This includes infants and
all other children. Neither the
distance traveled nor the age and
size of the traveler changes the
need, for everyone, to use safety
restraints. In fact, the law in every
state in the United States and in
every Canadian province says
children up to some age must be
restrained while in a vehicle.
{
Warning
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck. The
shoulder belt can tighten but
cannot be loosened if it is locked.
The shoulder belt locks when it is
pulled all the way out of the
retractor. It unlocks when the
shoulder belt is allowed to go all
the way back into the retractor,
but it cannot do this if it is
wrapped around a child’s neck.
If the shoulder belt is locked and
tightened around a child’s neck,
the only way to loosen the belt is
to cut it.
Never leave children unattended
in a vehicle and never allow
children to play with the seat
belts.
Every time infants and young
children ride in vehicles, they should
have the protection provided by
appropriate child restraints. Neither
the vehicle's seat belt system nor its
airbag system is designed for them.
Children who are not restrained
properly can strike other people,
or can be thrown out of the vehicle.
{
Warning
Never hold an infant or a child
while riding in a vehicle. Due to
crash forces, an infant or a child
will become so heavy it is not
possible to hold it during a crash.
For example, in a crash at only
40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)
infant will suddenly become a
110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's
arms. An infant or child should be
secured in an appropriate child
restraint.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Seats and Restraints 85
{
Warning
Children who are up against,
or very close to, any airbag when
it inflates can be seriously injured
or killed. Never put a rear-facing
child restraint in the front
outboard seat. Secure a
rear-facing child restraint in a rear
seat. It is also better to secure a
forward-facing child restraint in a
rear seat. If you must secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the front outboard seat, always
move the front passenger seat as
far back as it will go.
Child restraints are devices used to
restrain, seat, or position children in
the vehicle and are sometimes
called child seats or car seats.
There are three basic types of
child restraints:
.
Forward-facing child restraints
.
Rear-facing child restraints
.
Belt-positioning booster seats
The proper child restraint for your
child depends on their size, weight,
and age, and also on whether the
child restraint is compatible with the
vehicle in which it will be used.
For each type of child restraint,
there are many different models
available. When purchasing a child
restraint, be sure it is designed to be
used in a motor vehicle. If it is, the
child restraint will have a label
saying that it meets federal motor
vehicle safety standards.
The instruction manual that is
provided with the child restraint
states the weight and height
limitations for that particular child
restraint. In addition, there are many
kinds of child restraints available for
children with special needs.
{
Warning
To reduce the risk of neck and
head injury in a crash, infants and
toddlers should be secured in a
rear-facing child restraint until age
two, or until they reach the
maximum height and weight limits
of their child restraint.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
86 Seats and Restraints
{
Warning
A young child's hip bones are still
so small that the vehicle seat belt
may not remain low on the hip
bones, as it should. Instead, it
may settle up around the child's
abdomen. In a crash, the belt
would apply force on a body area
that is unprotected by any bony
structure. This alone could cause
serious or fatal injuries. To reduce
the risk of serious or fatal injuries
during a crash, young children
should always be secured in an
appropriate child restraint.
Child Restraint Systems
Rear-Facing Infant Restraint
A rear-facing child restraint provides
restraint with the seating surface
against the back of the infant.
The harness system holds the infant
in place and, in a crash, acts to
keep the infant positioned in the
restraint.
Forward-Facing Child Restraint
A forward-facing child restraint
provides restraint for the child's
body with the harness.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Seats and Restraints 87
Booster Seats
A belt-positioning booster seat is
used for children who have
outgrown their forward-facing child
restraint. Boosters are designed to
improve the fit of the vehicle's seat
belt system until the child is large
enough for the vehicle seat belts to
fit properly without a booster seat.
See the seat belt fit test in Older
Children 0 82.
Securing an Add-On Child
Restraint in the Vehicle
{
Warning
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly secured in
the vehicle. Secure the child
restraint properly in the vehicle
using the vehicle seat belt or
LATCH system, following the
instructions that came with that
child restraint and the instructions
in this manual.
To help reduce the chance of injury,
the child restraint must be secured
in the vehicle. Child restraints must
be secured in vehicle seats by lap
belts or the lap belt portion of a
lap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCH
system. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 89 for more information.
Children can be endangered in a
crash if the child restraint is not
properly secured in the vehicle.
When securing an add-on child
restraint, refer to the following:
1. Instruction labels provided on
the child restraint
2. Instruction manual provided
with the child restraint
3. This vehicle owner's manual
The child restraint instructions are
important, so if they are not
available, obtain a replacement
copy from the manufacturer.
Keep in mind that an unsecured
child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to
properly secure any child restraint in
the vehicle — even when no child is
in it.
In some areas Certified Child
Passenger Safety Technicians
(CPSTs) are available to inspect
and demonstrate how to correctly
use and install child restraints. In
the U.S., refer to the National
Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) website to
locate the nearest child safety seat
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
88 Seats and Restraints
inspection station. For CPST
availability in Canada, check with
Transport Canada or the Provincial
Ministry of Transportation office.
Securing the Child Within the
Child Restraint
{
Warning
A child can be seriously injured or
killed in a crash if the child is not
properly secured in the child
restraint. Secure the child
properly following the instructions
that came with that child restraint.
Where to Put the
Restraint
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in an appropriate
child restraint secured in a rear
seating position.
Whenever possible, children aged
12 and under should be secured in
a rear seating position.
Never put a rear-facing child
restraint in the front. This is because
the risk to the rear-facing child is so
great if the airbag deploys.
{
Warning
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the front passenger
airbag inflates. This is because
the back of the rear-facing child
restraint would be very close to
the inflating airbag. A child in a
forward-facing child restraint can
be seriously injured or killed if the
front passenger airbag inflates
and the passenger seat is in a
forward position.
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
passenger frontal airbag, no
system is fail-safe. No one can
guarantee that an airbag will not
deploy under some unusual
circumstance, even though it is
turned off.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the airbag
is off. If you secure a
forward-facing child restraint in
the front seat, always move the
front passenger seat as far back
as it will go. It is better to secure
the child restraint in a rear seat.
See Passenger Sensing System
0 75 for additional information.
{
Warning
A child in a child restraint in the
center front seat can be badly
injured or killed by the frontal
airbags if they inflate. Never
secure a child restraint in the
center front seat. It is always
better to secure a child restraint in
a rear seat.
Do not use child restraints in the
center front seat position.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Seats and Restraints 89
If the vehicle does not have a rear
seat that will accommodate a
rear-facing child restraint, a
rear-facing child restraint should not
be installed in the vehicle, even if
the airbag is off.
When securing a child restraint with
the seat belts in a rear seat position,
study the instructions that came with
the child restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle.
Child restraints and booster seats
vary considerably in size, and some
may fit in certain seating positions
better than others.
Depending on where you place the
child restraint and the size of the
child restraint, you may not be able
to access adjacent seat belts or
LATCH anchors for additional
passengers or child restraints.
Adjacent seating positions should
not be used if the child restraint
prevents access to or interferes with
the routing of the seat belt.
Wherever a child restraint is
installed, be sure to follow the
instructions that came with the child
restraint and secure the child
restraint properly.
Keep in mind that an unsecured
child restraint can move around in a
collision or sudden stop and injure
people in the vehicle. Be sure to
properly secure any child restraint in
the vehicle — even when no child is
in it.
Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children
(LATCH System)
The LATCH system secures a child
restraint during driving or in a crash.
LATCH attachments on the child
restraint are used to attach the child
restraint to the anchors in the
vehicle. This system is designed to
make installation of a child restraint
easier.
In order to use the LATCH system in
your vehicle, you need a child
restraint that has LATCH
attachments. LATCH-compatible
rear-facing and forward-facing child
seats can be properly installed
using either the LATCH anchors or
the vehicle’s seat belts. Do not use
both the seat belts and the LATCH
anchorage system to secure a
rear-facing or forward-facing
child seat.
Booster seats use the vehicle’s seat
belts to secure the child and the
booster seat. If the manufacturer
recommends that the booster seat
be secured with the LATCH system,
this can be done as long as the
booster seat can be positioned
properly and there is no interference
with the proper positioning of the
lap-shoulder belt on the child.
Make sure to follow the instructions
that came with the child restraint,
and also the instructions in this
manual.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
90 Seats and Restraints
When installing a child restraint with
a top tether, you must also use
either the lower anchors or the seat
belts to properly secure the child
restraint. A child restraint must
never be installed using only the top
tether.
For a forward-facing 5-pt harness
child restraint where the combined
weight of the child and restraint are
up to 29.5 kg (65 lb), use either the
lower LATCH anchorages with the
top tether anchorage, or the seat
belt with the top tether anchorage.
Where the combined weight of the
child and restraint are greater than
29.5 kg (65 lb), use the seat belt with
the top tether anchorage only.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Seats and Restraints 91
Recommended Methods for Attaching Child Restraints
Restraint Type Combined
Weight of the
Child + Child
Restraint
Use Only Approved Attachment Methods Shown with an X
LATCH – Lower
Anchors Only
Seat Belt Only LATCH – Lower
Anchors and Top
Tether Anchor
Seat Belt and
Top Tether
Anchor
Rear-Facing
Child Restraint
Up to
29.5 kg (65 lb)
X X
Rear-Facing
Child Restraint
Greater than
29.5 kg (65 lb)
X
Forward-Facing
Child Restraint
Up to
29.5 kg (65 lb)
X X
Forward-Facing
Child Restraint
Greater than
29.5 kg (65 lb)
X
See Securing Child Restraints (In
the Center Front Seat) 0 105 or
Securing Child Restraints (With the
Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 102 or
Securing Child Restraints (With the
Seat Belt in the Front Passenger
Seat) 0 106.
Child restraints built after March
2014 will be labeled with the
specific child weight up to which the
LATCH system can be used to
install the restraint.
The following explains how to attach
a child restraint with these
attachments in the vehicle.
Not all vehicle seating positions
have lower anchors. In this case,
the seat belt must be used (with top
tether where available) to secure
the child restraint. See Securing
Child Restraints (In the Center Front
Seat) 0 105 or
Securing Child Restraints (With the
Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 102 or
Securing Child Restraints (With the
Seat Belt in the Front Passenger
Seat) 0 106.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
92 Seats and Restraints
Lower Anchors
Lower anchors (1) are metal bars
built into the vehicle. There are two
lower anchors for each LATCH
seating position that will
accommodate a child restraint with
lower attachments (2).
Top Tether Anchor
A top tether (3, 4) is used to secure
the top of the child restraint to the
vehicle. A top tether anchor is built
into the vehicle. The top tether
attachment hook (2) on the child
restraint connects to the top tether
anchor in the vehicle in order to
reduce the forward movement and
rotation of the child restraint during
driving or in a crash.
The child restraint may have a
single tether (3) or a dual tether (4).
Either will have a single attachment
hook (2) to secure the top tether to
the anchor.
Some child restraints that have a
top tether are designed for use with
or without the top tether being
attached. Others require the top
tether always to be attached. In
Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached. Be sure to read and follow
the instructions for your child
restraint.
Lower Anchor and Top Tether
Anchor Locations
Regular Cab — Bucket Seat Only
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Seats and Restraints 93
Regular Cab — Three-Passenger
Front Seat
I : Seating positions with
top tether anchors.
Do not install a child restraint in the
center front seating position. See
Securing Child Restraints (In the
Center Front Seat) 0 105 or
Securing Child Restraints (With the
Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 102 or
Securing Child Restraints (With the
Seat Belt in the Front Passenger
Seat) 0 106 for more information.
Double and Crew Cab Rear Seat
I : Seating positions with top
tether anchors.
H : Seating positions with two
lower anchors.
To assist in locating the lower
anchors on double and crew cab
models, each seating position with
lower anchors has two labels near
the crease between the seatback
and the seat cushion.
For regular cab models, there are
top tether anchor symbols to assist
you in locating the top tether
anchors.
Do not install a child restraint in the
center seating position. See
Securing Child Restraints (In the
Center Front Seat) 0 105 or
Securing Child Restraints (With the
Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 102 or
Securing Child Restraints (With the
Seat Belt in the Front Passenger
Seat) 0 106 for more information.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
94 Seats and Restraints
Regular Cab
For regular cab models, the top
tether anchors are on the back
panel behind the passenger seat(s)
or center seat. Be sure to use an
anchor directly behind the seating
position where the child restraint will
be placed.
Driver Side Anchor and Loop
(Double and Crew Cab)
Center Anchor and Loop (Double
and Crew Cab)
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Seats and Restraints 95
Passenger Side Loop (Double and
Crew Cab)
For double and crew cab models,
the top tether is routed through
loops (2) to the top tether
anchors (1). Be sure to use the
correct anchor for the seating
position where the child restraint will
be placed.
Be sure to read the following
instructions to properly install a child
restraint using these loops and
anchors.
Do not secure a child restraint in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be attached, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top tether
must be attached.
According to accident statistics,
children and infants are safer when
properly restrained in a child
restraint system or infant restraint
system secured in a rear seating
position. See Where to Put the
Restraint 0 88 for additional
information.
Securing a Child Restraint
Designed for the LATCH
System
{
Warning
A child could be seriously injured
or killed in a crash if the child
restraint is not properly attached
to the vehicle using either the
LATCH anchors or the vehicle
seat belt. Follow the instructions
that came with the child restraint
and the instructions in this
manual.
{
Warning
Do not attach more than one child
restraint to a single anchor,
except for the center top tether
anchors in the crew cab models.
Attaching more than one child
restraint to a single anchor could
cause the anchor or attachment
to come loose or even break
during a crash. A child or others
could be injured. To reduce the
risk of serious or fatal injuries
during a crash, attach only one
child restraint per anchor.
{
Warning
Children can be seriously injured
or strangled if a shoulder belt is
wrapped around their neck. The
shoulder belt can tighten but
cannot be loosened if it is locked.
The shoulder belt locks when it is
pulled all the way out of the
(Continued)
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
96 Seats and Restraints
Warning (Continued)
retractor. It unlocks when the
shoulder belt is allowed to go all
the way back into the retractor,
but it cannot do this if it is
wrapped around a child’s neck.
If the shoulder belt is locked and
tightened around a child’s neck,
the only way to loosen the belt is
to cut it.
Buckle any unused seat belts
behind the child restraint so
children cannot reach them. Pull
the shoulder belt all the way out
of the retractor to set the lock,
and tighten the belt behind the
child restraint after the child
restraint has been installed.
Caution
Do not let the LATCH
attachments rub against the
vehicle’s seat belts. This may
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
damage these parts. If necessary,
move buckled seat belts to avoid
rubbing the LATCH attachments.
Do not fold the rear seat cushion
when the seat is occupied. Do not
fold the empty rear seat with a
seat belt buckled. This could
damage the seat belt or the seat.
Unbuckle and return the seat belt
to its stowed position, before
folding the seat.
If you need to secure more than one
child restraint in the rear seat, see
Where to Put the Restraint 0 88.
Regular Cab Models
1. For models without a rear seat,
forward-facing child restraints
should only be installed in the
right front seating position with
belts and a top tether. See
Securing Child Restraints (In
the Center Front Seat) 0 105 or
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat)
0 102 or
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Seat Belt in the Front
Passenger Seat) 0 106.
If the child restraint
manufacturer recommends that
the top tether be attached,
attach and tighten the top
tether to the top tether anchor,
if your vehicle has one. Refer
to the child restraint
instructions and the following
steps:
1.1. Find the top tether
anchor.
1.2. Route, attach, and tighten
the top tether according
to your child restraint
instructions and the
following instructions:
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Seats and Restraints 97
If the position you are
using has an adjustable
head restraint and you
are using a dual tether,
route the tether around
the head restraint.
If the position you are
using has an adjustable
head restraint and you
are using a single tether,
raise the head restraint
and route the tether
under the head restraint
and in between the head
restraint posts.
2. Make sure the child restraint
top tether hook is completely
closed and secured to the top
tether anchor.
3. Secure the child restraint in the
right front seating position with
the vehicle belts. See Securing
Child Restraints (In the Center
Front Seat) 0 105 or
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat)
0 102 or
Securing Child Restraints (With
the Seat Belt in the Front
Passenger Seat) 0 106.
4. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the belt path and attempt to
move it side to side and back
and forth. There should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement for proper
installation.
Double and Crew Cab Models
1. Attach and tighten the lower
attachments to the lower
anchors. If the child restraint
does not have lower
attachments or the desired
seating position does not have
lower anchors, secure the child
restraint with the top tether and
the seat belt. Refer to the child
restraint manufacturer
instructions and the
instructions in this manual.
1.1. Find the lower anchors
for the desired seating
position.
1.2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
1.3. Attach and tighten the
lower attachments on the
child restraint to the lower
anchors.
2. For forward-facing child
restraints, attach and tighten
the top tether to the top tether
anchor, if your vehicle has one.
Follow the child restraint
instructions and the vehicle
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
98 Seats and Restraints
LATCH anchor weight limits
described at the beginning of
this section, and the following
steps:
Rear Driver Side Position
Rear Driver Side Position
2.1. For a top tether in the
rear driver side position:
2.1.1. Remove the driver
side head restraint
and center
headrest. See
“Head Restraint or
Headrest Removal
and Reinstallation”
later in this
section.
2.1.2. For first time use,
remove and
discard the rubber
band from the top
tether loop (2).
2.1.3. Route the top
tether (3) through
the loop (2).
2.1.4. Attach the top
tether (3) to the
driver side of the
center top tether
metal anchor (1).
2.1.5. Make sure the
child restraint top
tether hook is
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Seats and Restraints 99
completely closed
and secured to the
top tether anchor.
Rear Passenger Side Position
Rear Passenger Side Position
2.2. For a top tether in the
rear passenger side
position:
2.2.1. Remove the
passenger side
head restraint and
center headrest.
See “Head
Restraint or
Headrest Removal
and Reinstallation”
later in this
section.
2.2.2. Route the top
tether (3) through
the loop (2).
2.2.3. Attach the top
tether (3) to the
passenger side of
the center top
tether metal
anchor (1).
2.2.4. Make sure the
child restraint top
tether hook is
completely closed
and secured to the
top tether anchor.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
100 Seats and Restraints
Rear Center Position
Rear Center Position
2.3. For a top tether in the
rear center position:
2.3.1. Remove the driver
side head restraint
and center
headrest. See
“Head Restraint or
Headrest Removal
and Reinstallation”
later in this
section.
2.3.2. Route the top
tether (1) through
the center loop (2).
2.3.3. Attach the top
tether (1) to the
driver side top
tether metal
anchor (3).
2.3.4. Make sure the
child restraint top
tether hook is
completely closed
and secured to the
top tether anchor.
3. Tighten the top tether per the
child restraint manufacturer's
instructions.
When the top tether is properly
tightened, the loop may bend.
This is normal and will not
damage the vehicle.
If child restraints are installed
in both outboard positions, both
top tethers can be attached to
the center anchor. Top tethers
can be attached for child
restraints in all three rear
seating positions at the same
time, following the routing
instructions above.
4. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the LATCH path and attempt
to move it side to side and
back and forth. There should
be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in)
of movement for proper
installation.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Seats and Restraints 101
Head Restraint or Headrest
Removal and Reinstallation
The second row outboard head
restraints or center headrest can be
removed if they interfere with the
proper installation of the child
restraint.
To remove the second row head
restraints or center headrest:
1. Press both buttons on the head
restraint or headrest posts at
the same time, and pull up on
the head restraint or headrest.
2. Store the head restraint or
headrest in a secure place.
3. When the child restraint is
removed, reinstall the head
restraint or headrest before the
seating position is used.
{
Warning
With head restraints that are not
installed and adjusted properly,
there is a greater chance that
occupants will suffer a neck/
spinal injury in a crash. Do not
drive until the head restraints for
all occupants are installed and
adjusted properly.
To reinstall the head restraint or
headrest:
1. Insert the head restraint or
headrest posts into the holes in
the top of the seatback. The
notches on the posts must face
the driver side of the vehicle.
2. Push the head restraint or
headrest down.
3. Try to move the head restraint
or headrest to make sure that it
is locked in place.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
102 Seats and Restraints
Replacing LATCH System
Parts After a Crash
{
Warning
A crash can damage the LATCH
system in the vehicle. A damaged
LATCH system may not properly
secure the child restraint,
resulting in serious injury or even
death in a crash. To help make
sure the LATCH system is
working properly after a crash,
see your dealer to have the
system inspected and any
necessary replacements made as
soon as possible.
If the vehicle has the LATCH system
and it was being used during a
crash, new LATCH system parts
may be needed.
New parts and repairs may be
necessary even if the LATCH
system was not being used at the
time of the crash.
Securing Child Restraints
(With the Seat Belt in the
Rear Seat)
When securing a child restraint with
the seat belts in a rear seat position,
study the instructions that came with
the child restraint to make sure it is
compatible with this vehicle.
If the child restraint has the LATCH
system, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 89 for how and where to
install the child restraint using
LATCH. If a child restraint is secured
in the vehicle using a seat belt and
it uses a top tether, see Lower
Anchors and Tethers for Children
(LATCH System) 0 89 for top tether
anchor locations.
Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top tether
must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached.
If the child restraint or vehicle seat
position does not have the LATCH
system, you will be using the seat
belt to secure the child restraint. Be
sure to follow the instructions that
came with the child restraint.
If more than one child restraint
needs to be installed in the rear
seat, be sure to read Where to Put
the Restraint 0 88.
Double Cab
1. Remove the head restraint or
headrest prior to installing a
forward-facing child restraint in
an outboard rear seating
position. See “Head Restraint
or Headrest Removal and
Reinstallation” under Lower
Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 89.
2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Seats and Restraints 103
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions
of the vehicle seat belt through
or around the child restraint.
The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
4. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Position the release button on
the buckle, away from the child
restraint, so that the seat belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the
way out of the retractor to set
the lock. When the retractor
lock is set, the belt can be
tightened but not pulled out of
the retractor.
6. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the
belt, and feed the shoulder belt
back into the retractor. When
installing a forward-facing child
restraint, it may be helpful to
use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you
tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
104 Seats and Restraints
7. For forward-facing child
restraints, attach and tighten
the top tether to the top tether
anchor (loop). Refer to the child
restraint instructions, the
vehicle LATCH anchor weight
limits, and instructions listed in
Lower Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 89.
8. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the seat belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
If the top tether is attached to a top
tether anchor, disconnect it.
Reinstall the head restraint or
headrest before the seating position
is used. See “Head Restraint or
Headrest Removal and
Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors
and Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 89 for additional
information on installing the
headrest properly.
Crew Cab
1. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
2. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions
of the vehicle seat belt through
or around the child restraint.
The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
3. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Position the release button on
the buckle, away from the child
restraint, so that the seat belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
4. Pull the shoulder belt all the
way out of the retractor to set
the lock. When the retractor
lock is set, the belt can be
tightened but not pulled out of
the retractor.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Seats and Restraints 105
5. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the
belt, and feed the shoulder belt
back into the retractor. When
installing a forward-facing child
restraint, it may be helpful to
use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you
tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 4 and 5.
6. If the child restraint has a top
tether, follow the child restraint
manufacturer's instructions
regarding the use of the top
tether. See Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 89 for more
information on using the top
tether anchors.
7. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the seat belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
If the top tether is attached to a top
tether anchor, disconnect it.
For outboard rear seating positions,
if the child restraint cannot be
installed properly with the head
restraint in place, the head restraint
may be removed. See your dealer
for assistance with removal, and
store the removed head restraint in
a secure place. When the child
restraint is removed, reinstall the
head restraint before the seating
position is used. For reinstallation
instructions, see “Head Restraint or
Headrest Removal and
Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors
and Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 89.
Securing Child Restraints
(In the Center Front Seat)
{
Warning
A child in a child restraint in the
center front seat can be badly
injured or killed by the frontal
airbags if they inflate. Never
secure a child restraint in the
center front seat. It is always
better to secure a child restraint in
a rear seat.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
106 Seats and Restraints
Do not use child restraints in the
center front seat position.
Securing Child Restraints
(With the Seat Belt in the
Front Passenger Seat)
This vehicle has airbags. A rear
seat is a safer place to secure a
forward-facing child restraint. See
Where to Put the Restraint 0 88.
In addition, the vehicle has a
passenger sensing system which is
designed to turn off the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
under certain conditions. See
Passenger Sensing System 0 75
and
Passenger Airbag Status Indicator
0 133 for more information,
including important safety
information.
Never put a rear-facing child
restraint in the front. This is because
the risk to the rear-facing child is so
great, if the airbag deploys.
{
Warning
A child in a rear-facing child
restraint can be seriously injured
or killed if the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag inflates.
This is because the back of the
rear-facing child restraint would
be very close to the inflating
airbag. A child in a forward-facing
child restraint can be seriously
injured or killed if the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag
inflates and the passenger seat is
in a forward position.
Even if the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal
airbag, no system is fail-safe. No
one can guarantee that an airbag
will not deploy under some
unusual circumstance, even
though it is turned off.
Secure rear-facing child restraints
in a rear seat, even if the airbag
is off. If you secure a
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
forward-facing child restraint in
the front outboard passenger
seat, always move the seat as far
back as it will go. It is better to
secure the child restraint in a
rear seat.
See Passenger Sensing System
0 75 for additional information.
If the vehicle does not have a rear
seat that will accommodate a
rear-facing child restraint, a
rear-facing child restraint should not
be installed in the vehicle, even if
the airbag is off.
If the child restraint uses a top
tether, see Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children (LATCH
System) 0 89 for top tether anchor
locations.
Do not secure a child seat in a
position without a top tether anchor
if a national or local law requires
that the top tether be anchored, or if
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Seats and Restraints 107
the instructions that come with the
child restraint say that the top tether
must be anchored.
In Canada, the law requires that
forward-facing child restraints have
a top tether, and that the tether be
attached.
When using the lap-shoulder belt to
secure the child restraint in this
position, follow the instructions that
came with the child restraint and the
following instructions:
1. Move the seat as far back as it
will go before securing the
forward-facing child restraint.
Move the seat upward or the
seatback to an upright position,
if needed, to get a tight
installation of the child
restraint.
When the passenger sensing
system has turned off the front
outboard passenger frontal
airbag, the OFF indicator on
the passenger airbag status
indicator should light and stay
lit when you start the vehicle.
See Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator 0 133.
2. Put the child restraint on
the seat.
3. Pick up the latch plate, and run
the lap and shoulder portions
of the vehicle seat belt through
or around the child restraint.
The child restraint instructions
will show you how.
Tilt the latch plate to adjust the
belt if needed.
4. Push the latch plate into the
buckle until it clicks.
Position the release button on
the buckle, away from the child
restraint, so that the seat belt
could be quickly unbuckled if
necessary.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
108 Seats and Restraints
5. Pull the shoulder belt all the
way out of the retractor to set
the lock. When the retractor
lock is set, the belt can be
tightened but not pulled out of
the retractor.
6. To tighten the belt, push down
on the child restraint, pull the
shoulder portion of the belt to
tighten the lap portion of the
belt, and feed the shoulder belt
back into the retractor. When
installing a forward-facing child
restraint, it may be helpful to
use your knee to push down on
the child restraint as you
tighten the belt.
Try to pull the belt out of the
retractor to make sure the
retractor is locked. If the
retractor is not locked, repeat
Steps 5 and 6.
7. If the vehicle does not have a
rear seat and the child restraint
manufacturer recommends
using a top tether anchor,
attach the top tether to the top
tether anchor. Refer to the
instructions that came with the
child restraint and to Lower
Anchors and Tethers for
Children (LATCH System) 0 89.
8. Before placing a child in the
child restraint, make sure it is
securely held in place. To
check, grasp the child restraint
at the seat belt path and
attempt to move it side to side
and back and forth. When the
child restraint is properly
installed, there should be no
more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of
movement.
If the airbag is off, the OFF indicator
in the passenger airbag status
indicator will come on and stay on
when the vehicle is started.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Seats and Restraints 109
If a child restraint has been installed
and the ON indicator is lit, see “If
the On Indicator Is Lit for a Child
Restraint” under Passenger Sensing
System 0 75.
To remove the child restraint,
unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and
let it return to the stowed position.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
110 Storage
Storage
Storage Compartments
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . 110
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Center Console Storage . . . . . . 111
Floor Console Storage . . . . . . . . 112
Additional Storage Features
Cargo Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Storage
Compartments
{
Warning
Do not store heavy or sharp
objects in storage compartments.
In a crash, these objects may
cause the cover to open and
could result in injury.
Glove Box
To access the upper glove box, pull
up on the handle.
To access the lower glove box,
unlock with the key and pull down
on the handle.
Cupholders
Front
There may be cupholders on the
center front seat console armrest.
Rear
If equipped, pull the rear seat
armrest down to access the
cupholders.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Storage 111
Underseat Storage
There may be storage under the
rear passenger seat. Lift up on the
seat bench to access. Push the seat
bench toward the floor to close.
Rear Storage
There may be storage in the rear
seat. Pull the tab to access.
Push the storage door to close. The
storage door must be closed before
installing child restraints.
Center Console Storage
Bench Seat
Pull the strap on the side of the
center seatback to access the
storage area and cupholders. Do
not use the center seatback as a
seating position when the seatback
is folded down.
To raise the seatback, push the
seatback rearward until it locks in
the upright position. Push and pull
on the seatback to make sure it is
locked.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
112 Storage
Bench Seat
If equipped with storage, press the
latch and lift to open.
Bucket Seat
Press the latch and lift to open.
Floor Console Storage
If equipped with front center seat
storage, unlock with the ignition key,
press the latch, and lift to open.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Storage 113
Additional Storage
Features
Cargo Tie-Downs
This vehicle is equipped with 12
fixed cargo tie-downs.
Caution
The truck bed walls will collapse if
the tie-downs are overloaded.
Any of the 12 locations inside the
truck bed can be used. The
maximum load per corner is 227 kg
(500 lb).
Accessory Tie-Downs
Additional Accessory Tie-Down
Points
Any of the nine holes inside the
truck bed can be used for tie-downs.
The maximum load is 113 kg
(250 lb) per tie-down.
Caution
The truck bed walls will collapse if
the tie-downs are overloaded.
To install:
1. Insert a tie-down loop
assembly until it is flush with
the truck bed wall.
2. Turn the tie-down loop
clockwise to tighten. The
tie-down will be hard to turn
until the toggle moves past the
installation point on the toggle
guide.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
114 Storage
3. Fasten the tie-down firmly by
hand only. Do not use tools.
To remove:
1. Remove the tie-down loop
completely by turning
counterclockwise while holding
the backing plate against the
truck bed wall.
2. Pull the backing plate away
from the truck bed wall until a
click is heard. This locks the
toggle into position on the
toggle guide.
3. Push the backing plate against
the truck bed wall. This allows
the toggle nut to spin.
4. Remove the backing plate,
toggle guide, and toggle nut
from the truck bed wall
completely.
5. Reinstall the tie-down loop
through the backing plate into
the toggle nut for reuse.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Instruments and Controls 115
Instruments and
Controls
Controls
Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 116
Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . 117
Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . 117
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 117
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Fuel Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Engine Oil Pressure
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Engine Coolant Temperature
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . 132
Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 133
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Charging System Light . . . . . . . 134
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light) . . . . . . . . 135
Brake System Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Electric Parking Brake
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Service Electric Parking Brake
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Four-Wheel-Drive Light . . . . . . . 138
Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . 139
Hill Descent Control Light . . . . 139
Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) Light (2500/3500
Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Light
(1500 Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 140
Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . 140
Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Traction Control System (TCS)/
Electronic Stability Control
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Engine Coolant Temperature
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Driver Mode Control Light . . . . 142
Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Engine Oil Pressure Light
(Uplevel Cluster) . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . 143
Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 143
Front Fog Lamp Light . . . . . . . . . 144
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 144
Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 144
Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Information Displays
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Base Level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Midlevel and Uplevel) . . . . . . 146
Head-Up Display (HUD) . . . . . . 149
Vehicle Messages
Vehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Engine Power Messages . . . . . 153
Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 153
Vehicle Personalization
Vehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 154
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
116 Instruments and Controls
Universal Remote System
Universal Remote System . . . . 159
Universal Remote System
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Universal Remote System
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Controls
Steering Wheel
Adjustment
To adjust the steering wheel:
1. Pull the lever down.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.
3. Pull the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Tilt and Telescoping Wheel
To adjust the tilt and telescoping
steering wheel, if equipped:
1. Pull the lever down.
2. Move the steering wheel up
or down.
3. Pull or push the steering wheel
closer or away from you.
4. Pull the lever up to lock the
steering wheel in place.
Do not adjust the steering wheel
while driving.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Instruments and Controls 117
Steering Wheel Controls
The infotainment system can be
operated by using the steering
wheel controls. See “Steering Wheel
Controls” in the infotainment
manual.
Heated Steering Wheel
( : If equipped, press to turn it on or
off. A light next to the button
displays when the feature is
turned on.
The steering wheel takes about
three minutes to start heating.
Remote Start Heated Steering
Wheel
If equipped with remote start, the
heated steering wheel will turn on
automatically during a remote start
along with the heated seats when it
is cold outside. The heated steering
wheel indicator light may not
come on.
See Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats 0 58.
Horn
To sound the horn, press a on the
steering wheel.
Windshield Wiper/Washer
The windshield wiper control is on
the turn signal lever.
The windshield wipers are controlled
by turning the band with
N on it.
With the ignition on or in ACC/
ACCESSORY, turn the
N band to
select the wiper speed.
HI : Use for fast wipes.
LO : Use for slow wipes.
3 : Turn the band up for more
frequent intermittent wipes or down
for less frequent intermittent wipes.
OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.
1x : For a single wipe, briefly turn
the
N band down. For several
wipes, hold the band down.
L : Press L on the windshield
wiper control to spray windshield
washer fluid and activate the wipers.
The wipers will continue until
L is
released or the maximum wash time
is reached. When
L is released,
additional wipes may occur
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
118 Instruments and Controls
depending on how long the
windshield washer had been
activated. See Washer Fluid 0 352
for information on filling the
windshield washer fluid reservoir.
Clear snow and ice from the wiper
blades before using them. If frozen
to the windshield, carefully loosen or
thaw them. Damaged blades should
be replaced. See Wiper Blade
Replacement 0 362.
Heavy snow or ice can overload the
wiper motor.
{
Warning
In freezing weather, do not use
the washer until the windshield is
warmed. Otherwise the washer
fluid can form ice on the
windshield, blocking your vision.
{
Warning
Before driving the vehicle, always
clear snow and ice from the hood,
windshield, roof, and rear of the
vehicle, including all lamps and
windows. Reduced visibility from
snow and ice buildup could lead
to a crash.
Wipe Parking
If the ignition is turned off while the
wipers are on LO, HI, or
3, they
will immediately stop.
If the windshield wiper control is ON
then moved to OFF before the driver
door is opened or within 10 minutes,
the wipers will restart and move to
the base of the windshield.
If the ignition is turned off while the
wipers are performing wipes due to
windshield washing, the wipers
continue to run until they reach the
base of the windshield.
Compass
The vehicle may have a compass
display on the Driver Information
Center (DIC). The compass receives
its heading and other information
from the Global Positioning
System (GPS) antenna, Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), and vehicle
speed information.
The compass system is designed to
operate for a certain number of
miles or degrees of turn before
needing a signal from the GPS
satellites. When the compass
display shows CAL, drive the
vehicle for a short distance in an
open area where it can receive a
GPS signal. The compass system
will automatically determine when a
GPS signal is restored and provide
a heading again.
Clock
The time and date for the clock can
be set using the infotainment
system. See “Time/Date” in
“System” under “Settings” in the
infotainment manual.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Instruments and Controls 119
Power Outlets
Accessory power outlets can be
used to plug in electrical equipment,
such as a cell phone or MP3 player.
Rear of Front Center Console
The vehicle has one accessory
power outlet under the climate
control system and one accessory
power outlet on the rear of the
center console, if equipped, or on
the rear of the bench seat,
if equipped.
Lift the cover to access and replace
when not in use.
{
Warning
Power is always supplied to the
outlets. Do not leave electrical
equipment plugged in when the
vehicle is not in use because the
vehicle could catch fire and cause
injury or death.
Caution
Leaving electrical equipment
plugged in for an extended period
of time while the vehicle is off will
drain the battery. Always unplug
electrical equipment when not in
use and do not plug in equipment
that exceeds the maximum
15 amp rating.
Certain power accessory plugs may
not be compatible with the
accessory power outlet and could
overload vehicle or adapter fuses.
If a problem is experienced, see
your dealer.
When adding electrical equipment,
be sure to follow the proper
installation instructions included with
the equipment. See Add-On
Electrical Equipment 0 320.
Caution
Hanging heavy equipment from
the power outlet can cause
damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty. The power
outlets are designed for
accessory power plugs only, such
as cell phone charge cords.
Power Outlet 110/120-Volt
Alternating Current
If equipped, the vehicle has two
alternating current power outlets.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
120 Instruments and Controls
In Cab Power Outlet and DC/AC
Switch
Truck Bed Power Outlet
When the ignition is on, power is
supplied to the outlets after the DC/
AC switch is pressed. A green
indicator light on the DC/AC switch
indicates when the DC/AC operation
is active. One power outlet can be
used with electrical equipment that
uses a maximum of 400 watts.
If both outlets are being used, 400
watts will be shared between the
outlets. Ensure that all connected
devices do not exceed 400 watts.
The power outlet can be turned off
by pressing the DC/AC switch. The
power outlet can be turned back on
after 10 seconds, during which the
indicator light on the switch will
flash.
An indicator light on the outlet
illuminates when power is provided
to the outlet and no system fault is
detected. The outlets will not
operate when the ignition is off, the
DC/AC switch is not pressed, or the
plug is not fully seated into the
outlet.
If equipment is connected using
more than 400 watts or a system
fault is detected, a protection circuit
shuts off the power supply and the
indicator light turns off.
Do not use a power outlet with a
missing or damaged cover.
The power outlet is not designed for
the following, and may not work
properly if they are plugged in:
.
Equipment with high initial peak
wattage, such as
compressor-driven refrigerators
and electric power tools
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Instruments and Controls 121
.
Other equipment requiring an
extremely stable power supply,
such as
microcomputer-controlled
electric blankets and touch
sensor lamps
.
Medical equipment
Wireless Charging
The vehicle may have wireless
charging on the center console in
front of the cupholders. The system
operates at 145 kHz and wirelessly
charges one Qi compatible
smartphone. The power output of
the system is capable of charging at
a rate up to 3 amp (19.5 W) as
requested by the compatible
smartphone. See Radio Frequency
Statement 0 470.
{
Warning
Wireless charging can affect the
operation of an implanted
pacemaker or other medical
devices. If you have one, it is
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
recommended to consult with
your doctor before using the
wireless charging system.
The vehicle must be on, in ACC/
ACCESSORY, or Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) must be
active. The wireless charging
feature may not correctly indicate
charging when the vehicle is in RAP.
See Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) 0 214.
The operating temperature is −20 °C
(−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for the
charging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to
35 °C (95 °F) for the smartphone.
{
Warning
Remove all objects from the
charging pad before charging
your compatible smartphone.
Objects, such as coins, keys,
rings, paper clips, or cards,
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
between the smartphone and
charging pad will become very
hot. On the rare occasion that the
charging system does not detect
an object, and the object gets
wedged between the smartphone
and charger, remove the
smartphone and allow the object
to cool before removing it from
the charging pad, to prevent
burns.
To charge a compatible smartphone:
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
122 Instruments and Controls
1. Remove all objects from the
charging pad. The system may
not charge if there are any
objects between the
smartphone and charging pad.
2. Place the smartphone face up
on the
@ symbol on the
charging pad.
To maximize the charge rate,
ensure the smartphone is fully
seated and centered in the
holder with nothing under it.
A thick smartphone case may
prevent the wireless charger
from working, or may reduce
the charging performance. See
your dealer for additional
information.
3. A green
} will appear on the
V on the infotainment display.
This indicates that the
smartphone is properly
positioned and charging. If a
smartphone is placed on the
charging pad and
} does not
display, remove the
smartphone from the pad, turn
it 180 degrees, and wait
three seconds before placing/
aligning the smartphone on the
pad again.
4. If
} turns yellow, ensure that
the charging pad is clear of any
objects and that the
smartphone is capable of
wireless charging before
re-positioning it. If
} does not
illuminate, the smartphone may
need to re-positioned.
The smartphone may become
warm during charging. This is
normal. In warmer
temperatures, the speed of
charging may be reduced.
Software Acknowledgements
Certain Wireless Charging Module
product from LG Electronics, Inc.
("LGE") contains the open source
software detailed below. Refer to
the indicated open source licenses
(as are included following this
notice) for the terms and conditions
of their use.
OSS Notice Information
To obtain the source code that is
contained in this product, please
visit http://opensource.lge.com. In
addition to the source code, all
referred license terms, warranty
disclaimers and copyright notices
are available for download. LG
Electronics will also provide open
source code to you on CD-ROM for
a charge covering the cost of
performing such distribution (such
as the cost of media, shipping, and
handling) upon email request to
valid for three (3) years from the
date on which you purchased the
product.
Freescale-WCT library
Copyright (c) 2012-2014 Freescale
Semiconductor, Inc.. All rights
reserved.
1. Redistributions of source code
must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions
and the following disclaimer.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Instruments and Controls 123
2. Redistributions in binary form
must reproduce the above
copyright notice, this list of
conditions and the following
disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other
materials provided with the
distribution.
3. Neither the name of the
copyright holder nor the names
of its contributors may be used
to endorse or promote products
derived from this software
without specific prior written
permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS
AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER
OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY
OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF
THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Warning Lights,
Gauges, and
Indicators
Warning lights and gauges can
signal that something is wrong
before it becomes serious enough
to cause an expensive repair or
replacement. Paying attention to the
warning lights and gauges could
prevent injury.
Some warning lights come on briefly
when the engine is started to
indicate they are working. When
one of the warning lights comes on
and stays on while driving, or when
one of the gauges shows there may
be a problem, check the section that
explains what to do. Waiting to do
repairs can be costly and even
dangerous.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
124 Instruments and Controls
Instrument Cluster
1500 Series Base Cluster English Shown, 2500/3500 Series and Metric Similar
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Instruments and Controls 125
Midlevel Cluster English Shown, Metric Similar
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
126 Instruments and Controls
1500 Series Uplevel Cluster English Standard Shown, 2500/3500 Series and Metric Similar
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Instruments and Controls 127
Cluster Menu (Midlevel and
Uplevel)
There is an interactive display area
in the center of the instrument
cluster.
Use the right steering wheel control
to open and scroll through the
different items and displays.
Press
S or T to access the cluster
applications. Use the thumbwheel to
scroll through the list of available
features. Press the thumbwheel to
select. Not all applications will be
available on all vehicles.
.
Home
.
Info App. This is where the
selected Driver Information
Center (DIC) displays can be
viewed. See “Driver Information
Center (DIC) (Uplevel)” in the
Index.
.
Audio
.
Navigation
.
Phone
.
Options
Home
Information displayed here can be
customized from the Options menu.
Speedometer : Displays how fast
the vehicle is moving in either
kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles
per hour (mph).
Speed Sign : Shows sign
information, which comes from a
roadway database in the onboard
navigation, if equipped.
Time : Displays the current time.
Fuel Range : Displays the
approximate distance the vehicle
can be driven without refueling. The
fuel range estimate is based on an
average of the vehicle’s fuel
economy over recent driving history
and the amount of fuel remaining in
the fuel tank. Fuel range cannot be
reset.
Audio
In the Audio menu, use the
thumbwheel to scroll through
options, browse for music, select
from favorites, or change the audio
source. In the main view, scroll to
change the station or go to the next
or previous track.
Navigation
In the Navigation menu, if there is
no active route, a compass will be
displayed. If there is an active route,
press the thumbwheel to cancel or
resume route guidance, mute or
unmute voice guidance, or access
Recents or Favorites.
Phone
In the Phone menu, if there is no
active phone call, view recent calls,
scroll through contacts, select from
the favorites, or change the phone
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
128 Instruments and Controls
source. If there is an active call,
mute the phone or switch to handset
operation.
Options
Use the thumbwheel to scroll
through items in the Options menu.
Head-up Display (HUD) :
If equipped, this feature allows for
adjusting the angle of the HUD
image and changing or turning off
the Speed Limit Sign.
HUD Rotation: Press the
thumbwheel while Adjust Rotation is
highlighted to enter Adjust Mode.
Scroll to adjust the angle of the
HUD display. Press the thumbwheel
to confirm and save the setting. This
feature may only be available in
P (Park).
Speed Limit Style: Press the
thumbwheel while Speed Limit Style
is highlighted to change the speed
sign style or to turn it off.
Units : Press the thumbwheel while
Units is displayed to enter the Units
menu. Choose US or metric units by
pressing the thumbwheel while the
desired item is highlighted.
A selected mark will be displayed
next to the selected item.
Info Page Options : Press the
thumbwheel while Info Page
Options is displayed to enter and
select the items to be displayed in
the Info app. A selected mark will be
displayed next to the selected item.
Home : Press the thumbwheel to
select the available elements to
display. Not all elements will be
available on all vehicles:
Speedometer, Speed Sign, Time,
and Fuel Range.
Display (Uplevel) : Press the
thumbwheel to enter the Display
menu. Select to turn on or off the
compass or speed sign.
Speed Warning : The Speed
Warning display allows the driver to
set a speed that they do not want to
exceed. To set the Speed Warning,
press the thumbwheel when Speed
Warning is displayed, or press the
thumbwheel on the main view to set
the speed value. Scroll to adjust the
value. Press the thumbwheel to set
the speed. Once the speed is set,
this feature can be turned off by
pressing the thumbwheel while
viewing this page. If the selected
speed limit is exceeded, a pop-up
warning is displayed with a chime.
Software Information : Press the
thumbwheel while Software
Information is highlighted to display
open source software information.
Speedometer
The speedometer shows the
vehicle's speed in either kilometers
per hour (km/h) or miles per
hour (mph).
Odometer
The odometer shows how far the
vehicle has been driven, in either
kilometers or miles.
Trip Odometer
The trip odometer shows how far
the vehicle has been driven since
the trip odometer was last reset.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Instruments and Controls 129
The trip odometer is accessed and
reset through the Driver Information
Center (DIC). See Driver
Information Center (DIC) (Base
Level) 0 145 or
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Midlevel and Uplevel) 0 146.
Tachometer
The tachometer displays the engine
speed in revolutions per
minute (rpm).
For vehicles with the Stop/Start
system, when the ignition is on, the
tachometer indicates the vehicle
status. When pointing to AUTO
STOP, the engine is off but the
vehicle is on and can move. The
engine could auto start at any time.
When the indicator points to OFF,
the vehicle is off.
When the engine is on, the
tachometer will indicate the engine’s
revolutions per minute (rpm). The
tachometer may vary by several
hundred rpm’s, during Auto Stop
mode, when the engine is shutting
off and restarting.
Fuel Gauge
Uplevel Metric Fuel Gauge Shown,
Base Level and Midlevel Fuel
Gauge Similar
Uplevel English Fuel Gauge
Shown, Base Level and Midlevel
Fuel Gauge Similar
When the ignition is on, the fuel
gauge indicates about how much
fuel is left in the tank.
There is an arrow near the fuel
gauge pointing to the side of the
vehicle the fuel door is on.
When the indicator nears empty, the
low fuel light comes on. There still is
a little fuel left, but the vehicle
should be refueled soon.
Here are four things that some
owners ask about. None of these
show a problem with the fuel gauge:
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
130 Instruments and Controls
.
At the service station, the fuel
pump shuts off before the gauge
reads full.
.
It takes a little more or less fuel
to fill up than the gauge
indicated. For example, the
gauge may have indicated the
tank was half full, but it actually
took a little more or less than
half the tank's capacity to fill
the tank.
.
The gauge moves a little while
turning a corner or speeding up.
.
The gauge takes a few seconds
to stabilize after the ignition is
turned on, and goes back to
empty when the ignition is
turned off.
Engine Oil Pressure
Gauge
Uplevel Metric Shown, Base Level
and Midlevel Similar
Uplevel English Shown, Base
Level and Midlevel Similar
The engine oil pressure gauge
shows the engine oil pressure
in kPa (kilopascals) or psi (pounds
per square inch) when the engine is
running.
Oil pressure can vary with engine
speed, outside temperature, coolant
temperature, and oil viscosity.
On some models, the oil pump will
vary engine oil pressure according
to engine needs. Oil pressure may
change quickly as the engine speed
or load varies. This is normal. If the
oil pressure warning light or Driver
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Instruments and Controls 131
Information Center (DIC) message
indicates oil pressure outside the
normal operating range, check the
vehicle's oil as soon as possible.
See Engine Oil 0 337.
Caution
Lack of proper engine oil
maintenance can damage the
engine. Driving with the engine oil
low can also damage the engine.
The repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Check
the oil level as soon as possible.
Add oil if required, but if the oil
level is within the operating range
and the oil pressure is still low,
have the vehicle serviced. Always
follow the maintenance schedule
for changing engine oil.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
see the Duramax diesel
supplement.
Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge
Uplevel Metric Shown, Base Level
and Midlevel Similar
Uplevel English Shown, Base
Level and Midlevel Similar
This gauge measures the
temperature of the vehicle's engine
coolant.
While driving under normal
operating conditions, if the needle
moves into the red warning area,
the engine is too hot. Pull off the
road, stop the vehicle, and turn off
the engine as soon as possible.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
132 Instruments and Controls
Voltmeter Gauge
Uplevel Shown, Base Level and
Midlevel Similar
When the ignition is on, this gauge
indicates the battery voltage.
When the engine is running, this
gauge shows the condition of the
charging system. The gauge can
transition from a higher to lower or a
lower to higher reading. This is
normal. If the vehicle is operating
outside the normal operating range,
the charging system light comes on.
See Charging System Light 0 134.
The voltmeter gauge may also read
lower when in fuel economy mode.
This is normal.
Readings outside the normal
operating range can also occur
when a large number of electrical
accessories are operating in the
vehicle and the engine is left idling
for an extended period. This
condition is normal since the
charging system is not able to
provide full power at engine idle. As
engine speeds are increased, this
condition should correct itself as
higher engine speeds allow the
charging system to create maximum
power.
The vehicle can only be driven for a
short time with the readings outside
the normal operating range. If the
vehicle must be driven, turn off all
accessories, such as the radio and
air conditioner.
Readings outside the normal
operating range indicate a possible
problem in the electrical system.
Have the vehicle serviced as soon
as possible.
Seat Belt Reminders
Driver Seat Belt Reminder
Light
There is a driver seat belt reminder
light on the instrument cluster.
When the vehicle is started, this
light flashes and a chime may come
on to remind the driver to fasten
their seat belt. Then the light stays
on solid until the belt is buckled.
This cycle may continue several
times if the driver remains or
becomes unbuckled while the
vehicle is moving.
If the driver seat belt is buckled,
neither the light nor the chime
comes on.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Instruments and Controls 133
Passenger Seat Belt Reminder
Light
There may be a passenger seat belt
reminder light near the passenger
airbag status indicator. See
Passenger Sensing System 0 75.
For vehicles equipped with the
passenger seat belt reminder light,
when the vehicle is started this light
flashes and a chime may come on
to remind passengers to fasten their
seat belt. Then the light stays on
solid until the belt is buckled. This
cycle continues several times if the
passenger remains or becomes
unbuckled while the vehicle is
moving.
If the passenger seat belt is
buckled, neither the chime nor the
light comes on.
The front passenger seat belt
reminder light and chime may turn
on if an object is put on the seat
such as a briefcase, handbag,
grocery bag, laptop, or other
electronic device. To turn off the
reminder light and/or chime, remove
the object from the seat or buckle
the seat belt.
Airbag Readiness Light
This light shows if there is an
electrical problem with the airbag
system. The system check includes
the airbag sensor(s), the passenger
sensing system, the pretensioners,
the airbag modules, the wiring, and
the crash sensing and diagnostic
module. For more information on the
airbag system, see Airbag System
0 69.
The airbag readiness light comes on
for several seconds when the
vehicle is started. If the light does
not come on then, have it fixed
immediately.
{
Warning
If the airbag readiness light stays
on after the vehicle is started or
comes on while driving, it means
the airbag system might not be
working properly. The airbags in
the vehicle might not inflate in a
crash, or they could even inflate
without a crash. To help avoid
injury, have the vehicle serviced
right away.
If there is a problem with the airbag
system, a Driver Information Center
(DIC) message may also come on.
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator
The vehicle has a passenger
sensing system. See Passenger
Sensing System 0 75 for important
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
134 Instruments and Controls
safety information. The overhead
console has a passenger airbag
status indicator.
United States
Canada
When the vehicle is started, the
passenger airbag status indicator
will light ON and OFF, or the
symbols for on and off, for several
seconds as a system check. Then,
after several more seconds, the
status indicator will light either ON
or OFF, or either the on or off
symbol, to let you know the status of
the front outboard passenger frontal
airbag.
If the word ON or the on symbol is
lit on the passenger airbag status
indicator, it means that the front
outboard passenger frontal airbag is
allowed to inflate.
If the word OFF or the off symbol is
lit on the passenger airbag status
indicator, it means that the
passenger sensing system has
turned off the front outboard
passenger frontal airbag.
If, after several seconds, both status
indicator lights remain on, or if there
are no lights at all, there may be a
problem with the lights or the
passenger sensing system. See
your dealer for service.
{
Warning
If the airbag readiness light ever
comes on and stays on, it means
that something may be wrong
with the airbag system. To help
avoid injury to yourself or others,
have the vehicle serviced right
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
away. See Airbag Readiness
Light 0 133 for more information,
including important safety
information.
Charging System Light
The charging system light comes on
briefly when the ignition is turned
on, but the engine is not running, as
a check to show the light is working.
It should go out when the engine is
started.
If the light stays on, or comes on
while driving, there may be a
problem with the electrical charging
system. Have it checked by your
dealer. Driving while this light is on
could drain the battery.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Instruments and Controls 135
When this light comes on, or is
flashing, the Driver Information
Center (DIC) also displays a
message.
If a short distance must be driven
with the light on, be sure to turn off
all accessories, such as the radio
and air conditioner.
Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (Check Engine
Light)
This light is part of the vehicle’s
emission control on-board
diagnostic system. If this light is on
while the engine is running, a
malfunction has been detected and
the vehicle may require service. The
light should come on to show that it
is working when the ignition is on
and the engine is not running. See
Ignition Positions (Keyless Access)
0 206 or
Ignition Positions (Key Access)
0 208.
Malfunctions are often indicated by
the system before any problem is
noticeable. Being aware of the light
and seeking service promptly when
it comes on may prevent damage.
Caution
If the vehicle is driven continually
with this light on, the emission
control system may not work as
well, the fuel economy may be
lower, and the vehicle may not
run smoothly. This could lead to
costly repairs that might not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Caution
Modifications to the engine,
transmission, exhaust, intake,
or fuel system, or the use of
replacement tires that do not
meet the original tire
specifications, can cause this light
to come on. This could lead to
costly repairs not covered by the
vehicle warranty. This could also
affect the vehicle’s ability to pass
an Emissions Inspection/
Maintenance test. See
Accessories and Modifications
0 327.
If the light is flashing : A
malfunction has been detected that
could damage the emission control
system and increase vehicle
emissions. Diagnosis and service
may be required.
To help prevent damage, reduce
vehicle speed and avoid hard
accelerations and uphill grades.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
136 Instruments and Controls
If towing a trailer, reduce the
amount of cargo being hauled as
soon as possible.
If the light continues to flash, find a
safe place to park. Turn the vehicle
off and wait at least 10 seconds
before restarting the engine. If the
light is still flashing, follow the
previous guidelines and see your
dealer for service as soon as
possible.
If the light is on steady : A
malfunction has been detected.
Diagnosis and service may be
required.
Check the following:
.
If fuel has been added to the
vehicle using the capless funnel
adapter, make sure that it has
been removed. See “Filling the
Tank with a Portable Gas Can”
under Filling the Tank (Pickup
Model) 0 281 or
Filling the Tank (Chassis Cab
Model) 0 283. The diagnostic
system can detect if the adapter
has been left installed in the
vehicle, allowing fuel to
evaporate into the atmosphere.
A few driving trips with the
adapter removed may turn off
the light.
.
Poor fuel quality can cause
inefficient engine operation and
poor driveability, which may go
away once the engine is warmed
up. If this occurs, change the
fuel brand. It may require at
least one full tank of the proper
fuel to turn the light off. See
Recommended Fuel (Except
6.2L V8 Engine) 0 278 or
Recommended Fuel (6.2L
V8 Engine) 0 279.
If the light remains on, see your
dealer.
Emissions Inspection and
Maintenance Programs
If the vehicle requires an Emissions
Inspection/Maintenance test, the
test equipment will likely connect to
the vehicle's Data Link
Connector (DLC).
The DLC is under the instrument
panel to the left of the steering
wheel. Connecting devices that are
not used to perform an Emissions
Inspection/Maintenance test or to
service the vehicle may affect
vehicle operation. See Add-On
Electrical Equipment 0 320. See
your dealer if assistance is needed.
The vehicle may not pass
inspection if:
.
The light is on when the engine
is running.
.
The light does not come on
when the ignition is on while the
engine is off.
.
Critical emission control systems
have not been completely
diagnosed. If this happens, the
vehicle would not be ready for
inspection and might require
several days of routine driving
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Instruments and Controls 137
before the system is ready for
inspection. This can happen if
the 12-volt battery has recently
been replaced or run down, or if
the vehicle has been recently
serviced.
See your dealer if the vehicle will
not pass or cannot be made ready
for the test.
Brake System Warning
Light
Metric English
This light should come on briefly
when the vehicle is turned on. If it
does not come on then, have it fixed
so it will be ready to warn you if
there is a problem.
If the light comes on and stays on at
start up, there is a brake problem.
Have the brake system inspected
right away.
If the light comes on while driving,
pull off the road and stop carefully.
If equipped with electric brake
boost, vehicle speed may be limited
when the brake system warning
light comes on. The brake pedal
might be harder to push, or the
brake pedal may go closer to the
floor. It could take longer to stop.
If the light is still on, have the
vehicle towed for service. See
Towing the Vehicle 0 422.
{
Warning
The brake system might not be
working properly if the brake
system warning light is on.
Driving with the brake system
warning light on can lead to a
crash. If the light is still on after
the vehicle has been pulled off
the road and carefully stopped,
have the vehicle towed for
service.
Electric Parking Brake
Light
Metric English
This light comes on when the
parking brake is applied. If the light
continues flashing after the parking
brake is released, or while driving,
there is a problem with the Electric
Parking Brake system. A message
may also display in the Driver
Information Center (DIC).
If the light does not come on,
or remains flashing, see your dealer.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
138 Instruments and Controls
Service Electric Parking
Brake Light
This light should come on briefly
when starting the vehicle. If it does
not come on, have it fixed so it will
be ready to warn if there is a
problem.
If this light stays on, take the vehicle
to your dealer as soon as possible.
See the information for the Electric
Parking Brake under Electric
Parking Brake 0 231. A message
may also display in the Driver
Information Center (DIC).
Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning Light
This warning light should come on
briefly when the vehicle is turned
on. If the light does not come on,
have it fixed so it will be ready to
warn if there is a problem.
If the light comes on while driving,
safely stop as soon as it is possible
and turn off the vehicle. Then turn
on the vehicle again to reset the
system.
If the ABS warning light stays on,
or comes on again while driving, the
vehicle needs service. A chime may
also sound when the light stays on.
If the ABS warning light is the only
light on, the vehicle has regular
brakes, but ABS is not functioning.
If both the ABS warning light and
the brake system warning light are
on, ABS is not functioning and there
is a problem with the regular brakes.
See your dealer for service.
See Brake System Warning Light
0 137.
Four-Wheel-Drive Light
Auto Mode Shown, Other Modes
Similar
If equipped, the four-wheel-drive
light displays what mode the vehicle
is in. The light will show each mode:
2WD, 4HI, AUTO (all transfer
cases); 4LOW and N (two-speed
transfer case only).
The light will flash when a shift is in
progress. Once the shift is complete
the light will be steady.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Instruments and Controls 139
If the light turns amber, there may
be a malfunction with the
four-wheel-drive system. See your
dealer.
See Four-Wheel Drive 0 225.
Tow/Haul Mode Light
For vehicles with the Tow/Haul
Mode feature, this light comes on
when the Tow/Haul Mode has been
activated.
See Tow/Haul Mode 0 224.
Hill Descent Control Light
If equipped, the Hill Descent Control
light comes on when the system is
ready for use. When the light
flashes, the system is active.
See Hill Descent Control (HDC)
0 235.
Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) Light (2500/3500
Series)
This light is green if LDW is on and
ready to operate.
This light changes to amber and
flashes to indicate that the lane
marking has been crossed without
using a turn signal in that direction.
See Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
(2500/3500 Series) 0 274.
Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
Light (1500 Series)
After the vehicle is started, this light
turns off and stays off if LKA has not
been turned on or is unavailable.
If available, this light is white if LKA
is turned on, but not ready to assist.
This light is green if LKA is turned
on and is ready to assist.
LKA may assist by gently turning
the steering wheel if the vehicle
approaches a detected lane
marking. The LKA light is amber
when assisting.
This light flashes amber as a Lane
Departure Warning (LDW) alert, to
indicate that the lane marking has
been crossed.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
140 Instruments and Controls
LKA will not assist or alert if the turn
signal is active in the direction of
lane departure, or if LKA detects
that you are accelerating, braking,
or actively steering.
See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) (1500
Series) 0 276.
Vehicle Ahead Indicator
If equipped, this indicator will
display green when a vehicle is
detected ahead and amber when
you are following a vehicle ahead
much too closely.
See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System 0 266.
Pedestrian Ahead
Indicator
If equipped, this indicator will
display amber when a nearby
pedestrian is detected in front of the
vehicle.
See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)
System (1500 Series) 0 270.
Traction Off Light
This light comes on briefly while
starting the engine. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your
dealer. If the system is working
normally, the indicator light then
turns off.
The traction off light comes on when
the Traction Control System (TCS)
has been turned off by pressing and
releasing the TCS/ESC button.
This light and the Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) OFF light come on
when ESC is turned off.
If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not
limited. Adjust driving accordingly.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 233.
Traction Control System
(TCS)/Electronic Stability
Control Light
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Instruments and Controls 141
If equipped, the Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) or TCS indicator/
warning light comes on briefly when
the engine is started.
If the light does not come on, have
the vehicle serviced by your dealer.
If the system is working normally,
the indicator light turns off.
If the light is on and not flashing, the
TCS, and potentially the ESC
system have been disabled.
If the indicator/warning light is on
and flashing, the TCS and/or the
ESC system is actively working.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 233.
Trailer Sway Control Light
(Uplevel Cluster)
This light will flash when Trailer
Sway Control is active. See Trailer
Sway Control (TSC) 0 306.
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) Off Light
This light comes on briefly while
starting the engine. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced by your
dealer.
This light comes on when the ESC
system is turned off. If ESC is off,
the Traction Control System (TCS)
is also off.
If the ESC and TCS are off, the
system does not assist in controlling
the vehicle. Turn on the TCS and
the ESC systems and the warning
light turns off.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 233.
Engine Coolant
Temperature Warning
Light
This light comes on briefly while
starting the vehicle.
If it does not, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer. If the
system is working normally the
indicator light goes off.
Caution
The engine coolant temperature
warning light indicates that the
vehicle has overheated. Driving
with this light on can damage the
engine and it may not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. See
Engine Overheating 0 349.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
142 Instruments and Controls
The engine coolant temperature
warning light comes on when the
engine has overheated.
If this happens, pull over and turn
off the engine as soon as possible.
See Engine Overheating 0 349.
Driver Mode Control Light
This light comes on when Sport
Mode is selected (1500 Series).
This light comes on when Snow/Ice
Mode is selected.
This light comes on when Terrain
Mode is selected (1500 Series).
This light comes on when Off-Road
Mode is selected.
Tire Pressure Light
For vehicles with the Tire Pressure
Monitor System (TPMS), this light
comes on briefly when the engine is
started. It provides information
about tire pressures and the TPMS.
When the Light Is On Steady
This indicates that one or more of
the tires are significantly
underinflated.
A Driver Information Center (DIC)
tire pressure message may also
display. Stop as soon as possible,
and inflate the tires to the pressure
value shown on the Tire and
Loading Information label. See Tire
Pressure 0 386.
When the Light Flashes First and
Then Is On Steady
If the light flashes for about a minute
and then stays on, there may be a
problem with the TPMS. If the
problem is not corrected, the light
will come on at every ignition cycle.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation 0 388.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Instruments and Controls 143
Engine Oil Pressure Light
(Uplevel Cluster)
Caution
Lack of proper engine oil
maintenance can damage the
engine. Driving with the engine oil
low can also damage the engine.
The repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty. Check
the oil level as soon as possible.
Add oil if required, but if the oil
level is within the operating range
and the oil pressure is still low,
have the vehicle serviced. Always
follow the maintenance schedule
for changing engine oil.
This light should come on briefly as
the engine is started. If it does not
come on, have the vehicle serviced
by your dealer.
If the light comes on and stays on, it
means that oil is not flowing through
the engine properly. The vehicle
could be low on oil and might have
some other system problem. See
your dealer.
Low Fuel Warning Light
This light is near the fuel gauge and
comes on briefly when the ignition is
turned on as a check to show it is
working.
It also comes on when the fuel tank
is low on fuel. The light turns off
when fuel is added. If it does not,
have the vehicle serviced.
Security Light
The security light should come on
briefly as the engine is started. If it
does not come on, have the vehicle
serviced by your dealer. If the
system is working normally, the
indicator light turns off.
If the light stays on and the engine
does not start, there could be a
problem with the theft-deterrent
system. See Immobilizer Operation
0 36.
High-Beam On Light
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
144 Instruments and Controls
This light comes on when the
high-beam headlamps are in use.
See Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer 0 165.
IntelliBeam Light
This light comes on when the
IntelliBeam system, if equipped, is
enabled. See Exterior Lamp
Controls 0 163.
Front Fog Lamp Light
For vehicles with fog lamps, this
light comes on when the fog lamps
are on.
The light goes out when the fog
lamps are turned off. See Fog
Lamps 0 168.
Lamps On Reminder
This light comes on when the
exterior lamps are in use, except
when only the Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) are active. See
Exterior Lamp Controls 0 163.
Cruise Control Light
For vehicles with cruise control, the
cruise control light is white when the
cruise control is on and ready, and
turns green when the cruise control
is set and active.
The light turns off when the cruise
control is turned off. See Cruise
Control 0 241.
Door Ajar Light
This light comes on when a door is
open or not securely latched. Before
driving, check that all doors are
properly closed.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Instruments and Controls 145
Information Displays
Driver Information Center
(DIC) (Base Level)
The DIC displays are shown in the
center of the instrument cluster. The
displays show the status of many
vehicle systems. The trip odometer
reset stem in the instrument cluster
is used to access the DIC menu
items.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
see the Duramax diesel supplement
for more information.
DIC Menu Items
Turn the trip odometer reset stem to
scroll through the following menu
items:
.
Digital Speedometer
.
Trip 1/2
.
Fuel Range
.
Tire Pressure
.
Remaining Oil Life
.
Air Filter Life
.
Brake Pad Life
Digital Speedometer
The speedometer shows how fast
the vehicle is moving in either
kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles
per hour (mph). The speedometer
cannot be reset.
Trip 1 or 2 and Average Fuel
Economy
Turn the trip odometer reset stem
until TRIP 1 or TRIP 2 displays. The
current distance traveled, in either
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since
the last reset for the trip odometer is
shown, as well as the average fuel
economy. The trip odometer and the
average fuel economy can be reset
by pressing and holding the trip
odometer reset stem.
Fuel Range
This display shows the approximate
distance the vehicle can be driven
without refueling. The fuel range
estimate is based on an average of
the vehicle's fuel economy over
recent driving history and the
amount of fuel remaining in the fuel
tank. Fuel range cannot be reset.
Tire Pressure
Turn the trip odometer reset stem
until a vehicle with the approximate
pressures of all four tires displays.
Tire pressure is displayed in either
kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds per
square inch (psi).
See Tire Pressure Monitor System
0 387 and
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation
0 388.
Remaining Oil Life
Turn the trip odometer reset stem
until REMAINING OIL LIFE
displays. An estimate of the oil's
remaining useful life is shown.
REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% means
99% of the current oil life remains.
When the remaining oil life is low,
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message will appear on the display.
The oil should be changed as soon
as possible. See Engine Oil 0 337.
In addition to the engine oil life
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
146 Instruments and Controls
system monitoring the oil life,
additional maintenance is
recommended. See Maintenance
Schedule 0 440.
The Oil Life display must be reset
after each oil change. It will not
reset itself. Do not reset the Oil Life
display at any time other than when
the oil has just been changed.
It cannot be reset accurately until
the next oil change. To reset the
engine oil life system, see Engine
Oil Life System 0 339.
Air Filter Life
Turn the trip odometer reset stem
until AIR FILTER LIFE displays.
This displays an estimate of the
engine air filter’s remaining useful
life and the state of the system.
Engine Air Filter Life 95% means
95% of the current air filter life
remains. Messages will display
based on the engine air filter life and
the state of the system.
When the REPLACE AT NEXT OIL
CHANGE message displays, the
engine air filter should be replaced
at the time of the next oil change.
When the REPLACE SOON
message displays, the engine air
filter should be replaced at the
earliest convenience.
The Air Filter Life display must be
reset after the engine air filter
replacement. To reset, see Engine
Air Filter Life System 0 341.
Brake Pad Life
This displays an estimate of the
remaining life of the front and rear
brake pads. Messages will display
based on brake pad wear and the
state of the system. Reset the Brake
Pad Life display after replacing the
brake pads. See Brake Pad Life
System 0 354.
Driver Information Center
(DIC) (Midlevel and
Uplevel)
The DIC displays are shown in the
center of the instrument cluster in
the Info app. See Instrument Cluster
0 124. The displays show the status
of many vehicle systems.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
see the Duramax diesel
supplement.
S or T : Press to move left or right
between the interactive display
zones in the cluster. Press the
thumbwheel to select.
y or z : Use the thumbwheel to
scroll up or down in a list. Press the
thumbwheel to select.
Info Page Options
The info pages on the DIC can be
turned on or off through the
Options menu.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Instruments and Controls 147
1. Press T to scroll to the
Options application.
2. Scroll
y or z to choose Info
pages and press the
thumbwheel.
3. Scroll
y or z to move
through the list of possible
information displays.
4. Press the thumbwheel while an
item is highlighted to select or
deselect that item.
The info pages can also be turned
on or off through the DIC page Info
Page Options.
Info Pages
The following is the list of all
possible DIC info page displays.
Some may not be available for your
particular vehicle. Some items may
not be turned on by default but can
be turned on through the Options
app. See “Info Page Options” earlier
in this section.
While in the Info Page Options
menu, the info pages can be
restored to the default factory
settings by pressing and holding
K
on the left steering wheel controls
and the thumbwheel on the right
steering wheel controls at the
same time.
Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in
either kilometers per hour (km/h) or
miles per hour (mph). The vehicle
odometer is also shown on this
page. If equipped, press the
thumbwheel to open the menu and
select to display speed limit signs.
Speed limit signs in your vehicle
display may vary from actual road
speed depending on the version of
your current navigation map.
Trip 1 or Trip 2, and Average Fuel
Economy : Shows the current
distance traveled, in either
kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since
the trip odometer was last reset.
The Average Fuel Economy display
shows the approximate average
liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km)
or miles per gallon (mpg). This
number is calculated based on the
number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded
since the last time this menu item
was reset. This number reflects only
the approximate average fuel
economy that the vehicle has right
now, and will change as driving
conditions change.
Press the thumbwheel while this
display is active to reset the trip
odometer and the average fuel
economy.
Fuel Range : Shows the
approximate distance the vehicle
can be driven without refueling.
LOW will be displayed when the
vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel
range estimate is based on an
average of the vehicle's fuel
economy over recent driving history
and the amount of fuel remaining in
the fuel tank.
Timer : This display can be used as
a timer. To start the timer, press the
thumbwheel while this display is
active. The display will show the
amount of time that has passed
since the timer was last reset. To
stop the timer, press the
thumbwheel briefly while this display
is active and the timer is running.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
148 Instruments and Controls
Press the thumbwheel while this
display is active to reset the timer.
Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the
oil's remaining useful life.
If REMAINING OIL LIFE 99% is
displayed, that means 99% of the
current oil life remains.
When the remaining oil life is low,
the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message will appear on the display.
The oil should be changed as soon
as possible. See Engine Oil 0 337.
In addition to the engine oil life
system monitoring the oil life,
additional maintenance is
recommended. See Maintenance
Schedule 0 440.
The Oil Life display must be reset
after each oil change. It will not
reset itself. Do not reset the Oil Life
display at any time other than when
the oil has just been changed.
It cannot be reset accurately until
the next oil change. To reset the
engine oil life system, press the
thumbwheel while the Oil Life
display is active. See Engine Oil
Life System 0 339.
Tire Pressure : Shows the
approximate pressures of all four
tires. Tire pressure is displayed in
either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds
per square inch (psi). If the pressure
is low, the value for that tire is
shown in amber. See Tire Pressure
Monitor System 0 387 and
Tire Pressure Monitor Operation
0 388.
Air Filter Life : Shows an estimate
of the engine air filter’s remaining
useful life and the state of the
system. Engine Air Filter Life 95%
means 95% of the current air filter
life remains. Messages will display
based on the engine air filter life and
the state of the system. When the
REPLACE AT NEXT OIL CHANGE
message displays, the engine air
filter should be replaced at the time
of the next oil change. When the
REPLACE SOON message
displays, the engine air filter should
be replaced at the earliest
convenience.
The Air Filter Life display must be
reset after the engine air filter
replacement. To reset, see Engine
Air Filter Life System 0 341.
Brake Pad Life : This displays an
estimate of the remaining life of the
front and rear brake pads.
Messages will display based on
brake pad wear and the state of the
system. Reset the Brake Pad Life
display after replacing the brake
pads. See Brake Pad Life System
0 354.
Fuel Economy : Displays average
fuel economy, the best fuel
economy over the selected
distance, and a bar graph showing
instantaneous fuel economy.
Press the thumbwheel to change
the selected distance. Press and
hold the thumbwheel while this
display is active to reset the best
fuel economy and average fuel
economy. This display can also be
reset by selecting reset in the menu.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Instruments and Controls 149
Engine Hours (Hourmeter) :
Shows the total number of hours the
engine has run. This display also
shows the engine idle hours.
Transmission Fluid
Temperature : Shows the
temperature of the automatic
transmission fluid in either degrees
Celsius (°C) or degrees
Fahrenheit (°F).
Trailer Brake : On vehicles with the
Integrated Trailer Brake Control
(ITBC) system, the trailer brake
display appears in the DIC.
TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer
gain setting. This setting can be
adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either
a trailer connected or disconnected.
TRAILER OUTPUT shows the
power output to the trailer any time
a trailer with electric brakes is
connected. Output is displayed as a
bar graph. Dotted lines may appear
in the OUTPUT display if a trailer is
not connected.
Off Road : Displays vehicle pitch
and roll information, road wheel
angle, and four-wheel drive (4WD)
status.
Follow Distance : If equipped, the
current follow time to the vehicle
ahead is displayed as a time value
on this page.
Driver Assistance : If equipped,
shows information for Lane Keep
Assist (LKA) and Forward Collision
Alert (FCA).
Info Page Options : Scroll to
choose which info pages appear on
the DIC. Press the thumbwheel to
select or deselect.
Blank Page : Shows no
information.
Head-Up Display (HUD)
{
Warning
If the HUD image is too bright or
too high in your field of view, it
may take you more time to see
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
things you need to see when it is
dark outside. Be sure to keep the
HUD image dim and placed low in
your field of view.
If equipped with HUD, some
information about the operation of
the vehicle is projected onto the
windshield. The image is projected
through the HUD lens on top of the
instrument panel. The information
appears as an image focused out
toward the front of the vehicle.
Caution
If you try to use the HUD image
as a parking aid, you may
misjudge the distance and
damage your vehicle. Do not use
the HUD image as a parking aid.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
150 Instruments and Controls
The HUD information can be
displayed in various languages. The
speedometer reading and other
numerical values can be displayed
in either English or metric units.
The language selection is changed
through the radio, and the units of
measurement is changed through
the instrument cluster. See
“Settings” in the infotainment
manual and “Options” under
Instrument Cluster 0 124.
HUD Display on the Windshield
Depending on how the vehicle is
equipped, the HUD may display
some of the following vehicle
information and vehicle messages
or alerts:
.
Speed
.
Audio
.
Phone
.
Navigation
.
Driver Assistance Features
.
Vehicle Messages
Some vehicle messages or alerts
displayed in the HUD may be
cleared by using the steering wheel
controls.
The HUD control is to the left of the
steering wheel.
To adjust the HUD image:
1. Adjust the driver seat.
2. Start the engine.
3. Use the following settings to
adjust the HUD.
$ : Press or pull to center the
HUD image. The HUD image can
only be adjusted up and down, not
side to side.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Instruments and Controls 151
! : Press to select the display
view. Each press will change the
display view.
D : Pull and hold to brighten the
display. Press and hold to dim the
display. Continue to hold to turn the
display off.
The HUD image will automatically
dim and brighten to compensate for
outside lighting. Use
D to adjust
as needed.
The HUD image can temporarily
light up depending on the angle and
position of sunlight on the HUD
display. This is normal.
Polarized sunglasses could make
the HUD image harder to see.
Head-Up Display (HUD) Rotation
Option
If equipped, this feature under the
Options menu of the instrument
cluster allows for adjusting the angle
of the HUD image and changing or
turning off the Speed Limit Sign.
HUD Rotation: Press the
thumbwheel while Adjust Rotation is
highlighted to enter Adjust Mode.
Scroll to adjust the angle of the
HUD display. Press the thumbwheel
to confirm and save the setting. This
feature may only be available in
P (Park).
Speed Limit Style Adjustment
If equipped, the speed limit style
can be changed to a speed limit bar
or speed limit sign from the Options
menu in the instrument cluster.
Press the thumbwheel while Speed
Limit Style is highlighted to change
the speed sign style or to turn it off.
HUD Views
There are four views in the HUD.
Some vehicle information and
vehicle messages or alerts may be
displayed in any view.
English Shown, Metric Similar
Speed View : This displays the
speedometer reading in English or
metric units, and speed limit. Some
information only appears on
vehicles that have these features,
and when they are active.
English Shown, Metric Similar
Active Safety View : This displays
the speed view along with a driver
assistance graphic on the left.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
152 Instruments and Controls
Driver assistance graphics show
your vehicle, vehicle ahead, gap
setting, and lane status information.
In addition to driver assistance
graphics, pedestrian advisory and
trailer sway indicators will be
displayed.
English Shown, Metric Similar
Navigation/Active OnStar View :
This displays the speed view along
with indicators for vehicle ahead,
Lane Departure Warning/Lane Keep
Assist, trailer sway, and pedestrian
advisory. Turn-by-Turn navigation
information is shown during active
route. The compass heading is
displayed when navigation routing is
not active.
Navigation Turn-by-Turn Alerts
shown in the instrument cluster may
also be displayed in any HUD view.
English Shown, Metric Similar
Off Road View : This displays the
speed view along with indicators for
vehicle ahead, Lane Departure
Warning/Lane Keep Assist, trailer
sway, four-wheel drive status, and
pedestrian advisory. Off-road
information such as pitch angle,
steering angle, and rolling angle is
also shown.
Care of the HUD
Clean the inside of the windshield to
remove any dirt or film that could
reduce the sharpness or clarity of
the HUD image.
Clean the HUD lens with a soft cloth
sprayed with glass cleaner. Wipe
the lens gently, then dry it.
HUD Troubleshooting
Check that:
.
Nothing is covering the
HUD lens.
.
The HUD brightness setting is
not too dim or too bright.
.
The HUD is adjusted to the
proper height.
.
Polarized sunglasses are
not worn.
.
The windshield and HUD lens
are clean.
If the HUD image is not correct,
contact your dealer.
The windshield is part of the HUD
system. See Windshield
Replacement 0 363.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Instruments and Controls 153
Vehicle Messages
Messages displayed on the Driver
Information Center (DIC) indicate
the status of the vehicle or some
action that may be needed to
correct a condition. Multiple
messages may appear one after
another.
The messages that do not require
immediate action can be
acknowledged and cleared by
pressing the thumbwheel. The
messages that require immediate
action cannot be cleared until that
action is performed.
All messages should be taken
seriously; clearing the message
does not correct the problem.
If a SERVICE message appears,
see your dealer.
Follow the instructions given in the
messages. The system displays
messages regarding the following
topics:
.
Service Messages
.
Fluid Levels
.
Vehicle Security
.
Brakes
.
Steering
.
Ride Control Systems
.
Driver Assistance Systems
.
Cruise Control
.
Lighting and Bulb Replacement
.
Wiper/Washer Systems
.
Doors and Windows
.
Seat Belts
.
Airbag Systems
.
Engine and Transmission
.
Tire Pressure
.
Battery
Engine Power Messages
ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED
This message displays when the
vehicle's propulsion power is
reduced. A reduction in propulsion
power can affect the vehicle's ability
to accelerate. If this message is on,
but there is no observed reduction
in performance, proceed to your
destination. The performance may
be reduced the next time the vehicle
is driven. The vehicle may be driven
while this message is on, but
maximum acceleration and speed
may be reduced. Anytime this
message stays on, or displays
repeatedly, the vehicle should be
taken to your dealer for service as
soon as possible.
Under certain operating conditions,
propulsion will be disabled. Try
restarting after the vehicle has been
off for 30 seconds.
Vehicle Speed Messages
SPEED LIMITED TO XXX KM/
H (MPH)
This message shows that the
vehicle speed has been limited to
the speed displayed. The limited
speed is a protection for various
propulsion and vehicle systems,
such as lubrication, thermal, brakes,
suspension, Teen Driver if
equipped, or tires.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
154 Instruments and Controls
Vehicle
Personalization
The following are all possible
vehicle personalization features.
Depending on the vehicle, some
may not be available.
For System, Apps, and Personal
features and functions, see
“Settings” in the infotainment
manual.
To access the vehicle
personalization menu:
1. Touch the Settings icon on the
Home Page of the infotainment
display.
2. Touch Vehicle to display a list
of available options.
3. Touch to select the desired
feature setting.
4. Touch
9 or R to turn a feature
off or on.
5. Touch
z to go to the top level
of the Settings menu.
The menu may contain the
following:
Rear Seat Reminder
This allows for a chime and a
message when the rear door has
been opened before or during
operation of the vehicle.
Touch Off or On.
Climate and Air Quality
Touch and the following may
display:
.
Auto Fan Speed
.
Auto Defog
.
Auto Rear Defog
Auto Fan Speed
This setting specifies the amount of
airflow when the climate control fan
setting is Auto Fan.
Touch Low, Medium, or High.
Auto Defog
This setting automatically directs air
to the windshield to assist in
defogging, based on temperature
and humidity conditions.
Touch Off or On.
Auto Rear Defog
This setting automatically turns the
rear defogger on based on
temperature and humidity
conditions.
Touch Off or On.
Collision/Detection Systems
Touch and the following may
display:
.
Alert Type
.
Forward Collision System
.
Front Pedestrian Detection
.
Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier
.
Lane Change Alert
.
Park Assist
.
Rear Camera Park Assist
Symbols
.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert
Alert Type
This feature sets the type of alert
from the driver assistance systems
to help avoid crashes.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Instruments and Controls 155
Touch Beeps or Safety Alert Seat.
Forward Collision System
This setting controls the vehicle
response when detecting a vehicle
ahead of you. The Off setting
disables all FCA and AEB functions.
With the Alert and Brake setting,
both FCA and AEB are available.
The Alert setting disables AEB. See
Automatic Emergency Braking
(AEB) 0 268.
Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake.
Front Pedestrian Detection
This feature may help avoid or
reduce the harm caused by
front-end crashes with nearby
pedestrians. See Front Pedestrian
Braking (FPB) System (1500 Series)
0 270.
Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake.
Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier
This setting determines if an alert
will appear when Adaptive Cruise
Control brings the vehicle to a
complete stop and the vehicle
ahead of you starts moving again.
See Adaptive Cruise Control (1500
Series) 0 243.
Touch Off or On.
Lane Change Alert
This allows the feature to be turned
on or off. See Lane Change Alert
(LCA) (1500 Series) 0 272.
Touch Off or On.
Park Assist
This allows the feature to be turned
on or off. See Assistance Systems
for Parking or Backing 0 255.
Select Off, On, or On with Towbar.
Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols
This setting enables the Rear
Camera Park Assist Symbols. See
Assistance Systems for Parking or
Backing 0 255.
Touch Off or On.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert
This allows the Rear Cross Traffic
Alert feature to be turned on or off.
See Assistance Systems for Parking
or Backing 0 255.
Touch Off or On.
Comfort and Convenience
Touch and the following may
display:
.
Chime Volume
.
Reverse Tilt Mirror
.
Remote Mirror Folding
Chime Volume
This determines the chime volume
level.
Touch the controls on the
infotainment display to adjust the
volume.
Reverse Tilt Mirror
This allows the feature to be turned
on or off. See Reverse Tilt Mirrors
0 42.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
156 Instruments and Controls
Touch Off, On - Driver and
Passenger, On - Driver, or On -
Passenger.
Remote Mirror Folding
When on, the outside mirrors will
remotely fold or unfold when the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter
Q or K button is
pressed and held. See Folding
Mirrors 0 40.
Touch Off or On.
Lighting
Touch and the following may
display:
.
Vehicle Locator Lights
.
Exit Lighting
Vehicle Locator Lights
This setting flashes the vehicle’s
headlamps when
K is pressed on
the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter.
Touch Off or On.
Exit Lighting
This setting specifies how long the
headlamps stay on after the vehicle
is turned off and exited.
Touch Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds,
or 120 Seconds.
Power Door Locks
Touch and the following may
display:
.
Open Door Anti Lock Out
.
Auto Door Unlock
.
Delayed Door Lock
Open Door Anti Lock Out
This setting prevents the driver door
from locking when the door is open.
If this setting is on, the Delayed
Door Lock menu will not be
available.
Touch Off or On.
Auto Door Unlock
This setting allows selection of
which doors will automatically
unlock when the vehicle is shifted
into P (Park).
Touch Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.
Delayed Door Lock
This setting delays the locking of
the vehicle’s doors.
Touch Off or On.
Remote Lock, Unlock, Start
Touch and the following may
display:
.
Remote Unlock Light Feedback
.
Remote Lock Feedback
.
Remote Door Unlock
.
Remote Start Auto Cool Seats
.
Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
.
Remote Window Operation
.
Passive Door Unlock
.
Passive Door Lock
.
Remote Left in Vehicle Alert
Remote Unlock Light Feedback
This setting flashes the exterior
lamps when the vehicle is unlocked
with the RKE transmitter.
Touch Off or Flash Lights.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Instruments and Controls 157
Remote Lock Feedback
This setting specifies how the
vehicle responds when the vehicle
is locked with the RKE transmitter.
Touch Off, Lights and Horn, Lights
Only, or Horn Only.
Remote Door Unlock
This setting specifies whether all
doors, or just the driver door, unlock
when pressing
K on the RKE
transmitter.
Touch All Doors or Driver Door.
Remote Start Auto Cool Seats
If equipped and turned on, this
feature will turn on the ventilated
seats when using remote start on
warm days. See Heated and
Ventilated Front Seats 0 58 and
Remote Vehicle Start 0 25.
Touch Off or On.
Remote Start Auto Heat Seats
If equipped and turned on, this
feature will turn on the heated seats
when using remote start on
cold days. See Heated and
Ventilated Front Seats 0 58 and
Remote Vehicle Start 0 25.
If equipped with Auto Heated
Steering Wheel, this feature will turn
on when the Remote Start Auto
Heated Seats turn on.
Touch Off or On.
Remote Window Operation
If equipped, this feature enables
remote operation of the windows
with the RKE transmitter. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Key Access)
0 13 or
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Keyless Access)
0 16.
Touch Off or On.
Passive Door Unlock
This allows the selection of what
doors will unlock when using the
button on the driver door to unlock
the vehicle.
Touch Off, All Doors, or Driver
Door Only.
Passive Door Lock
This allows passive locking to be
turned on or off and selects
feedback. See Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) System Operation (Key
Access) 0 13 or
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Keyless Access)
0 16.
Touch Off, On with Horn
Chirp, or On.
Remote Left in Vehicle Alert
This feature sounds an alert when
the RKE transmitter is left in the
vehicle. This menu also enables
Remote No Longer In Vehicle Alert.
Touch Off or On.
Seating Position
Touch and the following may
display:
.
Seat Entry Memory
.
Seat Exit Memory
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
158 Instruments and Controls
Seat Entry Memory
This feature automatically recalls
the previously stored 1 or 2 button
positions when the ignition is
changed from off to on or ACC/
ACCESSORY. See Memory Seats
0 56.
Touch Off or On.
Seat Exit Memory
This feature automatically recalls
the previously stored exit button
positions when the ignition is
changed from on or ACC/
ACCESSORY to off if the driver
door is open or opened. See
Memory Seats 0 56.
Touch Off or On.
Trailering
Touch and the following may
display:
.
Side Trailer Camera
.
Bed View Camera Lighting
Side Trailer Camera
This feature specifies if using the
turn signal during a lane change will
also display an applicable side view
of the trailer and vehicle. See
Assistance Systems for Parking or
Backing 0 255.
Touch Off or On.
Bed View Camera Lighting
This feature specifies if the truck
bed rail lights are turned on when
the Bed View Camera is active. See
Assistance Systems for Parking or
Backing 0 255.
Touch Off or On.
Teen Driver
See “Teen Driver” under “Settings”
in the infotainment manual.
Valet Mode
This will lock the infotainment
system and steering wheel controls.
It may also limit access to vehicle
storage locations, if equipped.
To enable valet mode:
1. Enter a four-digit code on the
keypad.
2. Select Enter to go to the
confirmation screen.
3. Re-enter the four-digit code.
Touch Lock or Unlock to lock or
unlock the system. Touch Back to
go back to the previous menu.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Instruments and Controls 159
Universal Remote
System
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 470.
Universal Remote System
Programming
If equipped, these buttons are in the
overhead console.
This system can replace up to three
remote control transmitters used to
activate devices such as garage
door openers, security systems, and
home automation devices. These
instructions refer to a garage door
opener, but can be used for other
devices.
Do not use the Universal Remote
system with any garage door opener
that does not have the stop and
reverse feature. This includes any
garage door opener model
manufactured before April 1, 1982.
Read the instructions completely
before programming the Universal
Remote system. It may help to have
another person assist with the
programming process.
Keep the original hand-held
transmitter for use in other vehicles
as well as for future programming.
Erase the programming when
vehicle ownership is terminated.
See “Erasing Universal Remote
System Buttons” later in this
section.
To program a garage door opener,
park outside directly in line with and
facing the garage door opener
receiver. Clear all people and
objects near the garage door.
Make sure the hand-held transmitter
has a new battery for quick and
accurate transmission of the
radio-frequency signal.
Programming the Universal
Remote System
For questions or programming help,
see www.homelink.com/gm or call
1-800-355-3515. For calls placed
outside the U.S., Canada, or Puerto
Rico, international rates will apply
and may differ based on landline or
mobile phone.
Programming involves
time-sensitive actions, and may time
out causing the procedure to be
repeated.
To program up to three devices:
1. Hold the end of the hand-held
transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1
to 3 in) away from the
Universal Remote system
buttons with the indicator light
in view. The hand-held
transmitter was supplied by the
manufacturer of the garage
door opener receiver.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
160 Instruments and Controls
2. At the same time, press and
hold both the hand-held
transmitter button and one of
the three Universal Remote
system buttons to be used to
operate the garage door. Do
not release either button until
the indicator light goes from a
slow to a rapid flashing light.
Then release both buttons.
Some garage door openers
may require substitution of
Step 2 with the procedure
under “Radio Signals for Some
Gate Operators” later in this
section.
3. Press and hold the newly
programmed Universal Remote
system button for five seconds
while watching the indicator
light and garage door
activation.
.
If the indicator light stays on
continuously or the garage
door moves when the
button is pressed, then
programming is complete.
There is no need to
complete Steps 4–6.
.
If the indicator light does
not come on or the garage
door does not move, a
second button press may
be required. For a second
time, press and hold the
newly programmed button
for five seconds. If the light
stays on or the garage door
moves, programming is
complete.
.
If the indicator light blinks
rapidly for two seconds,
then changes to a solid light
and the garage door does
not move, continue with
programming Steps 4–6.
Learn or Smart Button
4. After completing Steps 1–3,
locate the Learn or Smart
button inside the garage on the
garage door opener receiver.
The name and color of the
button may vary by
manufacturer.
5. Press and release the Learn or
Smart button. Step 6 must be
completed within 30 seconds of
pressing this button.
6. Inside the vehicle, press and
hold the newly programmed
Universal Remote system
button for two seconds and
then release it. If the garage
door does not move or the
lamp on the garage door
opener receiver does not flash,
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Instruments and Controls 161
press and hold the same
button a second time for
two seconds, then release it.
Again, if the door does not
move or the garage door lamp
does not flash, press and hold
the same button a third time for
two seconds, then release it.
The Universal Remote system
should now activate the
garage door.
Repeat the process for
programming the two remaining
buttons.
Radio Signals for Some Gate
Operators
For questions or programming help,
see www.homelink.com/gm or call
1-800-355-3515. For calls placed
outside the U.S., Canada, or Puerto
Rico, international rates will apply
and may differ based on landline or
mobile phone.
Some radio–frequency laws and
gate operators require transmitter
signals to time out or quit after
several seconds of transmission.
This may not be long enough for the
Universal Remote system to pick up
the signal during programming.
If the programming did not work,
replace Step 2 under “Programming
the Universal Remote System” with
the following:
Press and hold the Universal
Remote system button while
pressing and releasing the
hand-held transmitter button every
two seconds until the signal has
been successfully accepted by the
Universal Remote system. The
Universal Remote system indicator
light will flash slowly at first and then
rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 under
“Programming the Universal Remote
System” to complete.
Universal Remote System
Operation
Using the Universal Remote
System
Press and hold the appropriate
Universal Remote system button for
at least one-half second. The
indicator light will come on while the
signal is being transmitted.
Erasing Universal Remote
System Buttons
Erase all programmed buttons when
vehicle ownership is terminated.
To erase:
1. Press and hold the two outside
buttons until the indicator light
begins to flash. This should
take about 10 seconds.
2. Release both buttons.
Reprogramming a Single
Universal Remote System
Button
To reprogram any of the system
buttons:
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
162 Instruments and Controls
1. Press and hold any one of the
buttons. Do not release the
button.
2. The indicator light will begin to
flash after 20 seconds. Without
releasing the button, proceed
with Step 1 under
“Programming the Universal
Remote System.”
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Lighting 163
Lighting
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 163
Exterior Lamps Off
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Headlamp High/Low-Beam
Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Automatic Headlamp
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 167
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Task Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Auxiliary
Roof-Mounted Lamp . . . . . . . . 169
Exterior Cargo Lamps . . . . . . . . 170
Interior Lighting
Instrument Panel Illumination
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Lighting Features
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Battery Load Management . . . 172
Battery Power Protection . . . . . 173
Exterior Lighting Battery
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Exterior Lighting
Exterior Lamp Controls
The exterior lamp control is on the
instrument panel to the left of the
steering wheel.
O : Turns off the automatic
headlamps and Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp
control to
O again to turn the
automatic headlamps or DRL
back on.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
164 Lighting
For vehicles first sold in Canada, off
will only work when the vehicle is in
P (Park).
AUTO : Automatically turns on the
headlamps, parking lamps,
taillamps, instrument panel lights,
roof marker lamps (if equipped),
front/rear sidemarker lamps, and
license plate lamps.
; : Turns on the parking lamps
including all lamps, except the
headlamps and fog lamps,
if equipped.
For some trim levels and series of
trucks first sold in Canada, the
headlamps may turn on with the
parking lamps.
2 : Turns on the headlamps
together with the parking lamps,
taillamps, instrument panel lights,
roof marker lamps (if equipped),
front/rear sidemarker lamps, and
license plate lamps.
When the headlamps are turned on
while the vehicle is on, the
headlamps turn off automatically
10 minutes after the ignition is
turned off. When the headlamps are
turned on while the vehicle is off,
the headlamps will stay on for
10 minutes before turning off to
prevent the battery from being
drained. Turn the headlamp control
off and then back to the headlamp
on position to make the headlamps
stay on for an additional 10 minutes.
To keep the lamps on for more than
10 minutes, the ignition must be on
or in ACC/ACCESSORY.
K : If equipped, turns on the task
lighting. See Task Lighting 0 169.
IntelliBeam System
If equipped, this system turns the
vehicle's high-beam headlamps on
and off according to surrounding
traffic conditions.
The system turns the high-beam
headlamps on when it is dark
enough and there is no other traffic
present.
This light
b comes on in the
instrument cluster when the
IntelliBeam system is enabled.
Turning On and Enabling
IntelliBeam
To enable the IntelliBeam system,
press
b on the turn signal lever
when it is dark outside and the
exterior lamp control is in AUTO
or
2.
Driving with IntelliBeam
The system only activates the high
beams when driving over 40 km/h
(25 mph).
The blue high-beam on light
appears on the instrument cluster
when the high beams are on.
There is a sensor near the top
center of the windshield that
automatically controls the system.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Lighting 165
Keep this area of the windshield
clear of debris to allow for best
system performance.
The high-beam headlamps remain
on, under the automatic control,
until one of the following situations
occurs:
.
The system detects an
approaching vehicle's
headlamps.
.
The system detects a preceding
vehicle's taillamps.
.
The outside light is bright
enough that high-beam
headlamps are not required.
.
The vehicle's speed drops below
20 km/h (12 mph).
.
The IntelliBeam system is
disabled by the button on the
turn signal lever. If this happens,
press
b on the turn signal
lever when the exterior lamp
control is in the AUTO or
2
position to reactivate the
IntelliBeam system. The
instrument cluster light will come
on to indicate the IntelliBeam
system is reactivated.
The high beams may not turn off
automatically if the system cannot
detect another vehicle's lamps
because of any of the following:
.
The other vehicle's lamps are
missing, damaged, obstructed
from view, or otherwise
undetected.
.
The other vehicle's lamps are
covered with dirt, snow, and/or
road spray.
.
The other vehicle's lamps cannot
be detected due to dense
exhaust, smoke, fog, snow, road
spray, mist, or other airborne
obstructions.
.
The vehicle's windshield is dirty,
cracked, or obstructed by
something that blocks the view
of the light sensor.
.
The vehicle is loaded such that
the front end points upward,
causing the light sensor to aim
high and not detect headlamps
and taillamps.
.
Driving on winding or hilly roads.
The automatic high-beam
headlamps may need to be disabled
if any of the above conditions exist.
Exterior Lamps Off
Reminder
A reminder chime sounds when the
headlamps or parking lamps are
manually turned on, the ignition is
off, and a door is open. To disable
the chime, turn the lamps off.
Headlamp High/
Low-Beam Changer
Push the turn signal lever toward
the instrument panel to change the
headlamps from low to high beam.
Pull or push the turn signal lever to
return to low-beam headlamps.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
166 Lighting
When the high-beam headlamps are
on, this indicator light on the
instrument cluster will also be on.
Flash-to-Pass
This feature lets you use the
high-beam headlamps to signal a
driver in front of you that you want
to pass. It works even if the
headlamps are in the automatic
position.
To use it, pull the turn signal lever
toward you, then release it.
If the headlamps are in the
automatic position or on low beam,
the high-beam headlamps will turn
on. Depending on the type of
headlamp, they will either turn off
after a short duration or stay on as
long as you hold the lever toward
you. The high-beam indicator on the
instrument cluster will come on.
Release the lever to return to
normal operation.
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL)
DRL can make it easier for others to
see the front of the vehicle during
the day. Fully functional DRL are
required on all vehicles first sold in
Canada.
The DRL system comes on when
the following conditions are met:
.
The ignition is on.
.
The exterior lamp control is
in AUTO.
.
The transmission is not in
P (Park).
.
The light sensor determines it is
daytime.
When the DRL system is on, only
the DRL are on. The taillamps,
sidemarker lamps, instrument panel
lights, and other lamps will not
be on.
When it begins to get dark, the
automatic headlamp system
switches from DRL to the
headlamps.
To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior
lamp control to
O and then release.
For vehicles first sold in Canada, off
will only work when the vehicle is
parked.
Automatic Headlamp
System
When the exterior lamp control is
set to AUTO and it is dark enough
outside, the headlamps come on
automatically.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Lighting 167
There is a light sensor on top of the
instrument panel. Do not cover the
sensor, otherwise the headlamps
will come on when they are not
needed.
The system may also turn on the
headlamps when driving through a
parking garage or tunnel.
If the vehicle is started in a dark
garage, the automatic headlamp
system comes on immediately. If it
is light outside when the vehicle
leaves the garage, there is a slight
delay before the automatic
headlamp system changes to the
Daytime Running Lamps (DRL).
During that delay, the instrument
cluster may not be as bright as
usual. Make sure the instrument
panel illumination control is in the
full bright position. See Instrument
Panel Illumination Control 0 171.
When it is bright enough outside,
the headlamps will turn off or may
change to DRL.
The automatic headlamp system
turns off when the exterior lamp
control is turned to
O or the ignition
is off.
Lights On with Wipers
If the windshield wipers are
activated in daylight with the engine
on, and the exterior lamp control is
in AUTO, the headlamps, parking
lamps, and other exterior lamps
come on. The transition time for the
lamps coming on varies based on
wiper speed. When the wipers are
not operating, these lamps turn off.
Move the exterior lamp control to
O
or ; to disable this feature.
Hazard Warning Flashers
| : Press this button to make the
front and rear turn signal lamps
flash on and off. Press again to turn
the flashers off.
When the hazard warning flashers
are on, the vehicle's turn signals will
not work.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
168 Lighting
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals
An arrow on the instrument cluster
flashes in the direction of the turn or
lane change.
Move the turn signal lever all the
way up or down to signal a turn.
Partially raise or lower the lever for
less than one second until the arrow
starts to flash to signal a lane
change. This causes the turn
signals to automatically flash three
times. It will flash six times if Tow/
Haul Mode is active. Holding the
turn signal lever for more than
one second will cause the turn
signals to flash until the lever is
released.
The lever returns to its starting
position whenever it is released.
If after signaling a turn or a lane
change the arrows flash rapidly or
do not come on, a signal bulb could
be burned out. If equipped with LED
turn signals, see your dealer.
Replace any burned out bulbs. If a
bulb is not burned out, check the
fuse. See Fuses and Circuit
Breakers 0 369.
Turn Signal On Chime
If the turn signal is left on for more
than 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime
sounds at each flash of the turn
signal. A message may appear in
the Driver Information Center (DIC).
See Vehicle Messages 0 153. To
turn the chime and message off,
move the turn signal lever to the off
position.
Fog Lamps
If equipped, the fog lamp control is
near the exterior lamp control to the
left of the steering column.
The ignition must be on for the fog
lamps to come on.
# : Press to turn the fog lamps on
or off. A light will come on in the
instrument cluster.
When the fog lamps are turned on,
the parking lamps automatically
turn on.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Lighting 169
When the headlamps are changed
to high beam, the fog lamps also go
off. When the high-beam headlamps
are turned off, the fog lamps will
come on again.
Some localities have laws that
require the headlamps to be on with
the fog lamps.
Task Lighting
If equipped, task lighting projects
light from the outside mirrors away
from the vehicle.
While the vehicle is parked,
press
K to select one of the
following options:
.
Left and Right Task Lights
Illuminated
.
Left Task Light Illuminated
.
Right Task Light Illuminated
.
Left and Right Task Lights Off
If the vehicle leaves a parked
position, the lights will immediately
turn off.
If the vehicle is off, the lights will
stay on for approximately
10 minutes.
If any Task lights are on, if the
button has not been pressed after
approximately 5 seconds, pressing
it again will turn off all Task Lights.
Auxiliary
Roof-Mounted Lamp
If equipped, this button includes
wiring provisions for a dealer or a
qualified service center to install an
auxiliary roof lamp.
This button is on the overhead
console.
When the wiring is connected to an
auxiliary roof-mounted lamp,
pressing the bottom of the button
will activate the lamp and illuminate
an indicator light at the bottom of
this button. Pressing the top of the
button will turn off the roof-mounted
lamp and indicator.
The emergency roof lamp circuit is
fused at 30 amps, so the total
current draw of the attached lamps
should be less than this value. The
attachment points for the roof lamp
circuits are two blunt cut wires
above the overhead console: a dark
green with blue stripe switched
power wire and a black ground wire.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
170 Lighting
For information on roof-mounted
emergency lamp installation, see
www.gmupfitter.com or contact your
dealer.
If the vehicle has this button, the
vehicle may have the snow plow
prep package. See Add-On
Electrical Equipment 0 320.
Exterior Cargo Lamps
The cargo lamps provide more light
in the cargo area or on the sides of
the vehicle, if needed. The lamps
inside the pickup box, in the tailgate
handle, for the hitch, and/or the
cargo mirror lamps also turn on,
if equipped.
If the vehicle is in P (Park),
R (Reverse), or N (Neutral) the
Cargo Lamp Switch causes the
lights to cycle through the following
states for each button press:
- Initial Press:
- CHMSL/Cargo Bed Lights - On
- Cargo Mirror Lights - On
- Cargo Switch Indicator (if
equipped) - On
- Next Press: (if with in 5 seconds of
the previous button press):
- CHMSL/Cargo Bed Lights - On
- Cargo Mirror Lights - Off
- Cargo Switch Indicator (if
equipped) - On
- Next Press:
- CHMSL/Cargo Bed Lights - Off
- Cargo Mirror Lights - Off
- Cargo Switch Indicator (if
equipped) - Off
Become familiar with and follow all
state and local laws that apply to
cargo lamp operation.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Lighting 171
Interior Lighting
Instrument Panel
Illumination Control
This feature controls the brightness
of the steering wheel and instrument
panel lights. The instrument panel
illumination control is next to the
exterior lamp control.
D : Press D + to brighten or D −
to dim the lights.
Dome Lamps
The dome lamp controls are in the
overhead console.
To operate, press the following
buttons:
j OFF : Press to turn off the
dome lamps when a door is open.
An indicator light on the button will
turn on when the dome lamp
override is activated. Press
j
OFF again to deactivate this feature
and the indicator light will turn off.
The dome lamps will come on when
doors are opened.
+ ON/OFF : Press to turn the dome
lamps on manually. Press again to
turn the dome lamps off.
Reading Lamps
There are reading lamps on the
overhead console and over the rear
seats. These lamps come on when
any door is opened.
Front Reading Lamps
The front reading lamps are in the
overhead console.
Press the lamp lenses to turn the
front reading lamps on or off.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
172 Lighting
Rear Reading Lamps
The rear reading lamps are over the
rear seats.
Press the lamp lens to turn the rear
reading lamps on or off.
Lighting Features
Entry Lighting
Some exterior lamps and the interior
lamps turn on briefly at night, or in
areas with limited lighting, when
K
is pressed on the Remote Keyless
Entry (RKE) transmitter. When a
door is opened, the interior lamps
come on. After about 30 seconds
the exterior lamps turn off. Entry
lighting can be disabled manually by
changing the ignition out of the OFF
position, or by pressing the RKE
transmitter
Q button.
This feature can be changed. See
“Vehicle Locator Lights” under
Vehicle Personalization 0 154.
Exit Lighting
Some exterior lamps and interior
lights come on at night, or in areas
with limited lighting, when the driver
door is opened after the ignition is
turned off. The dome lamp comes
on after the ignition is turned off.
The exterior lamps and dome lamp
remain on for a set amount of time,
then automatically turn off.
The exterior lamps turn off
immediately by turning the exterior
lamp control off.
This feature can be changed. See
Vehicle Personalization 0 154.
Battery Load
Management
The vehicle has Electric Power
Management (EPM), which
estimates the battery's temperature
and state of charge. It then adjusts
the voltage for best performance
and extended life of the battery.
When the battery's state of charge
is low, the voltage is raised slightly
to quickly bring the charge back up.
When the state of charge is high,
the voltage is lowered slightly to
prevent overcharging. The voltmeter
gauge or the voltage display on the
Driver Information Center (DIC),
if equipped, may show the voltage
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Lighting 173
moving up or down. This is normal.
If there is a problem, an alert will be
displayed.
The battery can be discharged at
idle if the electrical loads are very
high. This is true for all vehicles.
This is because the generator
(alternator) may not be spinning fast
enough at idle to produce all the
power that is needed for very high
electrical loads.
A high electrical load occurs when
several of the following are on, such
as: headlamps, high beams, fog
lamps, rear window defogger,
climate control fan at high speed,
heated seats, engine cooling fans,
trailer loads, and loads plugged into
accessory power outlets.
EPM works to prevent excessive
discharge of the battery. It does this
by balancing the generator's output
and the vehicle's electrical needs.
It can increase engine idle speed to
generate more power, whenever
needed. It can temporarily reduce
the power demands of some
accessories.
Normally, these actions occur in
steps or levels, without being
noticeable. In rare cases at the
highest levels of corrective action,
this action may be noticeable to the
driver. If so, a DIC message might
be displayed and it is recommended
that the driver reduce the electrical
loads as much as possible.
Battery Power Protection
This feature shuts off the dome and
reading lamps, if they are left on for
more than 10 minutes after the
ignition is turned off. The cargo
lamp shuts off after 20 minutes. This
prevents the battery from
running down.
Exterior Lighting Battery
Saver
The exterior lamps turn off about
10 minutes after the ignition is
turned off, if the parking lamps or
headlamps have been manually left
on. This protects against draining
the battery. To restart the 10-minute
timer, turn the exterior lamp control
to the
O position and then back to
the
; or 2 position.
To keep the lamps on for more than
10 minutes, the ignition must be on
or in ACC/ACCESSORY.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
174 Infotainment System
Infotainment
System
Introduction
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Introduction
Infotainment
See the infotainment manual for
information on the radio, audio
players, phone, navigation system,
and voice or speech recognition.
It also includes information on
settings.
Active Noise Cancellation (ANC)
If equipped, ANC reduces engine
noise in the vehicle’s interior. ANC
requires the factory-installed audio
system, radio, speakers, amplifier
(if equipped), induction system, and
exhaust system to work properly.
Deactivation is required by your
dealer if related aftermarket
equipment is installed.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Climate Controls 175
Climate Controls
Climate Control Systems
Climate Control Systems . . . . . 175
Dual Automatic Climate
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Air Vents
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Climate Control Systems
The heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be controlled with this
system.
1. Fan Control
2. MAX Defrost
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls
4. A/C (Air Conditioning)
5. TEMP (Temperature Control)
6. Recirculation
7. Rear Window Defogger (If
Equipped) or Heated Mirrors (If
Equipped)
9 : Turn clockwise or
counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the fan speed. Turn the
knob all the way counterclockwise
to turn the fan off.
TEMP : Turn clockwise or
counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the temperature inside the
vehicle.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
176 Climate Controls
Air Delivery Mode Controls :
Press
z, Y, or [ to change the
direction of the airflow. Any
combination of the three controls
can be selected. An indicator light
comes on in the selected mode
button.
To change the current mode, select
one or more of the following. An
indicator light will illuminate:
z : Air is directed to the
windshield, outboard a/c outlets,
and side window outlets.
Y : Air is directed to the a/c outlets.
[ : Air is directed to the floor
outlets, with some air directed to the
windshield, outboard a/c outlets,
and side window outlets.
0 MAX : Air is directed to the
windshield and the fan runs at a
higher speed if not already above a
medium fan speed. This mode
overrides the previous mode
selected and clears fog or frost from
the windshield more quickly. When
the control is pressed again, the
system returns to the previous mode
setting and fan speed.
For best results, clear all snow and
ice from the windshield before
defrosting.
@ : Press to turn on recirculation.
An indicator light comes on. Air is
recirculated to quickly cool the
inside of the vehicle. It can also be
used to help reduce outside air and
odors that enter the vehicle.
Avoid using recirculation for long
periods of time in cold or damp
conditions. Using recirculation in
cold or damp conditions can result
in window fogging.
A/C : Press to turn the air
conditioning on or off. An indicator
light comes on to show that the air
conditioning is enabled. If the fan is
turned off, the air conditioner will not
run. The A/C light will stay on even
if the outside temperatures are
below freezing.
Rear Window Defogger
1 REAR : If equipped, press to
turn the rear window defogger on or
off. An indicator light on the button
comes on to show that the rear
window defogger is on.
The rear window defogger only
works when the engine is running.
The defogger turns off if the ignition
is turned off or to ACC/
ACCESSORY.
If equipped with heated outside
mirrors, press
f to turn them on or
off. See Heated Mirrors 0 41.
Caution
Using a razor blade or sharp
object to clear the inside rear
window can damage the rear
window defogger. Repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not clear the inside
rear window with sharp objects.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Climate Controls 177
Dual Automatic Climate Control System
The heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be controlled with this
system.
1. Driver and Passenger
Temperature Controls
2. MAX Defrost
3. Air Delivery Mode Controls
4. A/C (Air Conditioning)
5. SYNC (Synchronized
Temperature)
6. Recirculation
7. Power Button
8. Fan Control
9. Rear Window Defogger (If
Equipped) or Heated Mirrors (If
Equipped)
10. AUTO (Automatic Operation)
Climate Control Display
1. Driver and Passenger
Temperature Settings
2. Fan Control
3. Driver and Passenger
Temperature Controls
4. Sync (Synchronized
Temperature)
5. Recirculation
6. Air Delivery Mode Controls
7. Auto (Automatic Operation)
8. A/C (Air Conditioning)
9. On/Off (Power)
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
178 Climate Controls
The fan, air delivery mode, air
conditioning, driver and passenger
temperatures, and Sync settings
can be controlled by touching
CLIMATE on the infotainment Home
Page or the climate button in the
climate control display application
tray. A selection can then be made
on the front climate control page
displayed. See the infotainment
manual.
Climate Control Status Display
The climate control status display
appears briefly when the center
stack climate controls are adjusted.
Automatic Operation
The system automatically controls
the fan speed, air delivery, air
conditioning, and recirculation in
order to heat or cool the vehicle to
the desired temperature.
When AUTO is lit, all four functions
operate automatically. Each function
can also be manually set and the
selected setting is displayed.
Functions not manually set will
continue to be automatically
controlled, even if the AUTO
indicator is not lit.
For automatic operation:
1. Press AUTO.
2. Set the temperature. Allow the
system time to stabilize. Adjust
the temperature as needed for
best comfort.
To improve fuel efficiency and to
cool the vehicle faster, recirculation
may be automatically selected in
warm weather.
The recirculation light will not come
on when automatically controlled.
See
@ under “Manual Operation”
for more details.
Manual Operation
9 : Turn clockwise or
counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the fan speed. Press the
knob to turn the fan off. When off is
selected, a small amount of air may
still come out of the outlets
depending on vehicle speed. If any
buttons are pressed or knobs are
turned, the climate control system
will turn on and operate at the
current setting.
Press AUTO to return to automatic
operation.
Driver and Passenger
Temperature Control : The
temperature can be adjusted
separately for the driver and
passenger.
Turn the knob clockwise or
counterclockwise to increase or
decrease the driver or passenger
temperature setting. The driver side
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Climate Controls 179
or passenger side temperature
display shows the temperature
setting increasing or decreasing.
SYNC : Press to link the passenger
temperature setting to the driver
setting. The SYNC indicator light will
turn on. When the passenger setting
is adjusted, the SYNC indicator light
will turn off.
Air Delivery Mode Control : Press
z, Y, or [ to change the
direction of the airflow. Any
combination of the three controls
can be selected. An indicator light
comes on in the selected mode
button.
Changing the mode cancels the
automatic operation and the system
goes into manual mode. Press
AUTO to return to automatic
operation.
To change the current mode, select
one or more of the following:
z : Air is directed to the
windshield, outboard a/c outlets,
and side window outlets.
Y : Air is directed to the a/c outlets.
[ : Air is directed to the floor
outlets, with some air directed to the
windshield, outboard a/c outlets,
and side window outlets.
0 MAX : Air is directed to the
windshield and the fan runs at a
higher speed if not already above a
medium fan speed. This mode
overrides the previous mode
selected and clears fog or frost from
the windshield more quickly. When
the control is pressed again, the
system returns to the previous mode
setting and fan speed.
For best results, clear all snow and
ice from the windshield before
defrosting.
@ : Press to turn on recirculation.
An indicator light comes on. Air is
recirculated to quickly cool the
inside of the vehicle. It can also be
used to help reduce outside air and
odors that enter the vehicle.
Avoid using recirculation for long
periods of time in cold or damp
conditions. Using recirculation in
cold or damp conditions can result
in window fogging.
A/C : Press to turn the air
conditioning on or off. An indicator
light comes on to show that the air
conditioning is enabled. If the fan is
turned off, the air conditioner will not
run. The A/C light will stay on even
if the outside temperatures are
below freezing.
Rear Window Defogger
1 REAR : If equipped, press to
turn the rear window defogger on or
off. An indicator light on the button
comes on to show that the rear
window defogger is on.
The rear window defogger only
works when the engine is running.
The defogger turns off if the ignition
is turned off or to ACC/
ACCESSORY.
If equipped with heated outside
mirrors, press
f to turn them on or
off. See Heated Mirrors 0 41.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
180 Climate Controls
Caution
Using a razor blade or sharp
object to clear the inside rear
window can damage the rear
window defogger. Repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not clear the inside
rear window with sharp objects.
Remote Start Climate Control
Operation : If equipped with remote
start, the climate control system
may run when the vehicle is started
remotely. If equipped with heated or
ventilated seats or a heated steering
wheel, these features may come on
during a remote start. See Remote
Vehicle Start 0 25, Heated and
Ventilated Front Seats 0 58, and
Heated Steering Wheel 0 117.
Sensors
The solar sensor, on top of the
instrument panel near the
windshield, monitors the solar heat.
The climate control system uses the
sensor information to adjust the
temperature, fan speed,
recirculation, and air delivery mode
for best comfort.
Do not cover the sensor; otherwise
the automatic climate control system
may not work properly.
Air Vents
Use the sliding knobs on the center
and side air vents to change the
direction of the airflow.
Air vents blow warm air on the side
windows in cold weather. If Floor,
Defog, or Defrost modes are
selected, a small amount of air will
come from the vents close to the
window.
To close the front a/c vents, move
the sliding knobs to the full down
position.
To close the rear a/c vents, move
the sliding knobs to the full inboard
position.
Operation Tips
.
Clear away any ice, snow,
or leaves from air inlets at the
base of the windshield that could
block the flow of air into the
vehicle.
.
Clear snow off the hood to
improve visibility and help
decrease moisture drawn into
the vehicle.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Climate Controls 181
.
Keep the path under the front
seats clear of objects to help
circulate the air inside of the
vehicle more effectively.
.
Use of non-GM approved hood
deflectors can adversely affect
the performance of the system.
Check with your dealer before
adding equipment to the outside
of the vehicle.
Maintenance
Passenger Compartment
Air Filter
The filter reduces the dust, pollen,
and other airborne irritants from
outside air that is pulled into the
vehicle.
The filter should be replaced as part
of routine scheduled maintenance.
See Maintenance Schedule 0 440.
To find out what type of filter to use,
see Maintenance Replacement
Parts 0 452.
1. Open the lower glove box door
completely.
2. Push the dampener arm to the
left until it releases the
glovebox.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
182 Climate Controls
3. Press the sides of the glove
box door inward and rotate the
door downward to remove.
4. Pull lever on left side of the
filter door and slide left, then
remove the door. Remove the
old filter.
5. Install the new air filter.
6. Reinstall the filter door.
7. Reverse the steps to reinstall
the glove box.
See your dealer if additional
assistance is needed.
Service
All vehicles have a label underhood
that identifies the refrigerant used in
the vehicle. The refrigerant system
should only be serviced by trained
and certified technicians. The air
conditioning evaporator should
never be repaired or replaced by
one from a salvage vehicle.
It should only be replaced by a new
evaporator to ensure proper and
safe operation.
During service, all refrigerants
should be reclaimed with proper
equipment. Venting refrigerants
directly to the atmosphere is harmful
to the environment and may also
create unsafe conditions based on
inhalation, combustion, frostbite,
or other health-based concerns.
The air conditioning system requires
periodic maintenance. See
Maintenance Schedule 0 440.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 183
Driving and
Operating
Driving Information
Driving for Better Fuel
Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Off-Road Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 194
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 195
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 197
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Truck-Camper Loading
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Starting and Operating
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 206
Ignition Positions (Keyless
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Ignition Positions (Key
Access) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Engine Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Parking over Things
That Burn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Active Fuel Management . . . . . 217
Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Engine Exhaust
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Running the Vehicle While
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Automatic Transmission
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 219
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Drive Systems
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Brakes
Electric Brake Boost . . . . . . . . . . 230
Antilock Brake
System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 231
Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 233
Ride Control Systems
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . 235
Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . 236
Limited-Slip Differential . . . . . . . 241
Locking Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Cruise Control
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Adaptive Cruise Control (1500
Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Driver Assistance Systems
Driver Assistance Systems . . . 254
Assistance Systems for
Parking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 255
Assistance Systems for
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Forward Collision Alert (FCA)
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Automatic Emergency
Braking (AEB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Front Pedestrian Braking
(FPB) System (1500
Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Side Blind Zone
Alert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
184 Driving and Operating
Lane Change Alert (LCA)
(1500 Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) (2500/3500
Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) (1500
Series) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Fuel
Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Recommended Fuel (Except
6.2L V8 Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Recommended Fuel (6.2L
V8 Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 279
Fuel Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Filling the Tank (Pickup
Model) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Filling the Tank (Chassis Cab
Model) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Trailer Towing
General Towing
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Driving Characteristics and
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Trailer Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Towing Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 306
Trailering App . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Conversions and Add-Ons
Add-On Electrical
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Adding a Snow Plow or Similar
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Pickup Conversion to
Chassis Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Driving Information
Driving for Better Fuel
Economy
Driving habits can affect fuel
mileage. Here are some driving tips
to get the best fuel economy
possible:
.
Set the climate controls to the
desired temperature after the
engine is started, or turn them
off when not required.
.
Avoid fast starts and accelerate
smoothly.
.
Brake gradually and avoid
abrupt stops.
.
Avoid idling the engine for long
periods of time.
.
When road and weather
conditions are appropriate, use
cruise control.
.
Always follow posted speed
limits or drive more slowly when
conditions require.
.
Keep vehicle tires properly
inflated.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 185
.
Combine several trips into a
single trip.
.
Replace the vehicle's tires with
the same TPC Spec number
molded into the tire's sidewall
near the size.
.
Follow recommended scheduled
maintenance.
Distracted Driving
Distraction comes in many forms
and can take your focus from the
task of driving. Exercise good
judgment and do not let other
activities divert your attention away
from the road. Many local
governments have enacted laws
regarding driver distraction. Become
familiar with the local laws in
your area.
To avoid distracted driving, keep
your eyes on the road, keep your
hands on the steering wheel, and
focus your attention on driving.
.
Do not use a phone in
demanding driving situations.
Use a hands-free method to
place or receive necessary
phone calls.
.
Watch the road. Do not read,
take notes, or look up
information on phones or other
electronic devices.
.
Designate a front seat
passenger to handle potential
distractions.
.
Become familiar with vehicle
features before driving, such as
programming favorite radio
stations and adjusting climate
control and seat settings.
Program all trip information into
any navigation device prior to
driving.
.
Wait until the vehicle is parked
to retrieve items that have fallen
to the floor.
.
Stop or park the vehicle to tend
to children.
.
Keep pets in an appropriate
carrier or restraint.
.
Avoid stressful conversations
while driving, whether with a
passenger or on a cell phone.
{
Warning
Taking your eyes off the road too
long or too often could cause a
crash resulting in injury or death.
Focus your attention on driving.
Refer to the infotainment manual for
more information on using that
system and the navigation system,
if equipped, including pairing and
using a cell phone.
Defensive Driving
Defensive driving means “always
expect the unexpected.” The first
step in driving defensively is to wear
the seat belt. See Seat Belts 0 62.
.
Assume that other road users
(pedestrians, bicyclists, and
other drivers) are going to be
careless and make mistakes.
Anticipate what they may do and
be ready.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
186 Driving and Operating
.
Allow enough following distance
between you and the driver in
front of you.
.
Focus on the task of driving.
Drunk Driving
Death and injury associated with
drinking and driving is a global
tragedy.
{
Warning
Drinking and then driving is very
dangerous. Your reflexes,
perceptions, attentiveness, and
judgment can be affected by even
a small amount of alcohol. You
can have a serious — or even
fatal — collision if you drive after
drinking.
Do not drink and drive or ride with
a driver who has been drinking.
Ride home in a cab; or if you are
with a group, designate a driver
who will not drink.
Control of a Vehicle
Braking, steering, and accelerating
are important factors in helping to
control a vehicle while driving.
Braking
Braking action involves perception
time and reaction time. Deciding to
push the brake pedal is perception
time. Actually doing it is
reaction time.
Average driver reaction time is
about three-quarters of a second. In
that time, a vehicle moving at
100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m
(66 ft), which could be a lot of
distance in an emergency.
Helpful braking tips to keep in mind
include:
.
Keep enough distance between
you and the vehicle in front
of you.
.
Avoid needless heavy braking.
.
Keep pace with traffic.
If the engine ever stops or a brake
fault occurs, the brakes may lose
power assist. More effort will be
required to stop the vehicle. It may
take longer to stop.
Steering
Caution
To avoid damage to the steering
system, do not drive over curbs,
parking barriers, or similar objects
at speeds greater than 3 km/h
(1 mph). Use care when driving
over other objects such as lane
dividers and speed bumps.
Damage caused by misuse of the
vehicle is not covered by the
vehicle warranty.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 187
Electric Power Steering (1500
Series)
This vehicle has electric power
steering. It does not have power
steering fluid. Regular maintenance
is not required.
If power steering assist is lost due
to a system malfunction, the vehicle
can be steered, but may require
increased effort.
See your dealer if there is a
problem.
If the steering assist is used for an
extended period of time while the
vehicle is not moving, power assist
may be reduced.
If the steering wheel is turned until it
reaches the end of its travel, and is
held in that position for an extended
period of time, power steering assist
may be reduced.
Normal use of the power steering
assist should return when the
system cools down.
See your dealer if there is a
problem.
Power Steering (2500/3500
Series)
(2500/3500 Series - All Regular
Cab, Double Cab/Crew Cab
without Digital Steer Assist)
The power steering system may
require maintenance. See Power
Steering Fluid 0 352.
If power steering assist is lost
because the engine stops or the
system malfunctions, the vehicle
can be steered but may require
increased effort. See your dealer.
(2500/3500 Series - Double Cab/
Crew Cab with Digital Steer
Assist)
The vehicle has a Digital Steer
Assist power steering system that
varies the amount of effort required
to steer the vehicle. Less steering
effort is required at slower speeds.
At faster speeds, the required
steering effort increases. The
system helps the steering wheel
return to center at low speeds.
Pressing the Tow/Haul button
adjusts steering effort for driving
conditions described in Tow/Haul
Mode 0 224.
The power steering system may
require maintenance. See Power
Steering Fluid 0 352.
If power steering assist is lost
because the engine stops or the
system malfunctions, the vehicle
can be steered but may require
increased effort. See your dealer.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
188 Driving and Operating
Caution
Do not hold the steering wheel at
full rotation for more than
15 seconds and/or at an elevated
RPM. Damage may occur to the
power steering system and there
may be loss of power steering
assist.
Curve Tips
.
Take curves at a reasonable
speed.
.
Reduce speed before entering a
curve.
.
Maintain a reasonable steady
speed through the curve.
.
Wait until the vehicle is out of
the curve before accelerating
gently into the straightaway.
Steering in Emergencies
.
There are some situations when
steering around a problem may
be more effective than braking.
.
Holding both sides of the
steering wheel allows you to turn
180 degrees without removing
a hand.
.
Antilock Brake System (ABS)
allows steering while braking.
Off-Road Recovery
The vehicle's right wheels can drop
off the edge of a road onto the
shoulder while driving. Follow
these tips:
1. Ease off the accelerator and
then, if there is nothing in the
way, steer the vehicle so that it
straddles the edge of the
pavement.
2. Turn the steering wheel about
one-eighth of a turn, until the
right front tire contacts the
pavement edge.
3. Turn the steering wheel to go
straight down the roadway.
Loss of Control
Skidding
There are three types of skids that
correspond to the vehicle's three
control systems:
.
Braking Skid — wheels are not
rolling.
.
Steering or Cornering Skid —
too much speed or steering in a
curve causes tires to slip and
lose cornering force.
.
Acceleration Skid — too much
throttle causes the driving
wheels to spin.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 189
Defensive drivers avoid most skids
by taking reasonable care suited to
existing conditions, and by not
overdriving those conditions. But
skids are always possible.
If the vehicle starts to slide, follow
these suggestions:
.
Ease your foot off the
accelerator pedal and steer the
way you want the vehicle to go.
The vehicle may straighten out.
Be ready for a second skid if it
occurs.
.
Slow down and adjust your
driving according to weather
conditions. Stopping distance
can be longer and vehicle
control can be affected when
traction is reduced by water,
snow, ice, gravel, or other
material on the road. Learn to
recognize warning clues — such
as enough water, ice, or packed
snow on the road to make a
mirrored surface — and slow
down when you have any doubt.
.
Try to avoid sudden steering,
acceleration, or braking,
including reducing vehicle speed
by shifting to a lower gear. Any
sudden changes could cause
the tires to slide.
Remember: Antilock brakes help
avoid only the braking skid.
Off-Road Driving
Four-wheel-drive vehicles can be
used for off-road driving. Vehicles
without four-wheel drive and
vehicles not equipped with All
Terrain (AT) or On-Off Road (OOR)
tires must not be driven off-road
except on a level, solid surface. For
contact information about the
original equipment tires, see the
warranty manual.
One of the best ways for successful
off-road driving is to control the
speed.
{
Warning
When driving off-road, bouncing
and quick changes in direction
can easily throw you out of
position. This could cause you to
lose control and crash. You and
your passengers should always
wear seat belts.
Before Driving Off-Road
.
Have all necessary maintenance
and service work completed.
.
Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels,
and check inflation pressure in
all tires, including the spare,
if equipped.
.
Read all the information about
four-wheel-drive vehicles in this
manual.
.
Remove any underbody air
deflector, if equipped. Re-attach
the air deflector after off-road
driving.
.
Know the local laws that apply to
off-road driving.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
190 Driving and Operating
To gain more ground clearance if
needed, it may be necessary to
remove the front fascia lower air
dam, if equipped. However, driving
without the air dam reduces fuel
economy.
Caution
Operating the vehicle for
extended periods without the front
fascia lower air dam installed can
cause improper airflow to the
engine. Reattach the front fascia
air dam after off-road driving.
Loading the Vehicle for
Off-Road Driving
{
Warning
.
Unsecured cargo on the
load floor can be tossed
about when driving over
rough terrain. You or your
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
passengers can be struck
by flying objects. Secure the
cargo properly.
.
Keep cargo in the cargo
area as far forward and as
low as possible. The
heaviest things should be
on the floor, forward of the
rear axle.
.
Heavy loads on the roof
raise the vehicle's center of
gravity, making it more likely
to roll over. You can be
seriously or fatally injured if
the vehicle rolls over. Put
heavy loads inside the
cargo area, not on the roof.
For more information about loading
the vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits
0 198 and
Tires 0 377.
Environmental Concerns
.
Always use established trails,
roads, and areas that have been
set aside for public off-road
recreational driving and obey all
posted regulations.
.
Do not damage shrubs, flowers,
trees, or grasses or disturb
wildlife.
.
Do not park over things that
burn. See Parking over Things
That Burn 0 217.
Driving on Hills
Driving safely on hills requires good
judgment and an understanding of
what the vehicle can and cannot do.
{
Warning
Many hills are simply too steep
for any vehicle. Driving up hills
can cause the vehicle to stall.
Driving down hills can cause loss
of control. Driving across hills can
(Continued)
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 191
Warning (Continued)
cause a rollover. You could be
injured or killed. Do not drive on
steep hills.
Before driving on a hill, assess the
steepness, traction, and
obstructions. If the terrain ahead
cannot be seen, get out of the
vehicle and walk the hill before
driving further.
When driving on hills:
.
Use a low gear and keep a firm
grip on the steering wheel.
.
Maintain a slow speed.
.
When possible, drive straight up
or down the hill.
.
Slow down when approaching
the top of the hill.
.
Use headlamps even during the
day to make the vehicle more
visible.
{
Warning
Driving to the top of a hill at high
speed can cause a crash. There
could be a drop-off, embankment,
cliff, or even another vehicle. You
could be seriously injured or
killed. As you near the top of a
hill, slow down and stay alert.
.
Never go downhill forward or
backward with either the
transmission or transfer case in
N (Neutral). The brakes could
overheat and you could lose
control.
{
Warning
If the vehicle has the two-speed
automatic transfer case, shifting
the transfer case to N (Neutral)
can cause your vehicle to roll
even if the transmission is in
P (Park). This is because the
N (Neutral) position on the
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
transfer case overrides the
transmission. You or someone
else could be injured. If leaving
the vehicle, set the parking brake
and shift the transmission to
P (Park). Shift the transfer case to
any position but N (Neutral).
.
When driving down a hill, keep
the vehicle headed straight
down. Use a low gear because
the engine will work with the
brakes to slow the vehicle and
help keep the vehicle under
control.
{
Warning
Heavy braking when going down
a hill can cause your brakes to
overheat and fade. This could
cause loss of control and you or
others could be injured or killed.
Apply the brakes lightly when
(Continued)
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
192 Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
descending a hill and use a low
gear to keep vehicle speed under
control.
If a brake fade condition is detected,
a DIC warning message is
displayed. Adjust brake pedal use
and shift to a lower transmission
gear to reduce braking.
If the brakes continue to fade to a
severe condition, additional DIC
messages are displayed. The brake
system warning light will illuminate,
and the vehicle speed may be
limited. See Brake System Warning
Light 0 137.
If the vehicle stalls on a hill:
1. Apply the brakes to stop the
vehicle, and then apply the
parking brake.
2. Shift into P (Park) and then
restart the engine.
.
If driving uphill when the
vehicle stalls, shift to
R (Reverse), release the
parking brake, and back
straight down.
.
Never try to turn the vehicle
around. If the hill is steep
enough to stall the vehicle,
it is steep enough to cause
it to roll over.
.
If you cannot make it up the
hill, back straight down
the hill.
.
Never back down a hill in
N (Neutral) using only the
brake. The vehicle can roll
backward quickly and you
could lose control.
.
If driving downhill when the
vehicle stalls, shift to a
lower gear, release the
parking brake, and drive
straight down the hill.
3. If the vehicle cannot be
restarted after stalling, set the
parking brake, shift into
P (Park), and turn the
vehicle off.
3.1. Leave the vehicle and
seek help.
3.2. Stay clear of the path the
vehicle would take if it
rolled downhill.
.
Avoid turns that take the vehicle
across the incline of the hill.
A hill that can be driven straight
up or down might be too steep to
drive across. Driving across an
incline puts more weight on the
downhill wheels, which could
cause a downhill slide or a
rollover.
.
Surface conditions can be a
problem. Loose gravel, muddy
spots, or even wet grass can
cause the tires to slip sideways,
downhill. If the vehicle slips
sideways, it can hit something
that will trip it — a rock, a rut,
etc. — and roll over.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 193
.
Hidden obstacles can make the
steepness of the incline more
severe. If a rock is driven across
with the uphill wheels, or if the
downhill wheels drop into a rut
or depression, the vehicle can tilt
even more.
.
If an incline must be driven
across, and the vehicle starts to
slide, turn downhill. This should
help straighten out the vehicle
and prevent the side slipping.
{
Warning
Getting out of the vehicle on the
downhill side when stopped
across an incline is dangerous.
If the vehicle rolls over, you could
be crushed or killed. Always get
out on the uphill side of the
vehicle and stay well clear of the
rollover path.
Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow,
or Ice
Use a low gear when driving in mud
— the deeper the mud, the lower
the gear. Keep the vehicle moving
to avoid getting stuck.
Traction changes when driving on
sand. On loose sand, such as on
beaches or sand dunes, the tires
tend to sink into the sand. This
affects steering, accelerating, and
braking. Drive at a reduced speed
and avoid sharp turns or abrupt
maneuvers.
Traction is reduced on hard packed
snow and ice and it is easy to lose
control. Reduce vehicle speed when
driving on hard packed snow
and ice.
{
Warning
Driving on frozen lakes, ponds,
or rivers can be dangerous. Ice
conditions vary greatly and the
vehicle could fall through the ice;
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
you and your passengers could
drown. Drive your vehicle on safe
surfaces only.
Driving in Water
{
Warning
Driving through rushing water can
be dangerous. Deep water can
sweep your vehicle downstream
and you and your passengers
could drown. If it is only shallow
water, it can still wash away the
ground from under your tires.
Traction could be lost, and the
vehicle could roll over. Do not
drive through rushing water.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
194 Driving and Operating
Caution
Do not drive through standing
water if it is deep enough to cover
the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust
pipe. Deep water can damage the
axle and other vehicle parts.
If the standing water is not too deep,
drive through it slowly. At faster
speeds, water can get into the
engine and cause it to stall. Stalling
can occur if the exhaust pipe is
under water. Do not turn off the
ignition when driving through water.
If the exhaust pipe is under water,
the engine will not start. When going
through water, the brakes get wet
and it may take longer to stop. See
“Driving on Wet Roads” later in this
section.
After Off-Road Driving
Remove any brush or debris that
has collected on the underbody or
chassis, or under the hood. These
accumulations can be a fire hazard.
Re-install underbody air deflector
and air dam if removed.
After operation in mud or sand,
have the brake linings cleaned and
checked. These substances can
cause glazing and uneven braking.
Check the body structure, driveline,
steering, suspension, wheels, tires,
and exhaust system for damage and
check the fuel lines and cooling
system for any leakage.
More frequent maintenance service
is required. See the Maintenance
Schedule 0 440.
Driving on Wet Roads
Rain and wet roads can reduce
vehicle traction and affect your
ability to stop and accelerate.
Always drive slower in these types
of driving conditions and avoid
driving through large puddles and
deep-standing or flowing water.
{
Warning
Wet brakes can cause crashes.
They might not work as well in a
quick stop and could cause
pulling to one side. You could
lose control of the vehicle.
After driving through a large
puddle of water or a car/vehicle
wash, lightly apply the brake
pedal until the brakes work
normally.
Flowing or rushing water creates
strong forces. Driving through
flowing water could cause the
vehicle to be carried away. If this
happens, you and other vehicle
occupants could drown. Do not
ignore police warnings and be
very cautious about trying to drive
through flowing water.
Hydroplaning
Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water
can build up under the vehicle's
tires so they actually ride on the
water. This can happen if the road is
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 195
wet enough and you are going fast
enough. When the vehicle is
hydroplaning, it has little or no
contact with the road.
There is no hard and fast rule about
hydroplaning. The best advice is to
slow down when the road is wet.
Other Rainy Weather Tips
Besides slowing down, other wet
weather driving tips include:
.
Allow extra following distance.
.
Pass with caution.
.
Keep windshield wiping
equipment in good shape.
.
Keep the windshield washer fluid
reservoir filled.
.
Have good tires with proper
tread depth. See Tires 0 377.
.
Turn off cruise control.
Hill and Mountain Roads
Driving on steep hills or through
mountains is different than driving
on flat or rolling terrain. Tips include:
.
Keep the vehicle serviced and in
good shape.
.
Check all fluid levels and brakes,
tires, cooling system, and
transmission.
.
Shift to a lower gear when going
down steep or long hills.
{
Warning
Using the brakes to slow the
vehicle on a long downhill slope
can cause brake overheating, can
reduce brake performance, and
could result in a loss of braking.
Shift the transmission to a lower
gear to let the engine assist the
brakes on a steep downhill slope.
{
Warning
Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)
or with the ignition off is
dangerous. This can cause
overheating of the brakes and
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
loss of steering assist. Always
have the engine running and the
vehicle in gear.
.
Drive at speeds that keep the
vehicle in its own lane. Do not
swing wide or cross the
center line.
.
Be alert on top of hills;
something could be in your lane
(e.g., stalled car, crash).
.
Pay attention to special road
signs (e.g., falling rocks area,
winding roads, long grades,
passing or no-passing zones)
and take appropriate action.
Winter Driving
Driving on Snow or Ice
Snow or ice between the tires and
the road creates less traction or
grip, so drive carefully. Wet ice can
occur at about 0 °C (32 °F) when
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
196 Driving and Operating
freezing rain begins to fall. Avoid
driving on wet ice or in freezing rain
until roads can be treated.
For Slippery Road Driving:
.
Accelerate gently. Accelerating
too quickly causes the wheels to
spin and makes the surface
under the tires slick.
.
Turn on Traction Control. See
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 233.
.
The Antilock Brake System
(ABS) improves vehicle stability
during hard stops, but the
brakes should be applied sooner
than when on dry pavement.
See Antilock Brake System
(ABS) 0 230.
.
Allow greater following distance
and watch for slippery spots. Icy
patches can occur on otherwise
clear roads in shaded areas.
The surface of a curve or an
overpass can remain icy when
the surrounding roads are clear.
Avoid sudden steering
maneuvers and braking while
on ice.
.
Turn off cruise control.
Blizzard Conditions
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and
signal for help. Stay with the vehicle
unless there is help nearby.
If possible, use Roadside
Assistance. See Roadside
Assistance Program 0 464. To get
help and keep everyone in the
vehicle safe:
.
Turn on the hazard warning
flashers.
.
Tie a red cloth to an outside
mirror.
{
Warning
Snow can trap engine exhaust
under the vehicle. This may
cause exhaust gases to get
inside. Engine exhaust contains
carbon monoxide (CO), which
cannot be seen or smelled. It can
cause unconsciousness and even
death.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
If the vehicle is stuck in snow:
.
Clear snow from the base of
the vehicle, especially any
blocking the exhaust pipe.
.
Open a window about 5 cm
(2 in) on the vehicle side
that is away from the wind,
to bring in fresh air.
.
Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
.
Adjust the climate control
system to circulate the air
inside the vehicle and set
the fan speed to the highest
setting. See “Climate
Control Systems.”
For more information about CO,
see Engine Exhaust 0 218.
To save fuel, run the engine for
short periods to warm the vehicle
and then shut the engine off and
partially close the window. Moving
about to keep warm also helps.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 197
If it takes time for help to arrive,
when running the engine, push the
accelerator pedal slightly so the
engine runs faster than the idle
speed. This keeps the battery
charged to restart the vehicle and to
signal for help with the headlamps.
Do this as little as possible, to
save fuel.
If the Vehicle Is Stuck
Slowly and cautiously spin the
wheels to free the vehicle when
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
See “Rocking the Vehicle to Get It
Out” later in this section.
The Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control can often help to
free a stuck vehicle. See Traction
Control/Electronic Stability Control
0 233. If TC/ESC cannot free the
vehicle, see “Rocking the Vehicle to
Get it Out” following.
{
Warning
If the vehicle's tires spin at high
speed, they can explode, and you
or others could be injured. The
vehicle can overheat, causing an
engine compartment fire or other
damage. Spin the wheels as little
as possible and avoid going
above 56 km/h (35 mph).
For information about using tire
chains on the vehicle, see Tire
Chains 0 403.
Rocking the Vehicle to Get
It Out
Caution
Do not hold the steering wheel at
full rotation for more than
15 seconds and/or at an elevated
RPM. Damage may occur to the
power steering system and there
may be loss of power steering
assist.
Turn the steering wheel left and
right to clear the area around the
front wheels. Then make sure the
wheels are pointed straight ahead.
For four-wheel-drive vehicles, shift
into Four-Wheel Drive High. Turn
the TCS off. Shift back and forth
between R (Reverse) and a forward
gear, spinning the wheels as little as
possible. To prevent transmission
wear, wait until the wheels stop
spinning before shifting gears.
Slowly spinning the wheels in the
forward and reverse directions
causes a rocking motion that could
free the vehicle. If that does not get
the vehicle out after a few tries, it
might need to be towed out. See
Towing the Vehicle 0 422. Recovery
hooks can be used, if the vehicle
has them.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
198 Driving and Operating
Recovery Hooks
{
Warning
Never pull on recovery hooks
from the side. The hooks could
break and you and others could
be injured. When using recovery
hooks, always pull the vehicle
from the front.
Caution
Never use recovery hooks to tow
the vehicle. The vehicle could be
damaged, and the repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty.
There are recovery hooks at the
front of the vehicle. Use them if the
vehicle is stuck off-road and needs
to be pulled some place to continue
driving.
Vehicle Load Limits
It is very important to know how
much weight the vehicle can
carry. This weight is called the
vehicle capacity weight and
includes the weight of all
occupants, cargo, and all
nonfactory-installed options.
Two labels on the vehicle may
show how much weight it was
designed to carry: the Tire and
Loading Information label and
the Certification /Tire label.
{
Warning
Do not load the vehicle any
heavier than the Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating
(GVWR), or either the
maximum front or rear Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
This can cause systems to
break and change the way the
vehicle handles. This could
cause loss of control and a
crash. Overloading can also
reduce stopping distance,
damage the tires, and shorten
the life of the vehicle.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 199
Tire and Loading Information
Label
Label Example
A vehicle-specific Tire and
Loading Information label is
attached to the center pillar
(B-pillar). The Tire and Loading
Information label shows the
number of occupant seating
positions (1), and the maximum
vehicle capacity weight (2) in
kilograms and pounds.
The Tire and Loading
Information label also shows the
size of the original equipment
tires (3) and the recommen ded
cold tire inflation pressures (4).
For more information on tires
and inflation see Tires 0 377
and
Tire Pressure 0 386.
There is also important loading
information on the vehicle
Certification/Tire label. It may
show the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR) and the Gross
Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for
the front and rear axles. See
“Certification/Tire Label” later in
this section.
“Steps for Determining Correct
Load Limit–
1.
Locate the statement "The
combined weight of
occupants and cargo should
never exceed XXX kg or
XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s
placard.
2. Determine the combined
weight of the driver and
passengers that will be
riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined
weight of the driver and
passengers from XXX kg or
XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals
the available amount of
cargo and luggage load
capacity. For example, if the
"XXX" amount equals
1400 lbs. and there will be
five 150 lb passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of
available cargo and luggage
load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400-750 (5 x 150) =
650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined
weight of luggage and cargo
being loaded on the vehicle.
That weight may not safely
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
200 Driving and Operating
exceed the available cargo
and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing
a trailer, load from your
trailer will be transferre d to
your vehicle. Consult this
manual to determine how
this reduces the available
cargo and luggage load
capacity of your vehicle.”
See Trailer Towing 0 290 for
important information on towing
a trailer, towing safety rules, and
trailering tips.
Example 1
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 1 = (453 kg)
(1,000 lb)
2. Subtract Occupant Weight
@ 68 kg (150 lb) × 2 =
136 kg (300 lb)
3. Available Occupant and
Cargo Weight = 317 kg
(700 lb)
Example 2
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 2 = 453 kg
(1,000 lb)
2. Subtract Occupant Weight
@ 68 kg (150 lb) × 5 =
340 kg (750 lb)
3. Available Cargo Weight =
113 kg (250 lb)
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 201
Example 3
1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for
Example 3 = 453 kg
(1,000 lb)
2. Subtract Occupant Weight
@ 91 kg (200 lb) × 5 =
453 kg (1,000 lb)
3. Available Cargo Weight =
0 kg (0 lb)
Refer to the Tire and Loading
Information label for specific
information about the vehicle's
capacity weight and seating
positions. The combined weight
of the driver, passenge rs, and
cargo should never exceed the
vehicle's capacity weight.
Certification/Tire Label
A vehicle-specific Certification/
Tire label is label is attached to
the center pillar (B-pillar). The
label may show the size of the
vehicle's original tires and the
inflation pressures needed to
obtain the gross weight capacity
of the vehicle. This is called
Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR). The GVWR
includes the weight of the
vehicle, all occupants, fuel, and
cargo.
The Certification/Tire label also
may show the maximum weights
for the front and rear axles,
called Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR). To determine
the actual loads on the front and
rear axles, weigh the vehicle at
a weigh station. Your dealer can
help with this. Be sure to spread
the load equally on both sides of
the centerline.
The Certification/Tire label also
contains important information
about the Front Axle Reserve
Capacity. See Adding a Snow
Plow or Similar Equipment
0 321.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
202 Driving and Operating
{
Warning
In the case of a sudden stop
or collision, things carried in
the bed of your truck could
shift forward and come into
the passenger area, injuring
you and others. If you put
things in the bed of your truck,
you should make sure they
are properly secured.
Caution
Overloading the vehicle may
cause damage. Repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not overload the
vehicle.
Using heavier suspension
components to get added
durability might not change the
weight ratings. Ask your dealer
to help load the vehicle the
right way.
{
Warning
Things you put inside the
vehicle can strike and injure
people in a sudden stop or
turn, or in a crash.
.
Put things in the cargo
area of the vehicle. Try to
spread the weight evenly.
.
Never stack heavier
things, like suitcases,
inside the vehicle so that
some of them are above
the tops of the seats.
.
Do not leave an
unsecured child restraint
in the vehicle.
.
When you carry
something inside the
vehicle, secure it
whenever you can.
.
Do not leave a seat
folded down unless you
need to.
There is also important loading
information for off-road driving in
this manual. See “Loading the
Vehicle for Off-Road Driving“
under Off-Road Driving 0 189.
Two-Tiered Loading
Depending on the model of the
pickup, an upper load platform
can be created by positioning
three or four 5 cm (2 in) by
15 cm (6 in) wooden planks
across the width of the pickup
box. The planks must be
inserted in the pickup box
depressions.
When using this upper load
platform, be sure the load is
securely tied down to prevent it
from shifting. The load's center
of gravity should be positioned
in a zone over the rear axle. The
zone is located in the area
between the front of each wheel
well and the rear of each wheel
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 203
well. The center of gravity height
must not extend above the top
of the pickup box flareboard.
Any load that extends beyond
the vehicle's taillamp area must
be properly marked according to
local laws and regulations.
Remember not to exceed the
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR) of the front or
rear axle.
Add-On Equipment
When carrying removable items,
a limit on how many people
carried inside the vehicle may
be necessary. Be sure to weigh
the vehicle before buying and
installing the new equipment.
Caution
Overloading the vehicle may
cause damage. Repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Do not overload the
vehicle.
Remember not to exceed the
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR) of the front or
rear axle.
* Equipment
Maximum
Weight
Ladder Rack
and Cargo
340 kg (750 lb)
Cross Toolbox
and Cargo
181 kg (400 lb)
Side Boxes
and Cargo
113 kg per
side (250 lb
per side)
* The combined weight for all
rail-mounted equipment should
not exceed 454 kg (1,000 lb).
Loading Points
1. Primary Load Points
2. Secondary Load Areas
3. GM Approved Accessory
Mounting Points
Structural members (1) and (2) are
included in the pickup box design.
Additional accessories should use
these load points. Depending on the
accessory design, use a spacer
under the accessory at the load
points to remove gap. The holes for
GM approved accessories (3) are
not intended for aftermarket
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
204 Driving and Operating
equipment. See www.gmupfitter.com
for additional pickup box load
bearing structural information.
Truck-Camper Loading
Information
A vehicle-specific Truck-Camper
Loading Information label is
attached to the inside of the
vehicle's glove box. This label
indicates if a slide-in camper
can be carried, how much of a
load the vehicle can carry, and
how to correctly spread out the
load. It will help to match the
right slide-in camper to the
vehicle.
Your dealer can help make a
good vehicle-camp er match and
help determine the Cargo
Weight Rating (CWR).
When installing and loading a
slide-in camper, check the
manufacturer's instructions.
When carrying a slide-in
camper, the total cargo load of
the vehicle is the weight of the
camper plus:
.
Everything added to the
camper after it left the
factory.
.
Everything in the camper.
.
All the people inside.
The CWR is the maximum
weight of the load the vehicle
can carry. It does not include the
weight of the people inside. But,
use about 68 kg (150 lb) for
each seat.
The total cargo load must not be
more than the vehicle's CWR.
Refer to the Truck-Camper
Loading Information label in the
glove box for dimensions A and
B as shown in the following
illustration.
Use the rear edge of the load
floor for measurement purposes.
The recommended location for
the cargo center of gravity is in
zone C for the CWR. It is the
point where the mass of a body
is concentrated and,
if suspended at that point, would
balance the front and rear.
Here is an example of proper
truck and camper match:
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 205
1. Camper Center of
Gravity
2. Recommended Center of
Gravity Location Zone
When the truck is used to carry
a slide-in camper, the total cargo
load of the truck consists of the
manufacturer's camper weight
figure, the weight of installed
additional camper equipment not
included in the manufacturer's
camper weight figure, the weight
of camper cargo, and the weight
of passengers in the camper.
The total cargo load should not
exceed the truck's cargo weight
rating, and the camper's center
of gravity (1) should fall within
the truck's recommended center
of gravity zone (2) when
installed.
Any accessories or other
equipment that are added to the
vehicle must be weighed. Then,
subtract this extra weight from
the CWR. This extra weight may
shorten the center of gravity
zone of the vehicle.
If the slide-in camper and its
load weighs less than the CWR,
the center of gravity zone for the
vehicle may be larger.
Secure loose items to prevent
weight shifts that could affect the
balance of the vehicle. When the
truck-camper is loaded, drive to
a scale and weigh on the front
and on the rear wheels
separately to determine axle
loads. Individual axle loads
should not exceed either of the
gross axle weight ratings
(GAWR). The total axle
loads should not exceed the
vehicle's gross vehicle weight
rating (GVWR). These ratings
are given on the Certification/
Tire label attached to the
B-pillar. See “Certification/ Tire
Label” under Vehicle Load
Limits 0 198. If weight ratings
are exceeded , move or remove
items to bring all weights below
the ratings.
See your dealer for more
information on curb weights,
cargo weights, Cargo Weight
Rating, and the correct center of
gravity zone.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
206 Driving and Operating
Starting and
Operating
New Vehicle Break-In
Caution
The vehicle does not need an
elaborate break-in. But it will
perform better in the long run if
you follow these guidelines:
.
Keep the vehicle speed at
88 km/h (55 mph) or less for
the first 805 km (500 mi).
.
Do not drive at any one
constant speed, fast or slow,
for the first 805 km (500 mi).
Do not make full-throttle
starts. Avoid downshifting to
brake or slow the vehicle.
.
Avoid making hard stops for
the first 322 km (200 mi) or
so. During this time the new
brake linings are not yet
broken in. Hard stops with
new linings can mean
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
premature wear and earlier
replacement. Follow this
breaking-in guideline every
time you get new brake
linings.
.
Do not tow a trailer during
break-in. See Trailer Towing
0 290 for the trailer towing
capabilities of the vehicle
and more information.
Following break-in, engine speed
and load can be gradually
increased.
Ignition Positions
(Keyless Access)
Vehicles equipped with Keyless
Access have pushbutton starting.
The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter must be in the vehicle for
the system to operate. If the
pushbutton start is not working, the
vehicle may be near a strong radio
antenna signal causing interference
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 207
to the Keyless Access system. See
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Key Access)
0 13 or
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
System Operation (Keyless Access)
0 16.
To shift out of P (Park), the ignition
must be on or in Service Mode, and
the brake pedal must be applied.
{
Warning
Turning off the vehicle while
moving may cause loss of power
assist in the brake and steering
systems and disable the airbags.
While driving, only shut the
vehicle off in an emergency.
Stopping the Engine/LOCK/
OFF (No Indicator Lights) : When
the vehicle is stopped, press
ENGINE START/STOP once to turn
the engine off.
If the vehicle is in P (Park), the
ignition will turn off, and Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) will remain
active. See Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) 0 214.
If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the
ignition will return to ACC/
ACCESSORY and display the
message SHIFT TO PARK in the
Driver Information Center (DIC).
When the vehicle is shifted into
P (Park), the ignition system will
turn off.
The vehicle may have an electric
steering column lock. The lock is
activated when the ignition is turned
off and driver door is opened.
A sound may be heard as the lock
actuates or releases. The steering
column lock may not release with
the wheels turned off center. If this
happens, the vehicle may not start.
Move the steering wheel from left to
right while attempting to start the
vehicle. If this does not work, the
vehicle needs service.
Unless an emergency exists, do not
turn the engine off when the vehicle
is moving. This will cause a loss of
power assist in the brake and
steering systems and disable the
airbags.
If the vehicle must be shut off in an
emergency:
1. If the vehicle cannot be pulled
over, and must be shut off
while driving, press and hold
ENGINE START/STOP button
for longer than two seconds,
or press twice in five seconds.
2. Brake using a firm and steady
pressure. Do not pump the
brakes repeatedly. This may
deplete power assist, requiring
increased brake pedal force.
3. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).
This can be done while the
vehicle is moving. After shifting
to N (Neutral), firmly apply the
brakes and steer the vehicle to
a safe location.
4. Come to a complete stop, shift
to P (Park), and make sure
engine is off. The shift lever
must be in P (Park) to turn the
ignition off.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
208 Driving and Operating
5. Set the parking brake. See
Electric Parking Brake 0 231.
{
Warning
Turning off the vehicle while
moving may cause loss of power
assist in the brake and steering
systems and disable the airbags.
While driving, only shut the
vehicle off in an emergency.
ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber
Indicator Light) : This mode allows
some electrical accessories to be
used when the engine is off.
With the ignition off, pressing the
ENGINE START/STOP button one
time without the brake pedal applied
will place the ignition system in
ACC/ACCESSORY.
The ignition will switch from ACC/
ACCESSORY to off after
five minutes to prevent battery
rundown.
ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator
Light) : This mode is for driving and
starting. With the ignition off, and
the brake pedal applied, pressing
ENGINE START/STOP button once
will turn the ignition on. Once engine
cranking begins, release the button.
Engine cranking will continue until
the engine starts. See Starting the
Engine 0 210.
Service Mode
This power mode is available for
service and diagnostics, and to
verify the proper operation of the
malfunction indicator lamp as may
be required for emission inspection
purposes. With the vehicle off, and
the brake pedal not applied,
pressing and holding the ENGINE
START/STOP button for more than
five seconds will place the vehicle in
Service Mode. The instruments and
audio systems will operate as they
do when the ignition is on, but the
vehicle will not be able to be driven.
The engine will not start in Service
Mode. Press the ENGINE START/
STOP button again to turn the
ignition off.
Ignition Positions (Key
Access)
0. Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF
1. ACC/ACCESSORY
2. ON/RUN
3. START
The ignition switch has four
positions.
To shift out of P (Park), the ignition
must be ON/RUN and the brake
pedal must be applied.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 209
0 (Stopping the Engine/LOCK/
OFF) : This position turns off the
vehicle. It also locks the ignition, the
transmission, and the steering
column, if equipped with a locking
steering column.
To turn off the vehicle:
1. Make sure that the vehicle is
stopped.
2. Shift to P (Park).
3. Continue to hold the brake
pedal, then set the parking
brake. See Electric Parking
Brake 0 231.
4. Push the key all the way in
toward the steering column,
then turn the key to
LOCK/OFF.
5. Remove the key.
6. Release the brake pedal.
See your dealer if the key can be
removed in any other position.
Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
will remain active. See Retained
Accessory Power (RAP) 0 214.
A warning chime will sound when
the driver door is opened and the
key is in the ignition.
If equipped with a locking steering
column, the steering can bind with
the front wheels turned off center,
which may prevent key rotation out
of LOCK/OFF. If this happens, move
the steering wheel from right to left
while turning the key to ACC/
ACCESSORY. If this does not work,
then the vehicle needs service.
{
Warning
Turning off the vehicle while
moving may cause loss of power
assist in the brake and steering
systems and disable the airbags.
While driving, turn off the vehicle
only in an emergency.
In an emergency, if the vehicle
cannot be pulled over and must be
turned off while driving:
1. Push the key all the way in
toward the steering column,
then turn the key to ACC/
ACCESSORY.
2. Brake using firm and steady
pressure. Do not pump the
brakes repeatedly. This may
deplete power assist, requiring
increased brake pedal force.
3. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).
This can be done while the
vehicle is moving. Continue
braking and steer the vehicle to
a safe location.
4. Come to a complete stop.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
210 Driving and Operating
5. Shift to P (Park).
6. Push the key all the way in
toward the steering column (1),
then turn the ignition to
LOCK/OFF (2).
7. Set the parking brake. See
Electric Parking Brake 0 231.
8. Remove the key.
9. Release the brake pedal.
Caution
Use the correct key, make sure it
is all the way in — or pushed all
the way in toward the steering
column when turning off the
vehicle — and turn it only with
your hand.
1 (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This
position allows features such as the
infotainment system to operate
while the vehicle is off. It also
unlocks the steering column,
if equipped with a locking steering
column. Use this position if the
vehicle must be pushed or towed.
See Retained Accessory Power
(RAP) 0 214.
From ON/RUN, push the key all the
way in toward the steering column,
then turn the key to ACC/
ACCESSORY.
If the key is left in ACC/
ACCESSORY with the engine off,
the battery could drain and the
vehicle may not start.
A warning chime will sound when
the driver door is opened and the
key is in the ignition.
2 (ON/RUN) : This position can be
used to operate the electrical
accessories and to display some
instrument cluster warning and
indicator lights. This position can
also be used for service and
diagnostics, and to verify the proper
operation of the malfunction
indicator lamp as may be required
for emission inspection purposes.
The switch stays in this position
when the engine is running. The
transmission is also unlocked in this
position.
If the key is left in ON/RUN with the
engine off, the battery could drain
and the vehicle may not start.
3 (START) : This is the position that
starts the engine. When the engine
starts, release the key. The ignition
returns to ON/RUN for driving.
Starting the Engine
If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
see the Duramax diesel
supplement.
Caution
If you add electrical parts or
accessories, you could change
the way the engine operates. Any
resulting damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
See Add-On Electrical Equipment
0 320.
Move the shift lever to P (Park) or
N (Neutral). To restart the engine
when the vehicle is already moving,
use N (Neutral) only.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 211
Caution
Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the
vehicle is moving. If you do, you
could damage the transmission.
Shift to P (Park) only when the
vehicle is stopped.
Starting Procedure
1. For Key Access vehicles, turn
the ignition key to Start. When
the engine starts, let go of the
key. For Keyless Access
vehicles, the RKE transmitter
must be in the vehicle. Press
ENGINE START/STOP with the
brake pedal applied. When the
engine begins cranking, let go
of the button.
The driver may observe a
minor, and temporary, brake
pedal kickback when starting
the vehicle. This is normal.
The idle speed will go down as
the engine gets warm. Do not
race the engine immediately
after starting it. Operate the
engine and transmission gently
to allow the oil to warm up and
lubricate all moving parts.
When the low fuel warning light
is on and the FUEL LEVEL
LOW message is displayed in
the Driver Information Center
(DIC), hold the ignition switch
in the START position to
continue engine cranking.
Caution
Cranking the engine for long
periods of time, by returning the
ignition to the START position
immediately after cranking has
ended, can overheat and damage
the cranking motor, and drain the
battery. Wait at least 15 seconds
between each try, to let the
cranking motor cool down.
2. If the engine does not start
after five to 10 seconds,
especially in very cold weather
(below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could
be flooded with too much
gasoline. Try pushing the
accelerator pedal all the way to
the floor and holding it there
while holding the key in START
or ENGINE START/STOP for
up to a maximum of
15 seconds. Wait at least
15 seconds between each try,
to allow the cranking motor to
cool down. When the engine
starts, let go of the key or
button and accelerator. If the
vehicle starts briefly but then
stops again, do the same thing.
This clears the extra gasoline
from the engine. Do not race
the engine immediately after
starting it. Operate the engine
and transmission gently until
the oil warms up and lubricates
all moving parts.
Stop/Start System
If equipped, the Stop/Start system
will shut off the engine to help
conserve fuel. It has components
designed for the increased number
of starts.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
212 Driving and Operating
{
Warning
The automatic engine Stop/Start
feature causes the engine to shut
off while the vehicle is still on. Do
not exit the vehicle before shifting
to P (Park). The vehicle may
restart and move unexpectedly.
Always shift to P (Park), and then
turn the ignition off before exiting
the vehicle.
Auto Engine Stop/Start
When the brakes are applied and
the vehicle is at a complete stop,
the engine may turn off. When
stopped, the tachometer displays
AUTO STOP. See Tachometer
0 129. When the brake pedal is
released or the accelerator pedal is
pressed, the engine will restart.
To maintain vehicle performance,
other conditions may cause the
engine to automatically restart
before the brake pedal is released.
Auto Stops may not occur and/or
Auto Starts may occur because:
.
The climate control settings
require the engine to be running
to cool or heat the vehicle
interior.
.
The vehicle battery charge
is low.
.
The vehicle battery has recently
been disconnected.
.
Minimum vehicle speed has not
been reached since the last
Auto Stop.
.
The accelerator pedal is
pressed.
.
The engine or transmission is
not at the required operating
temperature.
.
The outside temperature is not
in the required operating range.
.
The vehicle is in any gear other
than D (Drive).
.
Tow/Haul Mode or other driver
modes have been selected.
.
The vehicle is on a steep hill or
grade.
.
The driver door has been
opened or the driver seat belt
has been unbuckled.
.
The hood has been opened.
.
The Auto Stop has reached the
maximum allowed time.
Auto Stop Disable Switch
If equipped, the automatic engine
Stop/Start feature can be disabled
and enabled by pressing the switch
with the
h symbol. Auto Stop is
enabled each time you start the
vehicle.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 213
When h is illuminated, the system
is enabled.
Engine Heater
If equipped, the engine heater can
provide easier starting and better
fuel economy during engine
warm-up in cold weather conditions
at or below −18 °C (0 °F). Vehicles
with an engine heater should be
plugged in at least four hours before
starting. An internal thermostat in
the plug-end of the cord may exist,
which will prevent engine heater
operation at temperatures above
−18 °C (0 °F).
{
Warning
Do not plug in the engine block
heater while the vehicle is parked
in a garage or under a carport.
Property damage or personal
injury may result. Always park the
vehicle in a clear open area away
from buildings or structures.
1500
2500/3500
To Use the Engine Heater
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Check the heater cord for
damage. If it is damaged, do
not use it. See your dealer for
a replacement. Inspect the
cord for damage yearly.
3. Plug the heater cord into the
connector on the vehicle.
4. Plug the cord into a grounded
110-volt AC outlet that is
protected by a ground fault
detection function.
{
Warning
Improper use of the heater cord
or an extension cord can damage
the cord and may result in
overheating and fire.
.
Plug the cord into a
three-prong electrical utility
receptacle that is protected
by a ground fault detection
(Continued)
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
214 Driving and Operating
Warning (Continued)
function. An ungrounded
outlet could cause an
electric shock.
.
Use a weatherproof,
heavy-duty, 15 amp-rated
extension cord if needed.
Failure to use the
recommended extension
cord in good operating
condition, or using a
damaged heater or
extension cord, could make
it overheat and cause a fire,
property damage, electric
shock, and injury.
.
Do not operate the vehicle
with the heater cord
permanently attached to the
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
vehicle. Possible heater
cord and thermostat
damage could occur.
.
While in use, do not let the
heater cord touch vehicle
parts or sharp edges. Never
close the hood on the
heater cord.
.
Before starting the vehicle,
unplug the cord, reattach
the cover to the plug, and
securely fasten the cord.
Keep the cord away from
any moving parts.
5. Before starting the engine, be
sure to unplug and store
the cord.
The length of time the heater should
remain plugged in depends on
several factors. Ask a dealer in the
area where you will be parking the
vehicle for the best advice on this.
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP)
When the ignition is turned from on
to off, the following features (if
equipped) will continue to function
for up to 10 minutes, or until the
driver door is opened. These
features will also work when the
ignition is in RUN or ACC/
ACCESSORY:
.
Infotainment System
.
Power Windows (during RAP
this functionality will be lost
when any door is opened)
.
Sunroof (during RAP this
functionality will be lost when
any door is opened)
.
Auxiliary Power Outlet
.
Audio System
.
OnStar System
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 215
Shifting Into Park
{
Warning
It can be dangerous to get out of
the vehicle if the shift lever is not
fully in P (Park) with the parking
brake firmly set. The vehicle can
roll. If you have left the engine
running, the vehicle can move
suddenly. You or others could be
injured. To be sure the vehicle will
not move, even when you are on
fairly level ground, use the steps
that follow. With four-wheel drive,
if the transfer case is in
N (Neutral), the vehicle will be
free to roll, even if the shift lever
is in P (Park). Be sure the transfer
case is in a drive gear. If towing a
trailer, see Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips 0 285.
1. Hold the brake pedal down,
then set the parking brake. See
Electric Parking Brake 0 231.
2. Move the shift lever into
P (Park) by pulling the shift
lever toward you and moving it
up as far as it will go.
3. Be sure the transfer case if
equipped is in a drive gear, not
in N (Neutral).
4. Turn the ignition off. For Key
Access, push the ignition key
in, toward the steering column,
and then turn the ignition off.
5. For Key Access, remove the
key and take it with you. If you
can leave the vehicle with the
ignition key in your hand, the
vehicle is in P (Park).
For Keyless Access, take the
Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)
transmitter with you.
Leaving the Vehicle with the
Engine Running
{
Warning
It can be dangerous to leave the
vehicle with the engine running.
The vehicle could move suddenly
if the shift lever is not fully in
P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set.
If you have four-wheel drive and
the transfer case is in N (Neutral),
the vehicle will be free to roll,
even if the shift lever is in
P (Park). So be sure the transfer
case is in a drive gear – not in
N (Neutral).
And, if you leave the vehicle with
the engine running, it could
overheat and even catch fire. You
or others could be injured. Do not
leave the vehicle with the engine
running unless you have to.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
216 Driving and Operating
If you have to leave the vehicle with
the engine running, be sure the
vehicle is in P (Park) and the
parking brake is firmly set before
you leave it. After moving the shift
lever into P (Park), hold the regular
brake pedal down. Then, see if you
can move the shift lever away from
P (Park) without first pulling it toward
you. If you can, it means that the
shift lever was not fully locked into
P (Park).
Torque Lock
If you are parking on a hill and you
do not shift the transmission into
P (Park) properly, the weight of the
vehicle may put too much force on
the parking pawl in the
transmission. You may find it difficult
to pull the shift lever out of P (Park).
This is called torque lock. To
prevent torque lock, set the parking
brake and then shift into P (Park)
properly before you leave the
driver seat.
When you are ready to drive, move
the shift lever out of P (Park) before
you release the parking brake.
If torque lock does occur, you may
need to have another vehicle push
yours a little uphill to take some of
the pressure from the parking pawl
in the transmission. You will then be
able to pull the shift lever out of
P (Park).
Shifting out of Park
This vehicle is equipped with an
electronic shift lock release system.
The system is designed to prevent
movement of the shift lever out of
P (Park), unless the brake pedal is
applied and the ignition is on or in
Service Mode.
The shift lock release is always
functional except in the case of an
uncharged or low voltage – less
than 9 volt – battery.
If the vehicle has an uncharged or
low voltage battery, try charging or
jump starting the battery. See Jump
Starting - North America 0 418.
To shift out of P (Park):
1. Apply the brake pedal.
2. Release the parking brake if it
is applied. See Electric Parking
Brake 0 231.
3. Pull the shift lever toward you,
then move it to the desired
position, and release.
If the vehicle still cannot be shifted
out of P (Park):
1. Ease the pressure on,
or release the shift lever.
2. While holding the brake pedal,
push the shift lever all the way
into P (Park).
3. Pull the shift lever toward you,
then move it to the desired
position, and release.
If there is still a problem shifting,
have the vehicle serviced soon.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 217
Parking over Things
That Burn
{
Warning
Things that can burn could touch
hot exhaust parts under the
vehicle and ignite. Do not park
over papers, leaves, dry grass,
or other things that can burn.
Active Fuel Management
If equipped, Active Fuel
Management allows the gasoline
engine to operate on either all of its
cylinders, or a reduced number of
cylinders, depending on the driving
conditions. When less power is
required, such as cruising at a
constant vehicle speed, the system
will enable reduced cylinder
operation, allowing the vehicle to
achieve better fuel economy. When
greater power is required, such as
accelerating from a stop, passing,
or merging onto a freeway, the
system will maintain full-cylinder
operation.
Dynamic Fuel Management
If equipped, Dynamic Fuel
Management calculates the number
of cylinders needed to maximize
fuel economy and meet the driving
demands. Dynamic Fuel
Management allows the engine to
operate in multiple possible
configurations ranging from
1-cylinder up to the full 8-cylinder
operation.
Extended Parking
It is best not to park with the vehicle
running. If the vehicle is left running,
be sure it will not move and there is
adequate ventilation.
See Shifting Into Park 0 215 and
Engine Exhaust 0 218.
If the vehicle is left parked and
running with the RKE transmitter
outside the vehicle, it will continue
to run for up to half an hour.
If the vehicle is left parked and
running with the RKE transmitter
inside the vehicle, it will continue to
run for up to an hour.
The vehicle could turn off sooner if it
is parked on a hill, due to lack of
available fuel.
The timer will reset if the vehicle is
taken out of P (Park) while it is
running.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
218 Driving and Operating
Engine Exhaust
{
Warning
Engine exhaust contains carbon
monoxide (CO), which cannot be
seen or smelled. Exposure to CO
can cause unconsciousness and
even death.
Exhaust may enter the vehicle if:
.
The vehicle idles in areas
with poor ventilation
(parking garages, tunnels,
deep snow that may block
underbody airflow or tail
pipes).
.
The exhaust smells or
sounds strange or different.
.
The exhaust system leaks
due to corrosion or damage.
.
The vehicle exhaust system
has been modified,
damaged, or improperly
repaired.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
.
There are holes or openings
in the vehicle body from
damage or aftermarket
modifications that are not
completely sealed.
If unusual fumes are detected or
if it is suspected that exhaust is
coming into the vehicle:
.
Drive it only with the
windows completely down.
.
Have the vehicle repaired
immediately.
Never park the vehicle with the
engine running in an enclosed
area such as a garage or a
building that has no fresh air
ventilation.
Running the Vehicle
While Parked
It is better not to park with the
engine running.
If the vehicle is left with the engine
running, follow the proper steps to
be sure the vehicle will not move.
See Shifting Into Park 0 215 and
Engine Exhaust 0 218.
If parking on a hill and pulling a
trailer, see Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips 0 285.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 219
Automatic
Transmission
If equipped, there is an electronic
shift lever position indicator within
the instrument cluster. This display
comes on when the ignition is in
ACC/ACCESSORY, on or
service mode.
There are several different positions
for the shift lever.
See Driver Mode Control 0 236 and
“Range Selection Mode” under
Manual Mode 0 222.
P : This position locks the rear
wheels. Use P (Park) when starting
the engine because the vehicle
cannot move easily.
When parked on a hill, especially
when the vehicle has a heavy load,
you might notice an increase in the
effort to shift out of P (Park). See
“Torque Lock” under Shifting Into
Park 0 215.
{
Warning
It is dangerous to get out of the
vehicle if the shift lever is not fully
in P (Park) with the parking brake
firmly set. The vehicle can roll.
Do not leave the vehicle when the
engine is running. If you have left
the engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You or others
could be injured. To be sure the
vehicle will not move, even when
you are on fairly level ground,
always set the parking brake and
move the shift lever to P (Park).
See Shifting Into Park 0 215 and
Driving Characteristics and
Towing Tips 0 285.
{
Warning
If equipped with four-wheel drive,
the vehicle will be free to roll if the
transfer case is in N (Neutral),
even when the shift lever is in
P (Park). You or someone else
could be seriously injured. Be
sure the transfer case is in a drive
gear — 2
m, 4 m, or 4 n — or set the
parking brake before placing the
transfer case in N (Neutral). See
Four-Wheel Drive 0 225.
R : Use this gear to back up.
Caution
Shifting to R (Reverse) while the
vehicle is moving forward could
damage the transmission. The
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Shift to
R (Reverse) only after the vehicle
is stopped.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
220 Driving and Operating
To rock the vehicle back and forth to
get out of snow, ice, or sand without
damaging the transmission, see If
the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 197.
N : In this position, the engine does
not connect with the wheels. To
restart the engine when the vehicle
is already moving, use
N (Neutral) only.
Also, use N (Neutral) when the
vehicle is being towed.
{
Warning
Shifting into a drive gear while the
engine is running at high speed is
dangerous. Unless your foot is
firmly on the brake pedal, the
vehicle could move very rapidly.
You could lose control and hit
people or objects. Do not shift
into a drive gear while the engine
is running at high speed.
Caution
Shifting out of P (Park) or
N (Neutral) with the engine
running at high speed may
damage the transmission. The
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Be sure the
engine is not running at high
speed when shifting the vehicle.
Caution
A transmission or engine oil hot
message may display if the
automatic transmission fluid or
engine oil is too hot. Driving
under this condition can damage
the vehicle. Stop and idle the
engine to cool the engine oil or
automatic transmission fluid.
These messages will clear when
the engine oil or transmission
fluid has cooled sufficiently.
D : This position is for normal
driving. It provides the best fuel
economy. If more power is needed
for passing, press the accelerator
pedal down.
.
When going less than about 55
km/h (35 mph), push the
accelerator pedal about
halfway down.
.
When going about 55 km/h (35
mph) or more, push the
accelerator all the way down.
By doing this, the vehicle shifts
down to the next gear and has
more power.
Use D (Drive) and Tow/Haul Mode
when towing a trailer, carrying a
heavy load, driving on steep hills,
or driving off-road. Shift the
transmission to a lower gear if the
transmission shifts too often.
Downshifting the transmission in
slippery road conditions could result
in skidding. See “Skidding” under
Loss of Control 0 188.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 221
The vehicle has a shift stabilization
feature that adjusts the transmission
shifting to the current driving
conditions in order to reduce rapid
upshifts and downshifts. This shift
stabilization feature is designed to
determine, before making an
upshift, if the engine is able to
maintain vehicle speed by analyzing
things such as vehicle speed,
throttle position, and vehicle load.
If the shift stabilization feature
determines that a current vehicle
speed cannot be maintained, the
transmission does not upshift and
instead holds the current gear.
In some cases, this could appear to
be a delayed shift, however the
transmission is operating normally.
If the engine or transmission detects
an impending hot fluid condition, the
transmission may upshift to limit
temperatures. Downshifts may also
be prevented. Normal operation
may continue unless the display
indicates there is a hot condition
and engine should be idled.
The transmission uses adaptive
shift controls. The adaptive shift
control process continually
compares key shift parameters to
pre-programmed ideal shifts stored
in the transmission’s computer. The
transmission constantly makes
adjustments to improve vehicle
performance according to how the
vehicle is being used, such as with
a heavy load or when the
temperature changes. During this
adaptive shift control process,
shifting might feel different as the
transmission determines the best
settings.
When temperatures are very cold,
the transmission's gear shifting
could be delayed providing more
stable shifts until the engine warms
up. Shifts could be more noticeable
with a cold transmission. This
difference in shifting is normal.
If equipped with the 2.7L L4 engine,
engine speeds may be increased
while driving at highway speeds
while the engine is still warming up.
L : This position allows selection of
a range of gears appropriate for
current driving conditions.
If equipped, see “Range Selection
Mode” under Manual Mode 0 222.
Caution
Spinning the tires or holding the
vehicle in one place on a hill
using only the accelerator pedal
may damage the transmission.
The repair will not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. If the vehicle
is stuck, do not spin the tires.
When stopping on a hill, use the
brakes to hold the vehicle in
place.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
222 Driving and Operating
Manual Mode
Range Selection Mode
Range Selection Mode helps control
the vehicle's transmission and
vehicle speed while driving downhill
or towing a trailer by letting you
select a desired range of gears.
To use this feature:
1. Move the shift lever to
L (Manual Mode).
2. Press the plus/minus buttons
on the shift lever to select the
desired range of gears for
current driving conditions.
When the shift lever is moved from
D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode), a
number displays next to the L,
indicating the current transmission
range.
This number is the highest gear that
the transmission will command while
operating in L (Manual Mode). All
gears below that number are
available. As driving conditions
change, the transmission can
automatically shift to lower gears.
For example, when L5 is selected,
1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears are
automatically shifted by the
transmission, but 6 (Sixth) cannot be
used until the plus/minus button on
the shift lever is used to change to
the range.
When the shift lever is moved from
D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode), a
downshift may occur. The gear that
the transmission is operating in
when the shift lever is moved from
D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode)
determines if a downshift occurs.
See the following charts.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 223
6-Speed Automatic Transmission
Gear before shifting from
D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode)
6th 5th 4th 3rd 2nd 1st
Range after shifting from
D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode)
L4 L4 L3 L2 L2 L1
8-Speed Automatic Transmission
Gear before
shifting from
D (Drive) to
L (Manual Mode)
8th 7th 6th 5th 4th 3rd 2nd 1st
Range after
shifting from
D (Drive) to
L (Manual Mode) –
Tow/Haul not
engaged
L6 L6 L5 L4 L3 L3 L2 L1
Range after
shifting from
D (Drive) to
L (Manual Mode) –
Tow/Haul engaged
L6 L5 L4 L3 L3 L3 L2 L1
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
224 Driving and Operating
10-Speed Automatic Transmission
Gear before shifting from D (Drive) to
L (Manual Mode)
10th 9th 8th 7th 6th 5th 4th 3rd 2nd 1st
Range after shifting from D (Drive) to
L (Manual Mode) - Tow/Haul not engaged
L7 L7 L7 L6 L5 L4 L3 L3 L2 L1
Range after shifting from D (Drive) to
L (Manual Mode) - Tow/Haul engaged
L7 L7 L6 L5 L4 L3 L3 L3 L2 L1
Grade Braking is not available when
Range Selection Mode is active.
See Tow/Haul Mode 0 224.
While using Range Selection Mode,
cruise control and the Tow/Haul
Mode can be used.
If the vehicle has an exhaust brake,
it can also be used, but will not
automatically downshift the
transmission. See “Exhaust Brake”
in the Duramax diesel supplement.
Caution
Spinning the tires or holding the
vehicle in one place on a hill
using only the accelerator pedal
may damage the transmission.
The repair will not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. If the vehicle
is stuck, do not spin the tires.
When stopping on a hill, use the
brakes to hold the vehicle in
place.
Low Traction Mode
If equipped, Low Traction Mode
assists in vehicle acceleration when
road conditions are slippery, such
as with ice or snow. While the
vehicle is at a stop, select L2 using
Range Selection Mode. This will
limit torque to the wheels and help
prevent the tires from spinning.
Tow/Haul Mode
The Tow/Haul Mode adjusts the
transmission shift pattern to reduce
shift cycling. This provides
increased performance, vehicle
control, and enhanced transmission
and engine cooling when driving
down steep hills or mountain
grades, when towing, or when
hauling heavy loads. See Driver
Mode Control 0 236 to activate Tow/
Haul Mode.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 225
For vehicles without Driver Mode
Control, press the Tow/Haul button
on the center stack.
If equipped, the Stop/Start system
will become unavailable when Tow/
Haul Mode is active.
Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking
Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking is
only enabled while the Tow/Haul
Mode is selected and the vehicle is
not in the Range Selection Mode.
See Manual Mode 0 222. Tow/Haul
Mode Grade Braking assists in
maintaining desired vehicle speeds
when driving on downhill grades by
using the engine and transmission
to slow the vehicle.
See Towing Equipment 0 294.
Drive Systems
Four-Wheel Drive
If equipped, four-wheel drive
engages the front axle for extra
traction.
Read the appropriate section for
transfer case operation before
using.
Caution
Do not drive on clean, dry
pavement in 4
m and 4 n (if
equipped) for an extended period
of time. These conditions may
cause premature wear on the
vehicle’s powertrain.
Driving on clean, dry pavement in
4
m or 4 n may:
.
Cause a vibration to be felt in
the steering system.
.
Cause tires to wear faster.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
226 Driving and Operating
{
Warning
If equipped with four-wheel drive,
the vehicle will be free to roll if the
transfer case is in N (Neutral),
even when the shift lever is in
P (Park). You or someone else
could be seriously injured. Be
sure the transfer case is in a drive
gear — 2
m, 4 m, or 4 n — or set the
parking brake before placing the
transfer case in N (Neutral). See
Shifting Into Park 0 215.
Caution
Extended high-speed operation in
4
n may damage or shorten the
life of the drivetrain.
An engagement noise and bump is
normal when shifting between 4
n
and 4 m or N (Neutral), with the
engine running.
Shifting into 4
n will turn Traction
Control and StabiliTrak/Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) off. See
Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control 0 233.
Automatic Transfer Case
Two-Speed Transfer Case
If equipped, the transfer case
controls are used to shift into and
out of four-wheel drive.
To shift the transfer case, press the
desired button. The graphic in the
instrument cluster will flash while a
shift is in progress. The graphic
displayed will change to indicate the
setting requested.
When the shift is complete the
graphic will stop flashing. The DIC
message turns off once the shift is
complete. If the transfer case
cannot complete a shift request, it
will go back to its last chosen
setting.
The settings are:
N (Neutral) : Use only when the
vehicle needs to be towed. See
Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 423
or
Towing the Vehicle 0 422.
2
m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use
for driving on most streets and
highways. The front axle is not
engaged. This setting provides the
best fuel economy.
AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel
Drive) : Use when road surface
conditions are variable. When
driving in AUTO, the front axle is
engaged, and the vehicle's power is
sent to the front and rear wheels
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 227
automatically based on driving
conditions. This setting provides
slightly lower fuel economy than 2
m.
4
m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use
this setting when extra traction is
needed, such as when driving on
snowy or icy roads, when
off-roading, or when plowing snow.
4
n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This
setting engages the front axle and
delivers extra torque. Choose 4
n
when driving off-road in deep sand,
deep mud, or deep snow, and while
climbing or descending steep hills.
While driving in 4
n, keep vehicle
speed below 72 km/h (45 mph).
Shifting into 4
n will turn Traction
Control and StabiliTrak/ESC off.
See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 233.
Shifts between 2
m, 4 m, and AUTO
Any of these shifts can be made at
normal driving speed.
The actual 4x4 shift request is only
made after the button is released.
The 4x4 graphic will remain flashing
until the shift request has
completed. A DIC message displays
to indicate that the 4x4 transfer case
has been requested to shift to the
new desired state.
Once the 4x4 shift has completed,
the DIC message disappears, the
4x4 graphic stops flashing, and the
current setting is indicated.
When a shift to 2
m is completed
successfully while in P (Park), the
parking brake will engage. To
resume driving, shift the
transmission to the desired gear
and manually release the parking
brake or press the accelerator pedal
to begin driving. See Electric
Parking Brake 0 231.
If equipped, use 4
n, AUTO, or 4 m to
provide additional traction when
parking on a steep grade with poor
traction such as ice, snow, mud,
or gravel.
Shifting Into 4
n
1. The ignition must be on and
the vehicle must be stopped or
moving less than 5 km/h
(3 mph) with the transmission
in N (Neutral). It is best for the
vehicle to be moving
1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph).
2. Press 4
n. The actual 4x4 shift
request is only made after the
button is released. The 4x4
graphic will remain flashing
until the shift request has
completed. A DIC message
displays to indicate that the 4x4
transfer case has been
requested to shift to the new
desired state.
Once the 4x4 shift has
completed, the DIC message
disappears, the 4x4 graphic
stops flashing and the current
setting is indicated.
If vehicle speed is higher when shift
request occurs, a DIC message
displays. Reduce vehicle speed.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
228 Driving and Operating
If the transmission is not in
N (Neutral) when shift request
occurs, a DIC message displays.
The vehicle will allow 20 seconds
for the shift to occur. After this time,
a graphic in the instrument cluster
will indicate that the transfer case is
in 4
n.
Caution
Shifting the transmission into gear
before the requested mode
indicator light has stopped
flashing could damage the
transfer case.
If the transmission is not shifted into
N (Neutral) or the vehicle has not
slowed to 5 km/h (3 mph) within
20 seconds, the transfer case will
remain in its original state. This will
be indicated in the instrument
cluster.
With the vehicle moving less than
5 km/h (3 mph) and the transmission
in N (Neutral), attempt the shift
again.
Shifting Out of 4
n
1. The vehicle must be stopped or
moving less than 5 km/h
(3 mph) with the transmission
in N (Neutral) and the ignition
on. It is best for the vehicle to
be moving
1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph).
2. Press 4
m, AUTO, or 2 m. The
actual 4x4 shift request is only
made after the button is
released. The 4x4 graphic will
remain flashing until the shift
request has completed. A DIC
message displays to indicate
the state of the request.
Once the 4x4 shift has
completed, the DIC message
disappears, the 4x4 graphic
stops flashing, and the current
setting is indicated.
If vehicle speed is higher when
shift request occurs, a DIC
message displays. Reduce
vehicle speed.
If the transmission is not in
N (Neutral) when shift request
occurs, DIC messages will display.
The vehicle will allow 20 seconds
for this shift to occur. After this time,
a graphic in the instrument cluster
will indicate that the transfer case is
in 4
n.
Caution
Shifting the transmission into gear
before the requested mode
indicator light has stopped
flashing could damage the
transfer case.
If the transmission is not shifted into
N (Neutral) or the vehicle has not
slowed to 5 km/h (3 mph) within
20 seconds, the transfer case will
remain in its original state. This will
be indicated in the instrument
cluster.
With the vehicle moving less than
5 km/h (3 mph), and the
transmission in N (Neutral), attempt
the shift again.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 229
Shifting Into N (Neutral)
To shift into N (Neutral):
1. Start the vehicle.
2. Shift the transmission to
N (Neutral).
3. Shift the transfer case to 2
m.
4. Apply the parking brake and/or
brake pedal.
5. Press 2
m five times in
10 seconds until the N (Neutral)
graphic starts flashing in the
instrument cluster. When the
shift is complete, the graphic
stops flashing. If the parking
brake and/or brake pedal is not
applied within 20 seconds, the
transfer case will remain in the
original state.
6. If the transmission is not
shifted into N (Neutral) or the
vehicle has not slowed to
5 km/h (3 mph) within
20 seconds, the transfer case
will remain in its original state.
This will be indicated in the
instrument cluster.
Shifting Out of N (Neutral)
To shift out of N (Neutral):
1. Turn the ignition on with the
engine off. See Ignition
Positions (Keyless Access)
0 206 or
Ignition Positions (Key Access)
0 208.
2. Set the parking brake. See
Electric Parking Brake 0 231.
3. Shift the transmission to
N (Neutral).
4. Shift the transfer case to 2
m.
Transfer case shifts out of
N (Neutral) can only be made
into 2
m. When the shift to 2 m is
complete, the graphic in the
instrument cluster will stop
flashing. If the transfer case
cannot complete a shift, the
graphic will return to the
previously selected setting.
Single Speed Transfer Case
If equipped, the transfer case
controls are used to shift into and
out of four-wheel drive.
To shift the transfer case, press the
desired button. The graphic in the
instrument cluster will flash while a
shift is in progress. The graphic
displayed will change to indicate the
setting requested.
When the shift is complete the
graphic will stop flashing. The DIC
message turns off once the shift is
complete. If the transfer case
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
230 Driving and Operating
cannot complete a shift request, it
will go back to its last chosen
setting.
The settings are:
2
m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use
for driving on most streets and
highways. The front axle is not
engaged. This setting provides the
best fuel economy.
4
m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use
this setting when extra traction is
needed, such as when driving on
snowy or icy roads, when
off-roading, or when plowing snow.
AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel
Drive)
Use when road surface conditions
are variable. When driving in AUTO,
the front axle is engaged, and the
vehicle's power is sent to the front
and rear wheels automatically
based on driving conditions. This
setting provides slightly lower fuel
economy than 2
m.
Shifts between 2
m, 4 m, and AUTO
Any of these shifts can be made at
normal driving speed.
The actual 4x4 shift request is only
made after the button is released.
The 4x4 graphic will remain flashing
until the shift request has
completed. A DIC message
displays.
Once the 4x4 shift has completed,
the DIC message disappears, the
4x4 graphic stops flashing, and the
current setting is indicated.
The actual 4x4 shift request is only
made after the button is released.
The 4x4 graphic will remain flashing
until the shift request has
completed.
A DIC message displays. Once the
4x4 shift has completed, the DIC
message disappears, the 4x4
graphic stops flashing, and the
current setting is indicated.
Brakes
Electric Brake Boost
Vehicles equipped with electric
brake boost have hydraulic brake
circuits that are electronically
controlled when the brake pedal is
applied during normal operation.
The system performs routine tests
and turns off within a few minutes
after the vehicle is shutdown. Noise
may be heard during this time. If the
brake pedal is pressed during the
tests or when the electric brake
boost system is off, a noticeable
change in pedal force and travel
may be felt. This is normal.
Antilock Brake
System (ABS)
The Antilock Brake System (ABS)
helps prevent a braking skid and
maintain steering while
braking hard.
ABS performs a system check when
the vehicle is first driven.
A momentary motor or clicking noise
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 231
may be heard while this test is going
on, and the brake pedal may move
slightly. This is normal.
If there is a problem with ABS, this
warning light stays on. See Antilock
Brake System (ABS) Warning Light
0 138.
ABS does not change the time
needed to get a foot on the brake
pedal and does not always
decrease stopping distance. If you
get too close to the vehicle ahead,
there will not be enough time to
apply the brakes if that vehicle
suddenly slows or stops. Always
leave enough room ahead to stop,
even with ABS.
Using ABS
Do not pump the brakes. Just hold
the brake pedal down firmly.
Hearing or feeling ABS operate is
normal.
Braking in Emergencies
ABS allows steering and braking at
the same time. In many
emergencies, steering can help
even more than braking.
Electric Parking Brake
The vehicle has an Electric Parking
Brake (EPB). The EPB can always
be activated, even if the ignition is
off. To prevent draining the battery,
avoid repeated cycles of the EPB
when the engine is not running.
The system has a
Y or PARK
Electric Parking Brake light, and a
8
Service Parking Brake light. See
Electric Parking Brake Light 0 137
and
Service Electric Parking Brake Light
0 138. There are also parking
brake-related Driver Information
Center (DIC) messages.
Before leaving the vehicle, check for
the
Y or PARK light to ensure that
the parking brake is applied.
EPB Apply
To apply the EPB:
1. Be sure the vehicle is at a
complete stop.
2. Press the EPB switch
momentarily.
The
Y or PARK light will flash and
then stay on once the EPB is fully
applied. If the
Y or PARK light
flashes continuously, then the EPB
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
232 Driving and Operating
is only partially applied or there is a
problem with the EPB. A DIC
message will display. Release the
EPB and try to apply it again. If the
light does not come on, or keeps
flashing, have the vehicle serviced.
Do not drive the vehicle if the
Y or
PARK light is flashing. See your
dealer. See Electric Parking Brake
Light 0 137.
If the
8 light is on, press the EPB
switch and hold it. Continue to hold
the switch until the
Y or PARK
light remains on. If the
8 light
remains on, see your dealer.
If the EPB is applied while the
vehicle is moving, the vehicle will
decelerate as long as the switch is
pressed. If the switch is pressed
until the vehicle comes to a stop,
the EPB will remain applied.
The vehicle may automatically apply
the EPB in some situations when
the vehicle is not moving. This is
normal, and is done to periodically
check the correct operation of the
EPB system.
If the EPB fails to apply, block the
rear wheels to prevent vehicle
movement.
EPB Release
To release the EPB:
1. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/
ACCESSORY.
2. Apply and hold the brake
pedal.
3. Press the EPB switch
momentarily.
The EPB is released when the
Y
or PARK light is off.
If the
8 light is on, release the EPB
by pressing and holding the EPB
switch. Continue to hold the switch
until the
Y or PARK light is off.
If either light stays on after release
is attempted, see your dealer.
Caution
Driving with the parking brake on
can overheat the brake system
and cause premature wear or
damage to brake system parts.
Make sure that the parking brake
is fully released and the brake
warning light is off before driving.
Automatic EPB Release
The EPB will automatically release if
the vehicle is running, placed into
gear, and an attempt is made to
drive away. Avoid rapid acceleration
when the EPB is applied, to
preserve parking brake lining life.
Brake Assist
Brake Assist detects rapid brake
pedal applications due to
emergency braking situations and
provides additional braking to
activate the Antilock Brake System
(ABS) if the brake pedal is not
pushed hard enough to activate
ABS normally. Minor noise, brake
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 233
pedal pulsation, and/or pedal
movement during this time may
occur. Continue to apply the brake
pedal as the driving situation
dictates. Brake Assist disengages
when the brake pedal is released.
Hill Start Assist (HSA)
{
Warning
Do not rely on the HSA feature.
HSA does not replace the need to
pay attention and drive safely.
You may not hear or feel alerts or
warnings provided by this system.
Failure to use proper care when
driving may result in injury, death,
or vehicle damage. See
Defensive Driving 0 185.
When the vehicle is stopped on a
grade, Hill Start Assist (HSA)
prevents the vehicle from rolling in
an unintended direction during the
transition from brake pedal release
to accelerator pedal apply. The
brakes release when the accelerator
pedal is applied. If the accelerator
pedal is not applied within a few
minutes, the Electric Parking Brake
will apply. The brakes may also
release under other conditions. Do
not rely on HSA to hold the vehicle.
HSA is available when the vehicle is
facing uphill in a forward gear,
or when facing downhill in
R (Reverse). The vehicle must
come to a complete stop on a grade
for HSA to activate.
Ride Control Systems
Traction Control/
Electronic Stability
Control
System Operation
The vehicle has a Traction Control
System (TCS) and StabiliTrak/
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
system. These systems help limit
wheel spin and assist the driver in
maintaining control, especially on
slippery road conditions.
TCS activates if it senses any of the
drive wheels are spinning or
beginning to lose traction. When this
happens, TCS applies the brakes to
the spinning wheels and reduces
engine power to limit wheel spin.
StabiliTrak/ESC activates when the
vehicle senses a difference between
the intended path and the direction
the vehicle is actually traveling.
StabiliTrak/ESC selectively applies
braking pressure to any one of the
vehicle wheel brakes to assist the
driver in keeping the vehicle on the
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
234 Driving and Operating
intended path. Trailer Sway Control
(TSC) is also on automatically when
the vehicle is started. See Trailer
Sway Control (TSC) 0 306.
If cruise control is being used and
traction control or StabiliTrak/ESC
begins to limit wheel spin, cruise
control will disengage. Cruise
control may be turned back on when
road conditions allow.
Both systems come on
automatically when the vehicle is
started and begins to move. The
systems may be heard or felt while
they are operating or while
performing diagnostic checks. This
is normal and does not mean there
is a problem with the vehicle.
It is recommended to leave both
systems on for normal driving
conditions, but it may be necessary
to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets
stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.
See If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 197
and “Turning the Systems Off and
On” later in this section.
When the transfer case (if equipped)
is in Four-Wheel Drive Low, the
stability system is automatically
disabled,
g comes on, and the
appropriate message will appear on
the Driver Information Center (DIC).
Both traction control and StabiliTrak/
ESC are automatically disabled in
this condition.
The indicator light for both systems
is in the instrument cluster. This
light will:
.
Flash when TCS is limiting
wheel spin.
.
Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC is
activated.
.
Turn on and stay on when either
system is not working.
If either system fails to turn on or to
activate, a message displays in the
Driver Information Center (DIC), and
d comes on and stays on to
indicate that the system is inactive
and is not assisting the driver in
maintaining control. The vehicle is
safe to drive, but driving should be
adjusted accordingly.
If
d comes on and stays on:
1. Stop the vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and wait
15 seconds.
3. Start the engine.
Drive the vehicle. If
d comes on
and stays on, the vehicle may need
more time to diagnose the problem.
If the condition persists, see your
dealer.
Turning the Systems Off
and On
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 235
The button for TCS and StabiliTrak/
ESC is on the center stack.
Caution
Do not repeatedly brake or
accelerate heavily when TCS is
off. The vehicle driveline could be
damaged.
To turn off only TCS, press and
release
g. The traction off light i
displays in the instrument cluster.
The appropriate message will
display in the DIC. To turn TCS on
again, press and release
g. The
traction off light
i displayed in the
instrument cluster will turn off.
If TCS is limiting wheel spin when
g
is pressed, the system will not turn
off until the wheels stop spinning.
To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/
ESC, press and hold
g until the
traction off light
i and the
StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light
g come
on and stay on in the instrument
cluster, then release. The
appropriate message will display in
the DIC.
To turn TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC on
again, press and release
g. The
traction off light
i and the
StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light
g in the
instrument cluster turn off.
StabiliTrak/ESC will automatically
turn on if the vehicle exceeds
56 km/h (35 mph). Traction control
will remain off.
The vehicle has a Trailer Sway
Control (TSC) feature and a Hill
Start Assist (HSA) feature. See
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) 0 306 or
Hill Start Assist (HSA) 0 233.
Adding accessories can affect the
vehicle performance. See
Accessories and Modifications
0 327.
Hill Descent
Control (HDC)
If equipped, Hill Descent Control
(HDC) sets and maintains vehicle
speed while driving down steep
grades in a forward or reverse gear.
The HDC switch is on the center
stack, below the climate controls.
Press
5 to enable or disable HDC.
Vehicle speed must be below
50 km/h (31 mph).
When enabled, the HDC light
displays on the instrument cluster.
A blinking HDC light indicates the
system is actively applying the
brakes to maintain vehicle speed.
HDC can maintain vehicle speeds
between 1 and 22 km/h (1 and
14 mph) on grades greater than or
equal to 10%.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
236 Driving and Operating
If HDC is to be used for more than
three minutes or on grades steeper
than 25%, the transfer case should
be put into Four-Wheel Drive Low (4
n) to reduce the possibility of brake
overheating.
Noise from the Electronic Brake
Control Module (EBCM) is normal
when HDC is active.
When HDC is activated, the initial
HDC speed is set to the current
driving speed. It can be increased or
decreased by pressing +RES or
SET- on the steering wheel, or by
applying the accelerator or brake
pedal. This adjusted speed
becomes the new set speed.
HDC will remain enabled between
30 and 60 km/h (19 and 37 mph);
however, vehicle speed cannot be
set or maintained in this range. HDC
will automatically disable if the
vehicle speed is above 80 km/h
(50 mph) or above 60 km/h
(37 mph) for at least 30 seconds.
5 must be pressed again to
re-enable HDC. HDC may disable
after an extended period of use.
If this happens, HDC will require
time to cool down. The length of
time HDC remains active depends
on road conditions, grade, set
speed, vehicle loading, and outside
temperature.
When enabled, if the vehicle speed
is above 30 km/h (19 mph) and
below 60 km/h (37 mph), a DIC
message will display.
Driver Mode Control
This feature adds a sportier feel,
provides a more comfortable ride,
or assists in different weather
conditions or terrain. Depending on
the option package, available
features, and mode selected; the
suspension, steering, and
powertrain will change settings to
achieve the desired mode
characteristics. If the vehicle is
equipped with magnetic ride control,
selecting the various Driver Modes
enhances the ride performance for
the road conditions and the
selected mode.
Mode availability is dependent upon
vehicle trim level, region, and
optional features.
Not all drive modes are available on
all models. 1500 series vehicles
may have Normal, Sport, Snow/Ice,
Off Road, Terrain, and Tow Haul.
2500/3500 series vehicles may
have Normal, Off Road, Snow/Ice,
and Tow/Haul.
Mode Activation
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 237
To activate and deactivate Tow/Haul
turn the Drive Mode knob to the left.
For activation of modes other than
Tow/Haul, turn the Drive Mode knob
to the right.
Vehicles with the MODE graphic on
the knob will have a menu selection
screen in the instrument cluster to
select the desired mode. When the
Drive Mode knob is turned to the
right, the mode list will display and
activate the next available mode.
If equipped, select Terrain Mode by
pressing the
g below the 4 m
transfer case button.
Modes:
Normal Mode : Use for normal city
and highway driving to provide a
smooth, soft ride. This mode
provides a balanced setting
between comfort and handling. This
is the standard mode and when
selected, there is no indicator in the
instrument cluster.
8 Sport Mode : Use where road
conditions or personal preference
demand a more controlled
response.
When you enter this mode you will
immediately feel a down shift. In this
mode, the vehicle also monitors
driving behaviors and automatically
enables Performance Shift Features
when spirited driving is detected.
These features maintain lower
transmission gears to increase
available engine braking and
improve acceleration response. The
vehicle will exit these features and
return to normal operation after a
short period when no spirited driving
is detected. The steering will
change to provide more precise
control. If the vehicle has Magnetic
Ride Control, the suspension will
change to provide better cornering
performance.
When selected, the Sport Mode light
displays in the instrument cluster.
6 Snow/Ice Mode : Snow/Ice
Mode is used for slippery surfaces
to help control wheel speed. Snow
Mode will adjust acceleration to
optimize traction on a slippery
surface. The accelerator pedal will
reduce engine torque at small pedal
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
238 Driving and Operating
inputs. This feature is not intended
for use when the vehicle is stuck in
sand, mud, ice, snow, or gravel.
If the vehicle becomes stuck, see If
the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 197.
Snow/Ice Mode is only available on
two-wheel-drive vehicles. When
selected, the Snow/Ice Mode light
displays in the instrument cluster.
7 Off-Road Mode : Use to
improve driving at moderate speeds,
on grass, gravel, dirt, unpaved
roads, or snow-covered roads that
have not been groomed or plowed.
The accelerator pedal will be more
sensitive to provide finer control of
the torque at the wheels.
StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability
Control (ESC), the Antilock Brake
System (ABS), and the Traction
Control System (TCS) will change
for optimal off-road performance.
Use this mode for public off-road
recreational driving. See Off-Road
Driving 0 189.
When selected, the Off-Road Mode
indicator light displays in the
instrument cluster.
_ Tow/Haul Mode : This feature
assists when pulling a heavy trailer
or a heavy load. See Tow/Haul
Mode 0 224.
Tow/Haul Mode is designed to be
most effective when the vehicle and
trailer combined weight is at least
75% of the vehicle’s Gross
Combined Weight Rating (GCWR).
See “Weight of the Trailer” under
Trailer Towing 0 290.
Tow/Haul Mode is most useful when
pulling a heavy trailer or a heavy
load under the following conditions:
.
Through rolling terrain
.
In stop-and-go traffic
.
In busy parking lots where
improved low speed control of
the vehicle is desired
Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul
Mode when lightly loaded or with no
trailer at all will not cause damage.
However, there is no benefit to
selecting Tow/Haul Mode when the
vehicle is unloaded. Such a
selection when unloaded may result
in unpleasant engine and
transmission driving characteristics,
heavy or light steering, and reduced
fuel economy.
When selected, the Tow/Haul Mode
light will display in the instrument
cluster.
If the vehicle is turned off with Tow/
Haul Mode active and then restarted
within four hours or less, Tow/Haul
will remain active. Otherwise the
vehicle will start in Normal Mode.
g Terrain Mode : Use for finer
control during low speed, off-road
driving. When using this mode it will
mimic the characteristics of
four-wheel-drive low (4
n) without
the torque capabilities.
Use when:
.
Traveling on very rough roads at
very low speeds, such as a
two-track or heavily rutted road.
.
Traveling slowly in grassy fields.
.
Pulling a boat out of the water
on a trailer.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 239
.
Using the vehicle for public
off-road recreational driving. See
Off-Road Driving 0 189 and
Hill and Mountain Roads 0 195.
When in Terrain Mode, the vehicle
will shift automatically but may hold
a lower gear longer to maximize
engine torque. The steering will
change to provide more precise
control. A unique pedal map,
transmission shift pattern, and rpm
control are utilized to give better
control at lower speeds and over
rough terrain. When the vehicle
comes to a stop, Vehicle Hold is
engaged. TCS will be optimized for
maximum torque transfer across
axles, and Active Braking During Lift
Throttle will be engaged.
Active Braking During Lift Throttle:
.
Automatically applies light
braking, similar to heavy engine
braking of four-wheel-drive low.
.
Applies light braking in D (Drive)
until the vehicle is at idle
speeds. In Manual L1 and
Manual L2, moderate braking
may stop the vehicle.
.
Reduces trailer braking.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
240 Driving and Operating
Terrain Mode
Drive Select Expected Vehicle Behavior Ideal Terrain
Drive (L3-Lx)
Minor deceleration when off
throttle and mild ability to
modulate throttle; mimics
performance of 4
n without
torque multiplication.
Grassy fields,
mild two tracks,
rutted roads,
large rolling hills,
L2
Moderate deceleration when
off throttle and moderate
ability to modulate throttle;
will bring vehicle to a stop in
most cases.
Mild rock crawling,
heavy ruts,
short, steeper grades,
L1
Significant deceleration when
off throttle and significant
ability to modulate throttle;
will bring vehicle to a stop in
most cases.
Rock crawling downhill
Active Braking During Lift Throttle
will reduce the back and forth
between the accelerator and brake
pedals.
Vehicle Hold Features:
.
When the vehicle comes to a
stop on an incline grade in
forward gear or on a decline
grade in reverse gear, Vehicle
Hold is engaged until the
accelerator pedal is pressed.
.
When the vehicle is in forward
gear on a decline, the vehicle is
allowed to creep down the hill
when the brake pedal is
released without pressing the
accelerator pedal. The vehicle
will also creep forward on flat
ground.
.
If the driver seat belt is removed
and the driver door is opened
while the vehicle is being held,
EPB will be engaged.
.
EPB will engage if the vehicle is
held for an extended period.
Terrain Mode is only available on
vehicles equipped with the single
speed transfer case.
Terrain Mode can only be
active when:
.
Vehicle speed is less than
80 km/h (50 mph).
.
The transfer case is in 4
m.
Frequent use of this mode may
cause brake wear due to the light
braking.
The vehicle will automatically exit
the mode if the brakes get too hot.
Terrain Mode can be turned back on
after the brakes have cooled.
When Terrain Mode is selected:
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 241
.
Auto Engine Start/Stop will be
disabled.
.
The Terrain Mode indicator
displays on the instrument
cluster.
Limited-Slip Differential
If equipped, the limited-slip
differential can give more traction on
snow, mud, ice, sand, or gravel.
It works like a standard axle most of
the time, but when traction is low,
this feature allows the drive wheel
with the most traction to move the
vehicle. For vehicles with the
limited-slip differential, driven under
severe conditions, the rear axle fluid
should be changed. See
Maintenance Schedule 0 440.
Locking Rear Axle
Vehicles with a locking rear axle can
give more traction on snow, mud,
ice, sand, or gravel. It works like a
standard axle most of the time, but
when traction is low, this feature will
allow the rear wheel with the most
traction to move the vehicle.
Cruise Control
{
Warning
Cruise control can be dangerous
where you cannot drive safely at
a steady speed. Do not use
cruise control on winding roads or
in heavy traffic.
Cruise control can be dangerous
on slippery roads. On such roads,
fast changes in tire traction can
cause excessive wheel slip, and
you could lose control. Do not use
cruise control on slippery roads.
If equipped with cruise control, a
speed of about 40 km/h (25 mph) or
more can be maintained without
keeping your foot on the
accelerator. Cruise control does not
work at speeds below about
40 km/h (25 mph).
If the cruise control is being used
and the Traction Control System
(TCS) or StabiliTrak/Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) begins to
limit wheel spin, the cruise control
will automatically disengage. See
Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control 0 233. If a collision alert
occurs when cruise control is
activated, cruise control is
disengaged. See Forward Collision
Alert (FCA) System 0 266. When
road conditions allow you to safely
use it again, cruise control can be
turned back on.
Turning off the TCS or StabiliTrak/
ESC system will disengage the
cruise control.
If the brakes are applied, cruise
control disengages.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
242 Driving and Operating
5 : Press to turn cruise control on
or off. A white indicator comes on or
off in the instrument cluster.
+RES : If there is a set speed in
memory, press the control up briefly
to resume to that speed or press
and hold to accelerate. If cruise
control is already engaged, use to
increase vehicle speed.
SET− : Press the control down
briefly to set the speed and activate
cruise control. If cruise control is
already engaged, use to decrease
vehicle speed.
* : Press to disengage cruise
control without erasing the set
speed from memory.
Setting Cruise Control
If
5 is on when not in use, SET− or
+RES could get pressed and go into
cruise when not desired. Keep
5
off when cruise is not being used.
1. Press
5 to turn the cruise
system on.
2. Get up to the desired speed.
3. Press and release SET−.
4. Remove your foot from the
accelerator.
The cruise control indicator on the
instrument cluster turns green after
cruise control has been set to the
desired speed. See Instrument
Cluster 0 124.
Resuming a Set Speed
If the cruise control is set at a
desired speed and then the brakes
are applied or
* is pressed, the
cruise control is disengaged without
erasing the set speed from memory.
Once the vehicle reaches about
40 km/h (25 mph) or more, press
RES+ up briefly. The vehicle returns
to the previously set speed.
Increasing Speed While Using
Cruise Control
Do one of the following:
.
Press and hold +RES up until
the desired speed is reached,
then release it.
.
To increase vehicle speed in
small increments, press +RES
up briefly. For each press, the
vehicle goes about 1 km/h
(1 mph) faster.
The speedometer reading can be
displayed in either English or metric
units. See Instrument Cluster 0 124.
The increment value used depends
on the units displayed.
Reducing Speed While Using
Cruise Control
Do one of the following:
.
Press and hold SET– down until
the desired lower speed is
reached, then release it.
.
To slow down in small
increments, press SET– down
briefly. For each press, the
vehicle goes about 1 km/h
(1 mph) slower.
The speedometer reading can be
displayed in either English or metric
units. See Instrument Cluster 0 124.
The increment value used depends
on the units displayed.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 243
Passing Another Vehicle While
Using Cruise Control
Use the accelerator pedal to
increase the vehicle speed. When
you take your foot off the pedal, the
vehicle will slow down to the
previously set cruise speed. While
pressing the accelerator pedal or
shortly following the release to
override cruise control, briefly
pressing SET– will result in cruise
control set to the current vehicle
speed.
Using Cruise Control on Hills
How well the cruise control works
on hills depends on the vehicle
speed, the load, and the steepness
of the hills. When going up steep
hills, pressing the accelerator pedal
may be necessary to maintain
vehicle speed.
While going downhill, cruise braking
helps maintain driver selected
speed.
Cruise Grade Braking is enabled
when the vehicle is started and
cruise control is active. It is not
enabled in Range Selection Mode.
It assists in maintaining driver
selected speed when driving on
downhill grades by using the engine
and transmission to slow the
vehicle.
For other forms of descent control,
see Hill Descent Control (HDC)
0 235, Automatic Transmission
0 219, and Tow/Haul Mode 0 224.
Ending Cruise Control
There are four ways to end cruise
control:
.
Step lightly on the brake pedal.
.
Press
*.
.
Shift the transmission to
N (Neutral).
.
To turn off cruise control,
press
5.
Erasing Speed Memory
The cruise control set speed is
erased from memory if
5 is pressed
or the ignition is turned off.
Adaptive Cruise Control
(1500 Series)
If equipped, Adaptive Cruise Control
(ACC) allows the cruise control set
speed and following gap to be
selected. Read this entire section
before using this system. The
following gap is the following time
between your vehicle and a vehicle
detected directly ahead in your path,
moving in the same direction. If no
vehicle is detected in your path,
ACC works like regular cruise
control. ACC uses a windshield
mounted front camera sensor.
If a vehicle is detected in your path,
ACC can apply acceleration or
limited, moderate braking to
maintain the selected following gap.
To disengage ACC, apply the brake.
If ACC is controlling the vehicle
speed when the Traction Control
System (TCS) or StabiliTrak/
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)
system activates, ACC may
automatically disengage. See
Traction Control/Electronic Stability
Control 0 233. When road
conditions allow ACC to be safely
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
244 Driving and Operating
used, ACC can be turned back on.
Disabling the TCS or StabiliTrak/
ESC system will disengage and
prevent engagement of ACC.
ACC can reduce the need for you to
frequently brake and accelerate,
especially when used on
expressways, freeways, and
interstate highways. When used on
other roads, you may need to take
over the control of braking or
acceleration more often.
{
Warning
ACC has limited braking ability
and may not have time to slow
the vehicle down enough to avoid
a collision with another vehicle
you are following. This can occur
when vehicles suddenly slow or
stop ahead, or enter your lane.
Also see “Alerting the Driver” later
in this section. Complete attention
is always required while driving
and you should be ready to take
action and apply the brakes. See
Defensive Driving 0 185.
{
Warning
ACC will not detect or brake for
children, pedestrians, animals,
or other objects.
Do not use ACC when:
.
On winding and hilly roads
or when the camera sensor
is blocked by snow, ice,
or dirt. The system may not
detect a vehicle ahead.
Keep the windshield and
headlamps clean.
.
When visibility is poor due
to rain, snow, fog, dirt,
insect residue, or dust;
when other foreign objects
obscure the camera’s view;
or when the vehicle in front
or oncoming traffic causes
additional environmental
obstructions, such as road
spray. ACC performance is
limited under these
conditions.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
.
On slippery roads where
fast changes in tire traction
can cause excessive
wheel slip
.
With extremely heavy cargo
loaded in the cargo area or
rear seat
.
When towing a trailer
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 245
J : Press to turn the system on or
off. The indicator turns white on the
instrument cluster when ACC is
turned on.
RES+ : Press briefly to resume the
previous set speed or to increase
vehicle speed if ACC is already
activated. To increase speed by
about 1 km/h (1 mph), press RES+
briefly. To increase speed to the
next 5 km/h (5 mph) mark on the
speedometer, hold RES+.
SET– : Press briefly to set the
speed and activate ACC or to
decrease vehicle speed if ACC is
already activated. To decrease
speed by about 1 km/h (1 mph),
press SET– briefly. To decrease
speed to the next 5 km/h (5 mph)
mark on the speedometer,
hold SET–.
* : Press to disengage ACC
without erasing the selected set
speed.
[ : Press to select a following gap
setting for ACC of Far, Medium,
or Near.
The speedometer reading can be
displayed in either English or metric
units. See Instrument Cluster 0 124.
The increment value used depends
on the units displayed.
Switching Between ACC and
Regular Cruise Control
To switch between ACC and regular
cruise control, press and hold
*.
A Driver Information Display (DIC)
message displays. See Vehicle
Messages 0 153.
ACC Indicator Regular Cruise
Control Indicator
When ACC is engaged, a green
o
indicator will be lit on the instrument
cluster and the following gap will be
displayed. When the regular cruise
control is engaged, a green
J
indicator will be lit on the instrument
cluster; the following gap will not
display.
When the vehicle is turned on, the
cruise control mode will be set to
the last mode used before the
vehicle was turned off.
{
Warning
Always check the cruise control
indicator on the instrument cluster
to determine which mode cruise
control is in before using the
feature. If ACC is not active, the
vehicle will not automatically
brake for other vehicles, which
could cause a crash if the brakes
are not applied manually. You and
others could be seriously injured
or killed.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
246 Driving and Operating
Setting Adaptive Cruise Control
If
J is on when not in use, SET–/
RES+ could be pressed by mistake
and engage ACC when not desired.
Keep
J off when cruise is not
being used.
Select the set speed desired for
ACC. This is the vehicle speed
when no vehicle is detected in
your path.
While the vehicle is moving, ACC
will not set at a speed less than 25
km/h (15 mph), although it can be
resumed when driving at lower
speeds.
To set ACC while moving:
1. Press
J.
2. Get up to the desired speed.
3. Press and release SET–.
4. Remove foot from the
accelerator.
After ACC is set, it may immediately
apply the brakes if a vehicle ahead
is detected closer than the selected
following gap.
ACC can also be set while the
vehicle is stopped if ACC is on and
the brake pedal is applied.
The ACC indicator displays on the
instrument cluster. When ACC is
turned on, the indicator will be lit
white.
Be mindful of speed limits,
surrounding traffic speeds, and
weather conditions when selecting
the set speed.
Resuming a Set Speed
If the ACC is set at a desired speed
and then the brakes are applied,
ACC is disengaged without erasing
the set speed from memory.
To begin using ACC again, press
RES+ briefly while moving more
than 5 km/h (5 mph). The vehicle
returns to the previous set speed.
A green ACC indicator and the set
speed display on the instrument
cluster. The vehicle ahead indicator
may be flashing if a vehicle ahead
was present and moved. See
“Approaching and Following a
Vehicle” later in this section.
Once ACC has resumed, if there is
no vehicle ahead, if the vehicle
ahead is beyond the selected
following gap, or if the vehicle has
exited a sharp curve, then the
vehicle speed will increase to the
set speed.
Increasing Speed While ACC Is at
a Set Speed
If ACC is already activated, do one
of the following:
.
Use the accelerator to get to the
higher speed. Press SET–.
Release SET– and the
accelerator pedal. The vehicle
will now cruise at the higher
speed.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 247
When the accelerator pedal is
pressed, ACC will not brake
because it is overridden. The
ACC indicator will turn blue on
the instrument cluster.
.
Press and hold RES+ until the
desired set speed is displayed,
then release it.
.
To increase vehicle speed in
smaller increments, press RES+
briefly. For each press, the
vehicle goes about 1 km/h
(1 mph) faster.
.
To increase vehicle speed in
larger increments, hold RES+.
While holding RES+, the vehicle
speed increases to the next
5 km/h (5 mph) step, then
continues to increase by 5 km/h
(5 mph) at a time.
The set speed can also be
increased while the vehicle is
stopped.
.
If stopped with the brake pedal
applied, press RES+ until the
desired set speed is displayed.
.
Pressing RES+ when there is no
longer a vehicle ahead or the
vehicle ahead is pulling away
and the brake is not applied with
cause the ACC to resume.
When it is determined that there is
no vehicle ahead or the vehicle
ahead is beyond the selected
following gap, then the vehicle
speed will increase to the set speed.
Reducing Speed While ACC Is at a
Set Speed
If ACC is already activated, do one
of the following:
.
Use the brake to get to the
desired lower speed. Release
the brake and press SET–. The
vehicle will now cruise at the
lower speed.
.
Press and hold SET– until the
desired lower speed is reached,
then release it.
.
To decrease the vehicle speed in
smaller increments, press SET−
briefly. For each press, the
vehicle goes about 1 km/h
(1 mph) slower.
.
To decrease the vehicle speed in
larger increments, hold SET−.
While holding SET−, the vehicle
speed decreases to the next
5 km/h (5 mph) step, then
continues to decrease by 5 km/h
(5 mph) at a time.
The set speed can also be
decreased while the vehicle is
stopped.
.
If stopped with the brake
applied, press or hold SET− until
the desired set speed is
displayed.
Selecting the Follow Distance Gap
When a slower moving vehicle is
detected ahead within the selected
following gap, ACC will adjust the
vehicle's speed and attempt to
maintain the follow distance gap
selected.
Press
[ on the steering wheel to
adjust the following gap. Each press
cycles the gap button through three
settings: Far, Medium, or Near.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
248 Driving and Operating
When pressed, the current gap
setting displays briefly on the
instrument cluster. The gap setting
will be maintained until it is
changed.
Since each gap setting corresponds
to a following time (Far, Medium,
or Near), the following distance will
vary based on vehicle speed. The
faster the vehicle speed, the further
back your vehicle will follow a
vehicle detected ahead. Consider
traffic and weather conditions when
selecting the following gap. The
range of selectable gaps may not be
appropriate for all drivers and
driving conditions.
Changing the gap setting
automatically changes the alert
timing sensitivity (Far, Medium,
or Near) for the Forward Collision
Alert (FCA) feature. See Forward
Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 266.
Alerting the Driver
With Head-Up Display
Without Head-Up Display
If ACC is engaged, driver action
may be required when ACC cannot
apply sufficient braking because of
approaching a vehicle too rapidly.
When this condition occurs, six red
lights will flash on the windshield.
Either eight beeps will sound from
the front, or both sides of the Safety
Alert Seat will pulse five times. See
“Collision/Detection Systems” under
Vehicle Personalization 0 154.
See Defensive Driving 0 185.
Approaching and Following a
Vehicle
The vehicle ahead indicator is in the
instrument cluster. It only displays
when a vehicle is detected in your
vehicle’s path moving in the same
direction. If this symbol is not
displaying, ACC will not respond to
or brake for vehicles ahead.
ACC automatically slows the vehicle
down and adjusts vehicle speed to
follow a detected vehicle ahead at
the selected following gap. The
vehicle speed increases or
decreases to follow a detected
vehicle in front of your vehicle when
that vehicle is traveling slower than
your vehicle set speed. It may apply
limited braking, if necessary. When
braking is active, the brake lamps
will come on. The automatic braking
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 249
may feel or sound different than if
the brakes were applied manually.
This is normal.
Stationary or Very Slow-Moving
Objects
{
Warning
ACC may not detect and react to
stopped or slow-moving vehicles
ahead of you. For example, the
system may not brake for a
vehicle it has never detected
moving. This can occur in
stop-and-go traffic or when a
vehicle suddenly appears due to
a vehicle ahead changing lanes.
Your vehicle may not stop and
could cause a crash. Use caution
when using ACC. Your complete
attention is always required while
driving and you should be ready
to take action and apply the
brakes.
Irregular Objects Affecting ACC
ACC may have difficulty detecting
the following objects:
.
Vehicles in front of your vehicle
that have a rear aspect that is
low, small, or irregular
.
An empty truck or trailer that has
no cargo in the cargo bed
.
Vehicles with cargo extending
from the back end
.
Non-standard shaped vehicles,
such as vehicle transport,
vehicles with a side car fitted,
or horse carriages
.
Vehicles that are low to the road
surface
.
Objects that are close to the
front of your vehicle
.
Vehicles on which extremely
heavy cargo is loaded in the
cargo area or rear seat
ACC Automatically Disengages
ACC may automatically disengage
and the driver will need to manually
apply the brakes to slow the
vehicle if:
.
The front camera is blocked or
visibility is reduced.
.
The Traction Control System
(TCS) or StabiliTrak/ESC system
has activated or been disabled.
.
There is a fault in the system.
.
A DIC message displays to
indicate that ACC is temporarily
unavailable.
The ACC indicator will turn white
when ACC is no longer active.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
250 Driving and Operating
In some cases, when ACC is
temporarily unavailable, regular
cruise control may be used. See
“Switching Between ACC and
Regular Cruise Control” previously
in this section. Always consider
driving conditions before using
either cruise control system.
Notification to Resume ACC
ACC will maintain a follow gap
behind a detected vehicle and slow
your vehicle to a stop behind that
vehicle.
If the stopped vehicle ahead has
driven away and ACC has not
resumed, the vehicle ahead
indicator will flash as a reminder to
check traffic ahead before
proceeding. In addition, the left and
right sides of the Safety Alert Seat
will pulse three times, or three
beeps will sound. See ”Alert Type”
and “Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier” in
“Collision/Detection Systems” under
Vehicle Personalization 0 154.
When the vehicle ahead drives
away, press RES+ or the
accelerator pedal to resume ACC.
If stopped for more than
two minutes or if the driver door is
opened and the driver seat belt is
unbuckled, the ACC automatically
applies the Electric Parking Brake
(EPB) to hold the vehicle. The EPB
status light will turn on. See Electric
Parking Brake 0 231.
A DIC warning message may
display indicating to shift to P (Park)
before exiting the vehicle. See
Vehicle Messages 0 153.
{
Warning
If ACC has stopped the vehicle,
and if ACC is disengaged, turned
off, or canceled, the vehicle will
no longer be held at a stop. The
vehicle can move. When ACC is
holding the vehicle at a stop,
always be prepared to manually
apply the brakes.
{
Warning
Leaving the vehicle without
placing it in P (Park) can be
dangerous. Do not leave the
vehicle while it is being held at a
stop by ACC. Always place the
vehicle in P (Park) and turn off
the ignition before leaving the
vehicle.
ACC Override
If using the accelerator pedal while
ACC is active, the ACC indicator
turns blue on the instrument cluster
indicating ACC braking will not
occur. ACC will resume operation
when the accelerator pedal is not
being pressed.
{
Warning
The ACC will not automatically
apply the brakes if your foot is
resting on the accelerator pedal.
You could crash into a vehicle
ahead of you.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 251
Curves in the Road
{
Warning
On curves, ACC may not detect a
vehicle ahead in your lane. You
could be startled if the vehicle
accelerates up to the set speed,
especially when following a
vehicle exiting or entering exit
ramps. You could lose control of
the vehicle or crash. Do not use
ACC while driving on an entrance
or exit ramp. Always be ready to
use the brakes if necessary.
{
Warning
On curves, ACC may respond to
a vehicle in another lane, or may
not have time to react to a vehicle
in your lane. You could crash into
a vehicle ahead of you, or lose
control of your vehicle. Give extra
attention in curves and be ready
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
to use the brakes if necessary.
Select an appropriate speed while
driving in curves.
ACC may operate differently in a
sharp curve. It may reduce the
vehicle speed if the curve is too
sharp.
When following a vehicle and
entering a curve, ACC may not
detect the vehicle ahead and
accelerate to the set speed. When
this happens, the vehicle ahead
indicator will not appear.
ACC may detect a vehicle that is
not in your lane and apply the
brakes.
ACC may occasionally provide an
alert and/or braking that is
considered unnecessary. It could
respond to vehicles in different
lanes or stationary objects when
entering or exiting a curve. This is
normal operation. The vehicle does
not need service.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
252 Driving and Operating
Other Vehicle Lane Changes
ACC will not detect a vehicle ahead
until it is completely in the lane. The
brakes may need to be manually
applied.
Objects Not Directly in Front of
Your Vehicle
The detection of objects in front of
the vehicle may not be possible if:
.
The vehicle or object ahead is
not within your lane.
.
The vehicle ahead is shifted, not
centered, or is shifted to one
side of the lane.
Driving in Narrow Lanes
Vehicles in adjacent traffic lanes or
roadside objects may be incorrectly
detected when located along the
roadway.
Do Not Use ACC on Hills and
When Towing a Trailer
Do not use ACC when driving on
steep hills or when towing a trailer.
ACC will not detect a vehicle in the
lane while driving on steep hills.
If the brakes are applied, ACC
disengages.
Disengaging ACC
There are three ways to
disengage ACC:
.
Step lightly on the brake pedal.
.
Press
*.
.
Press
J.
Erasing Speed Memory
The ACC set speed is erased from
memory if
J is pressed or if the
ignition is turned off.
Weather Conditions Affecting ACC
If the interior temperature is
extremely high, the instrument
cluster may indicate that ACC is
temporarily unavailable. This can be
caused by extreme hot weather
conditions with direct sunlight on the
front camera. ACC will return to
normal operation once the cabin
temperature is lower.
Conditions that are associated with
low visibility, such as fog, rain,
snow, or road spray, may limit ACC
performance. Water droplets from
rain or snow that remain on the
windshield may also limit ACC’s
ability to detect objects.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 253
Lighting Conditions Affecting ACC
The ACC front camera can be
affected by poor lighting conditions,
and ACC may have limited
performance when:
.
There are changes in brightness,
such as entering and exiting
tunnels, bridges, and
overpasses.
.
Low sun angles cause the
camera to not detect objects,
or it is more difficult to detect
objects in the same traffic lane.
.
Lighting is poor in the evening or
early morning
.
There are multiple changes in
brightness or shadows along the
vehicle roadway.
.
In a tunnel without the
headlamps on, or in a tunnel
when there is a vehicle in front
that does not have its
taillamps on.
.
Subjected to strong light from
opposing lane traffic in the front
of the vehicle, such as
high-beam headlamps from
oncoming traffic.
Accessory Installations and
Vehicle Modifications
Do not install or place any object
around the front camera windshield
area that would obstruct the front
camera view.
Do not install objects on top of the
vehicle that overhang and obstruct
the front camera, such as a canoe,
kayak, or other items that can be
transported on the vehicle roof.
Do not modify the hood, headlamps,
or fog lamps, as this may limit the
camera’s ability to detect an object.
Cleaning the Sensing System
The camera sensor on the
windshield behind the rearview
mirror can become blocked by
snow, ice, dirt, mud, or debris. This
area needs to be cleaned for ACC
to operate properly.
The vehicle headlamps may need to
be cleaned due to dirt, snow, or ice.
Objects that are not illuminated
correctly may be difficult to detect.
If ACC will not operate, regular
cruise control may be available. See
“Switching Between ACC and
Regular Cruise Control” previously
in this section. Always consider
driving conditions before using
either cruise control system.
For cleaning instructions, see
“Washing the Vehicle” under
Exterior Care 0 427.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
254 Driving and Operating
Driver Assistance
Systems
This vehicle may have features that
work together to help avoid crashes
or reduce crash damage while
driving, backing, and parking. Read
this entire section before using
these systems.
{
Warning
Do not rely on the Driver
Assistance Systems. These
systems do not replace the need
for paying attention and driving
safely. You may not hear or feel
alerts or warnings provided by
these systems. Failure to use
proper care when driving may
result in injury, death, or vehicle
damage. See Defensive Driving
0 185.
Under many conditions, these
systems will not:
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
.
Detect children,
pedestrians, bicyclists,
or animals.
.
Detect vehicles or objects
outside the area monitored
by the system.
.
Work at all driving speeds.
.
Warn you or provide you
with enough time to avoid a
crash.
.
Work under poor visibility or
bad weather conditions.
.
Work if the detection sensor
is not cleaned or is covered
by ice, snow, mud, or dirt.
.
Work if the detection sensor
is covered up, such as with
a sticker, magnet, or metal
plate.
.
Work if the area surrounding
the detection sensor is
damaged or not properly
repaired.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
Complete attention is always
required while driving, and you
should be ready to take action
and apply the brakes and/or steer
the vehicle to avoid crashes.
Audible or Safety Alert Seat
Some driver assistance features
alert the driver of obstacles by
beeping. To change the volume of
the warning chime, see “Comfort
and Convenience” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 154.
If equipped with the Safety Alert
Seat, the driver seat cushion may
provide a vibrating pulse alert
instead of beeping. To change this,
see “Collision/Detection Systems”
under Vehicle Personalization
0 154.
Cleaning
Depending on vehicle options, keep
these areas of the vehicle clean to
ensure the best driver assistance
feature performance. Driver
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 255
Information Center (DIC) messages
may display when the systems are
unavailable or blocked.
.
Front and rear bumpers and the
area below the bumpers
.
Front grille and headlamps
.
Front camera lens in the front
grille or near the front emblem
.
Front side and rear side panels
.
Outside of the windshield in front
of the rearview mirror
.
Side camera lens on the bottom
of the outside mirrors
.
Rear side corner bumpers
.
Rear Vision Camera in the
tailgate handle
.
Rear Camera Mirror and Cargo
View Camera in the Center
High-Mounted Stoplamp
Assistance Systems for
Parking or Backing
If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera
(RVC), Surround Vision, Rear Park
Assist (RPA), Front Park Assist
(FPA), and Rear Cross Traffic Alert
(RCTA) may help the driver park or
avoid objects. Always check around
the vehicle when parking or
backing.
The RVC, RPA, and Surround
Vision will not work properly if the
tailgate is down. If the tailgate is
down, do not use these systems.
Rear Vision Camera (RVC)
When the vehicle is shifted into
R (Reverse), the RVC displays an
image of the area behind the vehicle
in the infotainment display. The
previous screen displays when the
vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)
after a short delay. To return to the
previous screen sooner, press any
button on the infotainment system,
shift into P (Park), or, while in D
(Drive), reach a vehicle speed of
approximately 12 km/h (8 mph). The
rear vision camera is in the tailgate
handle.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
256 Driving and Operating
1. View Displayed by the Rear
Vision Camera
1. View Displayed by the Rear
Vision Camera
2. Corners of the Rear Bumper
Displayed images may be farther or
closer than they appear. The area
displayed is limited and objects that
are close to either corner of the
bumper or under the bumper do not
display.
A warning triangle may display to
show that Rear Park Assist (RPA)
has detected an object. This triangle
changes from amber to red and
increases in size the closer the
object.
If equipped with Hitch View, see
“Surround Vision” following.
Surround Vision
If equipped the Surround Vision
system can display various views
surrounding the vehicle in the
infotainment display. See below for
camera view descriptions and more
information.
{
Warning
The Surround Vision cameras
have blind spots and will not
display all objects near the
corners of the vehicle. Folding
outside mirrors that are out of
position may not display surround
view correctly. Always check
around the vehicle when parking
or backing.
1. Views Displayed by the
Surround Vision Cameras
2. Area Not Shown
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 257
1. Views Displayed by the
Surround Vision Cameras
2. Area Not Shown
{
Warning
The camera(s) do not display
children, pedestrians, bicyclists,
crossing traffic, animals, or any
other object outside of the
cameras’ field of view, below the
bumper, or under the vehicle.
Shown distances may be different
from actual distances. Do not
drive or park the vehicle using
only these camera(s). Always
check behind and around the
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
vehicle before driving. Failure to
use proper care may result in
injury, death, or vehicle damage.
Camera Views
Touch the camera view buttons
along the bottom of the infotainment
display to access each view (if
equipped):
1. Front/Rear Standard View
Displays an image of the
area in front or behind the
vehicle. To select, touch
Front/Rear Standard View
on the infotainment display
when a camera view is
active. Touch the button to
toggle between front and
rear camera views.
When the hitch guidance is
selected, Rear Standard
View will remain visible
across gear changes,
otherwise the view will
toggle between Front and
Rear Standard View based
on gear position.
If equipped, the front view
camera also displays when
the Park Assist system
detects an object within
30 cm (12 in).
2. Front/Rear Overhead View
Displays a front or rear
overhead view of the
vehicle. To select, touch
Front/Rear Top-Down View
on the infotainment display
when a camera view is
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
258 Driving and Operating
active. Touch the button to
toggle between front and
rear camera views.
3. Rear Bowl View
Displays a perspective view
of the vehicle from the front
looking rearward. To select,
touch Rear Bowl View on
the infotainment display
when a camera view is
active. Park Assist and
Rear Cross Traffic Alert
(RCTA) overlays are not
available when bowl view is
active.
4. Front/Rear side View
Displays a view that shows
objects next to the front or
rear sides of the vehicle. To
select, touch Front/Rear
Side View on the
infotainment display when a
camera view is active.
Touch the button to toggle
between front and rear
camera views. Park Assist
and RCTA overlays are not
available when Front/Rear
Side View is active.
The Turn Signal Activated
View works with Rear Side
View to provide a rearward
view of the left or right side
of the vehicle and trailer.
Views are provided based
on turn signal activation
with the right-side view
being shown when the right
turn signal is active and the
left side view being shown
when the left turn signal is
active. The feature is
available when a trailer is
connected. The feature can
be enabled or disabled.
See Vehicle Personalization
0 154. Touch X to exit.
5. Surround View
Displays an image of the
area surrounding the
vehicle. Surround View is
available as part of the
Front/Rear Standard Views,
the Front/Rear Top-Down
Views and the Front/Rear
Side Views. In these views
Surround View can be
enabled by touching
Surround View on the
infotainment display when
the camera view is active.
6. Guidance Lines/Hitch
Guidance
Guidance Lines displays
available guidelines,
including Standard and
Hitch Guidance.
A grayed-out icon indicates
that guidelines are not
available. To enable, touch
Guidance Lines on the
infotainment display when a
camera view is active.
Touching the button
multiple times will toggle
through Standard
Guidelines, Hitch Guidance
and no guidelines.
Standard guidelines are
available in Front/Rear
Standard Views, Front/Rear
Top-Down Views and
Surround View.
Hitch Guidance displays a
single centered guideline
on the infotainment display
to assist with aligning the
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 259
vehicle’s hitch ball with a
trailer coupler. Touch the
Hitch Guidance icon, then
align the trailer guidance
line over the trailer coupler.
Continuously steer the
vehicle to keep the
guideline centered on the
coupler when backing. Park
Assist overlays will not
display when the trailer
guidance line is active.
Hitch Guidance is available
in Rear Standard View.
{
Warning
Use Hitch Guidance only to help
back the vehicle to a trailer hitch
or, when traveling above 12 km/h
(8 mph), to briefly check the
status of your trailer. Do not use
for any other purpose, such as
making lane change decisions.
Before making a lane change,
always check the mirrors and
glance over your shoulder.
Improper use could result in
serious injury to you or others.
7. Interior Trailer View
Provides a view of the
interior of the trailer. The
feature is available when a
trailer is connected. The
feature requires user
installation of an accessory
trailer camera on the
interior of the trailer per the
accessory trailer camera
installation instructions (see
your dealer for accessory
trailer camera(s) and
information). To select,
touch Interior Trailer View
on the infotainment display
when a camera view is
active. To access this view
when in a forward gear
above 12 km/h (8 mph),
touch CAMERA on the
infotainment display and
touch the Interior Trailer
View icon. The view will
close after 8 seconds and
can be closed early by
touching X.
8. Hitch View
Assists with connecting to a
trailer by providing a
zoomed-in view of the hitch
to help align the vehicle’s
hitch ball with the trailer
coupler, or to monitor the
trailer connection. To select,
touch Hitch View on the
infotainment display when a
camera view is active. To
access this view when in a
forward gear above 12 km/h
(8 mph), touch CAMERA on
the infotainment display
and touch the Cargo Bed
View icon. The view will
close after 8 seconds and
can be closed early by
touching X. Shifting into
P (Park) while in this view
will automatically engage
the Electric Parking
Brake (EPB).
9. Bed View
Provides a view of the truck
bed and the area behind
the vehicle to assist in
cargo or hitch monitoring or
hitching to a fifth wheel or
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
260 Driving and Operating
gooseneck trailer. To select,
touch Bed View on the
infotainment display when a
camera view is active. To
access this view when in a
forward gear above 12 km/h
(8 mph), touch CAMERA on
the infotainment display
and touch the Bed View
icon. The view will close
after 8 seconds and can be
closed early by touching X.
10. Transparent Trailer View
Provides a view that allows
the driver to virtually “see
through” the trailer. The
feature is available when a
compatible trailer is
connected and a profile is
configured and selected via
the Trailering App. See
Trailering App 0 308. The
feature requires user
installation of an accessory
trailer camera on the rear
exterior surface of the
trailer per the accessory
trailer camera installation
instructions (see your
dealer for accessory trailer
camera(s) and information).
To select, touch
Transparent Trailer View on
the infotainment display
when a camera view is
active. To access this view
when in a forward gear
above 12 km/h (8 mph),
touch CAMERA on the
infotainment display and
touch the Transparent
Trailer View icon. Touch X
to exit.
When the system is
calibrated and the trailer
position is known, one of
three views will be shown;
Transparent Trailer View,
Left Transparent Trailer
View or Right Transparent
Trailer View. The
Transparent Trailer View is
shown when the position of
the trailer is relatively
straight behind the vehicle.
The Left or Right
Transparent Trailer View is
shown when the position of
the trailer is too far to the
left or right. When the
system is not calibrated or
trailer position is not known
the Transparent Trailer
Picture-in-Picture View will
be shown.
11. Rear Trailer View/Rear Side
View with Available
Articulation Functionality/
Picture-in-Picture Side View
.
Rear Trailer View
provides a view of the
area behind the trailer.
the feature is available
when a trailer is
connected. The feature
requires user installation
of an accessory trailer
camera on the rear
exterior surface of the
trailer per the accessory
trailer camera
installation instructions
(see your dealer for
accessory trailer
camera(s) and
information). To select,
touch Rear Trailer View/
Rear Side View with
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 261
Available Articulation
Functionality/
Picture-in-Pictue Side
View on the
infotainment display
when a camera view is
active. Each touch will
toggle through the Rear
Trailer View, Trailer Tow
Mirror View and Combo
View. To access this
view when in a forward
gear above 12 km/h
(8 mph), touch
CAMERA on the
infotainment display and
touch the Interior Rear
Trailer View/Rear Side
View with Available
Articulation
Functionality/
Picture-in-Picture Side
View icon. Touch X
to exit.
.
Rear Side View with
Available Articulation
Functionality provides a
rearward split view of
the left and right sides
of the vehicle and trailer.
When in a forward gear
the view well
automatically pan to
show more of the left or
right side based on the
position of the trailer.
The feature is available
when a trailer is
connected. To select,
touch Rear trailer View/
Rear Side View with
Available Articulation
Functionality/
Picture-in-Picture Side
View on the
infotainment display
when a camera view is
active. Each touch will
toggle through the Rear
Trailer View, trailer tow
Mirror view and Combo
View. To access this
view when in a forward
gear above 12 km/h
(8 mph), Touch
CAMERA on the
infotainment display and
touch the Rear Trailer
View/Rear Side View
with Available
Articulation
Functionality/
Picture-in-Picture Side
icon. Touch X to exit.
.
Provides a rearward
split view of the left and
right sides of the vehicle
and trailer with an
overlay view of the area
behind the trailer. The
feature is available
when a trailer is
connected. the feature
requires user installation
of an accessory trailer
camera on the rear
exterior surface of the
trailer per the accessory
trailer camera
installation instructions
(see your dealer for
accessory trailer
camera(s) and
information). To select,
touch Rear Trailer View/
Rear Side View with
Available Articulation
Functionality/
Picture-in-Picture Side
view on the infotainment
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
262 Driving and Operating
display when a camera
view is active. Each
press of the button will
toggle through the Rear
Trailer View, Trailer Tow
mirror View and Combo
View. To access this
view when in a forward
gear above 12 km/h
(8 mph), touch
CAMERA on the
infotainment display and
touch the Rear Trailer
View/Rear Side View
with Available
Articulation
Functionality/
Picture-in-Picture Side
View icon. Touch X
to exit.
HD Surround Vision with Trailer
Camera Provisions
If equipped, this feature provides
additional views to aid in trailering/
towing. The system shows multiple
views in the infotainment display
using five cameras mounted around
the vehicle and up to two additional
accessory cameras that can be
mounted on or in a trailer. The front
camera is in the grille under the
front emblem, the side cameras are
on the bottom of the outside mirrors,
the rear camera is in the tailgate
handle and the bed camera is
mounted on the rear of the cab.
Additionally, up to two accessory
cameras can be mounted to the rear
and/or interior of the trailer. See
your dealer for accessory trailer
cameras. To access, touch
CAMERA on the infotainment
display or shift to R (Reverse). To
return to the previous screen when
not in reverse, touch the Home or
Back buttons on the infotainment
display.
Available camera views:
.
Front/Rear Standard View
.
Front/Rear Top-Down View
.
Rear Bowl View
.
Front/Rear Side View
.
Hitch View
.
Bed View
.
Rear trailer View
.
Rear Side view with a available
articulation functionality
.
Picture-in-Picture Side View
.
Interior Trailer View
.
Transparent trailer View
.
Surround View
.
Guidance Lines
.
Hitch Guidance
Surround Vision (360 Degrees)
If equipped, the Surround Vision
system can display various views
surrounding the vehicle in the
infotainment display using four
cameras mounted around the
vehicle. The front camera is in the
grille under the front emblem, the
side cameras are on the bottom of
the outside mirrors, and the rear
camera is in the tailgate handle.
The Surround Vision system can be
accessed by selecting CAMERA in
the infotainment display or when the
vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse).
To return to the previous screen
sooner, when not in R (Reverse),
press the Home or Back button on
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 263
the infotainment system, shift into
P (Park), or, while in D (Drive),
reach a vehicle speed of
approximately 12 km/h (8 mph).
Available camera views:
.
Front/Rear Standard View
.
Front/Rear Top-Down View
.
Rear Bowl View
.
Front/Rear Side View
.
Hitch View
.
Surround View
.
Guidance Lines
.
Hitch Guidance
Surround Vision
If equipped, this feature provides,
additional views to aid in trailering/
towing. The Front Vision Camera
and Surround Vision cameras are
not supported. The system can
show various views in the
infotainment display using cameras
mounted in and around the vehicle
and trailer. The rear camera is in the
tailgate handle and the cargo bed
camera is mounted on the rear of
the cab. Up to two accessory
cameras can be mounted to the rear
and/or interior of the trailer. See
your dealer for these accessory
cameras.
The system can be accessed by
selecting CAMERA in the
infotainment display or when the
vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse).
To return to the previous screen
sooner, when not in R (Reverse),
press the Home or Back button on
the infotainment system or shift into
P (Park).
Available camera views:
.
Rear Standard View
.
Hitch View
.
Bed View
.
Rear Trailer View
.
Interior Trailer View
.
Guidance Lines
.
Hitch Guidance
Troubleshooting
The Transparent Trailer calibration
may take longer than expected or
not calibrate if:
.
The vehicle is driven too fast
during calibration. Speed should
be maintained below 50 km/h
(31 mph).
.
The vehicle is not driven straight
during calibration. Steering
should be maintained as straight
as possible, excessive steering
during calibration may extend
calibration time.
.
The calibration is attempted in
low light. Calibration should be
attempted when there is enough
light.
.
The calibration is attempted
during adverse weather
conditions. Calibration during
conditions such as snow or
heavy rain should be avoided.
.
The road surface is not ideal for
calibration. Calibration should be
attempted on an alternate road
surface.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
264 Driving and Operating
.
The accessory trailer cameras
are swapped at the hitch
connector. Ensure that the
camera mounted to the rear of
the trailer is connected to the
rear trailer camera input.
.
The accessory trailer camera is
mounted, angled or rotated
outside of the defined mounting
location (see camera installation
instructions).
Distortion may be observed in the
calibrated Transparent Trailer
View if:
.
The accessory trailer camera is
mounted, angled or rotated
outside of the defined mounting
location (see camera installation
instructions).
The Transparent Trailer icon may
appear grayed out if:
.
A compatible trailer profile is not
configured or a non-compatible
trailer profile is selected.
.
The vehicle is in R (Reverse).
.
The trailer is not connected.
.
The accessory rear trailer
camera is not connected or
connected to the incorrect input.
The preview may not be provided or
the wrong preview may be
provided if:
.
The accessory cameras are not
recognized. Ensure that the
accessory camera(s) are
connected and power cycle the
vehicle.
.
The accessory trailer cameras
are swapped at the hitch
connector. Ensure that the
accessory camera(s) are
connected to the correct input.
.
The accessory trailer camera(s)
are connected to the correct
camera input.
.
The accessory trailer camera(s)
are not installed according to the
installation instructions.
A feature may be unavailable or not
activating as expected if:
.
The customization is disabled.
Check the customization settings
where applicable.
.
The accessory trailer cameras
are swapped at the hitch
connector. Ensure that the
accessory camera(s) are
connected to the correct camera
input.
A view may switch automatically if:
.
The vehicle is shifted to
another gear.
Park Assist
With Front and Rear Park Assist, as
the vehicle moves at speeds of less
than 8 km/h (5 mph) the sensors on
the bumpers may detect objects up
to 1.2 m (4 ft) in front and 2.5 m (8 ft)
behind the vehicle within a zone
25 cm (10 in) high off the ground
and below bumper level. These
detection distances may be shorter
during warmer or humid weather.
Blocked sensors will not detect
objects and can also cause false
detections. Keep the sensors clean
of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush;
and clean sensors after a car wash
in freezing temperatures.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 265
{
Warning
The Park Assist system does not
detect children, pedestrians,
bicyclists, animals, or objects
located below the bumper or that
are too close or too far from the
vehicle. It is not available at
speeds greater than 8 km/h
(5 mph). To prevent injury, death,
or vehicle damage, even with
Park Assist, always check the
area around the vehicle and
check all mirrors before moving
forward or backing.
The instrument cluster may have a
Park Assist display with bars that
show “distance to object” and object
location information for the Front
and Rear Park Assist system. As
the object gets closer, more bars
light up and the bars change color
from yellow to amber to red.
When an object is first detected in
the rear, one beep will be heard
from the rear, or both sides of the
Safety Alert Seat will pulse two
times. When an object is very close
— <0.4 m (1.5 ft) in the vehicle rear
or <0.3 m (1 ft) in the vehicle front —
a continuous beep will sound from
the rear or front depending on
object location, or both sides of the
Safety Alert Seat will pulse five
times. Beeps for FPA are higher
pitched than for RPA.
Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)
If equipped, when the vehicle is
shifted into R (Reverse), RCTA
shows a red warning triangle with a
left or right pointing arrow on the
infotainment display to warn of
traffic coming from the left or right.
This system detects objects coming
from up to 20 m (65 ft) from the left
or right side of the vehicle. When an
object is detected, either three
beeps sound from the left or right or
three Safety Alert Seat pulses occur
on the left or right side, depending
on the direction of the detected
vehicle.
Use caution while backing up when
towing a trailer, as the RCTA
detection zones that extend out
from the back of the vehicle do not
move further back when a trailer is
towed.
RCTA is disabled when the trailer
connection status is displayed.
RCTA can be turned off. See
“Collision/Detection Systems” under
Vehicle Personalization 0 154.
Turning the Features On or Off
Press X on the center stack to
turn on or off the Front and Rear
Park Assist. The indicator light next
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
266 Driving and Operating
to the button comes on when the
features are on and turns off when
the features have been disabled.
Front and Rear Park Assist can be
turned Off, On, or On with Towbar.
See “Park Assist” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 154. If Park Assist
is turned off through vehicle
personalization, the Park Assist
button will be disabled. To turn Park
Assist on again, select On in vehicle
personalization. The On with Towbar
setting allows Park Assist to work
properly with a trailer hitch. Some
larger trailer hitches may not be
compatible.
Turn off Park Assist when towing a
trailer.
To turn the RPA symbols on or off,
see “Rear Camera Park Assist
Symbols” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 154.
Assistance Systems for
Driving
If equipped, when driving the
vehicle in a forward gear, Forward
Collision Alert (FCA), Lane
Departure Warning (LDW), Lane
Keep Assist (LKA), Side Blind Zone
Alert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert
(LCA), Automatic Emergency
Braking (AEB), and/or the Front
Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System
can help to avoid a crash or reduce
crash damage.
Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) System
If equipped, the FCA system may
help to avoid or reduce the harm
caused by front-end crashes. When
approaching a vehicle ahead too
quickly, FCA provides a red flashing
alert on the windshield and rapidly
beeps or pulses the driver seat.
FCA also lights an amber visual
alert if following another vehicle
much too closely.
FCA detects vehicles within a
distance of approximately 60 m
(197 ft) and operates at speeds
above 8 km/h (5 mph).
{
Warning
FCA is a warning system and
does not apply the brakes. When
approaching a slower-moving or
stopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,
or when following a vehicle too
closely, FCA may not provide a
warning with enough time to help
avoid a crash. It also may not
provide any warning at all. FCA
does not warn of pedestrians,
animals, signs, guardrails,
bridges, construction barrels,
or other objects. Be ready to take
action and apply the brakes. See
Defensive Driving 0 185.
FCA can be disabled through
vehicle personalization. See
“Collision/Detection Systems” under
Vehicle Personalization 0 154.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 267
Detecting the Vehicle Ahead
FCA warnings will not occur unless
the FCA system detects a vehicle
ahead. When a vehicle is detected,
the vehicle ahead indicator will
display green. Vehicles may not be
detected on curves, highway exit
ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;
or if a vehicle ahead is partially
blocked by pedestrians or other
objects. FCA will not detect another
vehicle ahead until it is completely
in the driving lane.
{
Warning
FCA does not provide a warning
to help avoid a crash, unless it
detects a vehicle. FCA may not
detect a vehicle ahead if the FCA
sensor is blocked by dirt, snow,
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
or ice, or if the windshield is
damaged. It may also not detect a
vehicle on winding or hilly roads,
or in conditions that can limit
visibility such as fog, rain,
or snow, or if the headlamps or
windshield are not cleaned or in
proper condition. Keep the
windshield, headlamps, and FCA
sensors clean and in good repair.
Collision Alert
With Head-Up Display
Without Head-Up Display
When your vehicle approaches
another detected vehicle too rapidly,
the red FCA display will flash on the
windshield. Also, eight rapid
high-pitched beeps will sound from
the front, or both sides of the Safety
Alert Seat will pulse five times.
When this Collision Alert occurs, the
brake system may prepare for driver
braking to occur more rapidly which
can cause a brief, mild deceleration.
Continue to apply the brake pedal
as needed. Cruise control may be
disengaged when the Collision Alert
occurs.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
268 Driving and Operating
Tailgating Alert
The vehicle ahead indicator will
display amber when you are
following a vehicle ahead much too
closely.
Selecting the Alert Timing
The Collision Alert control is on the
steering wheel. Press
[ to set the
FCA timing to Far, Medium, or Near.
The first button press shows the
current setting on the DIC.
Additional button presses will
change this setting. The chosen
setting will remain until it is changed
and will affect the timing of both the
Collision Alert and the Tailgating
Alert features. The timing of both
alerts will vary based on vehicle
speed. The faster the vehicle speed,
the farther away the alert will occur.
Consider traffic and weather
conditions when selecting the alert
timing. The range of selectable alert
timings may not be appropriate for
all drivers and driving conditions.
If your vehicle is equipped with
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC),
changing the FCA timing setting
automatically changes the following
gap setting (Far, Medium, or Near).
Following Distance Indicator
The following distance to a moving
vehicle ahead in your path is
indicated in following time in
seconds on the Driver Information
Center (DIC). The minimum
following time is 0.5 seconds away.
If there is no vehicle detected
ahead, or the vehicle ahead is out of
sensor range, dashes will be
displayed.
Unnecessary Alerts
FCA may provide unnecessary
alerts for turning vehicles, vehicles
in other lanes, objects that are not
vehicles, or shadows. These alerts
are normal operation and the
vehicle does not need service.
Cleaning the System
If the FCA system does not seem to
operate properly, this may correct
the issue:
.
Clean the outside of the
windshield in front of the
rearview mirror.
.
Clean the entire front of the
vehicle.
.
Clean the headlamps.
Automatic Emergency
Braking (AEB)
If the vehicle has Forward Collision
Alert (FCA), it also has AEB (1500
series only), which includes
Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA). When
the system detects a vehicle ahead
in your path that is traveling in the
same direction that you may be
about to crash into, it can provide a
boost to braking or automatically
brake the vehicle. This can help
avoid or lessen the severity of
crashes when driving in a forward
gear. Depending on the situation,
the vehicle may automatically brake
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 269
moderately or hard. This automatic
emergency braking can only occur if
a vehicle is detected. This is shown
by the FCA vehicle ahead indicator
being lit. See Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) System 0 266.
The system works when driving in a
forward gear between 8 km/h
(5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph).
It can detect vehicles up to
approximately 60 m (197 ft).
{
Warning
AEB is an emergency crash
preparation feature and is not
designed to avoid crashes. Do
not rely on AEB to brake the
vehicle. AEB will not brake
outside of its operating speed
range and only responds to
detected vehicles.
AEB may not:
.
Detect a vehicle ahead on
winding or hilly roads.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
.
Detect all vehicles,
especially vehicles with a
trailer, tractors, muddy
vehicles, etc.
.
Detect a vehicle when
weather limits visibility, such
as in fog, rain, or snow.
.
Detect a vehicle ahead if it
is partially blocked by
pedestrians or other objects.
Complete attention is always
required while driving, and you
should be ready to take action
and apply the brakes and/or steer
the vehicle to avoid crashes.
AEB may slow the vehicle to a
complete stop to try to avoid a
potential crash. If this happens, AEB
may engage the Electric Parking
Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at a
stop. Release the EPB or firmly
press the accelerator pedal.
{
Warning
AEB may automatically brake the
vehicle suddenly in situations
where it is unexpected and
undesired. It could respond to a
turning vehicle ahead, guardrails,
signs, and other non-moving
objects. To override AEB, firmly
press the accelerator pedal, if it is
safe to do so.
Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)
IBA may activate when the brake
pedal is applied quickly by providing
a boost to braking based on the
speed of approach and distance to
a vehicle ahead.
Minor brake pedal pulsations or
pedal movement during this time is
normal and the brake pedal should
continue to be applied as needed.
IBA will automatically disengage
only when the brake pedal is
released.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
270 Driving and Operating
{
Warning
IBA may increase vehicle braking
in situations when it may not be
necessary. You could block the
flow of traffic. If this occurs, take
your foot off the brake pedal and
then apply the brakes as needed.
AEB and IBA can be disabled. See
“Collision/Detection Systems” under
Vehicle Personalization 0 154.
{
Warning
Using AEB or IBA while towing a
trailer could cause you to lose
control of the vehicle and crash.
Turn the system to Alert or Off
when towing a trailer.
A system unavailable message may
display if:
.
The front of the vehicle or
windshield is not clean.
.
Heavy rain or snow is interfering
with object detection.
.
There is a problem with the
StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) system.
The AEB system does not need
service.
Front Pedestrian Braking
(FPB) System (1500
Series)
If equipped, the FPB system may
help avoid or reduce the harm
caused by front-end crashes with
nearby pedestrians when driving in
a forward gear. FPB displays an
amber indicator,
~, when a nearby
pedestrian is detected ahead. When
approaching a detected pedestrian
too quickly, FPB provides a red
flashing alert on the windshield and
rapidly beeps or pulses the driver
seat. FPB can provide a boost to
braking or automatically brake the
vehicle. This system includes
Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA), and
the Automatic Emergency Braking
(AEB) system may also respond to
pedestrians. See Automatic
Emergency Braking (AEB) 0 268.
The FPB system can detect and
alert to pedestrians in a forward
gear at speeds between 8 km/h
(5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph).
During daytime driving, the system
detects pedestrians up to a distance
of approximately 40 m (131 ft).
During nighttime driving, system
performance is very limited.
{
Warning
FPB does not provide an alert or
automatically brake the vehicle,
unless it detects a pedestrian.
FPB may not detect pedestrians,
including children:
.
When the pedestrian is not
directly ahead, fully visible,
or standing upright, or when
part of a group.
.
Due to poor visibility,
including nighttime
conditions, fog, rain,
or snow.
.
If the FPB sensor is blocked
by dirt, snow, or ice.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 271
Warning (Continued)
.
If the headlamps or
windshield are not cleaned
or in proper condition.
Be ready to take action and apply
the brakes. For more information,
see Defensive Driving 0 185.
Keep the windshield, headlamps,
and FPB sensor clean and in
good repair.
FPB can be set to Off, Alert, or Alert
and Brake through vehicle
personalization. See “Collision/
Detection Systems” under Vehicle
Personalization 0 154.
Detecting the Pedestrian
Ahead
FPB alerts and automatic braking
will not occur unless the FPB
system detects a pedestrian. When
a nearby pedestrian is detected in
front of the vehicle, the pedestrian
ahead indicator will display amber.
Front Pedestrian Alert
With Head-Up Display
Without Head-Up Display
When the vehicle approaches a
pedestrian ahead too rapidly, the
red FPB alert display will flash on
the windshield. Eight rapid
high-pitched beeps will sound from
the front, or both sides of the Safety
Alert Seat will pulse five times.
When this Pedestrian Alert occurs,
the brake system may prepare for
driver braking to occur more rapidly
which can cause a brief, mild
deceleration. Continue to apply the
brake pedal as needed. Cruise
control may be disengaged when
the Front Pedestrian Alert occurs.
Automatic Braking
If FPB detects it is about to crash
into a pedestrian ahead, and the
brakes have not been applied, FPB
may automatically brake moderately
or brake hard. This can help to
avoid some very low speed
pedestrian crashes or reduce
pedestrian injury. FPB can
automatically brake to detected
pedestrians between 8 km/h (5 mph)
and 80 km/h (50 mph). Automatic
braking levels may be reduced
under certain conditions, such as
higher speeds.
If this happens, Automatic Braking
may engage the Electric Parking
Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at a
stop. Release the EPB. A firm press
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
272 Driving and Operating
of the accelerator pedal will also
release Automatic Braking and
the EPB.
{
Warning
FPB may alert or automatically
brake the vehicle suddenly in
situations where it is unexpected
and undesired. It could falsely
alert or brake for objects similar in
shape or size to pedestrians,
including shadows. This is normal
operation and the vehicle does
not need service. To override
Automatic Braking, firmly press
the accelerator pedal, if it is safe
to do so.
Automatic Braking can be disabled
through vehicle personalization. See
“Front Pedestrian Detection” in
“Collision/Detection Systems” under
Vehicle Personalization 0 154.
{
Warning
Using the Front Pedestrian
Braking system while towing a
trailer could cause you to lose
control of the vehicle and crash.
Turn the system to Alert or Off
when towing a trailer.
Cleaning the System
If FPB does not seem to operate
properly, cleaning the outside of the
windshield in front of the rearview
mirror may correct the issue.
Side Blind Zone
Alert (SBZA)
If equipped, the SBZA system is a
lane-changing aid that assists
drivers with avoiding crashes that
occur with moving vehicles in the
side blind zone (or spot) areas.
When the vehicle is in a forward
gear, the left or right side mirror
display will light up if a moving
vehicle is detected in that blind
zone. If the turn signal is activated
and a vehicle is also detected on
the same side, the display will flash
as an extra warning not to change
lanes. Since this system is part of
the Lane Change Alert (LCA)
system, read the entire LCA section
before using this feature.
Lane Change Alert (LCA)
(1500 Series)
If equipped, the LCA system is a
lane-changing aid that assists
drivers with avoiding lane change
crashes that occur with moving
vehicles in the side blind zone (or
spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly
approaching these areas from
behind. The LCA warning display
will light up in the corresponding
outside side mirror and will flash if
the turn signal is on.
{
Warning
LCA does not alert the driver to
vehicles outside of the system
detection zones, pedestrians,
(Continued)
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 273
Warning (Continued)
bicyclists, or animals. It may not
provide alerts when changing
lanes under all driving conditions.
Failure to use proper care when
changing lanes may result in
injury, death, or vehicle damage.
Before making a lane change,
always check mirrors, glance over
your shoulder, and use the turn
signals.
LCA Detection Zones
1. SBZA Detection Zone
2. LCA Detection Zone
The LCA sensor covers a zone of
approximately one lane over from
both sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m
(11 ft). The height of the zone is
approximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)
and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. The
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)
warning area starts at approximately
the middle of the vehicle and goes
back 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are also
warned of vehicles rapidly
approaching from up to 25 m (82 ft)
behind the vehicle.
How the System Works
The LCA symbol lights up in the
side mirrors when the system
detects a moving vehicle in the next
lane over that is in the side blind
zone or rapidly approaching that
zone from behind. A lit LCA symbol
indicates it may be unsafe to
change lanes. Before making a lane
change, check the LCA display,
check mirrors, glance over your
shoulder, and use the turn signals.
Left Side Mirror
Display
Right Side Mirror
Display
When the vehicle is started, both
outside mirror LCA displays will
briefly come on to indicate the
system is operating. When the
vehicle is in a forward gear, the left
or right side mirror display will light
up if a moving vehicle is detected in
the next lane over in that blind zone
or rapidly approaching that zone.
If the turn signal is activated in the
same direction as a detected
vehicle, this display will flash as an
extra warning not to change lanes.
LCA is disabled when the trailer
connection status is displayed.
A DIC message may display. The
SBZA system still operates.
LCA can be disabled through
vehicle personalization. When you
disable LCA, SBZA is also disabled.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
274 Driving and Operating
See Vehicle Personalization 0 154.
If LCA is disabled by the driver, the
LCA mirror displays will not light up.
When the System Does Not
Seem to Work Properly
The LCA system requires some
driving for the system to calibrate to
maximum performance. This
calibration may occur more quickly if
the vehicle is driving on a straight
highway road with traffic and
roadside objects (e.g., guardrails,
barriers).
LCA displays may not come on
when passing a vehicle quickly, for
a stopped vehicle, or when towing a
trailer. The LCA detection zones
that extend back from the side of
the vehicle do not move further back
when a trailer is towed. Use caution
while changing lanes when towing a
trailer. LCA may alert to objects
attached to the vehicle, such as a
trailer, bicycle, or object extending
out to either side of the vehicle.
Attached objects may also interfere
with the detection of vehicles. This
is normal system operation; the
vehicle does not need service.
LCA may not always alert the driver
to vehicles in the next lane over,
especially in wet conditions or when
driving on sharp curves. The system
does not need to be serviced. The
system may light up due to
guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and
other non-moving objects. This is
normal system operation; the
vehicle does not need service.
LCA may not operate when the LCA
sensors in the left or right corners of
the rear bumper are covered with
mud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or in
heavy rainstorms. For cleaning
instructions, see "Washing the
Vehicle" under Exterior Care 0 427.
If the DIC still displays the system
unavailable message after cleaning
both sides of the vehicle toward the
rear corners of the vehicle, see your
dealer.
If the LCA displays do not light up
when moving vehicles are in the
side blind zone or are rapidly
approaching this zone and the
system is clean, the system may
need service. Take the vehicle to
your dealer.
Radio Frequency Information
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 470.
Lane Departure Warning
(LDW) (2500/3500 Series)
If equipped, LDW may help avoid
crashes due to unintentional lane
departures. LDW uses a camera
sensor to detect the lane markings
at speeds of 56 km/h (35 mph) or
greater. It may provide an alert if the
vehicle is crossing a lane without
using a turn signal in that direction.
LDW light will not alert if the turn
signal is active in the direction of
lane departure, or if LDW detects
that you are accelerating, braking or
actively steering.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 275
{
Warning
The LDW system does not steer
the vehicle. The LDW system
may not:
.
Provide enough time to
avoid a crash.
.
Detect lane markings under
poor weather or visibility
conditions. This can occur if
the windshield or
headlamps are blocked by
dirt, snow, or ice; if they are
not in proper condition; or if
the sun shines directly into
the camera.
.
Detect road edges.
.
Detect lanes on winding or
hilly roads.
If LDW only detects lane
markings on one side of the road,
it will only warn you when
departing the lane on the side
where it has detected a lane
marking. Always keep your
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
attention on the road and
maintain proper vehicle position
within the lane, or vehicle
damage, injury, or death could
occur. Always keep the
windshield, headlamps, and
camera sensors clean and in
good repair. Do not use LDW in
bad weather conditions.
How the System Works
LDW utilizes a camera sensor
installed on the windshield ahead of
the rearview mirror to detect lane
markings.
To turn LDW on and off, press
@ on
the instrument panel to the left of
the steering wheel. The control
indicator will light when LDW is on.
When LDW is on, @ is green if
LDW is available to warn of a lane
departure. If the vehicle crosses a
detected lane marking without using
the turn signal in that direction,
@
changes to amber and flashes.
Additionally, there will be three
beeps, on the right or left,
depending on the lane departure
direction. LDW will not alert if the
turn signal is active in the direction
of lane departure or if LDA detects
that you are accelerating, braking or
actively steering.
When the System Does Not
Seem to Work Properly
The system may not detect lanes as
well when there are:
.
Close vehicles ahead.
.
Sudden lighting changes, such
as when driving through tunnels.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
276 Driving and Operating
.
Banked roads.
If the LDW system is not functioning
properly when lane markings are
clearly visible, cleaning the
windshield may help.
LDW alerts may occur due to tar
marks, shadows, cracks in the road,
temporary or construction lane
markings, or other road
imperfections. This is normal system
operation; the vehicle does not need
service. Turn LDW off if these
conditions continue.
Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
(1500 Series)
If equipped, LKA may help avoid
crashes due to unintentional lane
departures. This system uses a
camera to detect lane markings
between 60 km/h (37 mph) and 180
km/h (112 mph). It may assist by
gently turning the steering wheel if
the vehicle approaches a detected
lane marking. It may also provide a
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
alert if the vehicle crosses a
detected lane marking. LKA can be
overridden by turning the steering
wheel. This system is not intended
to keep the vehicle centered in the
lane. LKA will not assist and alert if
the turn signal is active in the
direction of lane departure, or if it
detects that you are accelerating,
braking or actively steering.
{
Warning
The LKA system does not
continuously steer the vehicle.
It may not keep the vehicle in the
lane or give a Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) alert, even if a
lane marking is detected.
The LKA and LDW systems
may not:
.
Provide an alert or enough
steering assist to avoid a
lane departure or crash.
.
Detect lane markings under
poor weather or visibility
conditions. This can occur if
the windshield or
headlamps are blocked by
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
dirt, snow, or ice; if they are
not in proper condition; or if
the sun shines directly into
the camera.
.
Detect road edges.
.
Detect lanes on winding or
hilly roads.
If LKA only detects lane markings
on one side of the road, it will
only assist or provide an LDW
alert when approaching the lane
on the side where it has detected
a lane marking. Even with LKA
and LDW, you must steer the
vehicle. Always keep your
attention on the road and
maintain proper vehicle position
within the lane, or vehicle
damage, injury, or death could
occur. Always keep the
windshield, headlamps, and
camera sensors clean and in
good repair. Do not use LKA in
(Continued)
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 277
Warning (Continued)
bad weather conditions or on
roads with unclear lane markings,
such as construction zones.
{
Warning
Using LKA while towing a trailer
or on slippery roads could cause
loss of control of the vehicle and
a crash. Turn the system off.
How the System Works
LKA uses a camera sensor installed
on the windshield ahead of the
rearview mirror to detect lane
markings. It may provide brief
steering assist if it detects an
unintended lane departure. It may
further provide an audible alert or
the driver seat may pulse indicating
that a lane marking has been
crossed.
To turn LKA on and off, press
A
on the center stack. If equipped, the
indicator light on the button comes
on when LKA is on and turns off
when LKA is disabled.
When on,
A is white, if equipped,
indicating that the system is not
ready to assist.
A is green if LKA
is ready to assist. LKA may assist
by gently turning the steering wheel
if the vehicle approaches a detected
lane marking.
A is amber when
assisting. It may also provide a
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
alert by flashing
A amber if the
vehicle crosses a detected lane
marking. Additionally, there may be
three beeps, or the driver seat may
pulse three times, on the right or
left, depending on the lane
departure direction.
Take Steering
The LKA system does not
continuously steer the vehicle.
If LKA does not detect active driver
steering, an alert and chime may be
provided. Steer the vehicle to
dismiss. LKA may become
temporarily unavailable after
repeated take steering alerts.
When the System Does Not
Seem to Work Properly
The system performance may be
affected by:
.
Close vehicles ahead.
.
Sudden lighting changes, such
as when driving through tunnels.
.
Banked roads.
.
Roads with poor lane markings,
such as two-lane roads.
If the LKA system is not functioning
properly when lane markings are
clearly visible, cleaning the
windshield may help.
A camera blocked message may
display if the camera is blocked.
Some driver assistance systems
may have reduced performance or
not work at all. An LKA or LDW
unavailable message may display if
the systems are temporarily
unavailable. This message could be
due to a blocked camera. The LKA
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
278 Driving and Operating
system does not need service.
Clean the outside of the windshield
behind the rearview mirror.
LKA assistance and/or LDW alerts
may occur due to tar marks,
shadows, cracks in the road,
temporary or construction lane
markings, or other road
imperfections. This is normal system
operation; the vehicle does not need
service. Turn LKA off if these
conditions continue.
Fuel
Top Tier Fuel
GM recommends the use of TOP
TIER Detergent Gasoline to keep
the engine clean, reduce engine
deposits, and maintain optimal
vehicle performance. Look for the
TOP TIER Logo or see
www.toptiergas.com for a list of TOP
TIER Detergent Gasoline marketers
and applicable countries.
Recommended Fuel
(Except 6.2L V8 Engine)
For diesel engine vehicles, see
“Fuel for Diesel Engines” in the
Duramax diesel supplement.
If the vehicle has a yellow fuel cap
or a yellow sticker on the fuel door,
E85 or FlexFuel can be used. If the
vehicle does not have a yellow fuel
cap or yellow sticker, do not use
gasoline with ethanol levels greater
than 15% by volume. See E85 or
FlexFuel 0 280.
Use regular unleaded gasoline
meeting ASTM specification D4814
with a posted octane rating of 87 —
(R+M)/2 — or higher. Do not use
gasoline with a posted octane rating
of less than 87, as this may cause
engine knock and will lower fuel
economy.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 279
Recommended Fuel (6.2L
V8 Engine)
Premium unleaded gasoline
meeting ASTM specification D4814
with a posted octane rating of 93 —
(R+M)/2 — is highly recommended
for best performance and fuel
economy. Unleaded gasoline with
an octane rated as low as 87 can be
used. Using unleaded gasoline
rated below 93 octane, however, will
lead to reduced acceleration and
fuel economy. If knocking occurs,
use a gasoline rated at 93 octane
as soon as possible, otherwise, the
engine could be damaged. If heavy
knocking is heard when using
gasoline with a 93 octane rating, the
engine needs service.
Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or
FlexFuel. Do not use gasoline with
ethanol levels greater than 15% by
volume.
Prohibited Fuels
Caution
Do not use fuels with any of the
following conditions; doing so
may damage the vehicle and void
its warranty:
.
For vehicles that are not
FlexFuel, fuel labeled
greater than 15% ethanol by
volume, such as mid-level
ethanol blends (16–50%
ethanol), E85, or FlexFuel.
.
Fuel with any amount of
methanol, methylal,
ferrocene, and aniline.
These fuels can corrode
metal fuel system parts or
damage plastic and rubber
parts.
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
.
Fuel containing metals such
as methylcyclopentadienyl
manganese tricarbonyl
(MMT), which can damage
the emissions control
system and spark plugs.
.
Fuel with a posted octane
rating of less than the
recommended fuel. Using
this fuel will lower fuel
economy and performance,
and may decrease the life of
the emissions catalyst.
Fuels in Foreign
Countries
The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post
fuel octane ratings in anti-knock
index (AKI). For fuel not to use in a
foreign country, see Prohibited
Fuels 0 279.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
280 Driving and Operating
Fuel Additives
TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is
highly recommended for use with
your vehicle. If your country does
not have TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline, add ACDelco Fuel
System Treatment Plus−Gasoline to
the vehicle’s gasoline fuel tank at
every oil change or 15 000 km
(9,000 mi), whichever occurs first.
TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline and
ACDelco Fuel System Treatment
Plus−Gasoline will help keep your
vehicle’s engine fuel deposit free
and performing optimally.
E85 or FlexFuel
Vehicles with a yellow fuel sticker
on the fuel door can use either
unleaded gasoline or fuel containing
up to 85% ethanol (E85). All other
vehicles should use only the
unleaded gasoline as described in
Recommended Fuel (Except 6.2L
V8 Engine) 0 278 or
Recommended Fuel (6.2L
V8 Engine) 0 279.
The use of E85 or FlexFuel is
encouraged when the vehicle is
designed to use it. E85 or FlexFuel
is made from renewable sources.
To help locate fuel stations that
carry E85 or FlexFuel, the U.S.
Department of Energy has an
alternative fuel website. See
www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/locator/
stations.
E85 or FlexFuel should meet ASTM
Specification D 5798 or CAN/
CGSB–3.512 in Canada. Do not use
the fuel if the ethanol content is
greater than 85%. Fuel mixtures that
do not meet ASTM or CGSB
specifications can affect driveability
and could cause the malfunction
indicator lamp to come on.
The starting characteristics of E85
or FlexFuel make it unsuitable for
use when temperatures fall below
−18 °C (0 °F). Use gasoline or add
gasoline to the E85 or FlexFuel.
Because E85 or FlexFuel has less
energy per liter (gallon) than
gasoline, the vehicle will need to be
refilled more often. See Filling the
Tank (Pickup Model) 0 281 or
Filling the Tank (Chassis Cab
Model) 0 283.
The only GM approved aftermarket
additive is ACDelco Fuel System
Treatment Plus-FlexFuel. Follow the
instructions on the bottle for proper
use. This product is available at
your GM dealer.
Caution
Some additives are not
compatible with E85 or FlexFuel
and can harm the vehicle's fuel
system. Use only additives
approved by GM for E85 or
FlexFuel vehicles. Damage
caused by unapproved additives
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 281
Caution
Do not use fuel containing
methanol. It can corrode metal
parts in the fuel system and also
damage plastic and rubber parts.
That damage would not be
covered under the vehicle
warranty.
To help keep the engine running
efficiently, fill the tank with gasoline,
up to E15, after filling the tank with
E85 one or two times.
Filling the Tank (Pickup
Model)
If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
see the Duramax diesel
supplement.
An arrow on the fuel gauge
indicates which side of the vehicle
the fuel door is on. See Fuel Gauge
0 129.
{
Warning
Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn
violently and can cause injury or
death.
Follow these guidelines to help
avoid injuries to you and others:
.
Read and follow all the
instructions on the fuel
pump island.
.
Turn off the engine when
refueling.
.
Keep sparks, flames, and
smoking materials away
from fuel.
.
Do not leave the fuel pump
unattended.
.
Avoid using electronic
devices while refueling.
.
Do not re-enter the vehicle
while pumping fuel.
.
Keep children away from
the fuel pump and never let
children pump fuel.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
.
Before touching the fill
nozzle, touch a metallic
object to discharge static
electricity from your body.
.
Fuel can spray out if the fill
nozzle is inserted too
quickly. This spray can
happen if the tank is nearly
full, and is more likely in hot
weather. Insert the fill nozzle
slowly and wait for any hiss
noise to stop before
beginning to flow fuel.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
282 Driving and Operating
The capless refueling system does
not have a fuel cap. Fully insert and
latch the fill nozzle, begin fueling.
{
Warning
Overfilling the fuel tank by more
than three clicks of a standard fill
nozzle may cause:
.
Vehicle performance issues,
including engine stalling and
damage to the fuel system.
.
Fuel spills.
.
Under certain conditions,
fuel fires.
Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait
five seconds after you have finished
pumping before removing the fill
nozzle. Clean fuel from painted
surfaces as soon as possible. See
Exterior Care 0 427. Push the fuel
door closed.
{
Warning
If a fire starts while you are
refueling, do not remove the fill
nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
shutting off the pump or by
notifying the station attendant.
Leave the area immediately.
Filling the Tank with a Portable
Fuel Container
If the vehicle runs out of fuel and
must be filled from a portable fuel
container:
1. Locate the capless funnel
adapter.
2. Insert and latch the funnel into
the capless fuel system.
{
Warning
Attempting to refuel from a
portable fuel container without
using the funnel adapter may
cause fuel spillage and damage
the capless fuel system. This
could cause a fire. You or others
could be badly burned and the
vehicle could be damaged.
3. Remove and clean the funnel
adapter and return it to the
storage location.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 283
Filling the Tank (Chassis
Cab Model)
If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
see the Duramax diesel
supplement.
An arrow on the fuel gauge
indicates which side of the vehicle
the fuel door is on. See Fuel Gauge
0 129.
{
Warning
Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn
violently and can cause injury or
death.
Follow these guidelines to help
avoid injuries to you and others:
.
Read and follow all the
instructions on the fuel
pump island.
.
Turn off the engine when
refueling.
.
Keep sparks, flames, and
smoking materials away
from fuel.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
.
Do not leave the fuel pump
unattended.
.
Avoid using electronic
devices while refueling.
.
Do not re-enter the vehicle
while pumping fuel.
.
Keep children away from
the fuel pump and never let
children pump fuel.
.
Before touching the fill
nozzle, touch a metallic
object to discharge static
electricity from your body.
.
Fuel can spray out if the fuel
cap is opened too quickly.
This spray can happen if the
tank is nearly full, and is
more likely in hot weather.
Open the fuel cap slowly
and wait for any hiss noise
to stop, then unscrew the
cap all the way.
Turn the fuel cap counterclockwise
to remove. Fully insert and latch the
fill nozzle, begin fueling. If the
vehicle is a dual fuel tank chassis
cab model, and it runs out of fuel,
refuel the front fuel tank first to
ensure a quick restart.
{
Warning
Overfilling the fuel tank by more
than three clicks of a standard fill
nozzle may cause:
.
Vehicle performance issues,
including engine stalling and
damage to the fuel system.
.
Fuel spills.
.
Under certain conditions,
fuel fires.
Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait
five seconds after you have finished
pumping before removing the fill
nozzle. Clean fuel from painted
surfaces as soon as possible. See
Exterior Care 0 427. Reinstall the
cap by turning it clockwise until it
clicks.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
284 Driving and Operating
{
Warning
If a fire starts while you are
refueling, do not remove the fill
nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by
shutting off the pump or by
notifying the station attendant.
Leave the area immediately.
Caution
If a new fuel cap is needed, get
the right type of cap from your
dealer. The wrong type of fuel cap
may not fit properly, may turn on
the malfunction indicator lamp,
and could damage the fuel
system and emissions system.
See Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(Check Engine Light) 0 135.
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container
{
Warning
Never fill a portable fuel container
while it is in the vehicle. Static
electricity discharge from the
container can ignite the fuel
vapor. You or others could be
badly burned and the vehicle
could be damaged. To help avoid
injury to you and others:
.
Dispense fuel only into
approved containers.
.
Do not fill a container while
it is inside a vehicle, in a
vehicle's trunk, in a pickup
bed, or on any surface other
than the ground.
.
Bring the fill nozzle in
contact with the inside of
the fill opening before
operating the nozzle.
Maintain contact until filling
is complete.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
.
Keep sparks, flames, and
smoking materials away
from fuel.
.
Do not use electronic
devices while pumping fuel.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 285
Trailer Towing
General Towing
Information
Only use towing equipment that has
been designed for the vehicle.
Contact your dealer or trailering
dealer for assistance with preparing
the vehicle to tow a trailer. Read the
entire section before towing a trailer.
To tow a disabled vehicle, see
Towing the Vehicle 0 422. To tow
the vehicle behind another vehicle
such as a motor home, see
Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 423.
Driving Characteristics
and Towing Tips
{
Warning
You can lose control when towing
a trailer if the correct equipment is
not used or the vehicle is not
driven properly. For example,
if the trailer is too heavy or the
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
trailer brakes are inadequate for
the load, the vehicle may not stop
as expected. You and others
could be seriously injured. The
vehicle may also be damaged,
and the repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Pull a trailer only if all the steps in
this section have been followed.
Ask your dealer for advice and
information about towing a trailer
with the vehicle.
Driving with a Trailer
Trailering is different than just
driving the vehicle by itself.
Trailering means changes in
handling, acceleration, braking,
durability, and fuel economy.
Successful, safe trailering takes
correct equipment, and it has to be
used properly.
The following information has many
time-tested, important trailering tips
and safety rules. Many of these are
important for your safety and that of
your passengers. Read this section
carefully before pulling a trailer.
When towing a trailer:
.
Become familiar with and follow
all state and local laws that
apply to trailer towing. These
requirements vary from state to
state.
.
State laws may require the use
of extended side view mirrors.
Even if not required, you should
install extended side view
mirrors if your visibility is limited
or restricted while towing.
.
Do not tow a trailer during the
first 800 km (500 mi) of vehicle
use to prevent damage to the
engine, axle, or other parts.
.
It is recommended to perform
the first oil change before heavy
towing.
.
During the first 800 km (500 mi)
of trailer towing, do not drive
over 80 km/h (50 mph) and do
not make starts at full throttle.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
286 Driving and Operating
.
Vehicles can tow in D (Drive).
Tow/Haul Mode is recommended
for heavier trailers. See Tow/
Haul Mode 0 224. If the
transmission downshifts too
often, a lower gear may be
selected using Manual Mode.
See Manual Mode 0 222.
If equipped, the following driver
assistance features should be
turned off when towing a trailer:
.
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
.
Super Cruise Control
.
Lane Keep Assist (LKA)
.
Park Assist
.
Automatic Parking Assist (APA)
.
Reverse Automatic
Braking (RAB)
If equipped, the following driver
assistance features should be
turned to alert or off when towing a
trailer:
.
Automatic Emergency
Braking (AEB)
.
Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)
.
Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)
If equipped with Lane Change Alert
(LCA), the LCA detection zones that
extend back from the side of the
vehicle do not move further back
when a trailer is towed. Use caution
while changing lanes when towing a
trailer.
If equipped with Rear Cross Traffic
Alert (RCTA), use caution while
backing up when towing a trailer, as
the RCTA detection zones that
extend out from the back of the
vehicle do not move further back
when a trailer is towed.
{
Warning
To prevent serious injury or death
from carbon monoxide (CO),
when towing a trailer:
.
Do not drive with the
liftgate, trunk/hatch,
or rear-most window open.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
.
Fully open the air outlets on
or under the instrument
panel.
.
Adjust the climate control
system to a setting that
brings in only outside air.
See “Climate Control
Systems” in the Index.
For more information about
carbon monoxide, see Engine
Exhaust 0 218.
Towing a trailer requires experience.
The combination of the vehicle and
trailer is longer and not as
responsive as the vehicle itself. Get
used to the handling and braking of
the combination by driving on a
level road surface before driving on
public roads.
The trailer structure, the tires, and
the brakes must all be rated to carry
the intended cargo. Inadequate
trailer equipment can cause the
combination to operate in an
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 287
unexpected or unsafe manner.
Before driving, inspect all trailer
hitch parts and attachments, safety
chains, electrical connectors, lamps,
tires, and mirrors. See Towing
Equipment 0 294. If the trailer has
electric brakes, start the
combination moving and then
manually apply the trailer brake
controller to check that the trailer
brakes work. During the trip,
occasionally check that the cargo
and trailer are secure and that the
lamps and any trailer brakes are
working.
Towing with a Stability Control
System
When towing, the stability control
system might be heard. The system
reacts to vehicle movement caused
by the trailer, which mainly occurs
during cornering. This is normal
when towing heavier trailers.
Following Distance
Stay at least twice as far behind the
vehicle ahead as you would when
driving without a trailer. This can
help to avoid heavy braking and
sudden turns.
Passing
More passing distance is needed
when towing a trailer. The
combination of the vehicle and
trailer will not accelerate as quickly
and is much longer than the vehicle
alone. It is necessary to go much
farther beyond the passed vehicle
before returning to the lane. Pass
on level roadways. Avoid passing
on hills if possible.
Backing Up
Hold the bottom of the steering
wheel with one hand. To move the
trailer to the left, move that hand to
the left. To move the trailer to the
right, move that hand to the right.
Always back up slowly and,
if possible, have someone
guide you.
Making Turns
Caution
Turn more slowly and make wider
arcs when towing a trailer to
prevent damage to your vehicle.
Making very sharp turns could
cause the trailer to contact the
vehicle.
Make wider turns than normal when
towing, so the trailer will not go over
soft shoulders, over curbs, or strike
road signs, trees, or other objects.
Always signal turns well in advance.
Do not steer or brake suddenly.
Driving on Grades
Reduce speed and shift to a lower
gear before starting down a long or
steep downhill grade. If the
transmission is not shifted down, the
brakes may overheat and result in
reduced braking efficiency.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
288 Driving and Operating
The vehicle can tow in D (Drive).
Shift the transmission to a lower
gear if the transmission shifts too
often under heavy loads and/or hilly
conditions.
When towing at higher altitudes,
engine coolant will boil at a lower
temperature than at lower altitudes.
If the engine is turned off
immediately after towing at high
altitude on steep uphill grades, the
vehicle could show signs similar to
engine overheating. To avoid this,
let the engine run, preferably on
level ground, with the transmission
in P (Park) for a few minutes before
turning the engine off. If the
overheat warning comes on, see
Engine Overheating 0 349.
Viewing Systems
If equipped, the viewing systems on
the vehicle can improve visibility
while hitching, backing, and driving
with a trailer. See Driver Assistance
Systems 0 254.
Parking on Hills
{
Warning
To prevent serious injury or death,
always park your vehicle and
trailer on a level surface when
possible.
When parking your vehicle and your
trailer on a hill:
1. Press the brake pedal, but do
not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn
the wheels into the curb if
facing downhill or into traffic if
facing uphill.
2. Have someone place chocks
under the trailer wheels.
3. Gradually release the brake
pedal to allow the chocks to
absorb the load of the trailer.
4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then
apply the parking brake and
shift into P (Park).
5. Release the brake pedal.
Leaving After Parking on a Hill
1. Apply and hold the brake
pedal.
.
Start the engine.
.
Shift into a gear.
.
Release the parking brake.
2. Let up on the brake pedal.
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is
clear of the chocks.
4. Stop and have someone pick
up and store the chocks.
Launching and Retrieving
a Boat
Backing the Trailer into the Water
{
Warning
.
Have all passengers get out
of the vehicle before
backing onto the sloped part
of the ramp. Lower the
driver and passenger side
windows before backing
onto the ramp. This will
(Continued)
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 289
Warning (Continued)
provide a means of escape
in the unlikely event the
vehicle slides into the water.
.
If the boat launch surface is
slippery, have the driver
remain in the vehicle with
the brake pedal applied
while the boat is being
launched. The boat launch
can be especially slippery at
low tide when part of the
ramp was previously
submerged at high tide. Do
not back onto the ramp to
launch the boat if you are
not sure the vehicle can
maintain traction.
.
Do not move the vehicle if
someone is in the path of
the trailer. Some parts of the
trailer might be underwater
and not visible to people
who are assisting in
launching the boat.
Disconnect the wiring to the trailer
before backing the trailer into the
water to prevent damage to the
electrical circuits on the trailer.
Reconnect the wiring to the trailer
after removing the trailer from the
water. If the trailer has electric
brakes that can function when the
trailer is submerged, it might help to
leave the electrical trailer connector
attached to maintain trailer brake
functionality while on the boat ramp.
To back the trailer into the water:
1. If equipped, place the vehicle
in four-wheel-drive high.
2. Slowly back down the boat
ramp until the boat is floating,
but no further than necessary.
3. Press and hold the brake
pedal, but do not shift into
P (Park) yet.
4. Have someone place chocks
under the front wheels of the
vehicle.
5. Gradually release the brake
pedal to allow the chocks to
absorb the load of the trailer.
6. Reapply the brake pedal. Then
apply the parking brake and
shift into P (Park).
7. Release the brake pedal.
Pulling the Trailer from the Water
To pull the trailer out of the water:
1. Press and hold the brake
pedal.
2. Start the engine and shift
into gear.
3. Release the parking brake.
4. Let up on the brake pedal.
5. Drive slowly until the tires are
clear of the chocks.
6. Stop and have someone pick
up and store the chocks.
7. Slowly pull the trailer from the
water.
8. Once the vehicle and trailer
have been driven from the
sloped part of the boat ramp,
the vehicle can be shifted from
four-wheel-drive high. Shift into
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
290 Driving and Operating
the drive mode that is
appropriate for the road
conditions.
Caution
If the vehicle tires begin to spin
and the vehicle begins to slide
toward the water, remove your
foot from the accelerator pedal
and apply the brake pedal. Seek
help to have the vehicle towed up
the ramp.
Maintenance when Trailer
Towing
The vehicle needs service more
often when used to tow trailers. See
Maintenance Schedule 0 440. It is
especially important to check the
engine oil, axle lubricant, belts,
cooling system, and brake system
before and during each trip.
Check periodically to see that all
nuts and bolts on the trailer hitch
are tight.
Engine Cooling When Trailer
Towing
The cooling system may temporarily
overheat during severe operating
conditions. See Engine Overheating
0 349.
Trailer Towing
If equipped with a diesel engine,
see the Duramax diesel
supplement.
Caution
Towing a trailer improperly can
damage the vehicle and result in
costly repairs not covered by the
vehicle warranty. To tow a trailer
correctly, follow the directions in
this section and see your dealer
for important information about
towing a trailer with the vehicle.
Trailering is different than just
driving the vehicle by itself.
Trailering means changes in
handling, acceleration, braking,
durability, and fuel economy.
Successful, safe trailering takes
correct equipment, and it has to be
used properly.
The following information has many
time-tested, important trailering tips
and safety rules. Many of these are
important for your safety and that of
your passengers. Read this section
carefully before pulling a trailer.
Trailer Weight
{
Warning
Never exceed the towing capacity
for your vehicle.
Safe trailering requires monitoring
the weight, speed, altitude, road
grades, outside temperature, and
how frequently the vehicle is used to
tow a trailer.
Trailer Weight Ratings
When towing a trailer, the combined
weight of the vehicle, vehicle
contents, trailer, and trailer contents
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 291
must be below all of the maximum
weight ratings for the vehicle,
including:
.
GCWR: Gross Combined Weight
Rating
.
GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating
.
Maximum Trailer Weight Rating
.
GAWR-RR: Gross Axle Weight
Rating-Rear
.
Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight
Rating
See “Weight-Distributing Hitch and
Adjustment” under Towing
Equipment 0 294 to determine if
equalizer bars are required to obtain
the maximum trailer weight rating.
See “Trailer Brakes” under Towing
Equipment 0 294 to determine if
brakes are required based on your
trailer's weight.
The only way to be sure the weight
is not exceeding any of these
ratings is to weigh the tow vehicle
and trailer combination, fully loaded
for the trip, getting individual
weights for each of these items.
A trailering information label on the
B-pillar shows tow rating information
for the vehicle.
{
Warning
You and others could be seriously
injured or killed if the trailer is too
heavy or the trailer brakes are
inadequate for the load. The
vehicle may be damaged, and the
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty.
Only tow a trailer if all the steps in
this section have been followed.
Ask your dealer for advice and
information about towing a trailer.
Gross Combined Weight
Rating (GCWR)
GCWR is the total allowable weight
of the completely loaded vehicle
and trailer including any fuel,
passengers, cargo, equipment, and
accessories. Do not exceed the
GCWR for your vehicle. The GCWR
for the vehicle is on the Trailering
Information Label.
To check that the weight of the
vehicle and trailer are within the
GCWR for the vehicle, follow these
steps:
1. Start with the "curb weight"
from the Trailering Information
Label.
2. Add the weight of the trailer
loaded with cargo and ready
for the trip.
3. Add the weight of all
passengers.
4. Add the weight of all cargo in
the vehicle.
5. Add the weight of hitch
hardware such as a draw bar,
ball, load equalizer bars,
or sway bars.
6. Add the weight of any
accessories or aftermarket
equipment added to the
vehicle.
The resulting weight cannot exceed
the GCWR value on the Trailering
Information Label.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
292 Driving and Operating
The gross combined weight can
also be confirmed by weighing the
truck and trailer on a public scale.
The truck and trailer should be
loaded for the trip with passengers
and cargo.
Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR)
For information about the vehicle's
maximum load capacity, see Vehicle
Load Limits 0 198. When calculating
the GVWR with a trailer attached,
the trailer tongue weight must be
included as part of the weight the
vehicle is carrying.
Maximum Trailer Weight
The maximum trailer weight rating is
calculated assuming the tow vehicle
has a driver, a front seat passenger,
and all required trailering
equipment. This value represents
the heaviest trailer the vehicle can
tow, but it may be necessary to
reduce the trailer weight to stay
within the GCWR, GVWR, maximum
trailer tongue load, or GAWR-RR for
the vehicle.
Use the Tow Rating Guide
(my.chevrolet.com/learn) to
determine how much the trailer can
weigh, based on the vehicle model
and options.
Weights listed apply for
conventional trailers unless
otherwise noted.
The weight of the trailer, including
the trailer and all cargo in the trailer,
cannot exceed the maximum trailer
weight rating for the vehicle. The
allowable trailer weight might be
reduced by the weight of the vehicle
options, accessories, passengers,
or cargo in the tow vehicle. To
determine the maximum trailer
weight rating:
1. Find the Gross Combined
Weight Rating for the vehicle
as shown on the Trailering
Information Label.
2. Subtract the following:
.
Vehicle curb weight as
shown on the Trailering
Information Label
.
Weight of the driver and
passengers
.
Weight of cargo in the tow
vehicle
.
Hitch hardware weight
including the draw bar, and
equalizer bars
.
Weight of accessories
added to the vehicle
A step bumper trailer hitch can only
support a total trailer weight up to
2 271 kg (5,000 lb). If a trailer hitch
ball is added to the step bumper,
check the hitch ball rating to be sure
it is higher than the total trailer
weight.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 293
Maximum Trailer Tongue
Weight Rating
The Maximum Trailer Tongue
Weight Rating is the allowable
trailer tongue weight that the vehicle
can support using a conventional
trailer hitch. It may be necessary to
reduce the overall trailer weight to
stay within the maximum trailer
tongue weight rating while still
maintaining the correct trailer load
balance.
The Maximum Trailer Tongue
Weight Rating for a conventional
trailer hitch is shown on the
Trailering Information Label.
Do not exceed a maximum trailer
tongue weight of 567 kg (1,250 lb)
for a conventional trailer hitch.
The trailer tongue weight contributes
to the Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW).
GVW includes the curb weight of
your vehicle, any passengers,
cargo, equipment, and the trailer
tongue weight. Vehicle options,
passengers, cargo, and equipment
reduce the maximum allowable
tongue weight the vehicle can carry,
which also reduces the maximum
allowable trailer weight.
Trailer Load Balance
The correct trailer load balance
must be maintained to ensure trailer
stability. Incorrect load balance is a
leading cause of trailer sway.
The trailer tongue weight (1) should
be 10–15% of the total loaded trailer
weight (2). Some specific trailer
types, such as boat trailers, fall
outside of this range. Always refer
to the trailer owner’s manual for the
recommended trailer tongue weight
for each trailer. Never exceed the
maximum loads for the vehicle,
hitch, and trailer.
The trailer load balance percentage
is calculated as: weight (1) divided
by weight (2) times 100.
After loading the trailer, separately
weigh the trailer and then the trailer
tongue and calculate the trailer load
balance percentage to see if the
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
294 Driving and Operating
weights and distribution are
appropriate for your vehicle. If the
trailer weight is too high, it may be
possible to transfer some of the
cargo into your vehicle. If the trailer
tongue weight is too high or too low,
it may be possible to rearrange
some of the cargo inside of the
trailer.
Do not exceed the maximum
allowable tongue weight for the
vehicle. Use the shortest hitch
extension that will position the hitch
ball closest to the vehicle. This will
help reduce the effect of trailer
tongue weight on the trailer hitch
and rear axle.
If a cargo carrier is used in the
trailer hitch receiver, choose a
carrier that positions the load as
close to the vehicle as possible.
Make sure the total weight,
including the carrier, is no more than
half of the maximum allowable
tongue weight for the vehicle or
227 kg (500 lb), whichever is less.
Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating
(GAWR-RR)
The GAWR-RR is the total weight
that can be supported by the rear
axle of the vehicle. Do not exceed
the GAWR-RR for the vehicle, with
the tow vehicle and trailer fully
loaded for the trip including the
weight of the trailer tongue. If using
a weight-distributing hitch, do not
exceed the GAWR-RR before
applying the weight distribution
spring bars.
The GAWR-RR for the vehicle is on
the Trailering Information Label.
Ask your dealer for trailering
information or assistance.
Towing Equipment
Hitches
Conventional Hitch
A conventional hitch is bolted to the
frame or cross member of the tow
vehicle, and is generally rated Class
2, 3, or 4.
Gooseneck Hitch
A gooseneck hitch is designed to be
coupled to a special hitch leveraging
a hitch ball, and is mounted over the
rear axle in the truck bed.
Fifth-Wheel Hitch
A fifth-wheel hitch is mounted over
the rear axle in the truck bed, and
leverages a hinged plate — the
same type of hitch leveraged by
semi trucks. Generally, fifth-wheel
hitches accommodate large trailers
with as many as one, two, or three
axles.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 295
Always use the correct hitch
equipment for your vehicle.
Crosswinds, large trucks going by,
and rough roads can affect the
trailer and the hitch.
Proper hitch equipment for your
vehicle helps maintain control of the
vehicle-trailer combination. Many
trailers can be towed using a
weight-carrying hitch which has a
coupler latched to the hitch ball, or a
tow eye latched to a pintle hook.
Other trailers may require a
weight-distributing hitch that uses
spring bars to distribute the trailer
tongue weight between your vehicle
and trailer axles. Fifth-wheel and
gooseneck hitches may also be
used. See “Maximum Trailer Tongue
Weight” under Trailer Towing 0 290
for weight limits with various hitch
types.
Avoid sharp turns when using a
step-bumper hitch to prevent
damage. Make wider turns to
prevent contact between your trailer
and your bumper.
Consider using mechanical sway
controls with any trailer. Ask a
trailering professional about sway
controls or refer to the trailer
manufacturer's recommendations
and instructions.
Weight-Distributing Hitch and
Adjustment
A weight-distributing hitch may be
useful with some trailers. Use the
following guidelines to determine if a
weight-distributing hitch should
be used.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
296 Driving and Operating
Vehicle Series Trailer Weight
Weight-Distributing Hitch
Usage Hitch Distribution
1500 Up to 3 175 kg (7,000 lb) Not Required 50%
1500 Over 3 175 kg (7,000 lb) Required 50%
2500/3500 Up to 9 080 kg (20,000 lb) Not Required 25%
1. Front of Vehicle
2. H1/H2 Body to Ground
Distance
Towing with Model 1500 Trucks
1. Position the truck so that the
trailer is ready to connect.
Keep the trailer detached.
2. Measure the height of the top
of the front wheel opening at
the fender to the ground (H1).
3. Attach the vehicle to the trailer.
Do not attach weight
distribution bars at this time.
4. Measure the height of the top
of the front wheel opening on
the fender to the ground (H2).
5. Install and adjust the tension in
the weight-distributing bars per
the manufacturers’
recommendations so that the
height of the front fender is
approximately H2−[(H2−H1)/2]
(halfway between the two
measured ride heights).
6. Visually inspect the trailer and
weight-distributing hitch to
ensure that the manufacturers’
recommendations have
been met.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 297
Measurement Height Example 1500 (mm)
H1 1 000
H2 1 050
H2−H1 50
(H2−H1)/2 25
H2−[(H2−H1)/2] 1 025
Towing with Model 2500/3500
Trucks
1. Position the truck so that the
trailer is ready to connect.
Keep the trailer detached.
2. Measure the height of the top
of the front wheel opening at
the fender to the ground (H1).
3. Attach the vehicle to the trailer.
Do not attach weight
distribution bars at this time.
4. Measure the height of the top
of the front wheel opening on
the fender to the ground (H2).
5. Install and adjust the tension in
the weight-distributing bars per
the manufacturers’
recommendations so that the
height of the front fender is
approximately H2−[(H2−H1)/4]
(1/4 the difference between the
two measured ride heights,
below the secondary ride
height {H2}).
6. Visually inspect the trailer and
weight-distributing hitch to
ensure that the manufacturers’
recommendations have
been met.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
298 Driving and Operating
Measurement Height Example 2500/3500 (mm)
H1 1 040
H2 1 080
H2−H1 40
(H2−H1)/4 10
H2−[(H2−H1)/4] 1 070
Tires
.
Do not tow a trailer while using a
compact spare tire on the
vehicle.
.
Tires must be properly inflated to
support loads while towing a
trailer. See Tires 0 377 for
instructions on proper tire
inflation.
Fifth-Wheel and Gooseneck
Trailering
Fifth-wheel and gooseneck trailers
can be used with many pickup
models. These trailers place a
larger percentage of the weight
(kingpin weight) on the tow vehicle
than conventional trailers. Make
sure this weight does not cause the
vehicle to exceed GAWR or GVWR.
Fifth-wheel or gooseneck kingpin
weight should be 15–25% of the
trailer weight up to the maximum
amount specified in the trailering
chart for the vehicle. See “Trailer
Weight" under Trailer Towing 0 290.
The hitch should be in the pickup
bed so that its centerline is over or
slightly in front of the rear axle. Take
care that it is not so far forward that
it will contact the back of the cab in
sharp turns. This is especially
important for short box pickups.
Trailer pin box extensions and
sliding fifth-wheel hitch assemblies
may be used. There should be at
least 15 cm (6 in) of clearance
between the top of the pickup box
and the bottom of the trailer shelf
that extends over the box.
Make sure the hitch is attached to
the tow vehicle frame rails. Do not
use the pickup box for support.
Safety Chains
Always attach safety chains
between the vehicle and the trailer.
Instructions about safety chains
may be provided by the hitch
manufacturer or by the trailer
manufacturer.
If the trailer being towed weighs up
to 2 271 kg (5,000 lb) with a
factory-installed step bumper, safety
chains may be attached to the
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 299
attaching points on the bumper;
otherwise, safety chains should be
attached to holes on the trailer hitch.
Cross the safety chains under the
tongue of the trailer to help prevent
the tongue from contacting the road
if it becomes separated from the
hitch. Always leave enough slack in
the safety chains to allow the
combination to turn. Never allow
safety chains to drag on the ground.
Trailer Brakes
Loaded trailers over 900 kg
(2,000 lb) must be equipped with
brake systems and with brakes for
each axle. Trailer braking equipment
conforming to Canadian Standards
Association (CSA) requirement
CAN3-D313, or its equivalent, is
recommended.
State or local regulations may
require trailers to have their own
braking system if the loaded weight
of the trailer exceeds certain
minimums that can vary from state
to state. Read and follow the
instructions for the trailer brakes so
they are installed, adjusted, and
maintained properly. Never attempt
to tap into your vehicle's hydraulic
brake system. If you do, both the
vehicle antilock brakes and the
trailer brakes may not function,
which could result in a crash.
Auxiliary Battery
If equipped, the vehicle's auxiliary
battery can be used to supply
electrical power to additional
equipment that may be added, such
as a slide-in camper.
Locate the auxiliary battery
connector under the hood on the
driver side of the vehicle, next to the
engine compartment fuse block.
Follow the proper installation
instructions included with any
electrical equipment that is installed.
Caution
To prevent draining the auxiliary
battery, always turn off electrical
equipment when not in use and
do not use any equipment that
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
may exceed the
maximum amperage rating of
30 amps.
Trailer Wiring Harness
Basic Trailer Wiring
If the vehicle is not equipped with a
trailer connector on the rear bumper,
a 7-wire trailering harness is tied to
the vehicles frame. The harness
requires the installation of a trailer
connector, which is available
through your dealer.
Use only a round, seven-wire
connector with flat blade terminals
meeting SAE J2863 specifications
for proper electrical connectivity.
The seven-wire harness contains
the following trailer circuits:
Stop/Turn
Signal Left
Yellow/Blue
Stop/Turn
Signal Right
Green/Violet
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
300 Driving and Operating
Tail/Parking
Lamps
Gray/Brown
Reverse Lamps White/Green
Battery Feed Red/Green
Ground White
Electric Trailer
Brake
Blue
Heavy-Duty Trailer Wiring Harness
Package
If equipped, the trailer wiring
harness, with a 7-pin connector and
a 4-pin connector, is mounted on
the vehicle's rear bumper.
The trailer connectors contain the
following circuits.
1. Ground
2. Tail Lamps
3. Left Turn/Brake
4. Right Turn/Brake
1. Left Turn/Brake
2. Tail Lamps
3. Reverse Lamps
4. Battery Feed
5. Right Turn/Brake
6. Electric Brakes
7. Ground
If equipped, trailering camera
connectors are available in the
bumper trailer receptacle in place of
the four pin connector. The inside
trailer auxiliary camera should be
installed on the top left hand
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 301
side (A) and the rear trailer auxiliary
camera (B) should be installed on
the top right hand side.
If equipped with the fifth wheel/
gooseneck trailer package, the
harness connector is mounted on
the inside of the pickup bed behind
the rear wheel.
Camper/Fifth-Wheel Trailer Wiring
Package
For vehicles without the fifth wheel/
gooseneck trailer package, the
seven-wire camper harness is under
the rear bumper, attached to the
frame near the rear crossmember.
A connector must be added to the
wiring harness that connects to the
camper.
The harness contains the following
camper/trailer circuits:
Stop/Turn
Signal Left
Yellow/Blue
Stop/Turn
Signal Right
Green/Violet
Tail/Parking
Lamps
Gray/Brown
Reverse Lamps White/Green
Battery Feed Red/Green
Ground White
Electric Trailer
Brake
Blue
If equipped with the heavy-duty
trailering option, see “Heavy-Duty
Trailer Wiring Harness Package”
earlier in this section. When the
camper-wiring harness is ordered
without the heavy-duty trailering
package, a seven-wire harness with
a seven-pin connector is at the rear
of the vehicle and is tied to the
vehicle's frame.
Trailer Lamps
Always check that all trailer lamps
are working at the beginning of each
trip, and periodically on longer trips.
If equipped, the Trailering App will
monitor the RH turn/brake lamp
circuit, LH turn/brake lamp circuit,
running lamp circuit, and reverse
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
302 Driving and Operating
lamp circuits on the trailer. DIC
messages and Trailering App alerts
may be displayed if lighting circuit
issues are detected on the trailer.
Pressing START LIGHT TEST in the
Trailering App automatically
activates the trailer lamps. The
Trailering App is not a substitute for
manually inspecting your trailer
lamps. See Trailering App 0 308.
Turn Signals When Towing a
Trailer
When properly connected, the trailer
turn signals will illuminate to indicate
the vehicle is turning, changing
lanes, or stopping. When towing a
trailer, the arrows on the instrument
cluster will illuminate even if the
trailer is not properly connected or
the bulbs are burned out.
Tow/Haul Mode
For instructions on how to enter
Tow/Haul Mode, see Driver Mode
Control 0 236.
Tow/Haul assists when pulling a
heavy trailer or a large or heavy
load. See Tow/Haul Mode 0 224.
Tow/Haul Mode is designed to be
most effective when the vehicle and
trailer combined weight is at least
75% of the vehicle's Gross
Combined Weight Rating (GCWR).
See “Trailer Weight” under Trailer
Towing 0 290.
Tow/Haul Mode is most useful when
towing a heavy trailer or carrying a
large or heavy load:
.
Through rolling terrain.
.
In stop-and-go traffic.
.
In busy parking lots.
Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul
Mode when lightly loaded or not
towing will not cause damage;
however, it is not recommended and
may result in unpleasant engine and
transmission driving characteristics,
heavy or light steering efforts, and
reduced fuel economy.
Integrated Trailer Brake
Control System
The vehicle may have an Integrated
Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system
for use with electric trailer brakes or
most electric over hydraulic trailer
brake systems. These instructions
apply to both types of electric trailer
brakes.
This symbol is on the Trailer Brake
Control Panel on vehicles with an
ITBC system. The power output to
the trailer brakes is proportional to
the amount of vehicle braking. This
available power output to the trailer
brakes can be adjusted to a wide
range of trailering situations.
The ITBC system is integrated with
the vehicle’s brake, antilock brake,
and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) systems. In trailering
conditions that cause the vehicle’s
antilock brake or StabiliTrak/ESC
systems to activate, power sent to
the trailer's brakes will be
automatically adjusted to minimize
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 303
trailer wheel lock-up. This does not
imply that the trailer has
StabiliTrak/ESC.
If the vehicle’s brake, antilock brake,
or StabiliTrak/ESC systems are not
functioning properly, the ITBC
system may not function fully or at
all. Make sure all of these systems
are fully operational to allow the
ITBC system to function properly.
The ITBC system is powered
through the vehicle's electrical
system. Turning the ignition off will
also turn off the ITBC system. The
ITBC system is fully functional only
when the ignition is in on.
{
Warning
Connecting a trailer that has an
air brake system may result in
reduced or complete loss of trailer
braking, including increased
stopping distance or trailer
instability which could result in
serious injury, death, or property
damage. Only use the ITBC
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
system with electric or electric
over hydraulic trailer brake
systems.
Trailer Brake Control Panel
1. Manual Trailer Brake Apply
Lever
2. Trailer Symbol
3. Trailer Gain Adjustment
Buttons
The trailer symbol on the control
panel will light amber when a trailer
with electric brakes is connected.
The ITBC control panel is on the
center stack. See Instrument Panel
Overview 0 5. The control panel
allows adjustment to the amount of
output, referred to as Trailer Gain,
available to the trailer brakes and
allows manual application of the
trailer brakes. Use the ITBC control
panel and the DIC trailer brake
display page to adjust and display
power output to the trailer brakes.
Trailer Brake DIC Display Page
The ITBC display page indicates:
.
Trailer Gain setting
.
Output to the trailer brakes
.
Trailer connection
.
System operational status
To display:
.
Scroll through the DIC menu
pages
.
Press a Trailer Gain (+) or (−)
button
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
304 Driving and Operating
.
Activate the Manual Trailer
Brake Apply Lever
TRAILER GAIN: Press a Trailer
Gain button to recall the current
Trailer Gain setting. Each press and
release of the gain buttons will then
change the Trailer Gain setting.
Press the Trailer Gain (+) or (-) to
adjust. Press and hold to
continuously adjust the Trailer Gain.
To turn the output to the trailer off,
adjust the Trailer Gain setting to 0.0.
This setting can be adjusted from
0.0 to 10.0 with a trailer connected
or disconnected.
TRAILER OUTPUT: This displays
anytime a trailer with electric brakes
is connected. Output to the trailer
brakes is based on the amount of
vehicle braking present and relative
to the Trailer Gain setting. Output is
displayed from 0 to 100% for each
gain setting.
The Trailer Output will indicate “- - -
- - -” on the Trailer Brake Display
Page whenever the following occur:
.
No trailer is connected.
.
A trailer without electric brakes
is connected. No DIC message
displays.
.
A trailer with electric brakes has
become disconnected.
A CHECK TRAILER WIRING
message displays on the DIC.
.
There is a fault present in the
wiring to the trailer brakes.
A CHECK TRAILER WIRING
message displays on the DIC.
.
The ITBC system is not working
due to a fault. A SERVICE
TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM
message displays in the DIC.
Manual Trailer Brake Apply
Lever
Slide this lever right to apply the
trailer ’s electric brakes independent
of the vehicle’s brakes. Use this
lever to adjust the Trailer Gain to
achieve proper power output to the
trailer brakes. Under certain
circumstances, this lever can also
be used to apply additional trailer
braking. The trailer and vehicle
brake lamps will come on when
either the vehicle brakes or trailer
brakes are applied and properly
connected.
Trailer Gain Adjustment
Procedure
Trailer Gain should be set for a
specific trailering condition and it
must be readjusted anytime vehicle
loading, trailer loading, or road
surface conditions change.
{
Warning
Trailer brakes that are
over-gained or under-gained may
not stop the vehicle and the trailer
as intended and can result in a
crash. Always follow the
instructions to set the Trailer Gain
for the proper trailer stopping
performance.
To adjust Trailer Gain for each
towing condition:
1. Drive the vehicle with the trailer
attached on a level road
surface representative of the
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 305
towing condition and free of
traffic at about 32–40 km/h
(20–25 mph) and fully apply
the Manual Trailer Brake Apply
Lever.
Adjusting Trailer Gain at
speeds lower than 32–40 km/h
(20–25 mph) may result in an
incorrect gain setting.
2. Adjust the Trailer Gain, using
the Trailer Gain (+) or (−)
adjustment buttons, to just
below the point of trailer wheel
lock-up, indicated by trailer
wheel squeal or tire smoke
when a trailer wheel locks.
Trailer wheel lock-up may not
occur if towing a heavily loaded
trailer. Adjust the Trailer Gain
to the highest allowable setting
for the towing condition.
3. Readjust Trailer Gain anytime
vehicle loading, trailer loading,
or road surface conditions
change or if trailer wheel
lock-up is noticed at any time
while towing.
Other ITBC-Related DIC
Messages
TRAILER CONNECTED: This
message will briefly display when a
trailer with electric brakes is first
connected to the vehicle. This
message will automatically turn off
in about 10 seconds. This message
can be acknowledged before it
automatically turns off.
CHECK TRAILER WIRING: This
message will display if:
.
The ITBC system first
determines connection to a
trailer with electric brakes and
then the trailer harness becomes
disconnected from the vehicle.
If the disconnect occurs while
the vehicle is stationary, this
message will automatically turn
off in about 30 seconds. This
message will also turn off if it is
acknowledged or if the trailer
harness is reconnected.
If the disconnect occurs while
the vehicle is moving, this
message will continue until the
ignition is turned off. This
message will also turn off if it is
acknowledged or if the trailer
harness is reconnected.
.
There is an electrical fault in the
wiring to the trailer brakes. This
message will continue as long
as there is an electrical fault in
the trailer wiring. This message
will also turn off if it is
acknowledged.
To determine whether the electrical
fault is on the vehicle side or trailer
side of the trailer wiring harness
connection:
1. Disconnect the trailer wiring
harness from the vehicle.
2. Turn the ignition off.
3. Wait 10 seconds, then turn the
ignition back to RUN.
4. If the CHECK TRAILER
WIRING message reappears,
the electrical fault is on the
vehicle side.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
306 Driving and Operating
If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING
message only reappears when
connecting the trailer wiring harness
to the vehicle, the electrical fault is
on the trailer side.
SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE
SYSTEM: This message will display
when there is a problem with the
ITBC system. If this message
continues over multiple ignition
cycles, have the vehicle serviced.
If either the CHECK TRAILER
WIRING or SERVICE TRAILER
BRAKE SYSTEM message displays
while driving, the ITBC system may
not be fully functional or may not
function at all. When traffic
conditions allow, carefully pull the
vehicle over to the side of the road
and turn the ignition off. Check the
wiring connection to the trailer and
turn the ignition back on. If either of
these messages continues, either
the vehicle or trailer needs service.
A GM dealer may be able to
diagnose and repair problems with
the trailer. However, any diagnosis
and repair of the trailer is not
covered under the vehicle warranty.
Contact your trailer dealer for
assistance with trailer repairs and
trailer warranty information.
Trailer Sway
Control (TSC)
Vehicles with StabiliTrak/Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) have a
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) feature.
Trailer sway is unintended
side-to-side motion of a trailer while
towing. If the vehicle is towing a
trailer and the TSC detects that
sway is increasing, the vehicle
brakes are selectively applied at
each wheel, to help reduce
excessive trailer sway. If equipped
with the Integrated Trailer Brake
Control (ITBC) system, and the
trailer has an electric brake system,
StabiliTrak/ESC may also apply the
trailer brakes.
If TSC is enabled, the Traction
Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak/
ESC warning light will flash on the
instrument cluster. Reduce vehicle
speed by gradually removing your
foot from the accelerator. If trailer
sway continues, StabiliTrak/ESC
can reduce engine torque to help
slow the vehicle. TSC will not
function if StabiliTrak/ESC is turned
off. See Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control 0 233.
{
Warning
Trailer sway can result in a crash
and in serious injury or death,
even if the vehicle is equipped
with TSC.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 307
Warning (Continued)
If the trailer begins to sway,
reduce vehicle speed by
gradually removing your foot from
the accelerator. Then pull over to
check the trailer and vehicle to
help correct possible causes,
including an improperly or
overloaded trailer, unrestrained
cargo, improper trailer hitch
configuration, or improperly
inflated or incorrect vehicle or
trailer tires. See Towing
Equipment 0 294 for trailer ratings
and hitch setup
recommendations.
Aftermarket Electronic Trailer
Sway Control Devices
Some trailers may come equipped
with an electronic device designed
to reduce or control trailer sway.
Aftermarket equipment
manufacturers also offer similar
devices that connect to the wiring
between the trailer and the vehicle.
These devices may interfere with
the vehicle’s trailer brake or other
systems, including integrated
anti-sway systems, if equipped.
Messages related to trailer
connections or trailer brakes could
appear on the DIC. The effects of
these aftermarket devices may have
on vehicle handling or trailer brake
performance is not known.
{
Warning
Use of aftermarket electronic
trailer sway control devices could
result in reduced trailer brake
performance, loss of trailer
brakes, or other malfunctions, and
result in a crash. You or others
could be seriously injured or
killed. Before using one of these
devices:
.
Ask the device or trailer
manufacturer if the device
has been thoroughly tested
for compatibility with the
make, model, and year of
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
your vehicle and any
optional equipment installed
on your vehicle.
.
Before driving, check the
trailer brakes are working
properly, if equipped. Drive
the vehicle with the trailer
attached on a level road
surface that is free of traffic
at about 32-40 km/h
(20-25 mph) and fully apply
the manual trailer brake
apply lever. Also, check the
trailer brake lamps and
other lamps are functioning
correctly.
.
If the trailer brakes are not
operating properly at any
time, or if a DIC message
indicates problems with the
trailer connections or trailer
brakes, carefully pull the
vehicle over to the side of
the road when traffic
conditions allow.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
308 Driving and Operating
Trailer Tires
Special Trailer (ST) tires differ from
vehicle tires. Trailer tires are
designed with stiff sidewalls to help
prevent sway and to support heavy
loads. These features can make it
difficult to determine if the trailer tire
pressures are low only based on a
visual inspection.
Always check all trailer tire
pressures before each trip when the
tires are cool. Low trailer tire
pressure is a leading cause of trailer
tire blow-outs.
If the vehicle is equipped with a
trailer tire pressure monitoring
system, see the trailer tire pressure
monitoring system description and
the trailering app.
Trailer tires deteriorate over time.
The trailer tire sidewall will show the
week and year the tire was
manufactured. Many trailer tire
manufacturers recommend
replacing tires more than six
years old.
Overloading is another leading
cause of trailer tire blow-outs. Never
load your trailer with more weight
than the tires are designed to
support. The load rating is located
on the trailer tire sidewall.
Always know the maximum speed
rating for the trailer tires before
driving. This may be significantly
lower than the vehicle tire speed
rating. The speed rating may be on
the trailer tire sidewall. If the speed
rating is not shown, the default
trailer tire speed rating is 105 km/h
(65 mph).
Trailering App
Trailer Light App
If equipped, the Trailer Lights App is
on the Home Page of the
infotainment display.
Touch Start to cycle the trailer lamps
on and off to determine if they are
working. The test follows this
sequence:
1. The running lights turn on first
and remain on throughout the
sequence.
2. The brake lights turn on for
about two seconds.
3. The left turn signal light flashes
three times.
4. The right turn signal light
flashes three times.
5. The reverse lights turn on for
about two seconds.
6. Steps 2–5 repeat for
approximately one minute and
45 seconds, or until the test
deactivates.
Touch Stop to stop the test. The test
will automatically end after
one minute and 45 seconds.
The sequence also deactivates
when any of the following occur:
.
The ignition is turned off.
.
The transmission is shifted out
of P (Park).
.
The brake pedal is pressed.
.
The turn signal is activated.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 309
.
The hazard warning lights are
activated.
Trailering App
If equipped, the Trailering App is on
the Home Page of the infotainment
display.
If equipped this feature allows
profiles for connected trailers to be
created to view status, to store and
track trailer usage information, and
to set up towing assistance
features.
The Trailering App Preview will
appear when the Trailering App is
opened for the first time from the
Home Page. Touch GET STARTED
in the Trailering App to go into
the app.
When a trailer is electrically
connected, there will be an option to
create a profile, use a guest profile,
or cancel. After Cancel is selected a
third time, Don’t Remind Me will
display and touching that will turn off
the trailer detection pop-up. To turn
the Trailer Detection Alert on, select
ON in the Settings tab.
When a trailer is electrically
connected and after a Trailer Profile
has been created, the trailer
detection pop-up will appear with a
list of all of the custom Trailer
Profiles made on the vehicle. To
load an existing Trailer Profile,
select one of the Trailer Profiles
listed, or load the Guest Trailer
Profile by selecting GUEST
TRAILER. Touching Cancel,
Accessory/No trailer, or shifting the
vehicle from P (Park), will select
Accessory/No trailer as the active
Trailer Profile and will dismiss the
pop- up.
Create a Trailer Profile
1. Touch Create Profile on the
pop-up or touch + Add Trailer
in the Trailering App.
2. Create a name for the trailer.
3. Select the hitch type.
A checklist profile will be
created based on the type
selected.
4. Select the trailer type.
A pop-up will indicate the setup is
complete. Touch DONE to complete
the process or touch TRAILER
FEATURE SETUP to set up the
Tow/Haul Mode reminder, Trailer
Tire Pressure Monitoring System,
if equipped, maintenance reminders,
or towing assistance, if equipped.
Import a Trailer Profile
A trailer profile saved to an OnStar
account can be imported to the
vehicle.
1. Touch Import Profile on the
pop-up.
2. Select a trailer profile from
the list.
3. Touch IMPORT.
A pop-up will indicate the import
was successful. Touch OK to return
to the trailer list and select the trailer
profile. The Tow/Haul Mode
reminder, Brake Gain Setting and
Trailer Tire Pressure sensor
learning, if equipped, do not import.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
310 Driving and Operating
Trailer Feature Setup
Tow/Haul Mode Reminder
To turn the Tow/Haul Mode
Reminder setting on, touch Yes. To
turn it off, touch No.
Trailer Tire Pressure Setup
If the Trailer Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TTPMS) is
detected, touch the Tire Pressure
Monitoring icon to set up tire
pressure monitoring.Touch Yes to
set up the sensors or touch No to
return to the previous screen.
A trailer must be electrically
connected to the vehicle before
starting the sensor-to-vehicle learn
process.
After selecting Start from the Learn
Sensors screen, use the Tool
Method or the Manual Method
(described below) to learn each tire
sensor, during which the current tire
number will be highlighted.
Each sensor has a minimum of
two minutes to learn, shown by a
timer. After a sensor is learned, a
checkmark appears next to the tire,
the vehicle horn will sound, the
vehicle’s brake lamps will flash, and
all working trailer lamps will flash.
It then moves to the next sensor.
To cancel the process touch Stop.
The recommended tire pressure
must be entered for the trailer tires.
This allows the vehicle to alert when
the tire pressure is high or low.
TTPMS must learn the location of
the installed tire sensors to show
correct air pressure and
temperature for each tire. To set up,
use one of the following options or
see a tire or trailer dealer for
service. The learning process must
be repeated when the trailer tires
are rotated or replaced. See “Editing
a Trailer Profile” later in this section
for tire pressure sensor relearn
information.
Tool Method: A TTPMS activation
tool can be purchased separately to
learn the sensor locations.
Manual Method: Without the tool,
the air pressure can be increased or
decreased in each tire for
10 seconds. Do not exceed the
maximum inflation pressure found
on the tire sidewalls. Make sure to
re-adjust tire pressure to the
recommended level when the
process is complete.
Sensor Learning Steps
To complete the sensor-to-vehicle
learn process:
1. Touch Start on the Learn
Sensors screen. The horn
chirps twice and the Learning
Active screen appears on the
infotainment display.
2. Start with the driver side front
trailer tire.
3. Activate the tool near the valve
stem or adjust the air pressure
of this tire until the horn chirps
and all working vehicle and
trailer lights flash.
The process stops without
saving the sensor locations if
this step takes more than
two minutes.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 311
4. Move to the next tire and
repeat Step 3 for each sensor.
The horn chirps twice when all
sensors are completed.
5. Return to the vehicle to
complete the setup.
Maintenance Reminders
To set up maintenance reminders,
touch the Trailer Maintenance icon.
Select Yes to set up the
maintenance reminders for the
Trailer Profile. Follow the on-screen
prompts. The maximum number of
reminders is 50. Select No to return
to the previous screen.
Towing Assistance
If the Transparent Trailer feature is
available, touch the Towing
Assistance icon to set up
transparent trailer.
Touch Yes to begin set up or touch
No to return to the previous screen.
Follow the on-screen instructions.
A rear trailer camera must be
mounted on the trailer and
electrically connected to the vehicle
before transparent trailer feature
can be used. See Assistance
Systems for Parking or Backing
0 255.
Trailer dimensions must be in range
and transparent trailer must be
calibrated prior to use.
Transparent Trailer Setup
To complete setup for transparent
trailer:
1. Select the number of axles on
the trailer.
2. Enter trailer dimensions
.
Trailer Length: 300 cm
(118.1 in) – 970 cm
(381.8 in). Measure from
center of coupler to furthest
rear point on the trailer.
.
Trailer Width: 120 cm
(47.2 in) – 260 cm
(102.3 in). Measure from
left edge to right edge.
.
Trailer Height: 1 cm
(0.39 in) – 450 cm
(177.1 in). Measure from
ground to tallest point.
.
Hitching Point Length:
180 cm (70.8 in) – 970 cm
(381.8 in). Measure from
center of coupler to middle
of tires.
.
Trailer Tongue Length:
50 cm (119.6 in) – 220 cm
(86.6 in). Measure from
center of coupler to trailer
front wall.
.
Vehicle Hitch Height: 10 cm
(3.9 in) – 100 cm (39.3 in).
Measure from ground to top
of coupler.
.
Vehicle Hitch Length: 10 cm
(3.9 in) – 100 cm (39.3 in).
Measure from hitch receiver
to center of ball.
3. If trailer dimensions are out of
range, this feature will be
unavailable. Select OK to
return.
4. Ensure rear trailer camera is
connected.
5. Follow instructions to drive
forward to complete calibration.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
312 Driving and Operating
6. Return to the vehicle to
complete the setup.
Status View
The Status view shows:
.
Truck
.
Connections
.
Trailer
.
Maintenance
.
Cameras
Upon entry, the most recent items
will be shown. Select MORE to view
all options.
Truck
1. Transmission Fluid
Temperature
2. Average Fuel Economy with
Trailer Profile
Average Fuel Economy
Touch to view the average fuel
economy of the vehicle while the
Trailer Profile is active.
Transmission Temperature
View the temperature of the
transmission fluid by looking at the
graphic. The graphic will indicate a
dangerous level if the temperature
is at 130 °C–150 °C (270 °F–300 °F).
Connections
1. Light Test Start Button
2. Trailer Electrical Diagnostics
Connections OK
If all of the trailer connections are
detected (Running Lights, Left Turn
Signal Light, Right Turn Signal
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 313
Light, Reverse Lights, and Electric
Brakes, if equipped), the view will
display OK.
Connection Problem
If any of the trailer connections are
not detected, a message about the
connection issue will appear on the
Driver Information Center (DIC). The
infotainment display will also show
the connection issue in the
Connection Status view.
Diagnose View
Touch Diagnose to see more
information about the connection
problem.
This view will display the names of
the trailer connector pins, a graphic
of the trailer connector, and a
graphic of the back of the trailer.
Any connector pin that failed will be
amber color, and the location of the
corresponding connection will be
highlighted on the graphic of the
back of the trailer.
The Running Lights connection may
not detect partial outages. Activate
the light test to check all trailer
lamps. See “Light Test” following.
If the trailer is not equipped with
reverse lights or electric brakes and
you are receiving failure messages
in the DIC or on this view, turn off
the Reverse Lights Alert or the
Electric Brakes Alert setting in the
trailer ’s profile page.
Light Test
Touch Start Light Test to cycle the
trailer lights on and off to determine
if they are working. The test follows
this sequence:
1. The running lights turn on first
and remain on throughout the
sequence.
2. The brake lights turn on for
about two seconds.
3. The left turn signal light flashes
three times.
4. The right turn signal light
flashes three times.
5. The reverse lights turn on for
about two seconds.
6. Steps 2–5 repeat for
approximately one minute and
45 seconds, or until the test
deactivates.
Touch Stop to stop the test. The test
will automatically end after
one minute and 45 seconds.
The sequence also deactivates
when any of the following occur:
.
The ignition is turned off.
.
The transmission is shifted out
of P (Park).
.
The brake pedal is pressed.
.
The turn signal is activated.
.
The hazard warning lights are
activated.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
314 Driving and Operating
Trailer
1. Trailer Tire Pressure/
Temperature
2. Mileage of Trailer
Mileage
The mileage accumulated while this
Trailer Profile is active will display.
Touch mileage to edit.
Tire Pressure and Temperature
If the TTPMS sensor-to-vehicle
learn process was completed, the
status view will display the current
tire pressure and temperature of the
trailer tires related to the active
Trailer Profile. If a tire’ s pressure is
low or high, the color of the
pressure value will be amber. If a
sensor malfunctions, the values are
dashed lines. If the screen displays
“Service Tire Pressure Monitoring
System”, the vehicle needs to be
taken to a dealer for service.
Maintenance
1. List of Maintenance
Reminders
2. Add a New Maintenance
Reminder
The Maintenance Status view
displays reminders. Touch a
reminder to edit.
Touch + New Maintenance
Reminder to go to the Select New
Reminder view.
The progress bar turns yellow when
the maintenance item reaches 90%
complete.
The progress bar turns red when
the maintenance item reaches
100% complete.
Maintenance Notifications
.
Touch Service Complete to reset
the maintenance reminder.
.
Touch Remind Me Later to delay
the reminder.
.
Touch X next to Upcoming Alerts
(90%) to dismiss the alert. It will
not appear again.
.
Touch X next to Maintenance
Due (100%) to delay the alert to
the next ignition cycle.
Always follow all of the maintenance
instructions that came with your
trailer.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 315
Cameras
1. Rear Trailer Not Connected/
Preview, if equipped
2. Interior Trailer Not
Connected/Preview,
if equipped
3. Transparent Trailer Not Set
Up/Preview, if equipped
The Cameras Status view displays
status of trailer cameras.
Touch a connected camera to
preview the camera image.
Touch the Transparent Trailer option
to enter Transparent Trailer Setup if
setup is not complete.
Guest Trailer Status View
Touch the Guest Trailer Profile for
the status views.
The Guest Trailer Profile Status
view shows:
.
Truck
.
Trailer
.
Connections
.
Cameras, if equipped
The Trailer Status view displays
mileage information. Touch to edit,
and follow the on-screen prompts.
Mileage and fuel economy will reset
after the trailer disconnects. The
Cameras Status view displays
status of trailer cameras. Touch a
connected camera to preview the
camera image.
Checklist View
This view shows the recommended
steps to take before towing a trailer.
Touch the box next to each item if
that step has been completed.
Touch
p to access a detailed
view of each step. Within each
detailed view, touch Next and
Previous to navigate between steps.
Touch Clear All to clear the
completed statuses from all items in
the current checklist.
The checklist is unique to the Trailer
Profile based on hitch type; for
example, the steps involve different
details between conventional,
gooseneck, and fifth-wheel hitch
types.
Custom Checklist Items
For each of the Trailer Profile
checklists, there is an option to
create custom items to view in the
checklist. The custom item will
appear at the bottom of the
checklist.
Guest Trailer and No Trailer
Connected
If Guest Trailer Profile is active or if
no trailer is connected, the checklist
will show all of the checklists
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
316 Driving and Operating
associated with Custom Trailer
Profiles in addition to default
checklists.
Trailers View
Touch the Trailers tab to view,
activate, create, edit, or delete
Trailer Profiles.
If a trailer is connected, touch the
Trailer Profile name to activate a
Trailer Profile.
There can be up to five Custom
Trailer Profiles on the vehicle.
The Custom Trailer Profiles and
Guest Trailer are in order of the
most frequently used.
All personalization features are
based on the settings for each
driver in vehicle personalization.
The list of Trailer Profiles is based
on vehicle personalization settings.
Guest Trailer
If the Guest Trailer Profile is the
active Trailer Profile, trailer
detection, connections status, theft,
and the Tow/Haul reminder alerts
can be sent. The system will not
track total mileage or fuel economy,
but the system will track trip mileage
and fuel economy if the Guest
Trailer Profile is active. The Trailer
Tire Pressure Monitoring System or
maintenance reminders cannot be
set up for a Guest Trailer Profile.
The Guest Trailer Profile cannot be
edited.
Touch
p to learn more about the
Guest Trailer option.
No Trailer Connected
When there is no trailer connected,
Trailer Profiles cannot be activated
but most options can be edited.
Trailer Brake Gain Memory
The system can memorize the brake
gain setting of a Trailer Profile or a
Guest Trailer Profile. When a Trailer
Profile or Guest Trailer Profile is
selected, and a brake gain setting is
set for that Trailer Profile, a quick
notice will appear to indicate that
the system has recalled that
profile’s brake gain setting.
If a Trailer Profile is already active
and the brake gain setting had been
set for that Trailer Profile, the quick
notice will trigger whenever the
ignition is turned on.
If there was an error in setting the
brake gain for a Trailer Profile, there
will be a notification. This pop-up
will not appear if the Guest Trailer
Profile is active or if there is no
trailer connected.
Trailer brake gain should be set for
a specific trailering condition and
must be adjusted anytime vehicle
loading, trailer loading, or road
surface conditions change.
Editing a Trailer Profile
Trailer Profile View
Touch to edit any of the following
options in the Trailer Profile view:
.
Trailer Name
.
Towing Assistance Setup
.
Tire Pressure Setup
.
Trailer Maintenance
.
Mileage
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 317
.
Average Fuel Economy
.
Reverse Lights Alert
.
Electric Brakes Alert
Touch Save to save the new value
to the Trailer Profile. Touching Back
will still save the previously entered
information.
Trailer Name
Touch to edit the Trailer Profile’s
name. Use at least one character
and no spaces. Touch Save.
Towing Assistance Setup
A trailer should be connected to
complete this portion of profile
setup.
Touch to set up the Transparent
Trailer feature for the Trailer Profile.
See "Transparent Trailer Setup"
under "Towing Assistance" for
details on the setup.
Tire Pressure Setup
Touch to set up the Trailer Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TTPMS) for the Trailer Profile. See
“Trailer Tire Pressure Setup”
previously in this section for details
on the setup. Also, touch Tire
Pressure Setup if the trailer tires
were rotated or if the tire pressure
sensors in the tires were replaced
for this Trailer Profile. The vehicle
will need to relearn the tire sensors
and their locations.
If TTPMS had been set up
previously, the Select Number of
Sensors screen will appear after
touching Tire Pressure Setup. If the
number of sensors has changed,
select the number and touch Next.
If a new number of sensors is
selected, the Relearn Sensors
pop-up will appear. Touch Cancel to
go back or touch Relearn to
overwrite the current sensors and
begin the relearning process. See
“Trailer Tire Pressure Setup”
previously in this section.
If number of sensors has not
changed, touch Next and the Learn
sensors screen will appear.
On the Learn Sensors screen.
Touch Relearn to overwrite the
current sensors and begin the
relearning process. See “Trailer Tire
Pressure Setup” previously in this
section.
On the Learn Sensors screen, touch
Next to go to the Edit
Recommended Tire Pressure
screen.
On the Edit Recommended Tire
Pressure screen, touch a number on
the keypad to change the
Recommended Tire Pressure for the
trailer ’s tires. This will change the
number at which the vehicle
displays alerts related to trailer tire
pressure. Touch Done to return to
the Trailer Profile view.
Trailer Maintenance
Touch to view a list of maintenance
reminders for the Trailer Profile.
Touch a reminder to view, reset,
delete, or edit it.
Reset Reminder
Touch Maintenance Complete in the
reminder view to reset the reminder.
On the pop-up, touch Reset to reset
the time and mileage values for the
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
318 Driving and Operating
reminder. Touch Cancel to return to
the previous view and nothing will
change.
Edit Reminder
Touch to edit the mileage or time
settings for the reminder. Touch
Save to save the new settings to the
Trailer Profile.
Delete Reminder
Touch to delete the maintenance
reminder. On the pop-up, touch
Delete to delete the reminder or
touch Cancel to return to the
previous view and nothing will
change.
New Maintenance Reminder
Touch + New Maintenance
Reminder to set up a new reminder.
Suggested reminders that were
previously set will have checkmarks
next to them. Suggested reminders
that have not been set will have
empty boxes next to them. The
maximum number of reminders
is 50.
Mileage
Touch to edit the Trailer Profile’s
mileage.
Effect on Maintenance Reminders
If the mileage is reset or changed,
and mileage has already
accumulated, any maintenance
reminders that have been set up will
be adjusted accordingly.
Average Fuel Economy
Touch to reset the average fuel
economy for the Trailer Profile.
Touch Reset to change, or touch
Cancel to go back to the
previous view.
Reverse Lights Alert
Turn on to receive failure messages
about the reverse lights. Turn off to
not receive failure messages about
the reverse lights, unless they are
later detected. This setting cannot
be edited when the Trailer Profile is
inactive or when the trailer is
disconnected.
Electric Brakes Alert
Turn on to receive failure messages
about the electric trailer brakes.
Turn off to not receive failure
messages about the electric trailer
brakes, unless they are later
detected. This setting cannot be
edited when the Trailer Profile is
inactive or when the trailer is
disconnected.
Delete Trailer
Touch to delete the Trailer Profile
and all of its settings.
On the pop-up, touch Delete to
delete the Trailer Profile. Touch
Cancel to dismiss the pop-up and
return to the previous view.
Settings View
Within the Trailering App, touch the
Settings tab to modify the following
settings:
.
Trailer Detection Alert
.
Maintenance Alerts
.
Theft Alert
.
Tow/Haul Mode Reminder
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 319
Trailer Detection Alert
The Trailer Detection Alert setting
will be on by default. Turn it off to
disable the Trailer Detection pop-up
from displaying when a trailer is
connected. The Guest Trailer Profile
will become the active Trailer
Profile, unless another Trailer Profile
is selected manually through the
Trailering App. If this setting is
disabled while a Custom Trailer
Profile is active, that Trailer Profile
will remain the active profile until the
trailer is disconnected.
Maintenance Alerts
Touch Maintenance Alerts to view
the Maintenance Alerts settings
page. These alerts are based on the
Trailer Profile, so the settings for
each Trailer Profile must be turned
on or off. Touch a profile to view
more information or adjust the
setting for that profile.
The setting will be on by default for
each profile. All Maintenance Alerts
for that active Trailer Profile will be
received.
Turn a setting off to not receive any
of the Maintenance Alerts when that
Trailer Profile is active.
Theft Alert
A theft alert can be set if a trailer is
connected and the alert is enabled.
When the trailer is disconnected
and the vehicle is off, an alarm will
sound.
Touch Theft Alert in Settings to view
the Theft Alert settings page. These
alerts are based on the Trailer
Profile, so the settings for each
Trailer Profile must be turned on or
off. Touch a profile to view more
information or adjust the setting for
that profile.
This setting will be off by default for
each Trailer Profile, including the
Guest Trailer Profile.
A smartphone will receive a
notification that the trailer related to
the selected Trailer Profile is
disconnected from the vehicle, if the
setting is on for the active Trailer
Profile, the vehicle has an OnStar or
connected service plan and the
smartphone number has been
added to the account for this
notification.
If the setting is turned off for a given
Trailer Profile, the smartphone will
not receive this security notification
even if the Trailer Profile is active.
Tow/Haul Mode Reminder
This is a reminder to turn on the
Tow/Haul Mode when towing a
trailer. See Tow/Haul Mode 0 224.
Touch Tow/Haul Mode Reminder in
Settings to view the Tow/Haul Mode
Reminder settings page. These
alerts are based on the Trailer
Profile, so the settings for each
Trailer Profile must be turned on or
off. Touch a profile to view more
information or to adjust the setting
for that profile.
This setting will default to OFF for
each Trailer Profile, including the
Guest Trailer Profile.
If Tow/Haul Mode is off and this
setting is on for a Trailer Profile,
each time the ignition is turned on a
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
320 Driving and Operating
reminder will appear to turn on Tow/
Haul Mode when the Trailer Profile
is active.
If Tow/Haul Mode is on and this
setting is on for a Trailer Profile, the
reminder will not appear when the
Trailer Profile is active.
Conversions and
Add-Ons
Add-On Electrical
Equipment
{
Warning
The Data Link Connector (DLC) is
used for vehicle service and
Emission Inspection/Maintenance
testing. See Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 135
. A device connected to the DLC
— such as an aftermarket fleet or
driver-behavior tracking device —
may interfere with vehicle
systems. This could affect vehicle
operation and cause a crash.
Such devices may also access
information stored in the vehicle’s
systems.
Caution
Some electrical equipment can
damage the vehicle or cause
components to not work and
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always check
with your dealer before adding
electrical equipment.
Add-on equipment can drain the
vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the
vehicle is not operating.
The vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to add anything
electrical to the vehicle, see
Servicing the Airbag-Equipped
Vehicle 0 80 and
Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 80.
For information on wiring auxiliary
switches, see www.gmupfitter.com
or contact your dealer.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 321
Adding a Snow Plow or
Similar Equipment
Caution
Do not exceed 72 km/h (45 mph)
with a snow plow mounted to the
vehicle. The vehicle could
overheat and be damaged.
Before installing a snow plow on the
vehicle, follow these guidelines:
Caution
If the vehicle does not have the
snow plow prep package, RPO
VYU, adding a plow can damage
the vehicle, and the repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Unless the vehicle was
built to carry a snow plow, do not
add one to the vehicle. If the
vehicle has RPO VYU, then the
payload the vehicle can carry will
be reduced when a snow plow is
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
installed. The vehicle can be
damaged if either the front or rear
axle ratings or the Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating (GVWR) are
exceeded.
The plow the vehicle can carry
depends on many things, such as:
.
The options the vehicle came
with, and the weight of those
options.
.
The weight and number of
passengers to be carried.
.
The weight of items added to the
vehicle, like a tool box or
truck cap.
.
The total weight of any
additional cargo to be carried.
For example, if the snow plow
weighs 318 kg (700 lb), the total
weight of all occupants and cargo
inside the cab should not exceed
135 kg (300 lb). This means that you
may only be able to carry one
passenger. Even this may be too
much if there is other equipment
already adding to the weight of the
vehicle.
To safely carry a snow plow on the
vehicle:
.
Follow all aftermarket snow plow
manufacturer ’s instructions for
the operation and transportation
of the snow plow.
.
With a snow plow attached, the
engine coolant temperature
gauge may show a higher
temperature than while driving
without one. The snow plow
could block the airflow to the
radiator. This could be more
noticeable as vehicle speed
increases. At speeds above
72 km (45 mph), this may cause
the engine coolant to overheat.
.
To increase the airflow, move the
snow plow blade postion.
.
If driving more than 24 km
(15 mi), angle the plow blade
position.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
322 Driving and Operating
.
Make sure the weight on the
front and rear axles does not
exceed the axle rating for each.
.
For the front axle, if more cargo
or passengers must be carried,
appropriate counter ballast must
be installed rear of the rear axle.
Counter ballast must be properly
secured so it will not move
during driving.
.
Rear ballast may be required to
ensure a proper front and rear
weight distribution ratio, even
though the actual weight at the
front axle may be less than the
front axle rating.
.
The snow plow manufacturer or
installer can assist in
determining the amount of rear
ballast required, to help make
sure the snow plow/vehicle
combination does not exceed
the GVW rating, the front and
rear axle ratings, and the front
and rear weight distribution ratio.
.
The total vehicle must not
exceed the GVW rating.
Front axle reserve capacity is the
difference between the Gross Axle
Weight Rating (GAWR) and the front
axle weight of the vehicle with full
fuel and passengers. This is the
amount of weight that can be added
to the front axle before reaching the
front GAWR.
United States
Canada
The front axle reserve capacity for
the vehicle is in the lower right
corner of the Certification/Tire label.
To calculate the amount of weight
any front accessory, such as a snow
plow, is adding to the front axle, use
this formula:
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
Driving and Operating 323
(W x (A + W.B.)) /W.B.= Weight the
accessory is adding to the
front axle.
Where:
W = Weight of added accessory
A = Distance that the accessory
is in front of the front axle
W.B. = Vehicle Wheelbase
For example, adding a 318 kg
(700 lb) snow plow actually adds
more than 318 kg (700 lb) to the
front axle. Using the formula, if the
snow plow is 122 cm (4 ft) in front of
the front axle and the wheelbase is
305 cm (10 ft), then:
W = 318 kg (700 lb)
A = 122 cm (4 ft)
W.B. = 305 cm (10 ft)
(W x (A + W.B.)/W.B. =
(318 x (122 + 305))/305 = 445 kg
(980 lb)
This means if the front axle reserve
capacity is more than 445 kg
(980 lb), the snow plow could be
added without exceeding the
front GAWR.
Heavier equipment can be added on
the front of the vehicle if less cargo
or fewer passengers are carried,
or by positioning cargo toward the
rear. This reduces the load on the
front. However, the front GAWR,
rear GAWR, and Gross Vehicle
Weight Rating (GVWR) must never
be exceeded.
{
Warning
On some vehicles that have
certain front mounted equipment,
such as a snow plow, it may be
possible to load the front axle to
the front Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR) but not have
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
enough weight on the rear axle to
have proper braking performance.
If the brakes cannot work
properly, the vehice could crash.
Always follow the snow plow
manufacturer or installer's
recommendation for rear ballast
to ensure a proper front and rear
weight distribution ratio.
Maintaining a proper front and
rear weight distribution ratio is
necessary to provide proper
braking performance.
Total vehicle reserve capacity is the
difference between the GVWR and
the weight of the truck with full fuel
and passengers. It is the amount of
weight that can be added to the
vehicle before reaching the GVWR.
Reserve capacity numbers are
intended as a guide when selecting
the amount of equipment or cargo
the truck can carry. If unsure of the
vehicle's front, rear, or total weight,
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/26/19
324 Driving and Operating
go to a weigh station and weigh the
vehicle. Your dealer can also help
with this.
The total vehicle reserve capacity
for the vehicle is in the lower right
corner of the Certification/Tire label
as shown previously.
See your dealer for additional
advice and information about using
a snow plow on the vehicle. Also,
see Vehicle Load Limits 0 198.
Pickup Conversion to
Chassis Cab
We are aware that some vehicle
owners might consider having the
pickup box removed and a
commercial or recreational body
installed. Owners should be aware
that, as manufactured, there are
differences between a chassis cab
and a pickup with the box removed
which could affect vehicle safety.
The components necessary to adapt
a pickup to permit its safe use with
a specialized body should be
installed by the body builder.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 325
Vehicle Care
General Information
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 326
California Proposition
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
California Perchlorate
Materials Requirements . . . . . 327
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own
Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Engine Compartment
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Engine Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 339
Automatic Transmission
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Engine Air Filter Life
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . 342
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Engine Overheating . . . . . . . . . . 349
Overheated Engine Protection
Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Engine Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Power Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . 352
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Brake Pad Life System . . . . . . . 354
Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Battery - North America . . . . . . 356
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Noise Control System . . . . . . . . 360
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . 361
Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Ignition Transmission Lock
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 362
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 362
Glass Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 363
Windshield Replacement . . . . . 363
Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Headlamp Aiming
Front Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . 364
Bulb Replacement
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Headlamps, Front Turn Signal,
Sidemarker, and Parking
Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Stoplamps, and Back-Up
Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Center High-Mounted
Stoplamp (CHMSL) and
Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 368
Electrical System
Electrical System Overload . . . 368
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 369
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block (Left) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Instrument Panel Fuse Block
(Right) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Wheels and Tires
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 379
Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Tire Terminology and
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
326 Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Tire Pressure for High-Speed
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Tire Pressure Monitor
System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Different Size Tires and
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 402
Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Tire Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . 417
Jump Starting
Jump Starting - North
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Towing the Vehicle
Towing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Recreational Vehicle
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Appearance Care
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
General Information
For service and parts needs, visit
your dealer. You will receive
genuine GM parts and GM-trained
and supported service people.
Genuine GM parts have one of
these marks:
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 327
California Proposition
65 Warning
{
Warning
Most motor vehicles, including
this one, as well as many of its
service parts and fluids, contain
and/or emit chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm. Engine
exhaust, many parts and
systems, many fluids, and some
component wear by-products
contain and/or emit these
chemicals. For more information
go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/
passenger-vehicle.
See Battery - North America 0 356
and
Jump Starting - North America
0 418 and the back cover.
California Perchlorate
Materials Requirements
Certain types of automotive
applications, such as airbag
initiators, seat belt pretensioners,
and lithium batteries contained in
electronic keys, may contain
perchlorate materials. Perchlorate
Material – special handling may
apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/
hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
Accessories and
Modifications
Adding non-dealer accessories or
making modifications to the vehicle
can affect vehicle performance and
safety, including such things as
airbags, braking, stability, ride and
handling, emissions systems,
aerodynamics, durability, and
electronic systems like antilock
brakes, traction control, and stability
control. These accessories or
modifications could even cause
malfunction or damage not covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Damage to suspension components
caused by modifying vehicle height
outside of factory settings will not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Damage to vehicle components
resulting from modifications or the
installation or use of non-GM
certified parts, including control
module or software modifications, is
not covered under the terms of the
vehicle warranty and may affect
remaining warranty coverage for
affected parts.
GM Accessories are designed to
complement and function with other
systems on the vehicle. See your
dealer to accessorize the vehicle
using genuine GM Accessories
installed by a dealer technician.
Also, see Adding Equipment to the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 80.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
328 Vehicle Care
Vehicle Checks
Doing Your Own
Service Work
{
Warning
It can be dangerous to work on
your vehicle if you do not have
the proper knowledge, service
manual, tools, or parts. Always
follow owner’s manual procedures
and consult the service manual
for your vehicle before doing any
service work.
If doing some of your own service
work, use the proper service
manual. It tells you much more
about how to service the vehicle
than this manual can. To order the
proper service manual, see
Publication Ordering Information
0 469.
This vehicle has an airbag system.
Before attempting to do your own
service work, see Servicing the
Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 80.
If equipped with remote vehicle
start, open the hood before
performing any service work to
prevent remote starting the vehicle
accidentally. See Remote Vehicle
Start 0 25.
Keep a record with all parts receipts
and list the mileage and the date of
any service work performed. See
Maintenance Records 0 454.
Caution
Even small amounts of
contamination can cause damage
to vehicle systems. Do not allow
contaminants to contact the fluids,
reservoir caps, or dipsticks.
Hood
{
Warning
For vehicles with auto engine
stop/start, turn the vehicle off
before opening the hood. If the
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
vehicle is on, the engine will start
when the hood is opened. You or
others could be injured.
{
Warning
Components under the hood can
get hot from running the engine.
To help avoid the risk of burning
unprotected skin, never touch
these components until they have
cooled, and always use a glove or
towel to avoid direct skin contact.
Clear any snow from the hood
before opening.
To open the hood:
1. Pull the hood release lever with
the
i symbol. It is on the
lower left side of the instrument
panel.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 329
2. Go to the front of the vehicle
and locate the secondary
release lever under the front
center of the hood. Push the
secondary hood release lever
to the right to release.
3. After you have partially lifted
the hood, the gas strut system
will automatically lift the hood
and hold it in the fully open
position.
To close the hood:
1. Before closing the hood, be
sure all filler caps are on
properly, and all tools are
removed.
2. Pull the hood down until the
strut system is no longer
holding up the hood.
3. Allow the hood to fall. Check to
make sure the hood is latched
completely. Repeat this
process with additional force if
necessary.
{
Warning
Do not drive the vehicle if the
hood is not latched completely.
The hood could open fully, block
your vision, and cause a crash.
You or others could be injured.
Always close the hood completely
before driving.
The Driver Information Center (DIC)
will display a message if the hood is
not fully closed, and the vehicle is
moving. Stop and turn off the
vehicle, check the hood for
obstructions, and close the hood
again. Check to see if the message
still appears on the DIC.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
330 Vehicle Care
Engine Compartment Overview
2.7L L4 Engine (L3B)
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 331
1. Remote Negative (–) Location.
See Jump Starting - North
America 0 418.
2. Positive (+) Terminal (Under
Cover). See Jump Starting -
North America 0 418.
3. Battery - North America 0 356.
4. Engine Compartment Fuse
Block 0 369.
5. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of
View). See Cooling System
0 344.
6. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When
to Add Engine Oil” under
Engine Oil 0 337.
7. Engine Oil Dipstick. See
“Checking Engine Oil” under
Engine Oil 0 337.
8. Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap. See Cooling
System 0 344.
9. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 342.
10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See
Brake Fluid 0 355.
11. Windshield Washer Fluid
Reservoir. See “Adding Washer
Fluid” under Washer Fluid
0 352.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
332 Vehicle Care
4.3L V6 Engine (LV3)
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 333
1. Remote Negative (–) Location.
See Jump Starting - North
America 0 418.
2. Positive (+) Terminal (Under
Cover). See Jump Starting -
North America 0 418.
3. Battery - North America 0 356.
4. Engine Compartment Fuse
Block 0 369.
5. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of
View). See Cooling System
0 344.
6. Engine Oil Dipstick. See
“Checking Engine Oil” under
Engine Oil 0 337.
7. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When
to Add Engine Oil” under
Engine Oil 0 337.
8. Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap. See Cooling
System 0 344.
9. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 342.
10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See
Brake Fluid 0 355.
11. Windshield Washer Fluid
Reservoir. See “Adding Washer
Fluid” under Washer Fluid
0 352.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
334 Vehicle Care
5.3L V8 Engine (L84) Shown, 5.3L V8 Engine (L82) and 6.2L V8 Engine (L87) Similar
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 335
1. Remote Negative (–) Location.
See Jump Starting - North
America 0 418.
2. Positive (+) Terminal (Under
Cover). See Jump Starting -
North America 0 418.
3. Battery - North America 0 356.
4. Engine Compartment Fuse
Block 0 369.
5. Engine Oil Dipstick. See
“Checking Engine Oil” under
Engine Oil 0 337.
6. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of
View). See Cooling System
0 344.
7. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When
to Add Engine Oil” under
Engine Oil 0 337.
8. Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap. See Cooling
System 0 344.
9. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 342.
10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See
Brake Fluid 0 355.
11. Windshield Washer Fluid
Reservoir. See “Adding Washer
Fluid” under Washer Fluid
0 352.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
336 Vehicle Care
6.6L V8 Engine (L8T)
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 337
1. Remote Negative (–) Location.
See Jump Starting - North
America 0 418.
2. Positive (+) Terminal (Under
Cover). See Jump Starting -
North America 0 418.
3. Battery - North America 0 356.
4. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 342.
5. Engine Oil Dipstick. See
“Checking Engine Oil” under
Engine Oil 0 337.
6. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of
View). See Cooling System
0 344.
7. Power Steering Fluid
Reservoir. See Power Steering
Fluid 0 352.
8. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When
to Add Engine Oil” under
Engine Oil 0 337.
9. Auxiliary Battery. Battery -
North America 0 356.
10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See
Brake Fluid 0 355.
11. Engine Compartment Fuse
Block 0 369.
12. Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap. See Cooling
System 0 344.
13. Windshield Washer Fluid
Reservoir. See “Adding Washer
Fluid” under Washer Fluid
0 352.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
see the Duramax diesel
supplement.
Engine Oil
For diesel engine vehicles, see
“Engine Oil” in the Duramax diesel
supplement.
To ensure proper engine
performance and long life, careful
attention must be paid to engine oil.
Following these simple, but
important steps will help protect
your investment:
.
Use engine oil approved to the
proper specification and of the
proper viscosity grade. See
“Selecting the Right Engine Oil”
in this section.
.
Check the engine oil level
regularly and maintain the
proper oil level. See “Checking
Engine Oil” and “When to Add
Engine Oil” in this section.
.
Change the engine oil at the
appropriate time. See Engine Oil
Life System 0 339.
.
Always dispose of engine oil
properly. See “What to Do with
Used Oil” in this section.
Checking Engine Oil
Check the engine oil level regularly,
every 650 km (400 mi), especially
prior to a long trip. The engine oil
dipstick handle is a loop. See
Engine Compartment Overview
0 330 for the location.
{
Warning
The engine oil dipstick handle
may be hot; it could burn you.
Use a towel or glove to touch the
dipstick handle.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
338 Vehicle Care
If a low oil Driver Information Center
(DIC) message displays, check the
oil level.
Follow these guidelines:
.
To get an accurate reading, park
the vehicle on level ground.
Check the engine oil level after
the engine has been off for at
least two hours. Checking the
engine oil level on steep grades
or too soon after engine shutoff
can result in incorrect readings.
Accuracy improves when
checking a cold engine prior to
starting. Remove the dipstick
and check the level.
.
If unable to wait two hours, the
engine must be off for at least
15 minutes if the engine is
warm, or at least 30 minutes if
the engine is not warm. Pull out
the dipstick, wipe it with a clean
paper towel or cloth, then push it
back in all the way. Remove it
again, keeping the tip down, and
check the level.
When to Add Engine Oil
If the oil is below the cross-hatched
area at the tip of the dipstick and
the engine has been off for at least
15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of the
recommended oil and then recheck
the level. See “Selecting the Right
Engine Oil” later in this section for
an explanation of what kind of oil to
use. For engine oil crankcase
capacity, see Capacities and
Specifications 0 456.
Caution
Do not add too much oil. Oil
levels above or below the
acceptable operating range
shown on the dipstick are harmful
to the engine. If the oil level is
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
above the operating range (i.e.,
the engine has so much oil that
the oil level gets above the
cross-hatched area that shows
the proper operating range), the
engine could be damaged. Drain
the excess oil or limit driving of
the vehicle, and seek a service
professional to remove the
excess oil.
See Engine Compartment Overview
0 330 for the location of the engine
oil fill cap.
Add enough oil to put the level
somewhere in the proper operating
range. Push the dipstick all the way
back in when through.
Selecting the Right Engine Oil
Selecting the right engine oil
depends on both the proper oil
specification and viscosity grade.
See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 450.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 339
Specification
Use full synthetic engine oils that
meet the dexos1 specification.
Engine oils that have been
approved by GM as meeting the
dexos1 specification are marked
with the dexos1 approved logo.
Caution
Failure to use the recommended
engine oil or equivalent can result
in engine damage not covered by
the vehicle warranty.
Viscosity Grade
Use SAE 0W-20 viscosity grade
engine oil for the 5.3L and 6.2L
V8 engines.
Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade
engine oil for the 2.7L L4, 4.3L
V6 and 6.6L V8 engines. Cold
Temperature Operation: In an area
of extreme cold, where the
temperature falls below −29 °C
(−20 °F), use SAE 0W-30 oil. An oil
of this viscosity grade will provide
easier cold starting for the engine at
extremely low temperatures.
When selecting an oil of the
appropriate viscosity grade, it is
recommended to select an oil of the
correct specification. See
“Specification” earlier in this section.
Engine Oil Additives/Engine
Oil Flushes
Do not add anything to the oil. The
recommended oils meeting the
dexos1 specification are all that is
needed for good performance and
engine protection.
Engine oil system flushes are not
recommended and could cause
engine damage not covered by the
vehicle warranty.
What to Do with Used Oil
Used engine oil contains certain
elements that can be unhealthy for
your skin and could even cause
cancer. Do not let used oil stay on
your skin for very long. Clean your
skin and nails with soap and water,
or a good hand cleaner. Wash or
properly dispose of clothing or rags
containing used engine oil. See the
manufacturer's warnings about the
use and disposal of oil products.
Used oil can be a threat to the
environment. If you change your
own oil, be sure to drain all the oil
from the filter before disposal. Never
dispose of oil by putting it in the
trash or pouring it on the ground,
into sewers, or into streams or
bodies of water. Recycle it by taking
it to a place that collects used oil.
Engine Oil Life System
When to Change Engine Oil
This vehicle has a computer system
that indicates when to change the
engine oil and filter. This is based
on a combination of factors which
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
340 Vehicle Care
include engine revolutions, engine
temperature, and miles driven.
Based on driving conditions, the
mileage at which an oil change is
indicated can vary considerably. For
the oil life system to work properly,
the system must be reset every time
the oil is changed.
On some vehicles, when the system
has calculated that oil life has been
diminished, a CHANGE ENGINE
OIL SOON message comes on to
indicate that an oil change is
necessary. Change the oil as soon
as possible within the next 1 000 km
(600 mi). It is possible that, if driving
under the best conditions, the oil life
system might indicate that an oil
change is not necessary for up to a
year. The engine oil and filter must
be changed at least once a year
and, at this time, the system must
be reset. For vehicles without the
CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON
message, an oil change is needed
when the REMAINING OIL LIFE
percentage is near 0%. Your dealer
has trained service people who will
perform this work and reset the
system. It is also important to check
the oil regularly over the course of
an oil drain interval and keep it at
the proper level.
If the system is ever reset
accidentally, the oil must be
changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi)
since the last oil change.
Remember to reset the oil life
system whenever the oil is changed.
How to Reset the Engine Oil
Life System
Reset the system whenever the
engine oil is changed so that the
system can calculate the next
engine oil change. Always reset the
engine oil life to 100% after every oil
change. It will not reset itself. To
reset the engine oil life system:
1. Display the oil life percentage
on the DIC. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) (Base
Level) 0 145 or
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Midlevel and Uplevel) 0 146.
2. Press the thumbwheel on the
steering wheel, or the trip
odometer reset stem if the
vehicle does not have DIC
controls, for several seconds.
When the confirmation
message displays, select YES.
The oil life will change
to 100%.
The oil life system can also be reset
as follows:
1. Display the oil life percentage
on the DIC. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) (Base
Level) 0 145 or
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Midlevel and Uplevel) 0 146.
2. Fully press the accelerator
pedal slowly three times within
five seconds.
3. If the display changes to 100%,
the system is reset.
If the vehicle has a CHANGE
ENGINE OIL SOON message and it
comes back on when the vehicle is
started and/or the oil life percentage
is near 0%, the engine oil life
system has not been reset. Repeat
the procedure.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 341
Automatic Transmission
Fluid
When to Check and Change
Automatic Transmission Fluid
It is usually not necessary to check
the transmission fluid level. The only
reason for fluid loss is a
transmission leak or overheated
transmission. This vehicle is not
equipped with a transmission fluid
level dipstick. There is a special
procedure for checking and
changing the transmission fluid in
these vehicles. Because this
procedure is difficult, this should be
done at the dealer. Contact the
dealer for additional information or
the procedure can be found in the
service manual. See Publication
Ordering Information 0 469.
Caution
Use of the incorrect automatic
transmission fluid may damage
the vehicle, and the damage may
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Always use the correct
automatic transmission fluid. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 450.
Change the fluid and filter at the
scheduled maintenance intervals
listed in Maintenance Schedule
0 440. Be sure to use the
transmission fluid listed in
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 450.
Engine Air Filter Life
System
If equipped, this feature provides
the engine air filter’s remaining life
and best timing for a change. The
timing to change an engine air filter
depends on driving and
environmental conditions.
When to Change the Engine
Air Filter
When the Driver Information Center
(DIC) displays a message to replace
the engine air filter at the next oil
change, follow this timing.
When the DIC displays a message
to replace the engine air filter soon,
replace the engine air filter at the
earliest convenience.
The system must be reset after the
engine air filter is changed.
If the DIC displays a message to
check the engine air filter system,
see your dealer.
How to Reset the Engine Air
Filter Life System
To reset:
1. Place the vehicle in P (Park).
2. Display the Air Filter Life on the
DIC. See Driver Information
Center (DIC) (Base Level)
0 145 or
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Midlevel and Uplevel) 0 146.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
342 Vehicle Care
3. Press T on the steering wheel,
or press the trip odometer reset
stem if the vehicle does not
have DIC controls, to move to
the Reset/Disable display area.
Select Reset then press the
thumbwheel or press the reset
stem for several seconds.
4. Press the thumbwheel or the
reset stem to confirm the reset.
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
The engine air cleaner/filter is on
the driver side of the engine
compartment. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 330.
When to Inspect the Engine Air
Cleaner/Filter
If the vehicle is not equipped with
the engine air filter life system see
Maintenance Schedule 0 440 for
intervals on inspecting and
replacing the engine air cleaner
filter.
How to Inspect/Replace the
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
Do not start the engine or have the
engine running with the engine air
cleaner/filter housing open. Before
removing the engine air cleaner/
filter, make sure that the engine air
cleaner/filter housing and nearby
components are free of dirt and
debris. Do not clean the engine air
cleaner/filter or components with
water or compressed air.
To inspect or replace the engine air
cleaner/filter:
5.3L V8 Engine (L84) Shown, 2.7L
L4 Engine (L3B), 4.3L V6 Engine
(LV3), 5.3L V8 Engine (L82), and
6.2L V8 Engine (L87) Similar
1. Air Duct Clamp
2. Electrical Harness
Connector
3. Screws
1. Locate the air cleaner/filter
assembly. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 330.
2. Disconnect the outlet duct by
loosening the air duct
clamp (1).
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 343
3. Disconnect the electrical
harness connector (2) from the
cover.
4. Remove the three screws on
top of the cover of the housing,
then slide and lift the cover.
5. Lift and remove the engine air
cleaner/filter.
6. Lightly tap and shake the
engine air cleaner/filter, away
from the vehicle, to release
loose dust and dirt. Replace
the engine air filter if damaged.
7. Reverse steps 2–5 to reinstall
the engine air cleaner/filter
cover housing.
8. If equipped, reset the engine
air filter life system after
replacing the engine air filter.
See Engine Air Filter Life
System 0 341.
6.6L V8 Engine (L8T)
1. Locate the air cleaner/filter
assembly. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 330.
2. Remove the eight screws on
top of the cover of the housing,
then lift the cover.
3. Remove the engine air cleaner/
filter from the housing. Take
care to dislodge as little dirt as
possible.
4. Clean the engine air cleaner/
filter sealing surfaces and the
housing.
5. Inspect or replace the engine
air cleaner/filter.
6. Reverse Steps 2–4 to reinstall
the filter cover housing.
7. If equipped, reset the engine
air filter life system after
replacing the engine air filter.
see Engine Air Filter Life
System 0 341.
{
Warning
Operating the engine with the air
cleaner/filter off can cause you or
others to be burned. Use caution
when working on the engine. Do
not start the engine or drive the
vehicle with the air cleaner/filter
off, as flames may be present if
the engine backfires.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
344 Vehicle Care
Caution
If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt
can easily get into the engine,
which could damage it. Always
have the air cleaner/filter in place
when driving.
Cooling System
If the vehicle has the Duramax
diesel engine, see the Duramax
diesel supplement.
The cooling system allows the
engine to maintain the correct
working temperature.
2.7L L4 Engine (L3B)
4.3L V6 Engine (LV3)
5.3L V8 Engine (L84) Shown, 5.3L
V8 Engine (L82) and 6.2L
V8 Engine (L87) Similar
1. Engine Electric Cooling
Fans (Out of View)
2. Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap
{
Warning
An underhood electric fan can
start up even when the engine is
not running and can cause injury.
Keep hands, clothing, and tools
away from any underhood
electric fan.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 345
6.6L V8 Engine (L8T)
1. Engine Cooling Fan (Out
of View)
2. Coolant Surge Tank and
Pressure Cap
{
Warning
Do not touch heater, radiator, a/c
pipes or hoses, or other engine
parts. They can be very hot and
can burn you. Do not run the
engine if there is a leak; all
coolant could leak out. That could
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
cause an engine fire and can
burn you. Fix any leak before
driving the vehicle.
Engine Coolant
The cooling system in the vehicle is
filled with DEX-COOL engine
coolant. This coolant is designed to
remain in the vehicle for 5 years or
240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever
occurs first.
The following explains the cooling
system and how to check and add
coolant when it is low. If there is a
problem with engine overheating,
see Engine Overheating 0 349.
What to Use
{
Warning
Plain water, or other liquids such
as alcohol, can boil before the
proper coolant mixture will. With
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
plain water or the wrong mixture,
the engine could get too hot but
there would not be an overheat
warning. The engine could catch
fire and you or others could be
burned.
Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,
drinkable water and DEX-COOL
coolant. This mixture:
.
Gives freezing protection down
to −37 °C (−34 °F), outside
temperature.
.
Gives boiling protection up to
129 °C (265 °F), engine
temperature.
.
Protects against rust and
corrosion.
.
Will not damage aluminum parts.
.
Helps keep the proper engine
temperature.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
346 Vehicle Care
Caution
Do not use anything other than a
mix of DEX-COOL coolant that
meets GM Standard
GMW3420 and clean, drinkable
water. Anything else can cause
damage to the engine cooling
system and the vehicle, which
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
Never dispose of engine coolant by
putting it in the trash, or by pouring
it on the ground, or into sewers,
streams, or bodies of water. Have
the coolant changed by an
authorized service center, familiar
with legal requirements regarding
used coolant disposal. This will help
protect the environment and your
health.
Checking Coolant
The coolant surge tank is in the
engine compartment on the driver
side of the vehicle. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 330.
The vehicle must be on a level
surface when checking the coolant
level.
All Engines Except 6.6L V8 (L8T)
Engine
6.6L V8 (L8T) Engine Only
Check to see if coolant is visible in
the coolant surge tank. If the coolant
inside the coolant surge tank is
boiling, wait until it cools down. The
coolant level should be at or above
the indicated mark. If it is not, there
may be a leak in the cooling
system.
If coolant is visible but the coolant
level is not at or above the indicated
mark, see the following sections on
how to add coolant to the coolant
surge tank following.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 347
Automatic Coolant Service Fill
Instructions (L3B Engine)
See 3.0L Duramax Diesel
supplement for the diesel engine
procedure.
If equipped, this feature assists in
filling and removing air from the
cooling system after service of
components or when coolant is
added after being too low.
To activate the fill and air removal
process:
1. With a cold system, add
coolant to the indicated mark
on the surge tank.
2. Replace the cap on the
surge tank.
3. Connect the vehicle to a
battery charger.
4. Set the ignition to Service or
Accessory Mode. See Ignition
Positions (Keyless Access)
0 206 or
Ignition Positions (Key Access)
0 208.
5. Turn off the air conditioning.
6. Set the parking brake.
7. At the same time, press the
accelerator and the brake for
automatic transmission
vehicles for two seconds, then
release.
At the end of the cycle, check the
coolant level in the surge tank and
add coolant if it is low. Turn off the
vehicle, allow the Electronic Control
Module (ECM) to go to sleep, about
two minutes, and repeat Steps 3–7.
Listen for pump activation and
movement of the control valves
while watching the level of the
coolant in the surge tank. If the tank
empties, turn the ignition off,
carefully remove the surge tank cap,
refill to the indicated mark, and
repeat Steps 3–6. The fill and air
removal process will run for
approximately 10 minutes.
How to Add Coolant to the
Coolant Surge Tank for
Gasoline Engines Except L3B
If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
see “Cooling System” in the
Duramax diesel supplement for the
proper coolant fill procedure.
{
Warning
Spilling coolant on hot engine
parts can burn you. Coolant
contains ethylene glycol and it will
burn if the engine parts are hot
enough.
{
Warning
Plain water, or other liquids such
as alcohol, can boil before the
proper coolant mixture will. With
plain water or the wrong mixture,
the engine could get too hot but
there would not be an overheat
(Continued)
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
348 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
warning. The engine could catch
fire and you or others could be
burned.
{
Warning
Steam and scalding liquids from a
hot cooling system are under
pressure. Turning the pressure
cap, even a little, can cause them
to come out at high speed and
you could be burned. Never turn
the cap when the cooling system,
including the pressure cap, is hot.
Wait for the cooling system and
pressure cap to cool.
Caution
Failure to follow the specific
coolant fill procedure could cause
the engine to overheat and could
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
cause system damage. If coolant
is not visible in the surge tank,
contact your dealer.
If no coolant is visible in the surge
tank, add coolant.
1. Remove the coolant surge tank
pressure cap when the cooling
system, including the coolant
surge tank pressure cap and
upper radiator hose, is no
longer hot.
Turn the pressure cap slowly
counterclockwise about one full
turn. If a hiss is heard, wait for
that to stop. A hiss means
there is still some pressure left.
2. Keep turning the pressure cap
slowly, and remove it.
3. Fill the coolant surge tank with
the proper mixture to the full
cold mark.
4. With the coolant surge tank
pressure cap off, start the
engine and let it run until the
engine coolant temperature
gauge indicates approximately
90 °C (195 °F).
By this time, the coolant level
inside the coolant surge tank
may be lower. If the level is
lower, add more of the proper
mixture to the coolant surge
tank until the level reaches the
indicated mark.
5. Replace the pressure cap
tightly.
6. Verify coolant level after the
engine is shut off and the
coolant is cold. If necessary,
repeat coolant fill procedure
Steps 1–6.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 349
Caution
If the pressure cap is not tightly
installed, coolant loss and engine
damage may occur. Be sure the
cap is properly and tightly
secured.
Engine Overheating
If the vehicle has the Duramax
diesel engine, see the Duramax
diesel supplement.
Caution
Do not run the engine if there is a
leak in the engine cooling system.
This can cause a loss of all
coolant and can damage the
system and vehicle. Have any
leaks fixed right away.
The vehicle has several indicators
to warn of engine overheating.
There is a coolant temperature
gauge in the vehicle's instrument
cluster. See Engine Coolant
Temperature Gauge 0 131.
In addition, there are ENGINE
OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE,
ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE
ENGINE, and ENGINE POWER IS
REDUCED messages in the Driver
Information Center (DIC).
If the decision is made not to lift the
hood when this warning appears,
get service help right away. See
Roadside Assistance Program
0 464.
If the decision is made to lift the
hood, make sure the vehicle is
parked on a level surface.
2.7L L4, 4.3L V6, 5.3L V8, and 6.2L
V8 Engines
Check to see if the engine cooling
fans are running. If the engine is
overheating, the fans should be
running. If they are not, do not
continue to run the engine and have
the vehicle serviced.
If the engine or transmission detects
an impending hot fluid condition,
then the transmission may force
upshifts to limit temperatures.
Downshifts may also be prevented
in this instance. Normal operation
may continue unless the display
indicates there is a hot condition
and engine should be idled.
If Steam is Coming from the
Engine Compartment
{
Warning
Steam and scalding liquids from a
hot cooling system are under
pressure. Turning the pressure
cap, even a little, can cause them
to come out at high speed and
you could be burned. Never turn
the cap when the cooling system,
including the pressure cap, is hot.
Wait for the cooling system and
pressure cap to cool.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
350 Vehicle Care
If No Steam is Coming from
the Engine Compartment
The ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP
ENGINE or the ENGINE
OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE
message, along with a low coolant
condition, can indicate a serious
problem.
The 2.7L L4 engine will shut down
automatically if the ENGINE
OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE
message displays.
If there is an engine overheat
warning, but no steam is seen or
heard, the problem may not be too
serious. Sometimes the engine can
get a little too hot when the vehicle:
.
Climbs a long hill on a hot day.
.
Stops after high-speed driving.
.
Idles for long periods in traffic.
.
Tows a trailer; see Trailer Towing
0 290.
If the ENGINE OVERHEATED
STOP ENGINE or the ENGINE
OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE
message appears with no sign of
steam, try this for a minute or so:
1. Turn the air conditioning off.
2. Turn the heater on to the
highest temperature and to the
highest fan speed. Open the
windows as necessary.
3. When it is safe to do so, pull off
the road, shift to P (Park) or
N (Neutral) and let the
engine idle.
If the temperature overheat gauge is
no longer in the overheat zone or an
overheat warning no longer
displays, the vehicle can be driven.
Continue to drive the vehicle slowly
for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe
vehicle distance from the vehicle in
front. If the warning does not come
back on, continue to drive normally
and have the cooling system
checked for proper fill and function.
If the warning continues, pull over,
stop, and park the vehicle
right away.
If there is still no sign of steam and
the vehicle is equipped with an
engine driven cooling fan, push
down the accelerator until the
engine speed is about twice as fast
as normal idle speed for at least
five minutes while the vehicle is
parked. If the warning is still there,
turn off the engine and get everyone
out of the vehicle until it cools down.
If there is no sign of steam, idle the
engine for five minutes while
parked. If the warning is still
displayed, turn off the engine until it
cools down.
Overheated Engine
Protection
Operating Mode
If an overheated engine condition
exists and the ENGINE POWER IS
REDUCED message displays, an
overheat protection mode which
alternates firing groups of cylinders
helps to prevent engine damage. In
this mode, a loss in power and
engine performance will be noticed.
This operating mode allows the
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 351
vehicle to be driven to a safe place
in an emergency. Driving extended
distances and/or towing a trailer in
the overheat protection mode
should be avoided.
If the engine or transmission detects
an impending hot fluid condition,
then the transmission may force
upshifts to limit temperatures.
Downshifts may also be prevented
in this instance. Normal operation
may continue unless the display
indicates there is a hot condition
and engine should be idled.
Caution
After driving in the overheated
engine protection operating
mode, the engine oil will be
severely degraded. Any repairs
performed before the engine is
cool may cause engine damage.
Allow the engine to cool before
attempting any repair. Repair the
cause of coolant loss, change the
oil, and reset the oil life system.
See Engine Oil 0 337.
Engine Fan
If the vehicle has the Duramax
diesel engine, see the Duramax
diesel supplement.
All Engines Except 6.6L
V8 Engine (L8T)
The vehicle has electric cooling
fan(s). The fans may be heard
spinning at low speed during most
everyday driving. The fans may turn
off if no cooling is required. Under
heavy vehicle loading, trailer towing,
high outside temperatures,
or operation of the air conditioning
system, the fans may change to
high speed and an increase in fan
noise may be heard. This is normal
and indicates that the cooling
system is functioning properly. The
fans will change to low speed when
additional cooling is no longer
required.
The electric engine cooling fans
may run after the engine has been
turned off. This is normal and no
service is required.
6.6L V8 Engine (L8T) Only
The vehicle has a clutched engine
cooling fan. When the clutch is
engaged, the fan spins faster to
provide more air to cool the engine.
In most everyday driving conditions,
the fan is spinning slower and the
clutch is not fully engaged. This
improves fuel economy and reduces
fan noise. Under heavy vehicle
loading, trailer towing, and/or high
outside temperatures, the fan speed
increases as the clutch more fully
engages, so an increase in fan
noise may be heard. This is normal
and should not be mistaken as the
transmission slipping or making
extra shifts. It is merely the cooling
system functioning properly. The fan
will slow down when additional
cooling is not required and the
clutch partially disengages.
This fan noise may be heard when
starting the engine. It will go away
as the fan clutch partially
disengages.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
352 Vehicle Care
Power Steering Fluid
The power steering fluid reservoir is
in the engine compartment on the
driver side of the vehicle. See
Engine Compartment Overview
0 330 for reservoir location.
When to Check Power Steering
Fluid
It is not necessary to regularly
check power steering fluid unless
there is a leak suspected in the
system or an unusual noise is
heard. A fluid loss in this system
could indicate a problem. Have the
system inspected and repaired.
How to Check Power Steering
Fluid
To check the power steering fluid:
1. Set the ignition off and let the
engine compartment
cool down.
2. Wipe the cap and the top of the
reservoir clean.
3. Unscrew the cap and wipe the
dipstick with a clean rag.
4. Replace the cap and
completely tighten it.
5. Remove the cap again and
look at the fluid level on the
dipstick.
The level should be between the
ADD and FULL marks. If necessary,
add only enough fluid to bring the
level up to the hashed area between
the ADD and FULL marks.
To prevent contamination of brake
fluid, never check or fill the power
steering reservoir with the brake
master cylinder cover off.
What to Use
Caution
Use of the incorrect fluid may
damage the vehicle and the
damages may not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Always use
the correct fluid listed in
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 450.
To determine what kind of fluid to
use, see Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 450. Always use the
proper fluid. Failure to use the
proper fluid can cause leaks and
damage hoses and seals.
Washer Fluid
What to Use
When windshield washer fluid needs
to be added, be sure to read the
manufacturer's instructions before
use. Use a fluid that has sufficient
protection against freezing in an
area where the temperature may fall
below freezing.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 353
Adding Washer Fluid
The vehicle has a low washer fluid
message on the DIC that comes on
when the washer fluid is low. The
message is displayed for
15 seconds at the start of each
ignition cycle. When the WASHER
FLUID LOW ADD FLUID message
displays, washer fluid will need to
be added to the windshield washer
fluid reservoir.
Open the cap with the washer
symbol on it. Add washer fluid until
the tank is full. See Engine
Compartment Overview 0 330 for
reservoir location.
Caution
.
Do not use washer fluid that
contains any type of water
repellent coating. This can
cause the wiper blades to
chatter or skip.
.
Do not use engine coolant
(antifreeze) in the
windshield washer. It can
damage the windshield
washer system and paint.
.
Do not mix water with
ready-to-use washer fluid.
Water can cause the
solution to freeze and
damage the washer fluid
tank and other parts of the
washer system.
.
When using concentrated
washer fluid, follow the
manufacturer instructions for
adding water.
.
Fill the washer fluid tank
only three-quarters full when
it is very cold. This allows
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
for fluid expansion if
freezing occurs, which could
damage the tank if it is
completely full.
Brakes
Disc brake pads have built-in wear
indicators that make a high-pitched
warning sound when the brake pads
are worn and new pads are needed.
The sound can come and go or be
heard all the time the vehicle is
moving, except when applying the
brake pedal firmly.
{
Warning
The brake wear warning sound
means that soon the brakes will
not work well. That could lead to
a crash. When the brake wear
warning sound is heard, have the
vehicle serviced.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
354 Vehicle Care
Caution
Continuing to drive with worn-out
brake pads could result in costly
brake repair.
Some driving conditions or climates
can cause a brake squeal when the
brakes are first applied or lightly
applied. This does not mean
something is wrong with the brakes.
Properly torqued wheel nuts are
necessary to help prevent brake
pulsation. When tires are rotated,
inspect brake pads for wear and
evenly tighten wheel nuts in the
proper sequence to torque
specifications in Capacities and
Specifications 0 456.
Brake linings should always be
replaced as complete axle sets.
Brake Pedal Travel
See your dealer if the brake pedal
does not return to normal height,
or if there is a rapid increase in
pedal travel. This could be a sign
that brake service may be required.
Replacing Brake System Parts
Always replace brake system parts
with new, approved replacement
parts. If this is not done, the brakes
may not work properly. The braking
performance expected can change
in many other ways if the wrong
replacement brake parts are
installed or parts are improperly
installed.
Brake Pad Life System
When to Change Brake Pads
This vehicle has a system that
estimates the remaining life of the
front and rear brake pads. Brake
pad life is displayed in the Driver
Information Center (DIC), along with
a percentage for each axle. The
system must be reset every time the
brake pads are changed.
When the system has determined
that the brake pads need to be
replaced, a message will display,
which may include mileage
remaining.
Brake pads should always be
replaced as complete axle sets.
How to Reset the Brake Pad
Life System
The system will automatically detect
when significantly worn brake pads
are replaced. When the ignition is
turned on after new pads and wear
sensors are installed, a message
will display. Follow the prompts to
reset the system.
The brake pad life system can also
be manually reset:
1. Display Brake Pad Life on the
DIC. See Driver Information
Center (DIC) (Base Level)
0 145 or
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Midlevel and Uplevel) 0 146.
2. Press the thumbwheel or the
trip odometer reset stem if the
vehicle does not have DIC
buttons. Select front or rear
pads as appropriate.
3. Select YES on the confirmation
message, or press the trip
odometer reset stem on a base
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 355
level DIC. Repeat for pads on
the other axle if they were also
replaced.
How to Disable the Brake Pad
Life System
The brake pad life system can be
turned off. This may be necessary if
aftermarket brake pads without wear
sensors are installed. When the
system is turned off, the front and
rear brake pad life percentages will
not display. However, the built-in
wear indicators that make a
high-pitched warning sound when
the brake pads are worn can still
determine when the pads should be
replaced. See Brakes 0 353.
To turn off the brake pad life system:
1. Display Brake Pad Life on the
DIC. See Driver Information
Center (DIC) (Base Level)
0 145 or
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Midlevel and Uplevel) 0 146.
2. Select DISABLE.
To turn the brake pad life system
back on, follow the above steps but
select ENABLE in Step 2.
Brake Fluid
The brake master cylinder reservoir
is filled with GM approved DOT 4
(1500) or DOT 3 (2500/3500) brake
fluid as indicated on the reservoir
cap. See Engine Compartment
Overview 0 330 for the location of
the reservoir.
Checking Brake Fluid
With the vehicle in P (Park) on a
level surface, the brake fluid level
should be between the minimum
and maximum marks on the brake
fluid reservoir.
There are only two reasons why the
brake fluid level in the reservoir may
go down:
.
Normal brake lining wear. When
new linings are installed, the
fluid level goes back up.
.
A fluid leak in the brake
hydraulic system. Have the
brake hydraulic system fixed.
With a leak, the brakes will not
work well.
Always clean the brake fluid
reservoir cap and the area around
the cap before removing it.
Do not top off the brake fluid.
Adding fluid does not correct a leak.
If fluid is added when the linings are
worn, there will be too much fluid
when new brake linings are
installed. Add or remove fluid, as
necessary, only when work is done
on the brake hydraulic system.
{
Warning
If too much brake fluid is added, it
can spill on the engine and burn,
if the engine is hot enough. You
or others could be burned, and
the vehicle could be damaged.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
356 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
Add brake fluid only when work is
done on the brake hydraulic
system.
When the brake fluid falls to a low
level, the brake warning light comes
on. See Brake System Warning
Light 0 137.
Brake fluid absorbs water over time
which degrades the effectiveness of
the brake fluid. Replace brake fluid
at the specified intervals to prevent
increased stopping distance. See
Maintenance Schedule 0 440.
What to Add
Use only GM approved DOT 3 or
DOT 4 brake fluid, as indicated on
the reservoir cap, from a clean,
sealed container. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 450.
{
Warning
The wrong or contaminated brake
fluid could result in damage to the
brake system. This could result in
the loss of braking leading to a
possible injury. Always use the
proper GM approved brake fluid.
Caution
If brake fluid is spilled on the
vehicle's painted surfaces, the
paint finish can be damaged.
Immediately wash off any painted
surface.
Battery - North America
The original equipment battery is
maintenance free. Do not remove
the cap and do not add fluid.
Refer to the replacement number
shown on the original battery label
when a new battery is needed. See
Engine Compartment Overview
0 330 for battery location.
Stop/Start System
Vehicles equipped with a 2.7L L3B,
3.0L LM2, 5.3L L84 or 6.2L L87 are
equipped with a Stop/Start system
to shut off the engine to help
conserve fuel. See Stop/Start
System 0 211.
Vehicles with the Stop/Start system
have an Absorbed Glass Mat (AGM)
12-volt battery. Installation of a
standard 12-volt battery will result in
reduced 12-volt battery life. When
using a 12-volt battery charger on
the 12-volt AGM battery, some
chargers have an AGM battery
setting on the charger. If available,
use the AGM setting on the charger
to limit charge voltage to 14.8 volts.
Follow the charger manufacturer’s
instructions.
{
Warning
WARNING: Battery posts,
terminals, and related
accessories contain lead and lead
compounds, chemicals known to
(Continued)
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 357
Warning (Continued)
the State of California to cause
cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm. Batteries also
contain other chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER
HANDLING. For more information
go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/
passenger-vehicle.
See California Proposition
65 Warning 0 327 and the back
cover.
Vehicle Storage
{
Warning
Batteries have acid that can burn
you and gas that can explode.
You can be badly hurt if you are
not careful. See Jump Starting -
North America 0 418 for tips on
working around a battery without
getting hurt.
Infrequent Usage: Remove the
black, negative (−) cable from the
battery to keep the battery from
running down.
Extended Storage: Remove the
black, negative (−) cable from the
battery or use a battery trickle
charger.
Negative Battery Cable
Disconnection
{
Warning
Before disconnecting the negative
battery cable, turn off all features,
turn the ignition off, and remove
the key, if equipped, from the
vehicle. If this is not done, you or
others could be injured, and the
vehicle could be damaged.
Caution
If the battery is disconnected with
the ignition on or the vehicle in
Retained Accessory Power
(RAP), the OnStar back-up
battery will be permanently
discharged and will need to be
replaced.
1. Make sure the lamps, features,
and accessories are turned off.
2. Turn the ignition off and
remove the key, if equipped.
For vehicles equipped with the Stop/
Start system:
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
358 Vehicle Care
1. Loosen and remove the
negative battery cable nut (1)
at the battery sensor
connection.
2. Remove the negative battery
cable (2) from the battery
sensor stud.
3. Cover the negative battery
cable terminal, battery sensor
stud, and negative battery post
with a non-conductive material
to prevent any contact with the
negative battery cable.
For vehicles not equipped with the
Stop/Start system:
1. Loosen the negative battery
cable nut (1).
2. Remove the negative battery
cable clamp (2) from the
negative battery post.
3. Cover the negative battery
cable clamp, and negative
battery post with a
non-conductive material to
prevent any contact with the
negative battery cable.
Negative Battery Cable
Reconnection
Caution
When reconnecting the battery:
.
Use the original nut from the
vehicle to secure the
negative battery cable. Do
not use a different nut.
If you need a replacement
nut, see your dealer.
.
Tighten the nut with a hand
tool. Do not use an impact
wrench or power tools to
tighten the nut.
The vehicle could be damaged if
these guidelines are not followed.
Caution
Do not use paints, lubricants,
or corrosion inhibitors on the nut
that secures the negative battery
cable to the vehicle. This could
damage the vehicle.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 359
For vehicles equipped with the Stop/
Start system:
1. Install the negative battery
cable to the battery
sensor stud.
2. Install the negative battery
cable nut to the battery sensor
stud and tighten.
3. Turn the ignition on.
For vehicles not equipped with the
Stop/Start system:
1. Install the negative battery
cable clamp to the negative
battery post.
2. Tighten the negative battery
cable nut.
3. Turn the ignition on.
Four-Wheel Drive
Transfer Case
When to Check Lubricant
Refer to Maintenance Schedule
0 440 to determine when to check
the lubricant.
1. Fill Plug
2. Drain Plug
To get an accurate reading, the
vehicle should be on a level
surface.
If the level is below the bottom of
the fill plug (1) hole, located on the
transfer case, some lubricant will
need to be added. Add enough
lubricant to raise the level to the
bottom of the fill plug (1) hole. Use
care not to overtighten the plug.
When to Change Lubricant
Refer to Maintenance Schedule
0 440 to determine how often to
change the lubricant.
What to Use
Refer to Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 450 to determine what
kind of lubricant to use.
Front Axle
When to Check Lubricant
It is not necessary to regularly
check the front axle fluid unless a
leak is suspected or an unusual
noise is heard. A fluid loss could
indicate a problem. Have it
inspected and repaired. This service
can be complex. See your dealer.
Do not directly power wash the
transfer case and/or front/rear axle
output seals. High pressure water
can overcome the seals and
contaminate the fluid. Contaminated
fluid will decrease the life of the
transfer case and/or drive axles and
should be replaced.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
360 Vehicle Care
Rear Axle
When to Check Lubricant
It is not necessary to regularly
check the rear axle fluid unless a
leak is suspected or an unusual
noise is heard. A fluid loss could
indicate a problem. Have it
inspected and repaired. This service
can be complex. See your dealer.
Do not directly power wash the
transfer case and/or front/rear axle
output seals. High pressure water
can overcome the seals and
contaminate the fluid. Contaminated
fluid will decrease the life of the
transfer case and/or drive axles and
should be replaced.
Noise Control System
NOISE EMISSIONS
WARRANTY
General Motors LLC, warrants to the
first person who purchases this
vehicle for purposes other than
resale and to each subsequent
purchaser that this vehicle as
manufactured by General Motors
LLC, was designed, built and
equipped to conform at the time it
left General Motors LLC’s control
with all applicable U.S. EPA Noise
Control Regulations. This warranty
covers this vehicle as designed,
built and equipped by General
Motors LLC, and is not limited to
any particular part, component or
system of the vehicle manufactured
by General Motors LLC. Defects in
design, assembly or in any part,
component or system of the vehicle
as manufactured by General Motors
LLC, which, at the time it left
General Motors LLC’s control,
caused noise emissions to exceed
Federal standards, are covered by
this warranty for the life of the
vehicle.
TAMPERING WITH NOISE
CONTROL SYSTEM
PROHIBITED
Federal law prohibits the following
acts or the causing thereof:
1. The removal or rendering
inoperative by any person,
other than for purposes of
maintenance, repair,
or replacement, of any device
or element of design
incorporated into any new
vehicle for the purpose of noise
control prior to its sale or
delivery to the ultimate
purchaser or while it is in
use; or
2. the use of the vehicle after
such device or element of
design has been removed or
rendered inoperative by any
person.
Among those acts presumed to
constitute tampering are the acts
listed below.
Insulation:
Removal of the noise shields or any
undercab insulation.
Engine:
Removal or rendering engine speed
governor, if so equipped, inoperative
so as to allow engine speed to
exceed manufacturer specifications.
Modification of the engine control
system or calibration.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 361
Fan and Drive:
.
Removal of fan clutch or
rendering clutch inoperative.
.
Removal of the fan shroud.
Air Intake:
.
Removal of air cleaner silencer.
.
Reversing air cleaner cover.
Exhaust:
.
Removal of muffler, catalytic
converter, and/or resonator.
.
Removal of exhaust pipes and
exhaust pipe clamps.
Starter Switch Check
{
Warning
When you are doing this
inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle
moves, you or others could be
injured.
1. Before starting this check, be
sure there is enough room
around the vehicle.
2. Apply both the parking brake
and the regular brake.
Do not use the accelerator
pedal, and be ready to turn off
the engine immediately if it
starts.
3. Try to start the engine in each
gear. The vehicle should start
only in P (Park) or N (Neutral).
If the vehicle starts in any other
position, contact your dealer for
service.
Automatic Transmission
Shift Lock Control
Function Check
{
Warning
When you are doing this
inspection, the vehicle could
move suddenly. If the vehicle
moves, you or others could be
injured.
1. Before starting this check, be
sure there is enough room
around the vehicle. It should be
parked on a level surface.
2. Apply the parking brake. Be
ready to apply the regular
brake immediately if the vehicle
begins to move.
3. With the engine off, turn the
ignition on, but do not start the
engine. Without applying the
regular brake, try to move the
shift lever out of P (Park) with
normal effort. If the shift lever
moves out of P (Park), contact
your dealer for service.
Ignition Transmission
Lock Check
If equipped with Key Access
ignition, while parked, and with the
parking brake set, try to turn the
ignition off in each shift lever
position. The ignition should turn to
off only when the shift lever is in
P (Park).
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
362 Vehicle Care
The ignition key should come out
only when the ignition is off. Contact
your dealer if service is required.
Park Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check
{
Warning
When you are doing this check,
the vehicle could begin to move.
You or others could be injured
and property could be damaged.
Make sure there is room in front
of the vehicle in case it begins to
roll. Be ready to apply the regular
brake at once should the vehicle
begin to move.
Park on a fairly steep hill, with the
vehicle facing downhill. Keeping
your foot on the regular brake, set
the parking brake.
.
To check the parking brake's
holding ability: With the engine
running and the transmission in
N (Neutral), slowly remove foot
pressure from the regular brake
pedal. Do this until the vehicle is
held by the parking brake only.
.
To check the P (Park)
mechanism's holding ability:
With the engine running, shift to
P (Park). Then release the
parking brake followed by the
regular brake.
Contact your dealer if service is
required.
Wiper Blade Replacement
Windshield wiper blades should be
replaced periodically. See
Maintenance Schedule 0 440.
Replacement blades come in
different types and are removed in
different ways. For proper type and
length, see Maintenance
Replacement Parts 0 452.
Caution
Allowing the wiper arm to touch
the windshield when no wiper
blade is installed could damage
the windshield. Any damage that
occurs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Do not allow
the wiper arm to touch the
windshield.
Front Wiper Blade
Replacement
To replace the wiper blade:
1. Pull the wiper assembly away
from the windshield.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 363
2. Lift up on the latch in the
middle of the wiper blade
where the wiper arm attaches.
3. With the latch open, pull the
wiper blade down toward the
windshield far enough to
release it from the J-hooked
end of the wiper arm.
4. Remove the wiper blade.
5. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper
blade replacement.
Glass Replacement
If the windshield or front side glass
must be replaced, see your dealer
to determine the correct
replacement glass.
Windshield Replacement
Driver Assistance Systems
If the windshield needs to be
replaced and the vehicle is
equipped with a front camera sensor
for the Driver Assistance Systems, a
GM replacement windshield is
recommended. The replacement
windshield must be installed
according to GM specifications for
proper alignment. If it is not, these
systems may not work properly, they
may display messages, or they may
not work at all. See your dealer for
proper windshield replacement.
Gas Strut(s)
This vehicle is equipped with gas
strut(s) to provide assistance in
lifting and holding open the hood/
trunk/liftgate system in full open
position.
{
Warning
If the gas struts that hold open
the hood, trunk, and/or liftgate fail,
you or others could be seriously
injured. Take the vehicle to your
dealer for service immediately.
Visually inspect the gas struts for
signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage periodically. Check to
make sure the hood/trunk/liftgate
is held open with enough force.
If struts are failing to hold the
hood/trunk/liftgate, do not
operate. Have the vehicle
serviced.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
364 Vehicle Care
Caution
Do not apply tape or hang any
objects from gas struts. Also do
not push down or pull on gas
struts. This may cause damage to
the vehicle.
See Maintenance Schedule 0 440.
Hood
Trunk
Liftgate
Headlamp Aiming
Front Headlamp Aiming
Headlamp aim has been preset and
should need no further adjustment.
If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,
the headlamp aim may be affected.
If adjustment to the headlamps is
necessary, see your dealer.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 365
Bulb Replacement
For the proper type of replacement
bulbs, or any bulb changing
procedure not listed in this section,
contact your dealer.
Caution
Do not replace incandescent
bulbs with aftermarket LED
replacement bulbs. This can
cause damage to the vehicle
electrical system.
Halogen Bulbs
{
Warning
Halogen bulbs have pressurized
gas inside and can burst if you
drop or scratch the bulb. You or
others could be injured. Be sure
to read and follow the instructions
on the bulb package.
LED Lighting
This vehicle has several LED lamps.
For replacement of any LED lighting
assembly, contact your dealer.
Headlamps, Front Turn
Signal, Sidemarker, and
Parking Lamps
Base Level Headlamp
Assembly
1. Sidemarker lamp
2. Low-Beam Headlamp
3. High-Beam Headlamp
4. Turn Signal/Park Lamps
Midlevel Headlamp Assembly
1. Turn Signal Lamps
Headlamp Replacement
Base Level
1. Open the hood.
2. Remove the headlamp bulb
cover.
3. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise to remove it
from the headlamp assembly.
4. Unplug the electrical connector
from the bulb by releasing the
clip on the connector.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
366 Vehicle Care
5. Replace the bulb and reverse
Steps 1–4 to reinstall.
Midlevel and Uplevel
See your dealer for headlamp
replacement.
Uplevel
See your dealer for turn signal
replacement.
Turn Signal Lamp
Replacement
1. Open the hood.
2. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise to remove it
from the headlamp assembly
and pull it straight out.
3. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out of the bulb socket.
4. Replace the bulb and reverse
Steps 1–3 to reinstall.
Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Stoplamps, and Back-Up
Lamps
Base Level Taillamp Assembly
1. Stoplamp/Taillamp/Turn
Signal Lamp
2. Back-Up Lamp
3. Side Marker Lamp
Uplevel Taillamp Assembly
1500 shown 2500/3500 similar
1. Back-Up Lamp
It is recommended to replace the
grommets when replacing a bulb.
See your dealer.
To replace one of these bulbs:
1. Open the tailgate.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 367
2. Remove the two rear lamp
assembly screws.
3. Pull the rear lamp assembly
outward and rearward away
from the box side to remove it
from the vehicle.
4. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise.
5. Pull the bulb straight out from
the socket.
6. Replace the bulb and reverse
Steps 1–5 to reinstall.
Center High-Mounted
Stoplamp (CHMSL) and
Cargo Lamp
This procedure is for the regular cab
only. For crew cab and double cab
see your dealer.
1. Cargo Lamp Bulbs
2. Center High-Mounted
Stoplamp (CHMSL) Bulb
To replace one of these bulbs:
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
368 Vehicle Care
1. Remove the two screws and lift
off the lamp assembly.
2. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise and pull it
straight out.
3. Pull the bulb straight out from
the socket.
License Plate Lamp
To replace the bulb:
1. Reach behind the rear bumper
and locate the bulb.
2. Turn the bulb socket
counterclockwise and pull the
bulb straight out of the socket.
3. Replace the bulb and reverse
Step 2 to reinstall.
Electrical System
Electrical System
Overload
The vehicle has fuses to protect
against an electrical system
overload. Fuses also protect power
devices in the vehicle.
Replace a bad fuse with a new one
of the identical size and rating.
If there is a problem on the road and
a fuse needs to be replaced, there
are some spare fuses and a fuse
puller in the left instrument panel
fuse block. The same amperage
fuse can also be borrowed. Choose
some feature of the vehicle that is
not needed to use and replace it as
soon as possible.
Headlamp Wiring
An electrical overload may cause
the lamps to go on and off, or in
some cases to remain off. Have the
headlamp wiring checked right away
if the lamps go on and off or
remain off.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 369
Windshield Wipers
If the wiper motor overheats due to
heavy snow or ice, the windshield
wipers will stop until the motor cools
and will then restart.
Although the circuit is protected
from electrical overload, overload
due to heavy snow or ice may
cause wiper linkage damage.
Always clear ice and heavy snow
from the windshield before using the
windshield wipers.
If the overload is caused by an
electrical problem and not snow or
ice, be sure to get it fixed.
Fuses and Circuit
Breakers
The wiring circuits in the vehicle are
protected from short circuits by a
combination of fuses and circuit
breakers. This greatly reduces the
chance of damage caused by
electrical problems.
{
Danger
Fuses and circuit breakers are
marked with their ampere rating.
Do not exceed the
specified amperage rating when
replacing fuses and circuit
breakers. Use of an oversized
fuse or circuit breaker can result
in a vehicle fire. You and others
could be seriously injured or
killed.
To check a fuse, look at the
silver-colored band inside the fuse.
If the band is broken or melted,
replace the fuse. Be sure to replace
a bad fuse with a new one of the
identical size and rating.
Fuses of the same amperage can
be temporarily borrowed from
another fuse location, if a fuse goes
out. Replace the fuse as soon as
possible.
Engine Compartment
Fuse Block
If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
see the Duramax diesel
supplement.
The engine compartment fuse block
is in the engine compartment, on
the passenger side of the vehicle for
1500 and driver side of vehicle for
2500/3500.
Lift the cover to access the fuse
block.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
370 Vehicle Care
Caution
Spilling liquid on any electrical
component on the vehicle may
damage it. Always keep the
covers on any electrical
component.
A fuse puller is available in the left
instrument panel end cap.
The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.
Fuses Usage
1 High-beam left
Fuses Usage
2 High-beam right
3 Headlamp left
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 371
Fuses Usage
4 Headlamp right
6 TIM
7 –
8 Fog lamp
9 VKM
10 –
11 Police upfitter
12 –
13 Washer front
14 Washer rear
15 MSB driver
16 –
17 IECL 1
19 DC/AC inverter
20 IECR 2 (LD) /
EBCM2 (HD)
21 MSB pass
22 IECL 2
24 EBCM 1
25 REC
Fuses Usage
26 –
27 Horn
28 –
29 –
30 –
31 –
32 Rear window
defogger
33 Heated mirror
34 Parking lamp left
37 Euro trailer
38 TIM
39 –
40 Misc ignition
41 Trailer
parking lamp
42 Park lamp right
44 –
45 Second fuel pump
46 Engine control
module ignition
Fuses Usage
47 Transmission
control module
ignition
48 –
49 Transmission
control module
50 A/C clutch
51 Transfer case
control module
52 Front wiper
53 Center
high-mounted
stop lamp
54 Trailer
reverse lamp
55 Trailer
back-up lamp
56 SADS
57 TTPM
58 Starter motor (LD &
HD DSL)
60 Active fuel
management 1
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
372 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage
61 VES
62 Integrated chassis
control
module/CVS
63 Trailer battery
65 Auxiliary
underhood
electrical center
66 Cooling fan
motor left
67 Active fuel
management 2
68 –
69 Starter Pinion (LD)
/ Starter Motor
(HD Gas)
71 Cooling fan
72 Cooling fan right
73 Trailer stop/turn
lamp left
74 TIM
75 DEFC
Fuses Usage
76 Electric RNG BDS
78 Engine control
module
79 Auxiliary battery
80 Cabin
cooling pump
81 Trailer stop/turn
lamp right
82 TIM
83 FTZM
84 Trailer brake
85 ENG
86 Engine control
module
87 Injector B even
88 O2 B sensor
89 O2 A sensor
90 Injector A odd
91 Engine control
module throttle
control
92 Cool fan clutch
Relays Usage
5 Headlamp
18 DC/AC inverter
23 Rear window
defogger
35 Parking lamp
36 Run/Crank
43 Second fuel pump
59 A/C clutch
64 Starter Motor (LD &
HD DSL) / Cool
Fan Clutch
(HD Gas)
70 Starter Pinion (LD)
/ Starter Motor
(HD Gas)
77 Powertrain
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 373
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block (Left)
The left instrument panel fuse block
access door is on the driver side
edge of the instrument panel.
The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.
Pull off the cover to access the fuse
block. A fuse puller is available in
the left instrument panel end cap.
The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.
Fuses Usage
F1 Rear heated seats
left/right
F3 Euro trailer
F4 –
F5 Front Bolster
F6 Heated and ventilated
seats left/right
F8 Rear seat
entertainment/Theft
deterrent
F9 Passive entry/Passive
start/Driver seat
module
F10 –
F11 Sunshade
F12 Passenger power seat
F13 Export power take off/
Special equipment
option 1
F14 –
F15 –
F16 AMP
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
374 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage
F17 MFEG
F18 –
F20 Endgate
F22 Rear sliding window
F23 –
F24 –
F25 –
F26 –
F27 –
Circuit
Breakers
Usage
CB1 –
Relays Usage
K1 Rear sliding
window open
K2 Rear sliding window
close
K3 MFEG major 1
K4 MFEG minor 1
Relays Usage
K5 MFEG minor 2
K6 MFEG major 2
K7 Anti-theft
K8 –
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block (Right)
The right instrument panel fuse
block access door is on the
passenger side edge of the
instrument panel.
Pull off the cover to access the front
of the fuse block.
To access the back of the fuse
block:
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 375
1. Push the tab at the top of fuse
block down.
2. Pull the top of the fuse block
outward.
3. Reverse Steps 1–2 to reinstall.
Back
The vehicle may not be equipped
with all of the fuses, relays, and
features shown.
Fuses Usage
F1 Right doors
F2 Left doors
F3 Universal remote
system
F4 –
F5 –
F6 Front blower
F8 Lumbar switch
F10 Body control
module 6/Body control
module 7
F11 Seat/CLM
F12 Body control
module 3/Body control
module 5
F14 Mirrors/Windows
module
F17 Steering wheel
controls
F18 VPM/OBS DET
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
376 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage
F19 DLIS
F20 Ventilated seats
F21 NOT R/C
F22 Heated steering wheel
F23 MISC R/C
F24 Instrument panel
cluster ignition/
Overhead
F25 Heating, ventilation,
and air conditioning
ignition/Heating,
ventilation, and air
conditioning auxiliary
F26 USB ports/Special
equipment option
retained accessory
power
F27 Accessory power
outlet/retained
accessory power
F28 Accessory power
outlet/Battery
Fuses Usage
F30 Sensing and
diagnostic module/
Parking brake
F31 Body control module 4
F32 Special equipment
option/Data link
connection
F33 Body control module 8
F34 Cargo lamp
F40 CGM
F41 Infotainment 1
F42 TCP
F43 –
F44 AVM
F45 Body control module 2
F46 Heating, ventilation,
and air conditioning/
Battery 1
F47 Instrument panel
cluster/Battery
F48 Transmission control
module
Fuses Usage
F49 Body control module 1
F50 –
F51 Battery 1
F52 Battery 2
F53 –
F54 Sunroof
F55 Driver power seat
F56 DC DC TRANS 1
F57 DC DC TRANS 2
F58 Infotainment 2
Circuit
Breakers
Usage
1 Accessory power
outlet 2
2 Accessory power
outlet 1/Cigarette
Lighter
3 Accessory power
outlet 3
4 Accessory power
outlet 4
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 377
Relays Usage
K1 Run/Crank
K2 Retained accessory
power/Accessory 1
K4 Retained accessory
power/Accessory 2
K5 –
Wheels and Tires
Tires
Every new GM vehicle has
high-quality tires made by a
leading tire manufacturer. See
the warranty manual for
information regarding the tire
warranty and where to get
service. For additional
information refer to the tire
manufacturer.
{
Warning
.
Poorly maintaine d and
improperly used tires are
dangerous.
.
Overloading the tires can
cause overheating as a
result of too much
flexing. There could be a
blowout and a serious
crash. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 198.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
.
Underinflated tires pose
the same danger as
overloaded tires. The
resulting crash could
cause serious injury.
Check all tires frequently
to maintain the
recommended pressure.
Tire pressure should be
checked when the tires
are cold.
.
Overinflated tires are
more likely to be cut,
punctured, or broken by
a sudden impact — such
as when hitting a pothole.
Keep tires at the
recommended pressure.
.
Worn or old tires can
cause a crash. If the
tread is badly worn,
replace them.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
378 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
.
Replace any tires that
have been damaged by
impacts with potholes,
curbs, etc.
.
Improperly repaired tires
can cause a crash. Only
the dealer or an
authorized tire service
center should repair,
replace, dismount, and
mount the tires.
.
Do not spin the tires in
excess of 56 km/h
(35 mph) on slippery
surfaces such as snow,
mud, ice, etc. Excessive
spinning may cause the
tires to explode.
All-Season Tires
This vehicle may come with
all-season tires. These tires are
designed to provide good overall
performance on most road surfaces
and weather conditions. Original
equipment tires designed to GM's
specific tire performance criteria
have a TPC specification code
molded onto the sidewall. Original
equipment all-season tires can be
identified by the last two characters
of this TPC code, which will
be “MS.”
Consider installing winter tires on
the vehicle if frequent driving on
snow or ice-covered roads is
expected. All-season tires provide
adequate performance for most
winter driving conditions, but they
may not offer the same level of
traction or performance as winter
tires on snow or ice-covered roads.
See Winter Tires 0 378.
Winter Tires
This vehicle was not originally
equipped with winter tires. Winter
tires are designed for increased
traction on snow and ice-covered
roads. Consider installing winter
tires on the vehicle if frequent
driving on ice or snow covered
roads is expected. See your dealer
for details regarding winter tire
availability and proper tire selection.
Also, see Buying New Tires 0 398.
With winter tires, there may be
decreased dry road traction,
increased road noise, and shorter
tread life. After changing to winter
tires, be alert for changes in vehicle
handling and braking.
If using winter tires:
.
Use tires of the same brand and
tread type on all four wheel
positions.
.
Use only radial ply tires of the
same size, load range, and
speed rating as the original
equipment tires.
Winter tires with the same speed
rating as the original equipment tires
may not be available for H, V, W, Y,
and ZR speed rated tires. If winter
tires with a lower speed rating are
chosen, never exceed the tire's
maximum speed capability.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 379
Low-Profile Tires
If the vehicle has 275/60R20 or
275/50R22 size tires, they are
classified as low-profile tires.
Caution
Low-profile tires are more
susceptible to damage from road
hazards or curb impact than
standard profile tires. Tire and/or
wheel assembly damage can
occur when coming into contact
with road hazards like potholes,
or sharp edged objects, or when
sliding into a curb. The warranty
does not cover this type of
damage. Keep tires set to the
correct inflation pressure and
when possible, avoid contact with
curbs, potholes, and other road
hazards.
All-Terrain Tires
This vehicle may have all-terrain
tires. These tires provide good
performance on most road surfaces,
weather conditions, and for off-road
driving. See Off-Road Driving 0 189.
The tread pattern on these tires may
wear more unevenly than other
tires. Consider rotating the tires
more frequently than at 12 000 km
(7,500 mi) intervals if irregular wear
is noted when the tires are
inspected. See Tire Inspection
0 394.
Tire Sidewall Labeling
Useful information about a tire is
molded into the sidewall. The
examples show a typical
passenger and light truck tire
sidewall.
Passenger (P-Metric)/Spare Tire
(1) Tire Size : The tire size code
is a combination of letters and
numbers used to define a
particular tire's width, height,
aspect ratio, construction type,
and service description. See the
“Tire Size” illustration later in this
section.
(2) TPC Spec (Tire
Performance Criteria
Specification)
: Original
equipment tires designed to
GM's specific tire performance
criteria have a TPC specification
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
380 Vehicle Care
code molded onto the sidewall.
GM's TPC specifications meet or
exceed all federal safety
guidelines.
(3) DOT (Department of
Transportation)
: The
Department of Transportation
(DOT) code indicates that the
tire is in compliance with the
U.S. Department of
Transportation Motor Vehicle
Safety Standards.
DOT Tire Date of
Manufacture
: The last four
digits of the TIN indicate the tire
manufactured date. The first two
digits represent the week
(01-52) and the last two digits,
the year. For example, the third
week of the year 2010 would
have a four-digit DOT date
of 0310.
(4) Tire Identificatio n Number
(TIN)
: The letters and numbers
following the DOT code are the
Tire Identification Number (TIN).
The TIN shows the
manufacturer and plant code,
tire size, and date the tire was
manufactured. The TIN is
molded onto both sides of the
tire, although only one side may
have the date of manufacture.
(5) Tire Ply Material
: The type
of cord and number of plies in
the sidewall and under the tread.
(6) Uniform Tire Quality
Grading (UTQG)
: Tire
manufacturers are required to
grade tires based on three
performance factors: treadwear,
traction, and temperature
resistance. For more
information, see Uniform Tire
Quality Grading 0 400.
(7) Maximum Cold Inflation
Load Limit
: Maximum load that
can be carried and the
maximum pressure needed to
support that load. For
information on recommended
tire pressure see Tire Pressure
0 386 and
Vehicle Load Limits 0 198.
(8) Temporary Use Only
: Only
use a temporary spare tire until
the road tire is repaired and
replaced. This spare tire should
not be driven on over 112 km/h
(70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph)
when pulling a trailer, with the
proper inflation pressure. See
Full-Size Spare Tire 0 417.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 381
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire
(1) Tire Size : The tire size code
is a combination of letters and
numbers used to define a
particular tire's width, height,
aspect ratio, construction type,
and service description. See the
“Tire Size” illustration later in this
section for more detail.
(2) TPC Spec (Tire
Performance Criteria
Specification)
: Original
equipment tires designed to
GM's specific tire performance
criteria have a TPC specification
code molded onto the sidewall.
GM's TPC specifications meet or
exceed all federal safety
guidelines.
(3) Dual Tire Maximum Load
:
Maximum load that can be
carried and the maximum
pressure needed to support that
load when used in a dual
configuration. For information on
recommended tire pressure see
Tire Pressure 0 386 and
Vehicle Load Limits 0 198.
(4) DOT (Department of
Transportation)
: The
Department of Transportation
(DOT) code indicates that the
tire is in compliance with the
U.S. Department of
Transportation Motor Vehicle
Safety Standards.
DOT Tire Date of
Manufacture
: The last four
digits of the TIN indicate the tire
manufactured date. The first two
digits represent the week
(01-52) and the last two digits,
the year. For example, the third
week of the year 2010 would
have a four-digit DOT date
of 0310.
(5) Tire Identificatio n Number
(TIN)
: The letters and numbers
following the DOT code are the
Tire Identification Number (TIN).
The TIN shows the
manufacturer and plant code,
tire size, and date the tire was
manufactured. The TIN is
molded onto both sides of the
tire, although only one side may
have the date of manufacture.
(6) Tire Ply Material
: The type
of cord and number of plies in
the sidewall and under the tread.
(7) Single Tire Maximum
Load
: Maximum load that can
be carried and the maximum
pressure needed to support that
load when used as a single. For
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
382 Vehicle Care
information on recommended
tire pressure see Tire Pressure
0 386 and
Vehicle Load Limits 0 198.
Tire Designations
Tire Size
The examples show a typical
passenger vehicle and light
truck tire size.
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire
(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :
The United States version of a
metric tire sizing system. The
letter P as the first character in
the tire size means a passenger
vehicle tire engineered to
standards set by the U.S. Tire
and Rim Association.
(2) Tire Width
: The three-digit
number indicates the tire section
width in millimeters from
sidewall to sidewall.
(3) Aspect Ratio
: A two-digit
number that indicates the tire
height-to-width measurements.
For example, if the tire size
aspect ratio is 75, as shown in
item C of the tire illustration, it
would mean that the tire's
sidewall is 75 percent as high as
it is wide.
(4) Construction Code
: A letter
code is used to indicate the type
of ply construction in the tire.
The letter R means radial ply
construction; the letter D means
diagonal or bias ply
construction.
(5) Rim Diameter
: Diameter of
the wheel in inches.
(6) Service Description
: These
characters represent the load
index and speed rating of the
tire. The load index represents
the load carrying capacity a tire
is certified to carry. The speed
rating is the maximum speed a
tire is certified to carry a load.
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire
(1) Light Truck (LT-Metric)
Tire
: The United States version
of a metric tire sizing system.
The letters LT as the first two
characters in the tire size mean
a light truck tire engineered to
standards set by the U.S. Tire
and Rim Association.
(2) Tire Width
: The three-digit
number indicates the tire section
width in millimeters from
sidewall to sidewall.
(3) Aspect Ratio
: A two-digit
number that indicates the tire
height-to-width measurements.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 383
For example, if the tire size
aspect ratio is 75, as shown in
item 3 of the light truck
(LT-Metric) tire illustration, it
would mean that the tire's
sidewall is 75 percent as high as
it is wide.
(4) Construction Code
: A letter
code is used to indicate the type
of ply construction in the tire.
The letter R means radial ply
construction; the letter D means
diagonal or bias ply
construction.
(5) Rim Diameter
: Diameter of
the wheel in inches.
(6) Load Range
: Load Range.
(7) Service Description
: The
service description indicates the
load index and speed rating of a
tire. If two number s are given as
in the example, 120/116, then
this represents the load index for
single versus dual wheel usage
(single/dual). The speed rating is
the maximum speed a tire is
certified to carry a load.
Tire Terminology and
Definitions
Air Pressure : The amount of
air inside the tire pressing
outward on each square inch of
the tire. Air pressure is
expressed in kPa (kilopascal)
or psi (pounds per square inch).
Accessory Weight
: The
combined weight of optional
accessories. Some examples of
optional accesso ries are
automatic transmissio n, power
windows, power seats, and air
conditioning.
Aspect Ratio
: The relations hip
of a tire's height to its width.
Belt
: A rubber coated layer of
cords between the plies and the
tread. Cords may be made from
steel or other reinforcing
materials.
Bead
: The tire bead contains
steel wires wrapped by steel
cords that hold the tire onto
the rim.
Bias Ply Tire
: A pneumatic tire
in which the plies are laid at
alternate angles less than
90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Cold Tire Pressure
: The
amount of air pressure in a tire,
measured in kPa (kilopascal)
or psi (pounds per square inch)
before a tire has built up heat
from driving. See Tire Pressure
0 386.
Curb Weight
: The weight of a
motor vehicle with standard and
optional equipment including the
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
384 Vehicle Care
maximum capacity of fuel, oil,
and coolant, but without
passengers and cargo.
DOT Markings
: A code molded
into the sidewall of a tire
signifying that the tire is in
compliance with the U.S.
Department of Transportation
(DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards. The DOT code
includes the Tire Identification
Number (TIN), an alphanumeric
designator which can also
identify the tire manufacturer,
production plant, brand, and
date of production.
GVWR
: Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 198.
GAWR FRT
: Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the front axle. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 198.
GAWR RR
: Gross Axle Weight
Rating for the rear axle. See
Vehicle Load Limits 0 198.
Intended Outboard Sidewall
:
The side of an asymmetrical tire
that must always face outward
when mounted on a vehicle.
Kilopascal (kPa)
: The metric
unit for air pressure.
Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire
: A
tire used on light duty trucks and
some multipurpose passenger
vehicles.
Load Index
: An assigned
number ranging from 1 to 279
that corresponds to the load
carrying capacity of a tire.
Maximum Inflation Pressure
:
The maximum air pressure to
which a cold tire can be inflated.
The maximum air pressure is
molded onto the sidewall.
Maximum Load Rating
: The
load rating for a tire at the
maximum permissible inflation
pressure for that tire.
Maximum Loaded Vehicle
Weight
: The sum of curb
weight, accessory weight,
vehicle capacity weight, and
production options weight.
Normal Occupant Weight
: The
number of occupants a vehicle
is designed to seat multiplied by
68 kg (150 lb). See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 198.
Occupant Distribution
:
Designated seating positions.
Outward Facing Sidewall
: The
side of an asymmet rical tire that
has a particular side that faces
outward when mounted on a
vehicle. The side of the tire that
contains a whitewall, bears
white lettering, or bears
manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is
higher or deeper than the same
moldings on the other sidewall
of the tire.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 385
Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A
tire used on passenger cars and
some light duty trucks and
multipurpose vehicles.
Recommended Inflation
Pressure
: Vehicle
manufacturer's recommended
tire inflation pressure as shown
on the tire placard. See Tire
Pressure 0 386 and
Vehicle Load Limits 0 198.
Radial Ply Tire
: A pneumatic
tire in which the ply cords that
extend to the beads are laid at
90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
Rim
: A metal support for a tire
and upon which the tire beads
are seated.
Sidewall
: The portion of a tire
between the tread and the bead.
Speed Rating
: An
alphanumeric code assigned to
a tire indicating the maximum
speed at which a tire can
operate.
Traction
: The friction between
the tire and the road surface.
The amount of grip provided.
Tread
: The portion of a tire that
comes into contact with
the road.
Treadwear Indicators
: Narrow
bands, sometimes called wear
bars, that show across the tread
of a tire when only 1.6 mm (1/
16 in) of tread remains. See
When It Is Time for New Tires
0 397.
UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality
Grading Standards)
: A tire
information system that provides
consumers with ratings for a
tire's traction, temperature, and
treadwear. Ratings are
determined by tire
manufacturers using
government testing procedures.
The ratings are molded into the
sidewall of the tire. See Uniform
Tire Quality Grading 0 400.
Vehicle Capacity Weight
: The
number of designated seating
positions multiplied by
68 kg (150 lb) plus the rated
cargo load. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 198.
Vehicle Maximum Load on the
Tire
: Load on an individual tire
due to curb weight, accessory
weight, occupant weight, and
cargo weight.
Vehicle Placard
: A label
permanently attached to a
vehicle showing the vehicle
capacity weight and the original
equipment tire size and
recommended inflation pressure.
See “Tire and Loading
Information Label” under Vehicle
Load Limits 0 198.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
386 Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure
Tires need the correct amount of
air pressure to operate
effectively.
{
Warning
Neither tire underinflation nor
overinflation is good.
Underinflated tires, or tires
that do not have enough air,
can result in:
.
Tire overloading and
overheating which could
lead to a blowout.
.
Premature or
irregular wear.
.
Poor handling.
.
Reduced fuel economy.
Overinflated tires, or tires that
have too much air, can
result in:
.
Unusual wear.
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
.
Poor handling.
.
Rough ride.
.
Needless damage from
road hazards.
The Tire and Loading
Information label on the vehicle
indicates the original equipment
tires and the correct cold tire
inflation pressures . The
recommended pressure is the
minimum air pressure needed to
support the vehicle's maximum
load carrying capacity.
For additional information
regarding how much weight the
vehicle can carry, and an
example of the Tire and Loading
Information label, see Vehicle
Load Limits 0 198. How the
vehicle is loaded affects vehicle
handling and ride comfort. Never
load the vehicle with more
weight than it was designed to
carry.
When to Check
Check the pressure of the tires
once a month or more.
Do not forget the spare tire,
if the vehicle has one. See
Full-Size Spare Tire 0 417 for
additional information.
How to Check
Use a good quality pocket-type
gauge to check tire pressure.
Proper tire inflation cannot be
determined by looking at the tire.
Check the tire inflation pressure
when the tires are cold, meaning
the vehicle has not been driven
for at least three hours or no
more than 1.6 km (1 mi).
Remove the valve cap from the
tire valve stem. Press the tire
gauge firmly onto the valve to
get a pressure measurem ent.
If the cold tire inflation pressure
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 387
matches the recommended
pressure on the Tire and
Loading Information label, no
further adjustment is necessary.
If the inflation pressure is low,
add air until the recommended
pressure is reached. If the
inflation pressure is high, press
on the metal stem in the center
of the tire valve to release air.
Re-check the tire pressure with
the tire gauge.
Put the valve caps back on the
valve stems to keep out dirt and
moisture and prevent leaks. Use
only valve caps designed for the
vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors
could be damaged and would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty.
Tire Pressure for
High-Speed Operation
{
Warning
Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h
(100 mph) or higher, puts
additional strain on tires.
Sustained high-speed driving
causes excessive heat buildup
and can cause sudden tire failure.
This could cause a crash, and
you or others could be killed.
Some high-speed rated tires
require inflation pressure
adjustment for high-speed
operation. When speed limits and
road conditions allow the vehicle
to be driven at high speeds, make
sure the tires are rated for
high-speed operation, are in
excellent condition, and are set to
the correct cold tire inflation
pressure for the vehicle load.
Tire Pressure Monitor
System
The Tire Pressure Monitor System
(TPMS) uses radio and sensor
technology to check tire pressure
levels. The TPMS sensors monitor
the air pressure in your tires and
transmit tire pressure readings to a
receiver located in the vehicle.
Each tire, including the spare (if
provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to
the inflation pressure recommended
by the vehicle manufacturer on the
vehicle placard or tire inflation
pressure label. (If your vehicle has
tires of a different size than the size
indicated on the vehicle placard or
tire inflation pressure label, you
should determine the proper tire
inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a
tire pressure monitoring system
(TPMS) that illuminates a low tire
pressure telltale when one or more
of your tires is significantly
under-inflated.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
388 Vehicle Care
Accordingly, when the low tire
pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as
soon as possible, and inflate them
to the proper pressure. Driving on a
significantly under-inflated tire
causes the tire to overheat and can
lead to tire failure. Under-inflation
also reduces fuel efficiency and tire
tread life, and may affect the
vehicle's handling and stopping
ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver's
responsibility to maintain correct tire
pressure, even if under-inflation has
not reached the level to trigger
illumination of the TPMS low tire
pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been
equipped with a TPMS malfunction
indicator to indicate when the
system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is
combined with the low tire pressure
telltale. When the system detects a
malfunction, the telltale will flash for
approximately one minute and then
remain continuously illuminated.
This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as
long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be
able to detect or signal low tire
pressure as intended. TPMS
malfunctions may occur for a variety
of reasons, including the installation
of replacement or alternate tires or
wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or
alternate tires and wheels allow the
TPMS to continue to function
properly.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation 0 388.
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 470.
Tire Pressure Monitor
Operation
This vehicle may have a Tire
Pressure Monitor System (TPMS).
The TPMS is designed to warn the
driver when a low tire pressure
condition exists. TPMS sensors are
mounted onto each tire and wheel
assembly, excluding the spare tire
and wheel assembly. The TPMS
sensors monitor the air pressure in
the tires and transmit the tire
pressure readings to a receiver
located in the vehicle.
When a low tire pressure condition
is detected, the TPMS illuminates
the low tire pressure warning light
located on the instrument cluster.
If the warning light comes on, stop
as soon as possible and inflate the
tires to the recommended pressure
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 389
shown on the Tire and Loading
Information label. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 198.
A message to check the pressure in
a specific tire displays in the Driver
Information Center (DIC). The low
tire pressure warning light and the
DIC warning message come on at
each ignition cycle until the tires are
inflated to the correct inflation
pressure. If the vehicle has DIC
buttons, tire pressure levels can be
viewed. For additional information
and details about the DIC operation
and displays, see Driver Information
Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 145 or
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Midlevel and Uplevel) 0 146.
The low tire pressure warning light
may come on in cool weather when
the vehicle is first started, and then
turn off as the vehicle is driven. This
could be an early indicator that the
air pressure is getting low and
needs to be inflated to the proper
pressure.
A Tire and Loading Information label
shows the size of the original
equipment tires and the correct
inflation pressure for the tires when
they are cold. See Vehicle Load
Limits 0 198, for an example of the
Tire and Loading Information label
and its location. Also see Tire
Pressure 0 386.
The TPMS can warn about a low
tire pressure condition but it does
not replace normal tire
maintenance. See Tire Inspection
0 394, Tire Rotation 0 394 and
Tires 0 377.
Caution
Tire sealant materials are not all
the same. A non-approved tire
sealant could damage the TPMS
sensors. TPMS sensor damage
caused by using an incorrect tire
sealant is not covered by the
vehicle warranty. Always use only
the GM approved tire sealant
available through your dealer or
included in the vehicle.
TPMS Malfunction Light and
Message
The TPMS will not function properly
if one or more of the TPMS sensors
are missing or inoperable. When the
system detects a malfunction, the
low tire pressure warning light
flashes for about one minute and
then stays on for the remainder of
the ignition cycle. A DIC warning
message also displays. The
malfunction light and DIC warning
message come on at each ignition
cycle until the problem is corrected.
Some of the conditions that can
cause these to come on are:
.
One of the road tires has been
replaced with the spare tire. The
spare tire does not have a
TPMS sensor. The malfunction
light and the DIC message
should go off after the road tire
is replaced and the sensor
matching process is performed
successfully. See "TPMS Sensor
Matching Process" later in this
section.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
390 Vehicle Care
.
The TPMS sensor matching
process was not done or not
completed successfully after
rotating the tires. The
malfunction light and the DIC
message should go off after
successfully completing the
sensor matching process. See
"TPMS Sensor Matching
Process" later in this section.
.
One or more TPMS sensors are
missing or damaged. The
malfunction light and the DIC
message should go off when the
TPMS sensors are installed and
the sensor matching process is
performed successfully. See
your dealer for service.
.
Replacement tires or wheels do
not match the original equipment
tires or wheels. Tires and wheels
other than those recommended
could prevent the TPMS from
functioning properly. See Buying
New Tires 0 398.
.
Operating electronic devices or
being near facilities using radio
wave frequencies similar to the
TPMS could cause the TPMS
sensors to malfunction.
If the TPMS is not functioning
properly, it cannot detect or signal a
low tire pressure condition. See
your dealer for service if the TPMS
malfunction light and DIC message
come on and stay on.
Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped)
This feature provides visual and
audible alerts outside the vehicle to
help when inflating an underinflated
tire to the recommended cold tire
pressure.
When the low tire pressure warning
light comes on:
1. Park the vehicle in a safe, level
place.
2. Set the parking brake firmly.
3. Place the vehicle in P (Park).
4. Add air to the tire that is
underinflated. The turn signal
lamp will flash.
When the recommended
pressure is reached, the horn
sounds once and the turn
signal lamp will stop flashing
and briefly turn solid.
Repeat these steps for all
underinflated tires that have
illuminated the low tire pressure
warning light.
{
Warning
Overinflating a tire could cause
the tire to rupture and you or
others could be injured. Do not
exceed the maximum pressure
listed on the tire sidewall. See
Tire Sidewall Labeling 0 379 and
Vehicle Load Limits 0 198.
If the tire is overinflated by more
than 35 kPa (5 psi), the horn will
sound multiple times and the turn
signal lamp will continue to flash for
several seconds after filling stops.
To release and correct the pressure,
while the turn signal lamp is still
flashing, briefly press the center of
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 391
the valve stem. When the
recommended pressure is reached,
the horn sounds once.
If the turn signal lamp does not flash
within 15 seconds after starting to
inflate the tire, the tire fill alert has
not been activated or is not working.
If the hazard warning flashers are
on, the tire fill alert visual feedback
will not work properly.
The TPMS will not activate the tire
fill alert properly under the following
conditions:
.
There is interference from an
external device or transmitter.
.
The air pressure from the
inflation device is not sufficient
to inflate the tire.
.
There is a malfunction in
the TPMS.
.
There is a malfunction in the
horn or turn signal lamps.
.
The identification code of the
TPMS sensor is not registered to
the system.
.
The battery of the TPMS sensor
is low.
If the tire fill alert does not operate
due to TPMS interference, move the
vehicle about 1 m (3 ft) back or
forward and try again. If the tire fill
alert feature is not working, use a
tire pressure gauge.
TPMS Sensor Matching
Process
Each TPMS sensor has a unique
identification code. The identification
code needs to be matched to a new
tire/wheel position after rotating the
vehicle’s tires or replacing one or
more of the TPMS sensors. Also,
the TPMS sensor matching process
should be performed after replacing
a spare tire with a road tire
containing the TPMS sensor. The
malfunction light and the DIC
message should go off at the next
ignition cycle. The sensors are
matched to the tire/wheel positions,
using a TPMS relearn tool, in the
following order: driver side front tire,
passenger side front tire, passenger
side rear tire, and driver side rear.
See your dealer for service or to
purchase a relearn tool. A TPMS
relearn tool can also be purchased.
See Tire Pressure Monitor Sensor
Activation Tool at
www.gmtoolsandequipment.com or
call 1-800-GM TOOLS
(1-800-468-6657).
There are two minutes to match the
first tire/wheel position, and
five minutes overall to match all four
tire/wheel positions. If it takes
longer, the matching process stops
and must be restarted.
The TPMS sensor matching
process is:
1. Set the parking brake.
2. Turn the ignition on without
starting the vehicle.
3. Uplevel DIC Only: Make sure
the Tire Pressure info page
option is turned on. The info
pages on the DIC can be
turned on and off through the
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
392 Vehicle Care
Options menu. See Driver
Information Center (DIC) (Base
Level) 0 145 or
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Midlevel and Uplevel) 0 146.
4. If the vehicle has an uplevel
DIC, use the DIC controls on
the right side of the steering
wheel to scroll to the Tire
Pressure screen under the DIC
info page.
If the vehicle has a base level
DIC, use the trip odometer
reset stem to scroll to the Tire
Pressure screen.
5. If the vehicle has an uplevel
DIC, press and hold the
thumbwheel located in the
center of the DIC controls on
the right side of the steering
wheel.
If the vehicle has a base level
DIC, press and hold the trip
odometer reset stem for about
five seconds. A message
asking if the process should
begin should appear. Select
yes and press the trip
odometer reset stem to confirm
the selection.
The horn sounds twice to
signal the receiver is in relearn
mode and the TIRE
LEARNING ACTIVE message
displays on the DIC screen.
6. Start with the driver side
front tire.
7. Place the relearn tool against
the tire sidewall, near the valve
stem. Then press the button to
activate the TPMS sensor.
A horn chirp confirms that the
sensor identification code has
been matched to this tire and
wheel position.
8. Proceed to the passenger side
front tire, and repeat the
procedure in Step 7.
9. Proceed to the passenger side
rear tire, and repeat the
procedure in Step 7.
10. Proceed to the driver side rear
tire, and repeat the procedure
in Step 7. The horn sounds two
times to indicate the sensor
identification code has been
matched to the driver side rear
tire, and the TPMS sensor
matching process is no longer
active. The TIRE LEARNING
ACTIVE message on the DIC
display screen goes off.
11. Turn the vehicle off.
12. Set all four tires to the
recommended air pressure
level as indicated on the Tire
and Loading Information label.
Trailer Tire Pressure
Monitoring Operation
If equipped, the Trailer Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TTPMS) is designed to monitor the
pressure of the trailer tires and warn
the driver when a low pressure
condition exists. TTPMS sensors for
four tires are provided. The system
can accommodate a trailer with up
to six tires if additional sensors are
purchased from the dealer. Also, the
system can be paired with up to five
individual trailers.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 393
Prior to use, the vehicle must learn
the sensors by following the
learning process. See Trailering App
0 308.
Contact your trailer service center or
tire service center to have the
pressure sensors installed inside
the trailer tires. The technician
should insert the sensor stem
through the hole in the trailer wheel.
When the sensor is correctly
positioned, the nut on the sensor
stem should be tightened to 8 Y
(6 lb ft). When mounting the trailer
tire onto the trailer wheel be careful
not to damage the sensor.
The Trailering App can be used to
view the tire pressures after the
recommended trailer tire pressures
have been entered. Refer to the
trailer tire placard on the trailer or
the trailer tire sidewall for the
recommended tire pressure.
The system is compatible with trailer
tires that have placard pressure
values from 103 - 689 kpa (15 -
100 psi). The hole in the wheel for
the tire stem must be 11.43 mm
(0.453 in) in diameter. Use of the
pressure sensors on a wheel with a
different stem hole size could result
in loss of air from the tire.
If a low trailer tire pressure condition
is detected, the TTPMS displays a
warning message on the DIC. If the
warning message is displayed, stop
as soon as possible and inflate the
tires to the recommended pressure
shown on the tire placard on the
trailer.
In addition, the TTPMS monitors the
temperature of the trailer tires. If the
system detects a high temperature
on one or more of the trailer tires, a
warning message will be displayed
on the DIC. If this warning message
is displayed, stop as soon as
possible, and inspect the
overheated trailer tire. Common
causes for high trailer tire
temperature are underinflation,
overloading, or tire damage.
TTPMS Malfunction Message
The TTPMS will not function
properly if one or more of the trailer
tire sensors are missing or
inoperable. If the system detects a
malfunction, a DIC message
indicates that the system requires
service. Some of the conditions that
can cause the service message to
occur are:
.
One of the trailer tires has been
replaced with the spare tire
which does not have a learned
TTPMS sensor. The DIC
message should turn off after the
pressure sensor is installed in
the tire, and the learning process
is performed successfully. See
"TTPMS Sensor Learning
Process" under Trailering App
0 308.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
394 Vehicle Care
.
The TTPMS sensor learning
process was not done or not
completed successfully. The DIC
message should go off after
successfully completing the
sensor learning process. See
"TTPMS Sensor Learning
Process" under Trailering App
0 308.
.
One or more TTPMS sensors
are missing or damaged. The
DIC message should go off
when the TTPMS sensors are
installed and the sensor learning
process is performed
successfully. See "TTPMS
Sensor Learning Process" under
Trailering App 0 308.
.
Operating electronic devices or
being near facilities using radio
wave frequencies similar to the
TTPMS could cause interference
to the TTPMS which could
cause loss of signal reception
from the sensor.
.
If the system does not receive
the signal from an individual
sensor, an error message may
not occur until the vehicle has
been driver for a period of time.
If the TTPMS is not functioning
properly, it cannot detect or signal a
low tire condition. See your dealer
for service if the DIC message
comes on and stays on when the
trailer tire pressures have been
checked and determined to be
correct.
Tire Inspection
We recommend that the tires,
including the spare tire, if the
vehicle has one, be inspected
for signs of wear or damage at
least once a month.
Replace the tire if:
.
The indicators at three or
more places around the tire
can be seen.
.
There is cord or fabric
showing through the tire's
rubber.
.
The tread or sidewall is
cracked, cut, or snagged
deep enough to show cord or
fabric.
.
The tire has a bump, bulge,
or split.
.
The tire has a puncture, cut,
or other damage that cannot
be repaired well because of
the size or location of the
damage.
Tire Rotation
Tires should be rotated every
12 000 km (7,500 mi). See
Maintenance Schedule 0 440.
Tires are rotated to achieve a
more uniform wear for all tires.
The first rotation is the most
important.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 395
Anytime unusual wear is
noticed, rotate the tires as soon
as possible, check for proper tire
inflation pressure, and check for
damaged tires or wheels. If the
unusual wear continues after the
rotation, check the wheel
alignment. See When It Is Time
for New Tires 0 397 and
Wheel Replacement 0 402.
Use this rotation pattern when
rotating the tires if the vehicle
has single rear wheels.
Dual Tire Rotation
When the vehicle is new,
or whenever a wheel, wheel
bolt, or wheel nut is replaced or
serviced, check the wheel nut
torque after 160, 1 600, and
10 000 km (100, 1,000, and
6,000 mi) of driving. For proper
torque and wheel nut tightening
information, see “Removing the
Flat Tire and Installing the Spare
Tire” under Tire Changing 0 405
and “Wheel Nut Torque” under
Capacities and Specifications
0 456 and “Removing the Flat
Tire and Installing the Spare
Tire” under Tire Changing 0 405.
The outer tire on a dual wheel
setup generally wears faster
than the inner tire. Tires last
longer and wear more evenly if
they are rotated. See Tire
Inspection 0 394 and
Tire Rotation 0 394. Also see
Maintenance Schedule 0 440.
{
Warning
If the vehicle is operated with a
tire that is underinflated, the tire
can overheat. An overheated tire
can lose air suddenly or catch
fire. You or others could be
injured. Properly inflate all tires,
including the spare.
See Tire Pressure 0 386, for
information on proper tire
inflation.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
396 Vehicle Care
Use this rotation pattern when
rotating the tires if the vehicle
has dual rear wheels (except
polished forged aluminum
wheels).
Vehicles with polished forged
aluminum dual wheels have
three unique wheels; a front, a
rear outer and a rear inner.
These wheels cannot be rotated
to another position, however,
they can be rotated from left to
right to the same position.
Use this rotation pattern when
rotating the tires if the vehicle
has polished forged aluminum
dual rear wheels. The spare
wheel can be used in any
position in the event of a flat tire,
and can be rotated with the rear
inner wheels. After the flat tire is
repaired, if the spare is not on
one of the inner rear positions, it
must be replaced by the correct
wheel in the front or rear outer
positions.
When installing dual wheels,
check that the vent holes in the
inner and outer wheels on each
side are lined up.
Adjust the front and rear tires to
the recommen ded inflation
pressure on the Tire and
Loading Information label after
the tires have been rotated. See
Tire Pressure 0 386 and
Vehicle Load Limits 0 198.
Check that all wheel nuts are
properly tightened. See “Wheel
Nut Torque” under Capacities
and Specifications 0 456, and
“Removing the Flat Tire and
Installing the Spare Tire” under
Tire Changing 0 405.
{
Warning
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on
the parts to which it is
fastened, can make wheel
nuts become loose after time.
The wheel could come off and
cause a crash. When
changing a wheel, remove any
rust or dirt from places where
the wheel attaches to the
vehicle. In an emergency, a
cloth or a paper towel can be
used; however, use a scraper
or wire brush later to remove
all rust or dirt.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 397
Lightly coat the inner diameter of
the wheel hub opening with
wheel bearing grease after a
wheel change or tire rotation to
prevent corrosion or rust
build-up. Do not get grease on
the flat wheel mounting surface
or on the wheel nuts or bolts.
Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor
System (TPMS), if the vehicle
has one. See Tire Pressure
Monitor Operation 0 388.
If the full-size tire is part of the
tire rotation, make sure the tire
rotated into the spare position is
stored securely. Push, pull, and
then try to rotate or turn the tire.
If it moves, use the wheel
wrench/hoist shaft to tighten the
cable. See Tire Changing 0 405.
When It Is Time for New
Tires
Factors, such as maintenance,
temperatures, driving speeds,
vehicle loading, and road conditions
affect the wear rate of the tires.
Treadwear indicators are one way to
tell when it is time for new tires.
Treadwear indicators appear when
the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)
or less of tread remaining. Some
commercial truck tires may not have
treadwear indicators. See Tire
Inspection 0 394 and
Tire Rotation 0 394 for additional
information.
The rubber in tires ages over time.
This also applies to the spare tire,
if the vehicle has one, even if it is
never used. Multiple factors
including temperatures, loading
conditions, and inflation pressure
maintenance affect how fast aging
takes place. GM recommends that
tires, including the spare if
equipped, be replaced after six
years, regardless of tread wear. To
identify the age of a tire, use the tire
manufacture date which is the last
four digits of the DOT Tire
Identification Number (TIN) which is
molded into one side of the tire
sidewall. The first two digits
represent the week (01-52) and the
last two digits, the year. For
example, the third week of the year
2010 would have a four-digit DOT
date of 0310.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
398 Vehicle Care
Vehicle Storage
Tires age when stored normally
mounted on a parked vehicle. Park
a vehicle that will be stored for at
least a month in a cool, dry, clean
area away from direct sunlight to
slow aging. This area should be free
of grease, gasoline, or other
substances that can deteriorate
rubber.
Parking for an extended period can
cause flat spots on the tires that
may result in vibrations while
driving. When storing a vehicle for
at least a month, remove the tires or
raise the vehicle to reduce the
weight from the tires.
Buying New Tires
GM has developed and matched
specific tires for the vehicle. The
original equipment tires installed
were designed to meet General
Motors Tire Performance Criteria
Specification (TPC Spec)
system rating. When
replacement tires are needed,
GM strongly recommends
buying tires with the same TPC
Spec rating.
GM's exclusive TPC Spec
system considers over a dozen
critical specifications that impact
the overall performance of the
vehicle, including brake system
performance, ride and handling,
traction control, and tire
pressure monitoring
performance. GM's TPC Spec
number is molded onto the tire's
sidewall near the tire size. If the
tires have an all-season tread
design, the TPC Spec number
will be followed by MS for mud
and snow. See Tire Sidewall
Labeling 0 379 for additional
information.
GM recommends replacing worn
tires in complete sets of four (six
for dual rear wheels). Uniform
tread depth on all tires will help
to maintain the performa nce of
the vehicle. Braking and
handling performance may be
adversely affected if all the tires
are not replaced at the same
time. If proper rotation and
maintenance have been done,
all four tires (six for dual rear
wheels) should wear out at
about the same time. See Tire
Rotation 0 394 for information
on proper tire rotation. However,
if it is necessary to replace only
one axle set of worn tires, place
the new tires on the rear axle
(two for single rear wheels, four
for dual rear wheels).
{
Warning
Tires could explode during
improper service. Attempting
to mount or dismount a tire
could cause injury or death.
Only your dealer or authorized
tire service center should
mount or dismount the tires.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 399
{
Warning
Mixing tires of different sizes,
tread patterns , or types on the
same axle may cause loss of
control of the vehicle, resulting
in a crash or other vehicle
damage. Use the same size,
load range, and type of tires
as the original tires.
This vehicle may have a
different size spare than the
road tires originally installed
on the vehicle. When new, the
vehicle included a spare tire
and wheel assembly with a
similar overall diameter as the
road tires and wheels, so it is
all right to drive on it. The
spare tire was developed for
use on this vehicle and will not
affect vehicle handling.
{
Warning
Using bias-ply tires on the
vehicle may cause the wheel
rim flanges to develop cracks
after many miles of driving.
A tire and/or wheel could fail
suddenly and cause a crash.
Use only radial-ply tires with
the wheels on the vehicle.
Winter tires with the same speed
rating as the original equipment
tires may not be available for H,
V, W, Y and ZR speed rated
tires. Never exceed the winter
tires’ maximum speed capability
when using winter tires with a
lower speed rating.
If the vehicle tires must be
replaced with a tire that does not
have a TPC Spec number, make
sure they are the same size,
load range, speed rating, and
construction (radial) as the
original tires.
Vehicles that have a tire
pressure monitoring system
could give an inaccurate
low-pressure warning if non-TPC
Spec rated tires are installed.
See Tire Pressure Monitor
System 0 387.
The Tire and Loading
Information label indicates the
original equipment tires on the
vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 198 for the label location and
more information about the Tire
and Loading Information label.
Different Size Tires and
Wheels
If wheels or tires are installed that
are a different size than the original
equipment wheels and tires, vehicle
performance, including its braking,
ride and handling characteristics,
stability, and resistance to rollover
may be affected. If the vehicle has
electronic systems such as antilock
brakes, rollover airbags, traction
control, electronic stability control,
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
400 Vehicle Care
or All-Wheel Drive, the performance
of these systems can also be
affected.
{
Warning
If different sized wheels are used,
there may not be an acceptable
level of performance and safety if
tires not recommended for those
wheels are selected. This
increases the chance of a crash
and serious injury. Only use GM
specific wheel and tire systems
developed for the vehicle, and
have them properly installed by a
GM certified technician.
See Buying New Tires 0 398 and
Accessories and Modifications
0 327.
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading
The following information relates
to the system developed by the
United States National Highway
Traffic Safety Administr ation
(NHTSA), which grades tires by
treadwear, traction, and
temperature performance . This
applies only to vehicles sold in
the United States. The grades
are molded on the sidewalls of
most passenger car tires. The
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
(UTQG) system does not apply
to deep tread, winter tires,
compact spare tires, tires with
nominal rim diameters of
10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),
or to some limited-produ ction
tires.
While the tires available on
General Motors passenger cars
and light trucks may vary with
respect to these grades, they
must also conform to federal
safety requirements and
additional General Motors Tire
Performance Criteria (TPC)
standards.
Quality grades can be found
where applicable on the tire
sidewall between tread shoulder
and maximum section width. For
example:
Treadwear 200 Traction AA
Temperature A
All Passenger Car Tires Must
Conform to Federal Safety
Requirements In Addition To
These Grades.
Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a
comparative rating based on the
wear rate of the tire when tested
under controlled conditions on a
specified government test
course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one and
one-half (1½) times as well on
the government course as a tire
graded 100. The relative
performance of tires depends
upon the actual conditions of
their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 401
norm due to variations in driving
habits, service practices and
differences in road
characteristics and climate.
Traction
The traction grades, from
highest to lowest, are AA, A, B,
and C. Those grades represent
the tire's ability to stop on wet
pavement as measured under
controlled conditions on
specified government test
surfaces of asphalt and
concrete. A tire marked C may
have poor traction performance.
Warning: The traction grade
assigned to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction
tests, and does not include
acceleration, cornering,
hydroplaning, or peak traction
characteristics.
Temperature
The temperature grades are A
(the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire's resistance
to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when
tested under controlled
conditions on a specified indoor
laboratory test wheel. Sustained
high temperature can cause the
material of the tire to degenerate
and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead
to sudden tire failure. The grade
C correspond s to a level of
performance which all
passenger car tires must meet
under the Federal Motor Safety
Standard No. 109. Grades B and
A represent higher levels of
performance on the laboratory
test wheel than the minimum
required by law. Warning: The
temperature grade for this tire is
established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive
loading, either separately or in
combination, can cause heat
buildup and possible tire failure.
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance
The tires and wheels were aligned
and balanced at the factory to
provide the longest tire life and best
overall performance. Adjustments to
wheel alignment and tire balancing
are not necessary on a regular
basis. Consider an alignment check
if there is unusual tire wear or the
vehicle is significantly pulling to one
side or the other. Some slight pull to
the left or right, depending on the
crown of the road and/or other road
surface variations such as troughs
or ruts, is normal. If the vehicle is
vibrating when driving on a smooth
road, the tires and wheels may need
to be rebalanced. See your dealer
for proper diagnosis.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
402 Vehicle Care
Wheel Replacement
Replace any wheel that is bent,
cracked, or badly rusted or
corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming
loose, the wheel, wheel bolts and
wheel nuts should be replaced.
If the wheel leaks air, replace it.
Some aluminum wheels can be
repaired. See your dealer if any of
these conditions exist.
Your dealer will know the kind of
wheel that is needed.
Each new wheel should have the
same load-carrying capacity,
diameter, width, offset and be
mounted the same way as the one it
replaces.
Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel
nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor
System (TPMS) sensors with new
GM original equipment parts.
{
Warning
Using the wrong replacement
wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel
nuts can be dangerous. It could
affect the braking and handling of
the vehicle. Tires can lose air,
and cause loss of control, causing
a crash. Always use the correct
wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel
nuts for replacement.
Caution
The wrong wheel can also cause
problems with bearing life, brake
cooling, speedometer or
odometer calibration, headlamp
aim, bumper height, vehicle
ground clearance, and tire or tire
chain clearance to the body and
chassis.
Whenever a wheel, wheel bolt,
or wheel nut is replaced on a dual
wheel setup, check the wheel nut
torque after 160,1 600, and
10 000 km (100,1,000, and
6,000 mi) of driving. For proper
torque, see “Wheel Nut Torque”
under Capacities and Specifications
0 456.
See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 403 for
more information.
Used Replacement Wheels
{
Warning
Replacing a wheel with a used
one is dangerous. How it has
been used or how far it has been
driven may be unknown. It could
fail suddenly and cause a crash.
When replacing wheels, use a
new GM original equipment
wheel.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 403
Tire Chains
{
Warning
If the vehicle has LT275/65R18,
275/60R20, LT275/65R20, or 275/
50R22 size tires, do not use tire
chains. If the vehicle is a 1500
Series with LT265/70R17 size
tires, do not use tire chains. They
can damage the vehicle because
there is not enough clearance.
Tire chains used on a vehicle
without the proper amount of
clearance can cause damage to
the brakes, suspension, or other
vehicle parts. The area damaged
by the tire chains could cause you
to lose control of the vehicle, and
you or others may be injured in a
crash.
Use another type of traction
device only if its manufacturer
recommends it for use on the
vehicle's tire size combination
and road conditions. Follow that
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
manufacturer's instructions. To
help avoid damage to the vehicle,
drive slowly, readjust, or remove
the device if it is contacting the
vehicle, and do not spin the
vehicle's wheels.
If you do find traction devices that
will fit, install them on the rear
tires.
Caution
Use tire chains only where legal
and only when necessary. Use
chains that are the proper size for
the tires. If the vehicle has 265/
70R17 or 265/65R18 size tires,
they may be installed on the tires
of the rear axle only. If the vehicle
is a dual rear wheel model and
has LT235/80R17 tires, chains
may be installed on the tires of
the rear axle only. If the vehicle
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
has 255/70R17, LT245/75R17,
or LT275/70R18 size tires, they
may be installed on the tires of
the front and rear axle. If the
vehicle is a 2500 Series with
LT265/70R17 size tires, chains
may be installed on the tires of
both the front and rear axle.
Tighten them as tightly as
possible with the ends securely
fastened. Drive slowly and follow
the chain manufacturer's
instructions. If you can hear the
chains contacting the vehicle,
stop and retighten them. If the
contact continues, slow down
until it stops. Driving too fast or
spinning the wheels with chains
on will damage the vehicle.
If a Tire Goes Flat
It is unusual for a tire to blowout
while driving, especially if the tires
are maintained properly. If air goes
out of a tire, it is much more likely to
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
404 Vehicle Care
leak out slowly. But if there ever is a
blowout, here are a few tips about
what to expect and what to do:
If a front tire fails, the flat tire
creates a drag that pulls the vehicle
toward that side. Take your foot off
the accelerator pedal and grip the
steering wheel firmly. Steer to
maintain lane position, and then
gently brake to a stop, well off the
road, if possible.
A rear blowout, particularly on a
curve, acts much like a skid and
may require the same correction as
used in a skid. Stop pressing the
accelerator pedal and steer to
straighten the vehicle. It may be
very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake
to a stop, well off the road,
if possible.
{
Warning
Driving on a flat tire will cause
permanent damage to the tire.
Re-inflating a tire after it has been
driven on while severely
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
underinflated or flat may cause a
blowout and a serious crash.
Never attempt to re-inflate a tire
that has been driven on while
severely underinflated or flat.
Have your dealer or an authorized
tire service center repair or
replace the flat tire as soon as
possible.
{
Warning
Lifting a vehicle and getting under
it to do maintenance or repairs is
dangerous without the
appropriate safety equipment and
training. If a jack is provided with
the vehicle, it is designed only for
changing a flat tire. If it is used for
anything else, you or others could
be badly injured or killed if the
vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack
is provided with the vehicle, only
use it for changing a flat tire.
If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire
and wheel damage by driving slowly
to a level place, well off the road,
if possible. Turn on the hazard
warning flashers. See Hazard
Warning Flashers 0 167.
{
Warning
Changing a tire can be
dangerous. The vehicle can slip
off the jack and roll over or fall
causing injury or death. Find a
level place to change the tire. To
help prevent the vehicle from
moving:
1. Set the parking brake firmly.
2. Put the shift lever in
P (Park).
3. For vehicles with four-wheel
drive with an N (Neutral)
transfer case position, be
sure the transfer case is in a
drive gear — not in
N (Neutral).
(Continued)
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 405
Warning (Continued)
4. Turn off the engine and do
not restart while the vehicle
is raised.
5. Do not allow passengers to
remain in the vehicle.
6. Place wheel blocks,
if equipped, on both sides of
the tire at the opposite
corner of the tire being
changed.
When the vehicle has a flat tire (2),
use the following example as a
guide to assist in the placement of
the wheel blocks (1), if equipped.
1. Wheel Block (If Equipped)
2. Flat Tire
The following information explains
how to use the jack and change
a tire.
Tire Changing
Removing the Spare Tire and
Tools
1. Jack
2. Jack Knob
3. Tool Kit
4. Wing Nut Retaining Tool Kit
5. Wheel Blocks
6. Wing Nut Retaining Wheel
Blocks
The equipment is under the second
row seats, if equipped, or behind the
front row seats on regular cab
models.
1. Turn the knob on the jack
counterclockwise to lower the
jack head to release the jack
from its holder.
2. Turn the wing nut
counterclockwise to remove the
wheel blocks and the wheel
block retainer.
3. Turn the wing nut used to
retain the storage bag and
tools counterclockwise to
remove it.
Use the jack handle extensions and
the wheel wrench to remove the
underbody-mounted spare tire.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
406 Vehicle Care
1. Spare Tire (Valve Stem
Pointed Down)
2. Tire/Wheel Retainer
3. Hoist Cable
4. Hoist Assembly
5. Hoist Shaft
6. Jack Handle Extensions
7. Wheel Wrench
8. Spare Tire Lock (If
Equipped)
9. Hoist Shaft Access Hole
10. Hoist End of Extension Tool
1. Open the spare tire lock cover
on the bumper and use the
ignition key to remove the
spare tire lock (8). To remove
the spare tire lock, insert the
ignition key, turn, and pull
straight out.
2. Assemble the wheel wrench (7)
and the two jack handle
extensions (6), as shown.
Spare Tire Cable (If Equipped)
3. If the vehicle is equipped with a
spare tire cable disconnect the
cable from the attachment on
the frame by unclipping it from
the frame attachment bracket.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 407
4. Insert the hoist end (open
end) (10) of the extension
through the hole (9) in the rear
bumper.
Do not use the chiseled end of
the wheel wrench.
Be sure the hoist end of the
extension (10) connects to the
hoist shaft. The ribbed square
end of the extension is used to
lower the spare tire.
5. Turn the wheel wrench
counterclockwise to lower the
spare tire to the ground.
Continue to turn the wheel
wrench until the spare tire can
be pulled out from under the
vehicle.
6. Pull the spare tire out from
under the vehicle.
7. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle
with some slack in the cable to
access the tire/wheel retainer.
1500 Models
All Other Models
Tilt the retainer and pull it
through the center of the wheel
along with the cable and
spring.
8. Put the spare tire near the
flat tire.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
408 Vehicle Care
9. If equipped with a spare tire
cable remove the cable from
the spare tire by passing the
clip through the looped end of
the cable.
Removing the Flat Tire and
Installing the Spare Tire
Use the following pictures and
instructions to remove the flat tire
and raise the vehicle.
1. Jack
2. Wheel Blocks
3. Jack Handle
4. Jack Handle Extensions
5. Wheel Wrench
The tools you will be using include
the jack (1), the wheel blocks (2),
the jack handle (3), the jack handle
extensions (4), and the wheel
wrench (5).
1. Do a safety check before
proceeding. See If a Tire Goes
Flat 0 403.
2. If the vehicle has wheel nut
caps, loosen them by turning
the wheel wrench
counterclockwise.
If the vehicle has a center cap
with wheel nut caps, the wheel
nut caps are designed to stay
with the center cap after they
are loosened. Remove the
entire center cap.
If the wheel has a smooth
center cap, concealing access
to the wheel nuts, place the
chisel end of the wheel wrench
in the slot on the wheel, and
gently pry it out.
If the wheel’s center cap does
not conceal the wheel nuts, the
center cap may remain during
wheel removal. If the removed
wheel is to be stowed in the
hoist, the cap needs to be
detached from the wheel.
Access the wheel from the
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 409
back side, and use a jack
handle extension to push out
the center cap.
3. Use the wheel wrench and turn
it counterclockwise to loosen
the wheel nuts. Do not remove
the wheel nuts yet.
{
Warning
To avoid personal injury and
vehicle damage, disable the
power assist steps before using a
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
jack or placing an object under
the vehicle. See Power Assist
Steps 0 33.
Front Position — 1500 Models
Front Position — All Other Models
4. If the flat tire is on the front of
the vehicle, position the jack
under the bracket attached to
the vehicle's frame, behind the
flat tire, as shown.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
410 Vehicle Care
Rear Position — 1500 Models
5. If the flat tire is on the rear,
position the jack under the rear
axle about 5 cm (2 in) inboard
of the shock absorber bracket.
Rear Position All Other Models
For all other models, position
the jack under the rear axle
between the spring anchor and
the shock absorber bracket.
If a snow plow has been added
to the front of the vehicle, lower
the snow plow fully before
raising the vehicle.
Make sure that the jack head is
positioned so that the rear axle
is resting securely between the
grooves that are on the
jack head.
{
Warning
Getting under a vehicle when it is
lifted on a jack is dangerous.
If the vehicle slips off the jack,
you could be badly injured or
killed. Never get under a vehicle
when it is supported only by
a jack.
{
Warning
Raising the vehicle with the jack
improperly positioned can
damage the vehicle and even
make the vehicle fall. To help
avoid personal injury and vehicle
damage, be sure to fit the jack lift
head into the proper location
before raising the vehicle.
6. Turn the wheel wrench
clockwise to raise the vehicle.
Raise the vehicle far enough
off the ground so there is
enough room for the spare tire
to fit under the wheel well.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 411
7. Remove all the wheel nuts and
take off the flat tire.
{
Warning
Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on
the parts to which it is
fastened, can make wheel
nuts become loose after time.
The wheel could come off and
cause a crash. When
changing a wheel, remove any
rust or dirt from places where
the wheel attaches to the
vehicle. In an emergency, a
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
cloth or a paper towel can be
used; however, use a scraper
or wire brush later to remove
all rust or dirt.
8. Remove any rust or dirt from
the wheel bolts, mounting
surfaces, and spare wheel.
9. Install the spare tire.
{
Warning
Never use oil or grease on bolts
or nuts because the nuts might
come loose. The vehicle's wheel
could fall off, causing a crash.
10. Put the wheel nuts back on
with the rounded end of the
nuts toward the wheel.
11. Tighten each wheel nut by
hand. Then use the wheel
wrench to tighten the nuts until
the wheel is held against
the hub.
12. Turn the wheel wrench
counterclockwise to lower the
vehicle. Lower the jack
completely.
{
Warning
If wheel studs are damaged, they
can break. If all the studs on a
wheel broke, the wheel could
come off and cause a crash.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
412 Vehicle Care
Warning (Continued)
If any stud is damaged because
of a loose-running wheel, it could
be that all of the studs are
damaged. To be sure, replace all
studs on the wheel. If the stud
holes in a wheel have become
larger, the wheel could collapse in
operation. Replace any wheel if
its stud holes have become larger
or distorted in any way. Inspect
hubs and hub‐piloted wheels for
damage. Because of loose
running wheels, piloting pad
damage may occur and require
replacement of the entire hub, for
proper centering of the wheels.
When replacing studs, hubs,
wheel nuts or wheels, be sure to
use GM original equipment parts.
{
Warning
Wheel nuts that are improperly or
incorrectly tightened can cause
the wheels to become loose or
come off. The wheel nuts should
be tightened with a torque wrench
to the proper torque specification
after replacing. Follow the torque
specification supplied by the
aftermarket manufacturer when
using accessory locking wheel
nuts. See Capacities and
Specifications 0 456 for original
equipment wheel nut torque
specifications.
Caution
Improperly tightened wheel nuts
can lead to brake pulsation and
rotor damage. To avoid expensive
brake repairs, evenly tighten the
wheel nuts in the proper
sequence and to the proper
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
torque specification. See
Capacities and Specifications
0 456 for the wheel nut torque
specification.
13. Tighten the nuts firmly in a
crisscross sequence, as
shown, by turning the wheel
wrench clockwise.
For vehicles with dual wheels, have
a technician check the wheel nut
tightness of all wheels with a torque
wrench after the first 160, 1 600 and
10 000 km (100, 1,000 and 6,000 mi).
Repeat this service whenever you
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 413
have a tire removed or serviced.
See Capacities and Specifications
0 456.
When reinstalling the regular wheel
and tire, also reinstall either the
center cap, or bolt-on hub cap,
depending on what the vehicle is
equipped with. For center caps,
place the cap on the wheel and tap
it into place until it seats flush with
the wheel. The cap only goes on
one way. Be sure to line up the tab
on the center cap with the
indentation on the wheel. For
bolt-on hub caps, align the plastic
nut caps with the wheel nuts and
then tighten by hand. Then use the
wheel wrench to tighten.
Storing a Flat or Spare Tire
and Tools
{
Warning
Storing a jack, a tire, or other
equipment in the passenger
compartment of the vehicle could
cause injury. In a sudden stop or
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
collision, loose equipment could
strike someone. Store all these in
the proper place.
{
Warning
Failure to follow these tire storage
instructions carefully could result
in personal injury or property
damage if the hoist cable fails or
if the tire comes loose. Make sure
the tire is stored securely before
driving.
Caution
Storing an aluminum wheel with a
flat tire under your vehicle for an
extended period of time or with
the valve stem pointing up can
damage the wheel. Always stow
the wheel with the valve stem
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
pointing down and have the
wheel/tire repaired as soon as
possible.
Caution
The tire hoist can be damaged if
there is no tension on the cable
when using it. To have the
necessary tension, the spare or
road tire and wheel assembly
must be installed on the tire hoist
to use it.
{
Warning
An improperly stored spare tire
could come loose and cause a
crash. To avoid personal injury or
property damage, always store
the spare tire when the vehicle is
parked on a level surface.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
414 Vehicle Care
Store the tire under the rear of the
vehicle in the spare tire carrier.
1. Spare Tire (Valve Stem
Pointed Down)
2. Tire/Wheel Retainer
3. Hoist Cable
4. Hoist Assembly
5. Hoist Shaft
6. Jack Handle Extensions
7. Wheel Wrench
8. Spare Tire Lock (If
Equipped)
9. Hoist Shaft Access Hole
10. Hoist End of Extension Tool
11. Spare Tire Cable (If
Equipped)
1. If equipped with a spare tire
cable, reinstall the cable to the
spare wheel by looping the
cable around a wheel vent
window then pass the clip end
of the cable through the looped
end. The excess cable wire
should be on the valve stem
side of the spare tire.
2. Put the tire on the ground at
the rear of the vehicle with the
valve stem pointed down, and
to the rear.
3. Pull the cable and spring
through the center of the
wheel. Tilt the wheel retainer
plate down and through the
center wheel.
Make sure the retainer is fully
seated across the underside of
the wheel.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 415
4. Attach the wheel wrench (7)
and extensions (6) together, as
shown.
Caution
Use of an air wrench or other
power tools with the hoist
mechanism is not recommended
and could damage the system.
Use only the tools supplied with
the hoist mechanism.
5. Insert the hoist end (10)
through the hole (9) in the rear
bumper and onto the hoist
shaft.
Do not use the chiseled end of
the wheel wrench.
6. Raise the tire part way upward.
Make sure the retainer is
seated in the wheel opening.
7. If equipped with a spare tire
cable, orient the cable by
rotating the spare tire so that
the cable is by the frame
attachment location.
8. Raise the tire fully against the
underside of the vehicle by
turning the wheel wrench
clockwise until you hear two
clicks or feel it skip twice. You
cannot overtighten the cable.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
416 Vehicle Care
9. Make sure the tire is stored
securely. Push, pull, and then
try to turn the tire. If the tire
moves, use the wheel wrench
to tighten the cable.
If equipped with a spare tire
cable, reattach the clip to the
frame attachment bracket. Note
that there may be slack in the
cable.
Repeat this tightness check
procedure when checking the
spare tire pressure according
to the scheduled maintenance
information or any time the
spare tire is handled due to
service of other components.
Correctly Stored
Incorrectly Stored
10. Reinstall the spare tire lock,
if the vehicle has one.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 417
Return the jack and tools to their
original location in the vehicle. See
“Removing the Spare Tire and
Tools.”
Full-Size Spare Tire
If this vehicle came with a full-size
spare tire, it was fully inflated when
new, however, it can lose air over
time. Check the inflation pressure
regularly. See Tire Pressure 0 386
and
Vehicle Load Limits 0 198. For
instructions on how to remove,
install, or store a spare tire, see Tire
Changing 0 405.
If equipped with a temporary use
full-size spare tire, it is indicated on
the tire sidewall. See Tire Sidewall
Labeling 0 379. This spare tire
should not be driven on over
112 km/h (70 mph), or 88 km/h
(55 mph) when pulling a trailer, at
the proper inflation pressure. Repair
and replace the road tire as soon as
it is convenient, and stow the spare
tire for future use.
Caution
If the vehicle has four-wheel drive
and a different size spare tire is
installed, do not drive in
four-wheel drive until the flat tire
is repaired and/or replaced. The
vehicle could be damaged and
the repairs would not be covered
by the warranty. Never use
four-wheel drive when a different
size spare tire is installed on the
vehicle.
The vehicle may have a different
size spare tire than the road tires
originally installed on the vehicle.
This spare tire was developed for
use on this vehicle, so it is all right
to drive on it. If the vehicle has
four-wheel drive and a different size
spare tire is installed, drive only in
two-wheel drive.
After installing the spare tire on the
vehicle, stop as soon as possible
and check that the spare tire is
correctly inflated.
Have the damaged or flat road tire
repaired or replaced and installed
back onto the vehicle as soon as
possible so the spare tire will be
available in case it is needed again.
Do not mix tires and wheels of
different sizes, because they will not
fit. Keep your spare tire and its
wheel together. If the vehicle has a
spare tire that does not match the
original road tires and wheels in size
and type, do not include the spare in
the tire rotation.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
418 Vehicle Care
Jump Starting
Jump Starting - North
America
For more information about the
vehicle battery, see Battery - North
America 0 356.
If the vehicle's battery (or batteries)
has run down, you may want to use
another vehicle and some jumper
cables to start your vehicle. Be sure
to use the following steps to do it
safely.
{
Warning
WARNING: Battery posts,
terminals, and related
accessories contain lead and lead
compounds, chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer and birth defects or other
reproductive harm. Batteries also
contain other chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
HANDLING. For more information
go to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/
passenger-vehicle.
See California Proposition
65 Warning 0 327 and the back
cover.
{
Warning
Batteries can hurt you. They can
be dangerous because:
.
They contain acid that can
burn you.
.
They contain gas that can
explode or ignite.
.
They contain enough
electricity to burn you.
If you do not follow these steps
exactly, some or all of these
things can hurt you.
Caution
Ignoring these steps could result
in costly damage to the vehicle
that would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty. Trying to start
the vehicle by pushing or pulling it
will not work, and it could damage
the vehicle.
All Engines Except 6.6L
V8 Engine (L8T)
1. Good Battery Positive
Terminal
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 419
2. Good Battery Negative
Terminal
3. Discharged Battery Remote
Negative Terminal
4. Discharged Battery Remote
Positive Terminal
The jump start positive post (1) and
negative post (2) are on the battery
of the vehicle providing the jump
start.
The jump start positive post (4) and
the negative grounding point (3) for
the discharged battery are on the
passenger side of the vehicle.
The positive jump start connection
for the discharged battery is under a
cover. Slide the cover to expose the
terminal.
6.6L V8 Engine (L8T) Only
1. Good Battery Positive
Terminal
2. Good Battery Negative
Terminal
3. Discharged Battery Remote
Positive Terminal
4. Discharged Battery Remote
Negative Terminal
The jump start positive post (1) and
negative post (2) are on the battery
of the vehicle providing the jump
start.
The jump start positive post (3) and
the negative grounding point (4) for
the discharged battery are on the
passenger side of the vehicle.
The positive jump start connection
for the discharged battery is under a
cover. Slide the cover to expose the
terminal.
1. Check the other vehicle.
It must have a 12-volt battery
with a negative ground system.
Caution
If the other vehicle does not have
a 12-volt system with a negative
ground, both vehicles can be
damaged. Only use a vehicle that
has a 12-volt system with a
negative ground for jump starting.
2. If you have a vehicle with a
diesel engine with two
batteries, you should know
before you begin that,
especially in cold weather, you
may not be able to get enough
power from a single battery in
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
420 Vehicle Care
another vehicle to start your
diesel engine. If your vehicle
has more than one battery,
using the battery that is closer
to the starter will reduce
electrical resistance. This is
located on the passenger side,
in the rear of the engine
compartment.
3. Get the vehicles close enough
so the jumper cables can
reach, but be sure the vehicles
are not touching each other.
If they are, it could cause an
unwanted ground connection.
You would not be able to start
your vehicle, and the bad
grounding could damage the
electrical systems.
To avoid the possibility of the
vehicles rolling, set the parking
brake firmly on both vehicles
involved in the jump start
procedure. Put the automatic
transmission in P (Park) before
setting the parking brake. If you
have a four-wheel-drive
vehicle, be sure the transfer
case is in a drive gear, not in
N (Neutral).
Caution
If any accessories are left on or
plugged in during the jump
starting procedure, they could be
damaged. The repairs would not
be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Whenever possible, turn
off or unplug all accessories on
either vehicle when jump starting.
4. Turn the ignition off on both
vehicles. Unplug unnecessary
accessories plugged into the
accessory power outlets. Turn
off the radio and all the lamps
that are not needed. This will
avoid sparks and help save
both batteries. And it could
save the radio!
5. Open the hood on the other
vehicle and locate the
positive (+) and negative (−)
terminal locations on that
vehicle.
The positive (+) terminal is
under a red plastic cover at the
positive battery post. To
uncover the positive (+)
terminal, open the red plastic
cover.
For more information on the
location of the remote
positive (+) and remote
negative (−) terminals, see
Engine Compartment Overview
0 330.
{
Warning
An electric fan can start up even
when the engine is not running
and can injure you. Keep hands,
clothing, and tools away from any
underhood electric fan.
{
Warning
Using a match near a battery can
cause battery gas to explode.
People have been hurt doing this,
(Continued)
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 421
Warning (Continued)
and some have been blinded.
Use a flashlight if you need more
light.
Battery fluid contains acid that
can burn you. Do not get it on
you. If you accidentally get it in
your eyes or on your skin, flush
the place with water and get
medical help immediately.
{
Warning
Fans or other moving engine
parts can injure you badly. Keep
your hands away from moving
parts once the engine is running.
6. Check that the jumper cables
do not have loose or missing
insulation. If they do, you could
get a shock. The vehicles
could be damaged too.
Before you connect the cables,
here are some basic things you
should know. Positive (+) will
go to positive (+) or to a remote
positive (+) terminal if the
vehicle has one. Negative (−)
will go to a heavy, unpainted
metal engine part or to a
remote negative (−) terminal if
the vehicle has one.
Do not connect positive (+) to
negative (−) or you will get a
short that would damage the
battery and maybe other parts
too. And do not connect the
negative (−) cable to the
negative (−) terminal on the
dead battery because this can
cause sparks.
7. Connect one end of the red
positive (+) cable to the remote
positive (+) terminal of the
vehicle with the discharged
battery.
8. Do not let the other end touch
metal. Connect it to the
positive (+) terminal of the
good battery. Use a remote
positive (+) terminal if the
vehicle has one.
9. Connect one end of the black
negative (−) cable to the
negative (−) terminal of the
good battery. Use a remote
negative (−) terminal if the
vehicle has one.
Do not let the other end touch
anything until the next step.
10. Connect the other end of the
negative (−) cable to the
remote negative (−) terminal to
the discharged battery.
11. Start the vehicle with the good
battery and run the engine for a
while.
12. Try to start the vehicle that had
the dead battery. If it will not
start after a few tries, it
probably needs service.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
422 Vehicle Care
Caution
If the jumper cables are
connected or removed in the
wrong order, electrical shorting
may occur and damage the
vehicle. The repairs would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Always connect and remove the
jumper cables in the correct order,
making sure that the cables do
not touch each other or other
metal.
Jumper Cable Removal
Reverse the sequence exactly when
removing the jumper cables.
After starting the disabled vehicle
and removing the jumper cables,
allow it to idle for several minutes.
Towing the Vehicle
Caution
Incorrectly towing a disabled
vehicle may cause damage. The
damage would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty. Do not lash
or hook to suspension
components. Use the proper
straps around the tires to secure
the vehicle. Do not drag a locked
wheel/tire. Use tire skates or
dollies under any locked wheel/
tire while loading the vehicle. Do
not use a sling type lift to tow the
vehicle. This could damage the
vehicle.
Caution
If the vehicle cannot be shifted
into Neutral (N), do not use the
tow eye to tow the vehicle.
Vehicle damage may occur.
GM recommends a flatbed tow truck
to transport a disabled vehicle. Use
ramps to help reduce approach
angles, if necessary. A towed
vehicle should have its drive wheels
off the ground. Contact Roadside
Assistance or a professional towing
service if the disabled vehicle must
be towed.
Front Attachment Points
1500
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 423
2500/3500
The vehicle is equipped with
specific attachment points to be
used to pull the vehicle onto a
flatbed car carrier from a flat road
surface. Do not use these
attachment points to pull the vehicle
from snow, mud or sand.
Recreational Vehicle
Towing
Recreational vehicle towing means
towing the vehicle behind another
vehicle, such as a motor home. The
two most common types of
recreational vehicle towing are
dinghy and dolly towing. Dinghy
towing is towing the vehicle with all
four wheels on the ground. Dolly
towing is towing the vehicle with two
wheels on the ground and two
wheels on a dolly.
Here are some important things to
consider before recreational vehicle
towing:
.
Before towing the vehicle,
become familiar with the local
laws that apply to recreational
vehicle towing. These laws may
vary by region.
.
The towing capacity of the
towing vehicle. Read the tow
vehicle manufacturer's
recommendations.
.
How far the vehicle can be
towed. Some vehicles have
restrictions on how far and how
long the vehicle can be towed.
.
Whether the vehicle has the
proper towing equipment. See
your dealer or trailering
professional for additional advice
and equipment
recommendations.
.
Whether the vehicle is ready to
be towed. Just as preparing the
vehicle for a long trip, make sure
the vehicle is prepared to be
towed.
Follow the tow vehicle
manufacturer ’s instructions.
Caution
Use of a shield mounted in front
of the vehicle grille could restrict
airflow and cause damage to the
transmission. The repairs would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. If using a shield, only
use one that attaches to the
towing vehicle.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
424 Vehicle Care
Dinghy Towing
(Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles and
Vehicles with a Single-Speed
Transfer Case)
Caution
If a vehicle with two-wheel drive
or a single-speed transfer case is
towed with all four wheels on the
ground, the drivetrain
components could be damaged.
The repairs would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Two-wheel-drive vehicles and
vehicles with a single-speed transfer
case should not be towed with all
four wheels on the ground.
Dinghy Towing (Vehicles with a
Two-Speed Transfer Case)
Only dinghy tow four-wheel-drive
vehicles with a two-speed transfer
case that have an N (Neutral) and a
4
n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) setting.
{
Warning
Shifting a four-wheel-drive
vehicle's transfer case into
N (Neutral) can allow the vehicle
to move even if the transmission
is in P (Park). You or others could
be injured. Set the parking brake
and use wheel blocks before
shifting the transfer case to
N (Neutral).
To dinghy tow:
1. Position the vehicle being
towed behind the tow vehicle,
facing forward and on a level
surface.
2. Securely attach the vehicle
being towed to the tow vehicle.
3. Start the engine.
4. Shift the transfer case to
N (Neutral). See “Shifting into
N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel
Drive 0 225.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 425
5. With the engine running,
release the parking brake and
verify that the transfer case is
in N (Neutral) by shifting the
transmission to D (Drive) and
then to R (Reverse). There
should be no movement while
shifting the transmission.
6. Shift the transmission to D
(Drive).
7. If equipped with an ignition key,
turn the ignition to ACC/
ACCESSORY. If equipped with
Keyless Access, turn the
engine off. Disregard the Shift
to P (Park) DIC message. See
Ignition Positions (Keyless
Access) 0 206 or
Ignition Positions (Key Access)
0 208.
{
Warning
To avoid death, serious injury,
or property damage, before
dinghy towing the vehicle, always
disconnect and secure the
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
negative battery cable and cover
the negative battery post and
cable with a non-conductive
material. If the battery is left
connected or the battery cable
contacts the post, the Electric
Parking Brake may activate
during towing, which could cause
a crash.
8. Disconnect the negative (–)
battery cable. See “Negative
Battery Cable Disconnection”
in Battery - North America
0 356.
9. Shift the transmission to
P (Park).
Caution
If the steering column is locked,
vehicle damage may occur.
10. Move the steering wheel to
make sure the steering column
is unlocked.
11. If the vehicle has an ignition
key, keep it in the towed
vehicle in ACC/ACCESSORY
to prevent the steering column
from locking. If the vehicle is
equipped with Keyless Access,
keep the RKE transmitter
outside of the vehicle and
manually lock the doors.
Access the vehicle by using
the key in the door lock. See
Door Locks 0 26.
Disconnecting the Towed Vehicle
Before disconnecting from the tow
vehicle:
1. Park on a level surface. Secure
the vehicle with wheel blocks.
2. Re-connect the negative (–)
battery. See Battery - North
America 0 356.
3. Turn on the ignition with the
engine off. For vehicles with a
key, turn the ignition to ON/
RUN with the engine off. If the
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
426 Vehicle Care
vehicle is equipped with
Keyless Access, with your foot
off the brake pedal, press and
hold ENGINE START/STOP for
five seconds until the green
light comes on in the button.
See Ignition Positions (Keyless
Access) 0 206 or
Ignition Positions (Key Access)
0 208.
4. Set the parking brake. See
Electric Parking Brake 0 231.
5. Disconnect from the tow
vehicle.
6. Shift the transmission to
N (Neutral).
7. Shift the transfer case to 2
m
(Two-Wheel Drive High). When
the shift to 2
m (Two-Wheel
Drive High) is complete, the
light in the instrument cluster
will stop flashing and stay lit.
See Four-Wheel-Drive Light
0 138.
8. Start the engine. Check that
the vehicle is in 2
m
(Two-Wheel Drive High) by
starting the engine and shifting
the transmission to D (Drive)
and then to R (Reverse). There
should be movement of the
vehicle while shifting.
9. Shift the transmission to
P (Park) and turn off the
ignition.
10. Release the parking brake and
remove the wheel blocks.
11. Reset any lost presets.
The outside temperature
display will default to 0 °C
(32 °F) but will reset with
normal usage.
Dolly Towing
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 427
Caution
Do not tow this vehicle with two
wheels on the ground, or vehicle
damage could occur. This
damage would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty.
Dolly towing this vehicle is not
allowed with either the front or the
rear tires on the ground for
two-wheel drive or four-wheel drive,
regardless of transfer case.
Appearance Care
Exterior Care
Locks
Locks are lubricated at the factory.
Use a de-icing agent only when
absolutely necessary, and have the
locks greased after using. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 450.
Washing the Vehicle
To preserve the vehicle's finish,
wash it often and out of direct
sunlight.
{
Warning
Do not power wash any part of
the vehicle’s interior, including the
vinyl floor covering. This could
damage safety and other systems
in the vehicle, which would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
Caution
Do not use petroleum-based,
acidic, or abrasive cleaning
agents as they can damage the
vehicle's paint, metal, or plastic
parts. If damage occurs, it would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty. Approved cleaning
products can be obtained from
your dealer. Follow all
manufacturer directions regarding
correct product usage, necessary
safety precautions, and
appropriate disposal of any
vehicle care product.
Caution
Avoid using high-pressure
washes closer than 30 cm (12 in)
to the surface of the vehicle. Use
of power washers exceeding
8 274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result
in damage or removal of paint
and decals.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
428 Vehicle Care
Caution
Do not power wash any
component under the hood that
has this
e symbol.
This could cause damage that
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
Underhood Component
Power Wash
If power washing underhood
components, do not exceed these
limits:
.
Fluid pressures of 110 bar
(1600 psi)
.
Fluid temperatures of 25°C
(77° F)
.
Nozzle must remain 30 cm
(12 in) or farther from
components
Automatic Car Wash
Caution
Some automatic car washes can
cause damage to the vehicle,
wheels and ground effects.
Automatic car washes are not
recommended, due to lack of
clearance for the undercarriage
and/or wide rear tires and wheels.
Caution
Automatic car washes can cause
damage to the vehicle, wheels,
ground effects, and convertible
top (if equipped).
Do not use automatic car washes
due to lack of clearance for the
undercarriage, wide rear tires,
and wheels.
If using an automatic car wash,
follow with the car wash
instructions. The windshield wiper
and rear window wiper, if equipped,
must be turned off. Remove any
accessories that may be damaged
or interfere with the car wash
equipment.
See Power Assist Steps 0 33 for
cleaning information.
Rinse the vehicle well, before
washing and after, to remove all
cleaning agents completely. If they
are allowed to dry on the surface,
they could stain.
Dry the finish with a soft, clean
chamois or an all-cotton towel to
avoid surface scratches and water
spotting.
Finish Care
Application of aftermarket clearcoat
sealant/wax materials is not
recommended. If painted surfaces
are damaged, see your dealer to
have the damage assessed and
repaired. Foreign materials such as
calcium chloride and other salts, ice
melting agents, road oil and tar, tree
sap, bird droppings, chemicals from
industrial chimneys, etc., can
damage the vehicle's finish if they
remain on painted surfaces. Wash
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 429
the vehicle as soon as possible.
If necessary, use non-abrasive
cleaners that are marked safe for
painted surfaces to remove foreign
matter.
Occasional hand waxing or mild
polishing should be done to remove
residue from the paint finish. See
your dealer for approved cleaning
products.
Do not apply waxes or polishes to
uncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,
decals, simulated wood, or flat paint
as damage can occur.
Caution
Machine compounding or
aggressive polishing on a
basecoat/clearcoat paint finish
may damage it. Use only
non-abrasive waxes and polishes
that are made for a basecoat/
clearcoat paint finish on the
vehicle.
To keep the paint finish looking new,
keep the vehicle garaged or
covered whenever possible.
Protecting Exterior Bright Metal
Moldings
Caution
Failure to clean and protect the
bright metal moldings can result
in a hazy white finish or pitting.
This damage would not be
covered by the vehicle warranty.
The bright metal moldings on the
vehicle are aluminum, chrome or
stainless steel. To prevent damage
always follow these cleaning
instructions:
.
Be sure the molding is cool to
the touch before applying any
cleaning solution.
.
Use only approved cleaning
solutions for aluminum, chrome
or stainless steel. Some
cleaners are highly acidic or
contain alkaline substances and
can damage the moldings.
.
Always dilute a concentrated
cleaner according to the
manufacturer ’s instructions.
.
Do not use cleaners that are not
intended for automotive use.
.
Use a nonabrasive wax on the
vehicle after washing to protect
and extend the molding finish.
Spray-In Bedliner Care
A spray-in bedliner is a permanent
coating that bonds to the truck bed
and cannot be removed. Promptly
rinse the bedliner surface following
a chemical spill to avoid permanent
damage.
Spray-in bedliners can fade from
oxidation, road dirt, heavy-duty
hauling, and hard water stains.
Clean it periodically by washing off
the loose dirt and using a mild
detergent. To restore the original
appearance, apply the bedliner
conditioner available through your
dealer.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
430 Vehicle Care
Caution
Using silicone-based products
may damage the bedliner, reduce
the slip-resistant texture, and
attract dirt.
Cleaning Exterior Lamps/
Lenses, Emblems, Decals and
Stripes
Use only lukewarm or cold water, a
soft cloth, and a car washing soap
to clean exterior lamps, lenses,
emblems, decals and stripes. Follow
instructions under "Washing the
Vehicle" previously in this section.
Lamp covers are made of plastic,
and some have a UV protective
coating. Do not clean or wipe them
while they are dry.
Do not use any of the following on
lamp covers:
.
Abrasive or caustic agents.
.
Washer fluids and other cleaning
agents in higher concentrations
than suggested by the
manufacturer.
.
Solvents, alcohols, fuels,
or other harsh cleaners.
.
Ice scrapers or other hard items.
.
Aftermarket appearance caps or
covers while the lamps are
illuminated, due to excessive
heat generated.
Caution
Failure to clean lamps properly
can cause damage to the lamp
cover that would not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Caution
Using wax on low gloss black
finish stripes can increase the
gloss level and create a
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
non-uniform finish. Clean low
gloss stripes with soap and
water only.
Air Intakes
Clear debris from the air intakes,
between the hood and windshield,
when washing the vehicle.
Shutter System
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 431
The vehicle may have a shutter
system designed to help increase
fuel economy. Keep the shutter
system clean for proper operation.
Windshield and Wiper Blades
Clean the outside of the windshield
with glass cleaner.
Clean rubber blades using a lint-free
cloth or paper towel soaked with
windshield washer fluid or a mild
detergent. Wash the windshield
thoroughly when cleaning the
blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and
a buildup of vehicle wash/wax
treatments may cause wiper
streaking.
Replace the wiper blades if they are
worn or damaged. Damage can be
caused by extreme dusty
conditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,
snow, and ice.
Weatherstrips
Apply weatherstrip lubricant on
weatherstrips to make them last
longer, seal better, and not stick or
squeak. Lubricate weatherstrips
once a year. Hot, dry climates may
require more frequent application.
Black marks from rubber material on
painted surfaces can be removed by
rubbing with a clean cloth. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 450.
Tires
Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to
clean the tires.
Caution
Using petroleum-based tire
dressing products on the vehicle
may damage the paint finish and/
or tires. When applying a tire
dressing, always wipe off any
overspray from all painted
surfaces on the vehicle.
Wheels and Wheel Trim
Use a soft, clean cloth with mild
soap and water to clean the wheels.
After rinsing thoroughly with clean
water, dry with a soft, clean towel.
A wax may then be applied.
Caution
Chrome wheels and chrome
wheel trim may be damaged if the
vehicle is not washed after driving
on roads that have been sprayed
with magnesium chloride or
calcium chloride. These are used
on roads for conditions such as
dust and ice. Always wash the
chrome with soap and water after
exposure.
Caution
To avoid surface damage on
wheels and wheel trim, do not
use strong soaps, chemicals,
abrasive polishes, cleaners,
or brushes. Use only GM
approved cleaners. Do not drive
the vehicle through an automatic
car wash that uses silicon carbide
tire/wheel cleaning brushes.
(Continued)
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
432 Vehicle Care
Caution (Continued)
Damage could occur and the
repairs would not be covered by
the vehicle warranty.
Brake System
Visually inspect brake lines and
hoses for proper hook-up, binding,
leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspect
disc brake pads for wear and rotors
for surface condition. Inspect drum
brake linings/shoes for wear or
cracks. Inspect all other brake parts.
Steering, Suspension, and
Chassis Components
Visually inspect steering,
suspension, and chassis
components for damaged, loose,
or missing parts or signs of wear at
least once a year.
Inspect power steering for proper
attachment, connections, binding,
cracks, chafing, etc.
Visually check constant velocity joint
boots and axle seals for leaks.
2500/3500 Series vehicles, at least
every engine oil change lubricate
the upper and lower control arm ball
joints. Control arm ball joints on
1500 series vehicles are
maintenance-free.
2500/3500 Series vehicles equipped
with steering linkage, at least every
engine oil change lubricate the tie
rod ball joints, idler arm pivot shaft
bearings, idler arm socket, and
pitman arm socket.
Caution
Lubrication of applicable
suspension points should not be
done unless the temperature is
−12 °C (10 °F) or higher,
or damage could result.
Body Component Lubrication
Lubricate all key lock cylinders,
hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and the
steel fuel door hinge unless the
components are plastic. Applying
silicone grease on weatherstrips
with a clean cloth will make them
last longer, seal better, and not stick
or squeak.
Underbody Maintenance
At least twice a year, spring and fall,
use plain water to flush any
corrosive materials from the
underbody. Take care to thoroughly
clean any areas where mud and
other debris can collect. If equipped
with power assist steps, extend
them and then use a high pressure
wash to clean all joints and gaps.
Do not directly power wash the
transfer case and/or front/rear axle
output seals. High pressure water
can overcome the seals and
contaminate the fluid. Contaminated
fluid will decrease the life of the
transfer case and/or axles and
should be replaced.
Sheet Metal Damage
If the vehicle is damaged and
requires sheet metal repair or
replacement, make sure the body
repair shop applies anti-corrosion
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 433
material to parts repaired or
replaced to restore corrosion
protection.
Original manufacturer replacement
parts will provide the corrosion
protection while maintaining the
vehicle warranty.
Finish Damage
Quickly repair minor chips and
scratches with touch-up materials
available from your dealer to avoid
corrosion. Larger areas of finish
damage can be corrected in your
dealer's body and paint shop.
Chemical Paint Spotting
Airborne pollutants can fall upon
and attack painted vehicle surfaces
causing blotchy, ring-shaped
discolorations, and small, irregular
dark spots etched into the paint
surface. Refer to “Finish Care”
previously in this section.
Interior Care
To prevent dirt particle abrasions,
regularly clean the vehicle's interior.
Immediately remove any soils.
Newspapers or dark garments can
transfer color to the vehicle’s
interior.
Use a soft bristle brush to remove
dust from knobs and crevices on the
instrument cluster. Using a mild
soap solution, immediately remove
hand lotions, sunscreen, and insect
repellent from all interior surfaces or
permanent damage may result.
Use cleaners specifically designed
for the surfaces being cleaned to
prevent permanent damage. Apply
cleaners directly to the cleaning
cloth. Do not spray cleaners on any
switches or controls. Remove
cleaners quickly.
Before using cleaners, read and
follow all safety instructions on the
label. While cleaning the interior,
open the doors and windows to get
proper ventilation.
To prevent damage, do not clean
the interior using the following
cleaners or techniques:
.
Never use a razor or any other
sharp object to remove soil from
any interior surface.
.
Never use a brush with stiff
bristles.
.
Never rub any surface
aggressively or with too much
pressure.
.
Do not use laundry detergents or
dishwashing soaps with
degreasers. For liquid cleaners,
use approximately 20 drops per
3.8 L (1 gal) of water.
A concentrated soap solution will
create streaks and attract dirt.
Do not use solutions that contain
strong or caustic soap.
.
Do not heavily saturate the
upholstery when cleaning.
.
Do not use solvents or cleaners
containing solvents.
Interior Glass
To clean, use a terry cloth fabric
dampened with water. Wipe droplets
left behind with a clean dry cloth.
If necessary, use a commercial
glass cleaner after cleaning with
plain water.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
434 Vehicle Care
Caution
To prevent scratching, never use
abrasive cleaners on automotive
glass. Abrasive cleaners or
aggressive cleaning may damage
the rear window defogger.
Cleaning the windshield with water
during the first three to six months
of ownership will reduce tendency
to fog.
Speaker Covers
Vacuum around a speaker cover
gently, so that the speaker will not
be damaged. Clean spots with water
and mild soap.
Coated Moldings
Coated moldings should be cleaned.
.
When lightly soiled, wipe with a
sponge or soft, lint-free cloth
dampened with water.
.
When heavily soiled, use warm
soapy water.
Fabric/Carpet/Suede
Start by vacuuming the surface
using a soft brush attachment. If a
rotating vacuum brush attachment is
being used, only use it on the floor
carpet. Before cleaning, gently
remove as much of the soil as
possible:
.
Gently blot liquids with a paper
towel. Continue blotting until no
more soil can be removed.
.
For solid soils, remove as much
as possible prior to vacuuming.
To clean:
1. Saturate a clean, lint-free
colorfast cloth with water.
Microfiber cloth is
recommended to prevent lint
transfer to the fabric or carpet.
2. Remove excess moisture by
gently wringing until water does
not drip from the cleaning cloth.
3. Start on the outside edge of the
soil and gently rub toward the
center. Fold the cleaning cloth
to a clean area frequently to
prevent forcing the soil in to the
fabric.
4. Continue gently rubbing the
soiled area until there is no
longer any color transfer from
the soil to the cleaning cloth.
5. If the soil is not completely
removed, use a mild soap
solution followed only by plain
water.
If the soil is not completely
removed, it may be necessary to
use a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small
hidden area for colorfastness before
using a commercial upholstery
cleaner or spot lifter. If ring
formation occurs, clean the entire
fabric or carpet.
After cleaning use a paper towel to
blot excess moisture.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 435
Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces
and Vehicle Information and
Radio Displays
Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss
surfaces or vehicle displays. First,
use a soft bristle brush to remove
dirt that can scratch the surface.
Then gently clean by rubbing with a
microfiber cloth. Never use window
cleaners or solvents. Periodically
hand wash the microfiber cloth
separately, using mild soap. Do not
use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse
thoroughly and air dry before
next use.
Caution
Do not attach a device with a
suction cup to the display. This
may cause damage and would
not be covered by the vehicle
warranty.
Instrument Panel, Leather,
Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,
Low Gloss Paint Surfaces and
Natural Open Pore Wood
Surfaces
Use a soft microfiber cloth
dampened with water to remove
dust and loose dirt. For a more
thorough cleaning, use a soft
microfiber cloth dampened with a
mild soap solution.
Caution
Soaking or saturating leather,
especially perforated leather, as
well as other interior surfaces,
may cause permanent damage.
Wipe excess moisture from these
surfaces after cleaning and allow
them to dry naturally. Never use
heat, steam, or spot removers. Do
not use cleaners that contain
silicone or wax-based products.
Cleaners containing these
solvents can permanently change
(Continued)
Caution (Continued)
the appearance and feel of
leather or soft trim, and are not
recommended.
Do not use cleaners that increase
gloss, especially on the instrument
panel. Reflected glare can decrease
visibility through the windshield
under certain conditions.
Caution
Use of air fresheners may cause
permanent damage to plastics
and painted surfaces. If an air
freshener comes in contact with
any plastic or painted surface in
the vehicle, blot immediately and
clean with a soft cloth dampened
with a mild soap solution.
Damage caused by air fresheners
would not be covered by the
vehicle warranty.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
436 Vehicle Care
Care of Seat Belts
Keep belts clean and dry.
{
Warning
Do not bleach or dye seat belt
webbing. It may severely weaken
the webbing. In a crash, they
might not be able to provide
adequate protection. Clean and
rinse seat belt webbing only with
mild soap and lukewarm water.
Allow the webbing to dry.
Floor Mats
{
Warning
If a floor mat is the wrong size or
is not properly installed, it can
interfere with the pedals.
Interference with the pedals can
cause unintended acceleration
and/or increased stopping
distance which can cause a crash
(Continued)
Warning (Continued)
and injury. Make sure the floor
mat does not interfere with the
pedals.
Use the following guidelines for
proper floor mat usage:
.
The original equipment floor
mats were designed for your
vehicle. If the floor mats need
replacing, it is recommended
that GM certified floor mats be
purchased. Non-GM floor mats
may not fit properly and may
interfere with the pedals. Always
check that the floor mats do not
interfere with the pedals.
.
Do not use a floor mat if the
vehicle is not equipped with a
floor mat retainer on the driver
side floor.
.
Use the floor mat with the
correct side up. Do not turn
it over.
.
Do not place anything on top of
the driver side floor mat.
.
Use only a single floor mat on
the driver side.
.
Do not place one floor mat on
top of another.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Vehicle Care 437
Removing and Replacing the
Floor Mats
Pull up on the rear of the driver side
floor mat to unlock each retainer
and remove.
Reinstall by lining up the floor mat
retainer openings over the carpet
retainers and snapping into position.
Make sure the floor mat is properly
secured in place.
Verify the floor mat does not
interfere with the pedals.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
438 Service and Maintenance
Service and
Maintenance
General Information
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 438
Maintenance Schedule
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 440
Special Application Services
Special Application
Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
Additional Maintenance
and Care
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
Recommended Fluids,
Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
Maintenance Replacement
Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Maintenance Records
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 454
General Information
This maintenance section applies to
vehicles with a gasoline engine. For
diesel engine vehicles, see
"Maintenance Schedule" in the
Duramax diesel supplement.
Your vehicle is an important
investment. This section describes
the required maintenance for the
vehicle. Follow this schedule to help
protect against major repair
expenses resulting from neglect or
inadequate maintenance. It may
also help to maintain the value of
the vehicle if it is sold. It is the
responsibility of the owner to have
all required maintenance performed.
Your dealer has trained technicians
who can perform required
maintenance using genuine
replacement parts. They have
up-to-date tools and equipment for
fast and accurate diagnostics. Many
dealers have extended evening and
Saturday hours, courtesy
transportation, and online
scheduling to assist with service
needs.
Your dealer recognizes the
importance of providing
competitively priced maintenance
and repair services. With trained
technicians, the dealer is the place
for routine maintenance such as oil
changes and tire rotations and
additional maintenance items like
tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper
blades.
Caution
Damage caused by improper
maintenance can lead to costly
repairs and may not be covered
by the vehicle warranty.
Maintenance intervals, checks,
inspections, recommended fluids,
and lubricants are important to
keep the vehicle in good working
condition.
Do not have chemical flushes that
are not approved by GM
performed on the vehicle. The
use of flushes, solvents, cleaners,
or lubricants that are not
(Continued)
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Service and Maintenance 439
Caution (Continued)
approved by GM could damage
the vehicle, requiring expensive
repairs that are not covered by
the vehicle warranty.
The Tire Rotation and Required
Services are the responsibility of the
vehicle owner. It is recommended to
have your dealer perform these
services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.
Proper vehicle maintenance helps to
keep the vehicle in good working
condition, improves fuel economy,
and reduces vehicle emissions.
Because of the way people use
vehicles, maintenance needs vary.
There may need to be more
frequent checks and services. The
Additional Required Services -
Normal are for vehicles that:
.
Carry passengers and cargo
within recommended limits on
the Tire and Loading Information
label. See Vehicle Load Limits
0 198.
.
Are driven on reasonable road
surfaces within legal driving
limits.
.
Use the recommended fuel. See
Recommended Fuel (Except
6.2L V8 Engine) 0 278 or
Recommended Fuel (6.2L
V8 Engine) 0 279.
Refer to the information in the
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services - Normal chart.
The Additional Required Services -
Severe are for vehicles that are:
.
Mainly driven in heavy city traffic
in hot weather
.
Mainly driven in hilly or
mountainous terrain
.
Frequently towing a trailer
.
Used for high speed or
competitive driving
.
Used for taxi, police, or delivery
service
Refer to the information in the
Maintenance Schedule Additional
Required Services - Severe chart.
{
Warning
Performing maintenance work can
be dangerous and can cause
serious injury. Perform
maintenance work only if the
required information, proper tools,
and equipment are available.
If they are not, see your dealer to
have a trained technician do the
work. See Doing Your Own
Service Work 0 328.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
440 Service and Maintenance
Maintenance
Schedule
Owner Checks and Services
At Each Fuel Stop
.
Check the engine oil level. See
Engine Oil 0 337.
Once a Month
.
Check the tire inflation
pressures, including the spare.
See Tire Pressure 0 386.
.
Inspect the tires for wear. See
Tire Inspection 0 394.
.
Check the windshield washer
fluid level. See Washer Fluid
0 352.
Engine Oil Change
When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL
SOON message displays, have the
engine oil and filter changed within
the next 1 000 km/600 mi. If driven
under the best conditions, the
engine oil life system may not
indicate the need for vehicle service
for up to a year. The engine oil and
filter must be changed at least once
a year and the oil life system must
be reset. Your trained dealer
technician can perform this work.
If the engine oil life system is reset
accidentally, service the vehicle
within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the
last service. Reset the oil life
system when the oil is changed.
See Engine Oil Life System 0 339.
Engine Air Filter Change
When the REPLACE AT NEXT OIL
CHANGE message displays, the
engine air filter should be replaced
at the next engine oil change. When
the REPLACE ENGINE AIR FILTER
SOON message displays, the
engine air filter should be replaced
at the earliest convenience. Reset
the engine air filter life system after
the engine air filter is replaced. See
Engine Air Filter Life System 0 341.
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter
The passenger compartment air
filter removes dust, pollen, and
other airborne irritants from outside
air that is pulled into the vehicle.
The filter should be replaced as part
of routine scheduled maintenance.
Inspect the passenger compartment
air filter every 36 000 km/
22,500 miles or two years,
whichever comes first. Replace if
necessary. More frequent
replacement may be needed if the
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy
traffic, areas with poor air quality,
or areas with high dust levels.
Replacement may also be needed if
there is a reduction in air flow,
excessive window fogging, or odors.
Power Take Off (PTO) and
Extended Idle Use
When the vehicle is used with the
PTO equipment or used in a way
that requires extended idle time,
one hour of use shall be deemed
the same as 53 km (33 mi). See
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Base Level) 0 145 or
Driver Information Center (DIC)
(Midlevel and Uplevel) 0 146 for
hourmeter, if equipped.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Service and Maintenance 441
Air Conditioning Desiccant
(Replace Every Seven Years)
The air conditioning system requires
maintenance every seven years.
This service requires replacement of
the desiccant to help the longevity
and efficient operation of the air
conditioning system. This service
can be complex. See your dealer.
Tire Rotation and Required
Services Every 12 000 km/
7,500 mi
Rotate the tires, if recommended for
the vehicle, and perform the
following services. See Tire
Rotation 0 394.
.
Check engine oil level and oil
life percentage. If needed,
change engine oil and filter, and
reset oil life system. See Engine
Oil 0 337 and
Engine Oil Life System 0 339.
.
If equipped with the engine air
filter life system, check the air
filter life percentage.
If necessary, replace the engine
air filter and reset the engine air
filter life system. See Engine Air
Filter Life System 0 341. If the
vehicle is not equipped with the
engine air filter life system,
inspect the engine air cleaner
filter. See Engine Air Cleaner/
Filter 0 342.
.
Check engine coolant level. See
Cooling System 0 344.
.
Check windshield washer fluid
level. See Washer Fluid 0 352.
.
Check tire inflation pressures,
including the spare. See Tire
Pressure 0 386.
.
Inspect tire wear. See Tire
Inspection 0 394.
.
Visually check for fluid leaks.
.
Inspect brake system. See
Exterior Care 0 427.
.
Visually inspect steering,
suspension, and chassis
components for damage,
including cracks or tears in the
rubber boots, loose or missing
parts, or signs of wear at least
once a year. See Exterior Care
0 427. If equipped with grease
fittings, lubricate the suspension
and steering components every
other oil change for normal
usage and every oil change for
severe usage.
.
Inspect power steering for
proper attachment, connections,
binding, leaks, cracks,
chafing, etc.
.
Visually inspect drive shafts for
excessive wear, lubricant leaks
or damage including: tube dents,
cracks, constant velocity joint or
universal joint looseness,
cracked or missing boots, loose
or missing boot clamps, center
bearing excessive looseness,
missing or loose fasteners.
.
Check restraint system
components. See Safety System
Check 0 68.
.
Visually inspect fuel system for
damage or leaks.
.
Visually inspect exhaust system
and nearby heat shields for
loose or damaged parts.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
442 Service and Maintenance
.
Lubricate body components. See
Exterior Care 0 427.
.
Check starter switch. See Starter
Switch Check 0 361.
.
Check automatic transmission
shift lock control function. See
Automatic Transmission Shift
Lock Control Function Check
0 361.
.
Check ignition transmission lock.
See Ignition Transmission Lock
Check 0 361.
.
Check parking brake and
automatic transmission park
mechanism. See Park Brake and
P (Park) Mechanism Check
0 362.
.
Check accelerator pedal for
damage, high effort, or binding.
Replace if needed.
.
Visually inspect gas strut for
signs of wear, cracks, or other
damage. Check the hold open
ability of the strut. If the hold
open is low, service the gas
strut. See Gas Strut(s) 0 363.
.
Inspect sunroof track and seal,
if equipped. See Sunroof 0 48.
.
Verify spare tire key lock
operation and lubricate as
needed. See Tire Changing
0 405.
.
Visually inspect the spare tire to
ensure that it is tightly stowed
under the vehicle. Push, pull,
and try to turn the tire. If the
spare tire moves, tighten as
necessary. See Tire Changing
0 405.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Service and Maintenance 443
Additional Required Services
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Normal
12 000 km/7,500 mi
24 000 km/15,000 mi
36 000 km/22,500 mi
48 000 km/30,000 mi
60 000 km/37,500 mi
72 000 km/45,000 mi
84 000 km/52,500 mi
96 000 km/60,000 mi
108 000 km/67,500 mi
120 000 km/75,000 mi
132 000 km/82,500 mi
144 000 km/90,000 mi
156 000 km/97,500 mi
168 000 km/105,000 mi
180 000 km/112,500 mi
192 000 km/120,000 mi
204 000 km/127,500 mi
216 000 km/135,000 mi
228 000 km/142,500 mi
240 000 km/150,000 mi
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.
Change engine oil and filter, if needed. Check
engine air filter life percentage and status.
Change engine air filter, if needed.
@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
If the vehicle is not equipped with the engine air
filter life system, replace engine air cleaner
filter. (2)
@ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires.
(Except 2.7L L4 Turbo Engine)
@
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires.
(2.7L L4 Turbo Engine Only)
@ @
For GVW under 3 900 kg (8,600 lb), change
transfer case fluid, if equipped with 4WD. (4)
@
For GVW over 3 900 kg (8,600 lb), change
transfer case fluid, if equipped with 4WD. (4)
@ @ @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @
Replace brake fluid. (7)
Replace windshield wiper blades. (8)
@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
444 Service and Maintenance
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Normal
12 000 km/7,500 mi
24 000 km/15,000 mi
36 000 km/22,500 mi
48 000 km/30,000 mi
60 000 km/37,500 mi
72 000 km/45,000 mi
84 000 km/52,500 mi
96 000 km/60,000 mi
108 000 km/67,500 mi
120 000 km/75,000 mi
132 000 km/82,500 mi
144 000 km/90,000 mi
156 000 km/97,500 mi
168 000 km/105,000 mi
180 000 km/112,500 mi
192 000 km/120,000 mi
204 000 km/127,500 mi
216 000 km/135,000 mi
228 000 km/142,500 mi
240 000 km/150,000 mi
Replace hood gas struts and tailgate
dampener. (9)
@ @
Replace air conditioning desiccant. (10)
Footnotes — Maintenance
Schedule Additional Required
Services - Normal
(1) Or every two years, whichever
comes first. More frequent
replacement may be needed if the
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy
traffic, poor air quality, areas with
high dust levels or are sensitive to
environmental allergens. Filter
replacement may also be needed if
you notice reduced airflow, windows
fogging up, or odors. Your local GM
Service location can help you
determine when it is the right time to
replace your filter.
(2) Or every four years, whichever
comes first. If driving in dusty
conditions, inspect the filter at each
oil change or more often as needed.
See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 342.
(3) Visually check all fuel and vapor
lines and hoses for proper
attachment, connection, routing, and
condition.
(4) Do not directly power wash the
transfer case and/or front/rear axle
output seals. High pressure water
can overcome the seals and
contaminate the fluid. Contaminated
fluid will decrease the life of the
transfer case and/or drive axles and
should be replaced.
(5) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling System
0 344.
(6) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. Inspect for fraying,
excessive cracking, or damage;
replace, if needed.
(7) Replace brake fluid every five
years. See Brake Fluid 0 355.
(8) Or every 12 months, whichever
comes first. See Wiper Blade
Replacement 0 362.
(9) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. See Gas Strut(s) 0 363.
(10) Replace air conditioning
desiccant every seven years.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Service and Maintenance 445
Maintenance Schedule
Additional Required
Services - Severe
12 000 km/7,500 mi
24 000 km/15,000 mi
36 000 km/22,500 mi
48 000 km/30,000 mi
60 000 km/37,500 mi
72 000 km/45,000 mi
84 000 km/52,500 mi
96 000 km/60,000 mi
108 000 km/67,500 mi
120 000 km/75,000 mi
132 000 km/82,500 mi
144 000 km/90,000 mi
156 000 km/97,500 mi
168 000 km/105,000 mi
180 000 km/112,500 mi
192 000 km/120,000 mi
204 000 km/127,500 mi
216 000 km/135,000 mi
228 000 km/142,500 mi
240 000 km/150,000 mi
Rotate tires and perform Required Services.
Check engine oil level and oil life percentage.
Change engine oil and filter, if needed. Check
engine air filter life percentage and status.
Change engine air filter, if needed.
@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @
If the vehicle is not equipped with the engine air
filter life system, replace engine air cleaner
filter. (2)
@ @ @
Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires.
(Except 2.7L L4 Turbo Engine)
@
Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires.
(2.7L L4 Turbo Engine Only)
@ @
Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @
For GVW under 3 900 kg (8,600 lb), change
transfer case fluid, if equipped with 4WD. (4)
@ @ @
For GVW over 3 900 kg (8,600 lb), change
transfer case fluid, if equipped with 4WD. (4)
@ @ @ @ @ @
Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @
Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @
Replace brake fluid. (7)
Replace windshield wiper blades. (8)
@ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @
Replace hood gas struts and tailgate
dampener. (9)
@ @
Replace air conditioning desiccant. (10)
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
446 Service and Maintenance
Footnotes — Maintenance
Schedule Additional Required
Services - Severe
(1) Or every two years, whichever
comes first. More frequent
replacement may be needed if the
vehicle is driven in areas with heavy
traffic, poor air quality, areas with
high dust levels or are sensitive to
environmental allergens. Filter
replacement may also be needed if
you notice reduced airflow, windows
fogging up, or odors. Your local GM
Service location can help you
determine when it is the right time to
replace your filter.
(2) Or every four years, whichever
comes first. If driving in dusty
conditions, inspect the filter at each
oil change or more often as needed.
See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 342.
(3) Visually check all fuel and vapor
lines and hoses for proper
attachment, connection, routing, and
condition.
(4) Do not directly power wash the
transfer case and/or front/rear axle
output seals. High pressure water
can overcome the seals and
contaminate the fluid. Contaminated
fluid will decrease the life of the
transfer case and/or drive axles and
should be replaced.
(5) Or every five years, whichever
comes first. See Cooling System
0 344.
(6) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. Inspect for fraying,
excessive cracking, or damage;
replace, if needed.
(7) Replace brake fluid every five
years. See Brake Fluid 0 355.
(8) Or every 12 months, whichever
comes first. See Wiper Blade
Replacement 0 362.
(9) Or every 10 years, whichever
comes first. See Gas Strut(s) 0 363.
(10) Replace air conditioning
desiccant every seven years.
Special Application
Services
.
Vehicles with Dual Wheels:
Check dual wheel nut torque at
160, 1 600, and 10 000 km (100,
1,000, and 6,000 mi) of driving.
Repeat this service whenever a
tire/wheel is serviced or
removed.
.
Severe Commercial Use
Vehicles Only: Lubricate chassis
components every oil change.
.
Have underbody flushing service
performed. See “Underbody
Maintenance” in Exterior Care
0 427.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Service and Maintenance 447
Additional
Maintenance and Care
Your vehicle is an important
investment and caring for it properly
may help to avoid future costly
repairs. To maintain vehicle
performance, additional
maintenance services may be
required.
It is recommended that your dealer
perform these services — their
trained dealer technicians know
your vehicle best. Your dealer can
also perform a thorough
assessment with a multi-point
inspection to recommend when your
vehicle may need attention.
The following list is intended to
explain the services and conditions
to look for that may indicate
services are required.
Battery
The 12-volt battery supplies power
to start the engine and operate any
additional electrical accessories.
.
To avoid break-down or failure to
start the vehicle, maintain a
battery with full cranking power.
.
Trained dealer technicians have
the diagnostic equipment to test
the battery and ensure that the
connections and cables are
corrosion-free.
Belts
.
Belts may need replacing if they
squeak or show signs of
cracking or splitting.
.
Trained dealer technicians have
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the belts and
recommend adjustment or
replacement when necessary.
Brakes
Brakes stop the vehicle and are
crucial to safe driving.
.
Signs of brake wear may include
chirping, grinding, or squealing
noises, or difficulty stopping.
.
Trained dealer technicians have
access to tools and equipment
to inspect the brakes and
recommend quality parts
engineered for the vehicle.
Fluids
Proper fluid levels and approved
fluids protect the vehicle’s systems
and components. See
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 450 for GM approved
fluids.
.
Engine oil and windshield
washer fluid levels should be
checked at every fuel fill.
.
Instrument cluster lights may
come on to indicate that fluids
may be low and need to be
filled.
Hoses
Hoses transport fluids and should
be regularly inspected to ensure
that there are no cracks or leaks.
With a multi-point inspection, your
dealer can inspect the hoses and
advise if replacement is needed.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
448 Service and Maintenance
Lamps
Properly working headlamps,
taillamps, and brake lamps are
important to see and be seen on
the road.
.
Signs that the headlamps need
attention include dimming, failure
to light, cracking, or damage.
The brake lamps need to be
checked periodically to ensure
that they light when braking.
.
With a multi-point inspection,
your dealer can check the lamps
and note any concerns.
Shocks and Struts
Shocks and struts help aid in control
for a smoother ride.
.
Signs of wear may include
steering wheel vibration, bounce/
sway while braking, longer
stopping distance, or uneven
tire wear.
.
As part of the multi-point
inspection, trained dealer
technicians can visually inspect
the shocks and struts for signs
of leaking, blown seals,
or damage, and can advise
when service is needed.
Tires
Tires need to be properly inflated,
rotated, and balanced. Maintaining
the tires can save money and fuel,
and can reduce the risk of tire
failure.
.
Signs that the tires need to be
replaced include three or more
visible treadwear indicators; cord
or fabric showing through the
rubber; cracks or cuts in the
tread or sidewall; or a bulge or
split in the tire.
.
Trained dealer technicians can
inspect and recommend the right
tires. Your dealer can also
provide tire/wheel balancing
services to ensure smooth
vehicle operation at all speeds.
Your dealer sells and services
name brand tires.
Vehicle Care
To help keep the vehicle looking like
new, vehicle care products are
available from your dealer. For
information on how to clean and
protect the vehicle’s interior and
exterior, see Interior Care 0 433 and
Exterior Care 0 427.
Wheel Alignment
Wheel alignment is critical for
ensuring that the tires deliver
optimal wear and performance.
.
Signs that the alignment may
need to be adjusted include
pulling, improper vehicle
handling, or unusual tire wear.
.
Your dealer has the required
equipment to ensure proper
wheel alignment.
Windshield
For safety, appearance, and the
best viewing, keep the windshield
clean and clear.
.
Signs of damage include
scratches, cracks, and chips.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Service and Maintenance 449
.
Trained dealer technicians can
inspect the windshield and
recommend proper replacement
if needed.
Wiper Blades
Wiper blades need to be cleaned
and kept in good condition to
provide a clear view.
.
Signs of wear include streaking,
skipping across the windshield,
and worn or split rubber.
.
Trained dealer technicians can
check the wiper blades and
replace them when needed.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
450 Service and Maintenance
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts
Recommended Fluids and Lubricants
This maintenance section applies to vehicles with a gasoline engine. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see
“Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in the Duramax diesel supplement.
Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Automatic Transmission (6-Speed
Transmission)
DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Automatic Transmission (8-Speed
Transmission)
DEXRON-HP Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Automatic Transmission (10-Speed
Transmission)
DEXRON ULV Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Chassis Lubrication Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or
lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB.
Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL coolant.
See Cooling System 0 344.
Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity
grade. ACDelco dexos1 full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil
0 337.
Front and Rear Axle Driveshaft
Splines
Spline Lubricant, Special Lubricant (GM Part No. 19257121, in
Canada 19257122).
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Service and Maintenance 451
Usage Fluid/Lubricant
Front Axle (Four-Wheel Drive) and
Rear Axle
See your dealer.
Hydraulic Brake System (Vehicles
with DOT 3 brake fluid)
DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19353126, in
Canada 19353127). See Brake Fluid 0 355.
Hydraulic Brake System (Vehicles
with DOT 4 brake fluid)
DOT 4 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19299570, in
Canada 19299571). See Brake Fluid 0 355.
Hydraulic Power Steering System
(2500/3500 Series Only)
GM Power Steering Fluid (GM Part No. 19329450, in Canada 19329451).
Key Lock Cylinders, Hood Hinges,
Body Door Hinge Pins, Tailgate
Hinge and Linkage, Fuel Door Hinge,
Tailgate Handle Pivot Points, Hinges,
Latch Bolt, and Linkage
Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, in
Canada 10953474).
Transfer Case (Four-Wheel Drive) DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid.
Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip Lubricant. See your dealer.
Weatherstrip Squeaks Synthetic Grease with Teflon, Superlube (GM Part No. 12371287).
Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection
requirements.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
452 Service and Maintenance
Maintenance Replacement Parts
Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement.
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter
With high capacity air cleaner 84121219 A3244C
Without high capacity air cleaner 84121217 A3246C
Oil Filter
2.7L L4 55495106 PF66
4.3L V6 12690385 PF63E
5.3L V8 12690385 PF63E
6.2L V8 12690385 PF63E
6.6L V8 12690385 PF63E
Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13508023 CF185
Spark Plugs
2.7L L4 12688094 41-106-IP
4.3L V6 12622441 41-114
5.3L V8 12622441 41-114
6.2L V8 12622441 41-114
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Service and Maintenance 453
Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number
6.6L V8 12622441 41-114
Wiper Blades
Driver Side – 55 cm (21.7 in) 84578275 —
Passenger Side – 55 cm (21.7 in) 84578275 —
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
454 Service and Maintenance
Maintenance Records
After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the
type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Date
Odometer
Reading
Serviced By Services Performed
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Technical Data 455
Technical Data
Vehicle Identification
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
Service Parts Identification . . . 455
Vehicle Data
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . . 459
Vehicle Identification
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN)
This legal identifier is in the front
corner of the instrument panel, on
the driver side of the vehicle. It can
be seen through the windshield from
outside. The Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN) also appears on the
Vehicle Certification and Service
Parts labels and certificates of title
and registration.
Engine Identification
The eighth character in the VIN is
the engine code. This code
identifies the vehicle's engine,
specifications, and replacement
parts. See “Engine Specifications”
under Capacities and Specifications
0 456 for the vehicle's engine code.
Service Parts
Identification
There may be a large barcode on
the certification label on the center
pillar that you can scan for the
following information:
.
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN)
.
Model designation
.
Paint information
.
Production options
If there is not a large barcode on
this label, then you will find this
same information on a label inside
of the glove box.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
456 Technical Data
Vehicle Data
Capacities and Specifications
The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants 0 450.
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement.
Application
Capacities
Metric English
Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and
charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the
hood. See your dealer for more information.
Engine Cooling System*
2.7L L4 Engine – 1500 Series 11.8 L 12.4 qt
4.3L V6 Engine – 1500 Series 11.5 L 12.2 qt
5.3L V8 Engine – 1500 Series (L82) 12.8 L 13.5 qt
5.3L V8 Engine – 1500 Series (L84) 13.1 L 13.8 qt
6.2L V8 Engine – 1500 Series 12.6 L 13.3 qt
6.6L V8 Gas Engine – 2500 Series and 3500 Series (L8T) 15.1 L 15.9 qt
Engine Oil with Filter
2.7L L4 Engine – 1500 Series 5.7 L 6.0 qt
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Technical Data 457
Application
Capacities
Metric English
4.3L V6 Engine – 1500 Series 5.7 L 6.0 qt
5.3L V8 Engine – 1500 Series (L84) 7.6 L 8.0 qt
6.2L V8 Engine – 1500 Series 7.6 L 8.0 qt
6.6L V8 Gas Engine – 2500 Series and 3500 Series 7.6 L 8.0 qt
Fuel Tank
1500 Series Standard and Short Box (4WD Gas and
Diesel)
90.8 L 24.0 gal
1500 Series Standard and Short Box (2WD Diesel) 83.3 L 22.0 gal
1500 Series Long Box 106.0 L 28.0 gal
2500 Series and 3500 Series Standard Box (Except
Double Cab Diesel)
136.3 L 36.0 gal
2500 Series and 3500 Series Standard Box (Double Cab
Diesel)
111.3 L 29.4 gal
2500 Series and 3500 Series Long Box (Except Regular
Cab Diesel)
136.3 L 28.0 gal
2500 Series and 3500 Series Long Box (Regular Cab
Diesel)
106.0 L 28.0 gal
3500 Series Chassis Cab – Front Tank 89.0 L 23.5 gal
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
458 Technical Data
Application
Capacities
Metric English
3500 Series Chassis Cab – Rear Tank 151.4 L 40.0 gal
Transfer Case Fluid (1500 Series Only) 1.5 L 1.6 qt
Transfer Case Fluid (2500 and 3500 Series Only) 2.3 L 2.4 qt
Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft
All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this
manual. Recheck fluid level after filling.
*Engine cooling system capacity values are based on the entire cooling system and its components.
Engine Specificati ons
Engine VIN Code Spark Plug Gap
2.7L L4 (L3B) K 0.65–0.75 mm (0.026–0.030 in)
4.3L V6 (LV3) H 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–0.043 in)
5.3L V8 (L82) F 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–0.043 in)
5.3L V8 (L84) D 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–0.043 in)
6.2L V8 (L87) L 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–0.043 in)
6.6L V8 (L8T) 7 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–0.043 in)
Spark plug gaps are preset by the manufacturer. Re-gapping the spark plug is not recommended and can damage
the spark plug.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Technical Data 459
Engine Drive Belt Routing
If the vehicle has a diesel engine,
see the Duramax diesel
supplement.
2.7L Engine
4.3L, 5.3L, and 6.2L Engines
6.6L Engine (Single Generator)
6.6L Engine (Dual Generator)
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
460 Customer Information
Customer
Information
Customer Information
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
Customer Assistance
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
Customer Assistance for Text
Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 463
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 463
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
Roadside Assistance
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
Scheduling Service
Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
Courtesy Transportation
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 467
Publication Ordering
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
Radio Frequency
Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
Reporting Safety Defects
Reporting Safety Defects to
the United States
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
Reporting Safety Defects to
the Canadian
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
Reporting Safety Defects to
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 472
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 473
Customer Information
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure
Your satisfaction and goodwill are
important to your dealer and to
Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns
with the sales transaction or the
operation of the vehicle will be
resolved by your dealer's sales or
service departments. Sometimes,
however, despite the best intentions
of all concerned, misunderstandings
can occur. If your concern has not
been resolved to your satisfaction,
the following steps should be taken:
STEP ONE : Discuss your concern
with a member of dealership
management. Normally, concerns
can be quickly resolved at that level.
If the matter has already been
reviewed with the sales, service,
or parts manager, contact the owner
of your dealership or the general
manager.
STEP TWO : If after contacting a
member of dealership management,
it appears your concern cannot be
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Customer Information 461
resolved by your dealership without
further help, in the U.S., call the
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center at 1-800-222-1020. In
Canada, call General Motors of
Canada Customer Care Centre at
1-800-263-3777 (English),
or 1-800-263-7854 (French).
We encourage you to call the
toll-free number in order to give your
inquiry prompt attention. Have the
following information available to
give the Customer Assistance
representative:
.
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN). This is available
from the vehicle registration or
title, or the plate at the top left of
the instrument panel and visible
through the windshield.
.
Dealership name and location.
.
Vehicle delivery date and
present mileage.
When contacting Chevrolet,
remember that your concern will
likely be resolved at a dealer's
facility. That is why we suggest
following Step One first.
STEP THREE — U.S. Owners :
Both General Motors and your
dealer are committed to making
sure you are completely satisfied
with your new vehicle. However,
if you continue to remain unsatisfied
after following the procedure
outlined in Steps One and Two, you
can file with the Better Business
Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program to
enforce your rights.
The BBB Auto Line Program is an
out-of-court program administered
by BBB National Programs, Inc. to
settle automotive disputes regarding
vehicle repairs or the interpretation
of the New Vehicle Limited
Warranty. Although you may be
required to resort to this informal
dispute resolution program prior to
filing a court action, use of the
program is free of charge and your
case will generally be heard within
40 days. If you do not agree with the
decision given in your case, you
may reject it and proceed with any
other venue for relief available
to you.
You may contact the BBB Auto Line
Program using the toll-free
telephone number or write them at
the following address:
BBB Auto Line Program
BBB National Programs, Inc.
3033 Wilson Boulevard
Suite 600
Arlington, VA 22201
Telephone: 1-800-955-5100
http://www.bbb.org/council/
programs-services/
dispute-handling-and-resolution/
bbb-auto-line
This program is available in all
50 states and the District of
Columbia. Eligibility is limited by
vehicle age, mileage, and other
factors. General Motors reserves
the right to change eligibility
limitations and/or discontinue its
participation in this program.
STEP THREE — Canadian
Owners : In the event that you do
not feel your concerns have been
addressed after following the
procedure outlined in Steps One
and Two, General Motors of Canada
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
462 Customer Information
Company wants you to be aware of
its participation in a no-charge
Mediation/Arbitration Program.
General Motors of Canada
Company has committed to binding
arbitration of owner disputes
involving factory-related vehicle
service claims. The program
provides for the review of the facts
involved by an impartial third party
arbiter, and may include an informal
hearing before the arbiter. The
program is designed so that the
entire dispute settlement process,
from the time you file your complaint
to the final decision, should be
completed in about 70 days. We
believe our impartial program offers
advantages over courts in most
jurisdictions because it is informal,
quick, and free of charge.
For further information concerning
eligibility in the Canadian Motor
Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),
call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call
the General Motors Customer Care
Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),
1-800-263-7854 (French),
or write to:
The Mediation/Arbitration Program
c/o Customer Care Centre
General Motors of Canada
Company
Mail Code: CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
Your inquiry should be accompanied
by the Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN).
Customer Assistance
Offices
Chevrolet encourages customers to
call the toll-free number for
assistance. However, if a customer
wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,
the letter should be addressed to:
United States and Puerto Rico
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center
P.O. Box 33170
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
www.Chevrolet.com
1-800-222-1020
1-800-833-2438 (For Text
Telephone Devices (TTYs))
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-243-8872
From U.S. Virgin Islands:
1-800-496-9994
Canada
General Motors of Canada
Company
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
www.gm.ca
1-800-263-3777 (English)
1-800-263-7854 (French)
1-800-263-3830 (For Text
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Customer Information 463
Telephone devices (TTYs))
Roadside Assistance:
1-800-268-6800
Overseas
Please contact the local General
Motors Business Unit.
Customer Assistance for
Text Telephone (TTY)
Users
To assist customers who are deaf,
hard of hearing, or speech-impaired
and who use Text Telephones
(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY
equipment available at its Customer
Assistance Center. Any TTY user in
the U.S. can communicate with
Chevrolet by dialing:
1-800-833-2438. TTY users in
Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.
Online Owner Center
Online Owner Experience
(U.S.) my.chevrolet.com
The Chevrolet online owner
experience allows access to videos,
articles, and vehicle health specific
to your Chevrolet as well as your
OnStar Account information all in
one place.
Membership Benefits
E : Download owner’s manuals
and view vehicle-specific how-to
videos.
G : View maintenance schedules,
alerts, and Vehicle Diagnostic
Information. Schedule service
appointments.
I : View and print dealer-recorded
service records and self-recorded
service records.
D : Select a preferred dealer and
view locations, maps, phone
numbers, and hours.
r : Track your vehicle’s warranty
information.
J : View active recalls by Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN). See
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
0 455.
H : Compare and shop for
Chevrolet and OnStar plans and
services. View GM Card and
SiriusXM information (if equipped).
F : Chat with online help
representatives.
See my.chevrolet.com to register
your vehicle.
Chevrolet Owner Centre
(Canada) mychevrolet.ca
Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre at
mychevrolet.ca (English) or
my.chevrolet.ca (French) to access
similar benefits to the U.S. site.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
464 Customer Information
GM Mobility
Reimbursement Program
This program is available to
qualified applicants for cost
reimbursement, up to certain limits,
of eligible aftermarket adaptive
equipment required for the vehicle,
such as hand controls or a
wheelchair/scooter lift for the
vehicle.
To learn about the GM Mobility
program, see www.gmmobility.com
or call the GM Mobility Assistance
Center at 1-800-323-9935. Text
Telephone (TTY) users, call
1-800-833-9935.
General Motors of Canada also has
a Mobility program. See www.gm.ca
or call 1-800-GM-DRIVE
(800-463-7483) for details. TTY
users call 1-800-263-3830.
Roadside Assistance
Program
For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call
1-800-243-8872. (Text Telephone
(TTY): 1-888-889-2438.)
For Canadian-purchased vehicles,
call 1-800-268-6800.
Service is available 24 hours a day,
365 days a year.
Calling for Assistance
When calling Roadside Assistance,
have the following information
ready:
.
Your name, home address, and
home telephone number
.
Telephone number of your
location
.
Location of the vehicle
.
Model, year, color, and license
plate number of the vehicle
.
Odometer reading, Vehicle
Identification Number (VIN), and
delivery date of the vehicle
.
Description of the problem
Coverage
Services are provided for the
duration of the vehicle’s powertrain
warranty.
In the U.S., anyone driving the
vehicle is covered. In Canada, a
person driving the vehicle without
permission from the owner is not
covered.
Roadside Assistance is not a part of
the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
General Motors North America and
Chevrolet reserve the right to make
any changes or discontinue the
Roadside Assistance program at
any time without notification.
General Motors North America and
Chevrolet reserve the right to limit
services or payment to an owner or
driver if they decide the claims are
made too often, or the same type of
claim is made many times.
Services Provided
.
Emergency Fuel Delivery:
Delivery of enough fuel for the
vehicle to get to the nearest
service station.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Customer Information 465
.
Lock-Out Service: Service to
unlock the vehicle if you are
locked out. A remote unlock may
be available if you have OnStar.
For security reasons, the driver
must present identification
before this service is given.
.
Emergency Tow from a Public
Road or Highway: Tow to the
nearest Chevrolet dealer for
warranty service, or if the vehicle
was in a crash and cannot be
driven. Assistance is not given
when the vehicle is stuck in the
sand, mud, or snow.
.
Flat Tire Change: Service to
change a flat tire with the spare
tire. The spare tire, if equipped,
must be in good condition and
properly inflated. It is the owner's
responsibility for the repair or
replacement of the tire if it is not
covered by the warranty.
.
Battery Jump Start: Service to
jump start a dead battery.
.
Trip Interruption Benefits and
Assistance: If your trip is
interrupted due to a warranty
event, incidental expenses may
be reimbursed within the
Powertrain warranty period.
Items considered are reasonable
and customary hotel, meals,
rental car, or a vehicle being
delivered back to the customer,
up to 500 miles.
Services Not Included in
Roadside Assistance
.
Impound towing caused by
violation of any laws
.
Legal fines
.
Mounting, dismounting,
or changing of snow tires,
chains, or other traction devices
Service is not provided if a vehicle
is in an area that is not accessible
to the service vehicle or is not a
regularly traveled or maintained
public road, which includes ice and
winter roads. Off-road use is not
covered.
Services Specific to
Canadian-Purchased Vehicles
.
Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement
is up to 7 liters. If available,
diesel fuel delivery may be
restricted. Propane and other
fuels are not provided through
this service.
.
Lock-Out Service: Vehicle
registration is required.
.
Trip Interruption Benefits and
Assistance: Must be over
150 km from where your trip was
started to qualify.
Pre-authorization, original
detailed receipts, and a copy of
the repair orders are required.
Once authorization has been
received, the Roadside
Assistance advisor will help to
make arrangements and explain
how to receive payment.
.
Alternative Service: If
assistance cannot be provided
right away, the Roadside
Assistance advisor may give
permission to get local
emergency road service. You will
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
466 Customer Information
receive payment, up to $100,
after sending the original receipt
to Roadside Assistance.
Mechanical failures may be
covered, however any cost for
parts and labor for repairs not
covered by the warranty are the
owner responsibility.
Scheduling Service
Appointments
When the vehicle requires warranty
service, contact your dealer and
request an appointment. By
scheduling a service appointment
and advising the service consultant
of your transportation needs, your
dealer can help minimize your
inconvenience.
If the vehicle cannot be scheduled
into the service department
immediately, keep driving it until it
can be scheduled for service,
unless, of course, the problem is
safety related. If it is, please call
your dealership, let them know this,
and ask for instructions.
If your dealer requests you to bring
the vehicle for service, you are
urged to do so as early in the work
day as possible to allow for
same-day repair.
Courtesy Transportation
Program
To enhance your ownership
experience, we and our participating
dealers are proud to offer Courtesy
Transportation, a customer support
program for vehicles with the
Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty
Coverage period in Canada),
extended powertrain, and/or
hybrid-specific warranties in both
the U.S. and Canada.
Several Courtesy Transportation
options are available to assist in
reducing inconvenience when
warranty repairs are required.
Courtesy Transportation is not a
part of the New Vehicle Limited
Warranty. A separate manual
entitled “Limited Warranty and
Owner Assistance Information”
furnished with each new vehicle
provides detailed warranty coverage
information.
Transportation Options
Warranty service can generally be
completed while you wait. However,
if you are unable to do so, your
dealer may offer the following
transportation options:
Shuttle Service
This includes one-way or round-trip
shuttle service within reasonable
time and distance parameters of
your dealer's area.
Public Transportation or Fuel
Reimbursement
If overnight warranty repairs are
needed, and public transportation is
used, the expense must be
supported by original receipts and
within the maximum amount allowed
by GM. If U.S. customers arrange
their own transportation, limited
reimbursement for reasonable fuel
expenses may be available. Claim
amounts should reflect actual costs
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Customer Information 467
and be supported by original
receipts. See your dealer for
information.
Courtesy Rental Vehicle
For an overnight warranty repair, the
dealer may provide an available
courtesy rental vehicle or provide for
reimbursement of a rental vehicle.
Reimbursement is limited and must
be supported by original receipts as
well as a signed and completed
rental agreement and meet state/
provincial, local, and rental vehicle
provider requirements.
Requirements vary and may include
minimum age requirements,
insurance coverage, credit card, etc.
Additional fees such as fuel, rental
vehicle insurance, taxes, levies,
usage fees, excessive mileage,
or rental usage beyond the
completion of the repair are also
your responsibility.
It may not be possible to provide a
like vehicle as a courtesy rental.
Additional Program
Information
All program options, such as shuttle
service, may not be available at
every dealer. Contact your dealer
for specific availability.
General Motors reserves the right to
unilaterally modify, change,
or discontinue Courtesy
Transportation at any time and to
resolve all questions of claim
eligibility pursuant to the terms and
conditions described herein at its
sole discretion.
Collision Damage Repair
If the vehicle is involved in a
collision and it is damaged, have the
damage repaired by a qualified
technician using the proper
equipment and quality replacement
parts. Poorly performed collision
repairs diminish the vehicle resale
value, and safety performance can
be compromised in subsequent
collisions.
Collision Parts
Genuine GM Collision parts are new
parts made with the same materials
and construction methods as the
parts with which the vehicle was
originally built. Genuine GM
Collision parts are the best choice to
ensure that the vehicle's designed
appearance, durability, and safety
are preserved. The use of Genuine
GM parts can help maintain the GM
New Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Recycled original equipment parts
may also be used for repair. These
parts are typically removed from
vehicles that were total losses in
prior crashes. In most cases, the
parts being recycled are from
undamaged sections of the vehicle.
A recycled original equipment GM
part may be an acceptable choice to
maintain the vehicle's originally
designed appearance and safety
performance; however, the history of
these parts is not known. Such parts
are not covered by the GM New
Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any
related failures are not covered by
that warranty.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
468 Customer Information
Aftermarket collision parts are also
available. These are made by
companies other than GM and may
not have been tested for the vehicle.
As a result, these parts may fit
poorly, exhibit premature durability/
corrosion problems, and may not
perform properly in subsequent
collisions. Aftermarket parts are not
covered by the GM New Vehicle
Limited Warranty, and any vehicle
failure related to such parts is not
covered by that warranty.
Repair Facility
GM also recommends that you
choose a collision repair facility that
meets your needs before you ever
need collision repairs. Your dealer
may have a collision repair center
with GM-trained technicians and
state-of-the-art equipment, or be
able to recommend a collision repair
center that has GM-trained
technicians and comparable
equipment.
Insuring the Vehicle
Protect your investment in the GM
vehicle with comprehensive and
collision insurance coverage. There
are significant differences in the
quality of coverage afforded by
various insurance policy terms.
Many insurance policies provide
reduced protection to the GM
vehicle by limiting compensation for
damage repairs through the use of
aftermarket collision parts. Some
insurance companies will not
specify aftermarket collision parts.
When purchasing insurance, we
recommend that you ensure that the
vehicle will be repaired with GM
original equipment collision parts.
If such insurance coverage is not
available from your current
insurance carrier, consider switching
to another insurance carrier.
If the vehicle is leased, the leasing
company may require you to have
insurance that ensures repairs with
Genuine GM Original Equipment
Manufacturer (OEM) parts or
Genuine Manufacturer replacement
parts. Read the lease carefully, as
you may be charged at the end of
the lease for poor quality repairs.
If a Crash Occurs
If there has been an injury, call
emergency services for help. Do not
leave the scene of a crash until all
matters have been taken care of.
Move the vehicle only if its position
puts you in danger, or you are
instructed to move it by a police
officer.
Give only the necessary information
to police and other parties involved
in the crash.
For emergency towing see
Roadside Assistance Program
0 464.
Gather the following information:
.
Driver name, address, and
telephone number
.
Driver license number
.
Owner name, address, and
telephone number
.
Vehicle license plate number
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Customer Information 469
.
Vehicle make, model, and
model year
.
Vehicle Identification
Number (VIN)
.
Insurance company and policy
number
.
General description of the
damage to the other vehicle
Choose a reputable repair facility
that uses quality replacement parts.
See “Collision Parts” earlier in this
section.
If the airbag has inflated, see What
Will You See after an Airbag
Inflates? 0 74.
Managing the Vehicle Damage
Repair Process
In the event that the vehicle requires
damage repairs, GM recommends
that you take an active role in its
repair. If you have a pre-determined
repair facility of choice, take the
vehicle there, or have it towed there.
Specify to the facility that any
required replacement collision parts
be original equipment parts, either
new Genuine GM parts or recycled
original GM parts. Remember,
recycled parts will not be covered by
the GM vehicle warranty.
Insurance pays the bill for the repair,
but you must live with the repair.
Depending on your policy limits,
your insurance company may
initially value the repair using
aftermarket parts. Discuss this with
the repair professional, and insist on
Genuine GM parts. Remember,
if the vehicle is leased, you may be
obligated to have the vehicle
repaired with Genuine GM parts,
even if your insurance coverage
does not pay the full cost.
If another party's insurance
company is paying for the repairs,
you are not obligated to accept a
repair valuation based on that
insurance company's collision policy
repair limits, as you have no
contractual limits with that company.
In such cases, you can have control
of the repair and parts choices as
long as the cost stays within
reasonable limits.
Publication Ordering
Information
Service Manuals
Service manuals have the diagnosis
and repair information on the
engine, transmission, axle,
suspension, brakes, electrical
system, steering system, body, etc.
Customer Literature
Owner ’s manuals are written
specifically for owners and are
intended to provide basic
operational information about the
vehicle. The owner’s manual
includes the Maintenance Schedule
for all models.
Customer literature publications
available for purchase include
owner ’s manuals, warranty
manuals, infotainment manuals, and
portfolios. Portfolios include an
owner ’s manual, warranty manual,
infotainment manual, if applicable,
and zip lock bag or pouch.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
470 Customer Information
Current and Past Models
Service manuals and customer
literature are available for many
current and past model year GM
vehicles.
To order, call 1-800-551-4123
Monday–Friday, 8:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m.
eastern time
For credit card orders only (VISA,
MasterCard, or Discover), see
Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.
To order by mail, write to:
Helm, Incorporated
Attention: Customer Service
47911 Halyard Drive
Plymouth, MI 48170
Make checks payable in U.S. funds.
Radio Frequency
Statement
This vehicle has systems that
operate on a radio frequency that
complies with Part 15/Part 18 of the
Federal Communications
Commission (FCC) rules and with
Innovation, Science and Economic
Development (ISED) Canada's
RSP-100 / ICES-GEN.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. The device may not cause
harmful interference.
2. The device must accept any
interference received, including
interference that may cause
undesired operation of the
device.
Changes or modifications to any of
these systems by other than an
authorized service facility could void
authorization to use this equipment.
Reporting Safety
Defects
Reporting Safety Defects
to the United States
Government
If you believe that your vehicle
has a defect which could cause
a crash or could cause injury or
death, you should immediately
inform the National Highway
Traffic Safety Administr ation
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying
General Motors.
If NHTSA receives similar
complaints, it may open an
investigation, and if it finds that
a safety defect exists in a group
of vehicles, it may order a recall
and remedy campaign.
However, NHTSA cannot
become involved in individual
problems between you, your
dealer, or General Motors.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Customer Information 471
To contact NHTSA, you may call
the Vehicle Safety Hotline
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:
1-800-424-9153); go to http://
www.safercar.gov; or write to:
Administrator, NHTSA
1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.
Washington , D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other
information about motor vehicle
safety from http://
www.safercar.gov
.
Reporting Safety Defects
to the Canadian
Government
If you live in Canada, and you
believe that the vehicle has a
safety defect, notify Transport
Canada immediately, and notify
General Motors of Canada
Company. Call Transport
Canada at 1-800-333-0510;
go to:
www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English)
www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French)
or write to:
Transport Canada
Motor Vehicle Safety Directorate
Defect Investigations and
Recalls Division
80 Noel Street
Gatineau
, QC J8Z 0A1
Reporting Safety Defects
to General Motors
In addition to notifying NHTSA (or
Transport Canada) in a situation like
this, notify General Motors.
In the U.S., call 1-800-222-1020,
or write:
Chevrolet Motor Division
Chevrolet Customer Assistance
Center
P.O. Box 33170
Detroit, MI 48232-5170
In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777
(English) or 1-800-263-7854
(French), or write:
General Motors of Canada
Company
Customer Care Centre, Mail Code:
CA1-163-005
1908 Colonel Sam Drive
Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7
In Mexico, call 01-800-466-0811 or
01-800-508-0000.
In other Central America and
Caribbean Countries, call
52-722-236-0680.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
472 Customer Information
Vehicle Data
Recording and
Privacy
The vehicle has a number of
computers that record information
about the vehicle’s performance and
how it is driven or used. For
example, the vehicle uses computer
modules to monitor and control
engine and transmission
performance, to monitor the
conditions for airbag deployment
and deploy them in a crash, and,
if equipped, to provide antilock
braking to help the driver control the
vehicle. These modules may store
data to help the dealer technician
service the vehicle or to help GM
improve safety or features. Some
modules may also store data about
how the vehicle is operated, such as
rate of fuel consumption or average
speed. These modules may retain
personal preferences, such as radio
presets, seat positions, and
temperature settings.
Cybersecurity
GM collects information about the
use of your vehicle including
operational and safety related
information. We collect this
information to provide, evaluate,
improve, and troubleshoot our
products and services and to
develop new products and services.
The protection of vehicle electronics
systems and customer data from
unauthorized outside electronic
access or control is important to
GM. GM maintains appropriate
security standards, practices,
guidelines and controls aimed at
defending the vehicle and the
vehicle service ecosystem against
unauthorized electronic access,
detecting possible malicious activity
in related networks, and responding
to suspected cybersecurity incidents
in a timely, coordinated and effective
manner. Security incidents could
impact your safety or compromise
your private data. To minimize
security risks, please do not connect
your vehicle electronic systems to
unauthorized devices or connect
your vehicle to any unknown or
untrusted networks (such as
Bluetooth, WIFI or similar
technology). In the event you
suspect any security incident
impacting your data or the safe
operation of your vehicle, please
stop operating your vehicle and
contact your dealer.
Event Data Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an
event data recorder (EDR). The
main purpose of an EDR is to
record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air
bag deployment or hitting a road
obstacle, data that will assist in
understanding how a vehicle’s
systems performed. The EDR is
designed to record data related to
vehicle dynamics and safety
systems for a short period of time,
typically 30 seconds or less. The
EDR in this vehicle is designed to
record such data as:
.
How various systems in your
vehicle were operating;
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Customer Information 473
.
Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
.
How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator and/
or brake pedal; and,
.
How fast the vehicle was
traveling.
These data can help provide a
better understanding of the
circumstances in which crashes and
injuries occur.
Note
EDR data are recorded by your
vehicle only if a non-trivial crash
situation occurs; no data are
recorded by the EDR under normal
driving conditions and no personal
data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) are recorded.
However, other parties, such as law
enforcement, could combine the
EDR data with the type of
personally identifying data routinely
acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such as
law enforcement, that have the
special equipment, can read the
information if they have access to
the vehicle or the EDR.
GM will not access these data or
share it with others except: with the
consent of the vehicle owner or,
if the vehicle is leased, with the
consent of the lessee; in response
to an official request by police or
similar government office; as part of
GM's defense of litigation through
the discovery process; or, as
required by law. Data that GM
collects or receives may also be
used for GM research needs or may
be made available to others for
research purposes, where a need is
shown and the data is not tied to a
specific vehicle or vehicle owner.
OnStar
If the vehicle is equipped with
OnStar and has an active service
plan, additional data may be
collected and transmitted through
the OnStar system. This includes
information about the vehicle’s
operation; collisions involving the
vehicle; the use of the vehicle and
its features, including infotainment;
and the location and approximate
GPS speed of the vehicle. Refer to
the OnStar Terms and Conditions
and Privacy Statement on the
OnStar website.
See OnStar Additional Information
0 476.
Infotainment System
If the vehicle is equipped with a
navigation system as part of the
infotainment system, use of the
system may result in the storage of
destinations, addresses, telephone
numbers, and other trip information.
See the infotainment manual for
information on stored data and for
deletion instructions.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
474 OnStar
OnStar
OnStar Overview
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
OnStar Services
Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
OnStar Additional Information
OnStar Additional
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
OnStar Overview
= Voice Command Button
Q Blue OnStar Button
> Red Emergency Button
This vehicle may be equipped with a
comprehensive, in-vehicle system
that can connect to an OnStar
Advisor for Emergency, Security,
Navigation, Connections, and
Diagnostics Services. OnStar
services may require a paid service
plan and data plan. OnStar requires
the vehicle battery and electrical
system, cellular service, and GPS
satellite signals to be available and
operating. OnStar acts as a link to
existing emergency service
providers. OnStar may collect
information about you and your
vehicle, including location
information. See OnStar User
Terms, Privacy Statement, and
Software Terms for more details
including system limitations at
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
The OnStar system status light is
next to the OnStar buttons. If the
status light is:
.
Solid Green: System is ready.
.
Flashing Green: On a call.
.
Red: Indicates a problem.
.
Off: System is off. Press
Q
twice to speak with an OnStar
Advisor.
Press
Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) to speak to an
Advisor.
Functionality of the Voice Command
button may vary by vehicle and
region.
Press
= to:
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
OnStar 475
.
Open the OnStar app on the
infotainment display. See the
infotainment manual for
information on how to use the
OnStar app.
Or
.
Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn
Navigation voice commands.
.
Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi
hotspot name or SSID and
password, if equipped.
Press
Q to connect to an
Advisor to:
.
Verify account information or
update contact information.
.
Get driving directions.
.
Receive a Diagnostic check of
the vehicle's key operating
systems.
.
Receive Roadside Assistance.
.
Manage Wi-Fi Settings,
if equipped.
Press
> to get a priority connection
to an OnStar Advisor available 24/
7 to:
.
Get help for an emergency.
.
Be a Good Samaritan or
respond to an AMBER Alert.
.
Get assistance in severe
weather or other crisis situations
and find evacuation routes.
OnStar Services
Emergency
Emergency Services require an
active safety and security plan. With
Automatic Crash Response, built-in
sensors can automatically alert a
specially trained OnStar Advisor
who is immediately connected in to
the vehicle to help.
Press
> for a priority connection to
an OnStar Advisor who can contact
emergency service providers, direct
them to your exact location, and
relay important information.
With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially
trained Advisors are available
24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to
provide a central point of contact,
assistance, and information during a
crisis.
With Roadside Assistance, Advisors
can locate a nearby service provider
to help with a flat tire, a battery
jump, or an empty gas tank.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
476 OnStar
Security
If equipped, OnStar provides these
services:
.
With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,
OnStar Advisors can use GPS to
pinpoint the vehicle and help
authorities quickly recover it.
.
With Remote Ignition Block,
if equipped, OnStar can block
the engine from being restarted.
.
With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,
if equipped, OnStar can work
with law enforcement to
gradually slow the vehicle down.
Theft Alarm Notification
If equipped, if the doors are locked
and the vehicle alarm sounds, a
notification by text, e-mail, or phone
call will be sent. If the vehicle is
stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work
with authorities to recover the
vehicle.
OnStar Additional
Information
In-Vehicle Audio Message s
Audio messages may play important
information at the following times:
.
Prior to vehicle purchase.
Press
Q to set up an account.
.
After change in ownership and
at 90 days.
Transferring Service
Press Q to request account transfer
eligibility information. The Advisor
can cancel or change account
information.
Selling/Transferring the
Vehicle
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827) immediately to
terminate your OnStar or connected
services if the vehicle is disposed
of, sold, transferred, or if the
lease ends.
Reactivation for Subsequent
Owners
Press Q and follow the prompts to
speak to an Advisor as soon as
possible. The Advisor will update
vehicle records and explain OnStar
or connected service options.
How OnStar Service Works
Automatic Crash Response,
Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,
Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Remote
Services, and Roadside Assistance
are available on most vehicles. Not
all OnStar services are available
everywhere or on all vehicles. For
more information, a full description
of OnStar services, system
limitations, and OnStar User Terms,
Privacy Statement, and Software
Terms:
.
Call 1-888-4ONSTAR
(1-888-466-7827).
.
See www.onstar.com (U.S.).
.
See www.onstar.ca (Canada).
.
Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
OnStar 477
.
Press
Q to speak with an
Advisor.
OnStar or connected services
cannot work unless the vehicle is in
a place where OnStar has an
agreement with a wireless service
provider for service in that area. The
wireless service provider must also
have coverage, network capacity,
reception, and technology
compatible with OnStar or
connected services. Service
involving location information about
the vehicle cannot work unless GPS
signals are available, unobstructed,
and compatible with the OnStar
hardware. OnStar or connected
services may not work if the OnStar
equipment is not properly installed
or it has not been properly
maintained. If equipment or software
is added, connected, or modified,
OnStar or connected services may
not work. Other problems beyond
the control of OnStar — such as
hills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,
electrical system design and
architecture of the vehicle, damage
to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless
phone network congestion or
jamming — may prevent service.
See Radio Frequency Statement
0 470.
Services for People with
Disabilities
Advisors provide services to help
with physical disabilities and
medical conditions.
Press
Q to help:
.
Locate a gas station with an
attendant to pump gas.
.
Find a hotel, restaurant, etc.,
that meets accessibility needs.
.
Provide directions to the closest
hospital or pharmacy in urgent
situations.
TTY Users
OnStar has the ability to
communicate to deaf,
hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired
customers while in the vehicle. The
available dealer-installed TTY
system can provide in-vehicle
access to all OnStar services,
except Virtual Advisor and OnStar
Turn-by-Turn Navigation.
If equipped, TTY mode can be
turned on or off by touching
Settings, then Apps, and then
Phone. When TTY mode is on,
phone calls can be made or
received with OnStar using the
infotainment display.
OnStar Personal Identification
Number (PIN)
A PIN is needed to access some
OnStar services. The PIN will need
to be changed the first time when
speaking with an Advisor. To
change the OnStar PIN, contact an
OnStar Advisor by pressing
Q or
calling 1-888-4ONSTAR.
Warranty
OnStar equipment may be
warranted as part of the vehicle
warranty.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
478 OnStar
Languages
The vehicle can be programmed to
respond in multiple languages.
Press
Q and ask for an Advisor.
Advisors are available in English,
Spanish, and French. Available
languages may vary by country.
Potential Issues
OnStar cannot perform Remote
Door Unlock or Stolen Vehicle
Assistance after the vehicle has
been off continuously for 10 days
without an ignition cycle. If the
vehicle has not been started for
10 days, OnStar can contact
Roadside Assistance or a locksmith
to help gain access to the vehicle.
Global Positioning
System (GPS)
.
Obstruction of the GPS can
occur in a large city with tall
buildings; in parking garages;
around airports; in tunnels and
underpasses; or in an area with
very dense trees. If GPS signals
are not available, the OnStar
system should still operate to
call OnStar. However, OnStar
could have difficulty identifying
the exact location.
.
In emergency situations, OnStar
can use the last stored GPS
location to send to emergency
responders.
A temporary loss of GPS can cause
loss of the ability to send a
Turn-by-Turn Navigation route. The
Advisor may give a verbal route or
may ask for a call back after the
vehicle is driven into an open area.
Cellular and GPS Antennas
Cellular reception is required for
OnStar to send remote signals to
the vehicle. Do not place items over
or near the antenna to prevent
blocking cellular and GPS signal
reception.
Unable to Connect to OnStar
Message
If there is limited cellular coverage
or the cellular network has reached
maximum capacity, this message
may come on. Press
Q to try the
call again or try again after driving a
few miles into another cellular area.
Vehicle and Power Issues
OnStar services require a vehicle
electrical system, wireless service,
and GPS satellite technologies to be
available and operating for features
to function properly. These systems
may not operate if the battery is
discharged or disconnected.
Add-on Electrical Equipment
The OnStar system is integrated
into the electrical architecture of the
vehicle. Do not add any electrical
equipment. See Add-On Electrical
Equipment 0 320. Added electrical
equipment may interfere with the
operation of the OnStar system and
cause it to not operate.
Vehicle Software Updates
OnStar or GM may remotely deliver
software updates or changes to the
vehicle without further notice or
consent. These updates or changes
may enhance or maintain safety,
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
OnStar 479
security, or the operation of the
vehicle or the vehicle systems.
Software updates or changes may
affect or erase data or settings that
are stored in the vehicle, such as
saved navigation destinations or
pre-set radio stations. Neither
OnStar nor GM is responsible for
any affected or erased data or
settings. These updates or changes
may also collect personal
information. Such collection is
described in the OnStar privacy
statement or separately disclosed at
the time of installation. These
updates or changes may also cause
a system to automatically
communicate with GM servers to
collect information about vehicle
system status, identify whether
updates or changes are available,
or deliver updates or changes. An
active OnStar agreement constitutes
consent to these software updates
or changes and agreement that
either OnStar or GM may remotely
deliver them to the vehicle.
Privacy
The complete OnStar Privacy
Statement may be found at
www.onstar.com (U.S.),
or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We
recommend that you review it. If you
have any questions, call
1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)
or press
Q to speak with an
Advisor. Users of wireless
communications are cautioned that
the privacy of any information sent
via wireless cellular communications
cannot be assured. Third parties
may unlawfully intercept or access
transmissions and private
communications without consent.
OnStar - Software
Acknowledgements
Certain OnStar components include
libcurl and unzip software and other
third party software. Below are the
notices and licenses associated with
libcurl and unzip and for other third
party software please see http://
opensource.lge.com/index
www.onstar.com/us/en/
libcurl:
COPYRIGHT AND PERMISSION
NOTICE
Copyright (c) 1996 - 2010, Daniel
Stenberg, <[email protected]>.
All rights reserved.
Permission to use, copy, modify,
and distribute this software for any
purpose with or without fee is
hereby granted, provided that the
above copyright notice and this
permission notice appear in all
copies.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED
“AS IS,” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF
THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM,
DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
CONTRACT, TORT OR
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
480 OnStar
OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE
USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice,
the name of a copyright holder shall
not be used in advertising or
otherwise to promote the sale, use
or other dealings in this Software
without prior written authorization of
the copyright holder.
unzip:
This is version 2005-Feb-10 of the
Info-ZIP copyright and license. The
definitive version of this document
should be available at ftp://
ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/
license.html indefinitely.
Copyright (c) 1990-2005 Info-ZIP. All
rights reserved.
For the purposes of this copyright
and license, “Info-ZIP” is defined as
the following set of individuals:
Mark Adler, John Bush, Karl Davis,
Harald Denker, Jean-Michel Dubois,
Jean-loup Gailly, Hunter Goatley, Ed
Gordon, Ian Gorman, Chris
Herborth, Dirk Haase, Greg Hartwig,
Robert Heath, Jonathan Hudson,
Paul Kienitz, David Kirschbaum,
Johnny Lee, Onno van der Linden,
Igor Mandrichenko, Steve P. Miller,
Sergio Monesi, Keith Owens,
George Petrov, Greg Roelofs, Kai
Uwe Rommel, Steve Salisbury,
Dave Smith, Steven M. Schweda,
Christian Spieler, Cosmin Truta,
Antoine Verheijen, Paul von Behren,
Rich Wales, Mike White.
This software is provided “as is,”
without warranty of any kind,
express or implied. In no event shall
Info-ZIP or its contributors be held
liable for any direct, indirect,
incidental, special or consequential
damages arising out of the use of or
inability to use this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to
use this software for any purpose,
including commercial applications,
and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following
restrictions:
1. Redistributions of source code
must retain the above copyright
notice, definition, disclaimer,
and this list of conditions.
2. Redistributions in binary form
(compiled executables) must
reproduce the above copyright
notice, definition, disclaimer,
and this list of conditions in
documentation and/or other
materials provided with the
distribution. The sole exception
to this condition is redistribution
of a standard UnZipSFX binary
(including SFXWiz) as part of a
self-extracting archive; that is
permitted without inclusion of
this license, as long as the
normal SFX banner has not
been removed from the binary
or disabled.
3. Altered versions–including, but
not limited to, ports to new
operating systems, existing
ports with new graphical
interfaces, and dynamic,
shared, or static library
versions–must be plainly
marked as such and must not
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
OnStar 481
be misrepresented as being
the original source. Such
altered versions also must not
be misrepresented as being
Info-ZIP releases–including,
but not limited to, labeling of
the altered versions with the
names “Info-ZIP” (or any
variation thereof, including, but
not limited to, different
capitalizations), “Pocket
UnZip,” “WiZ” or “MacZip”
without the explicit permission
of Info-ZIP. Such altered
versions are further prohibited
from misrepresentative use of
the Zip-Bugs or Info-ZIP e-mail
addresses or of the
Info-ZIP URL(s).
4. Info-ZIP retains the right to use
the names “Info-ZIP,” “Zip,”
“UnZip,” “UnZipSFX,” “WiZ,”
“Pocket UnZip,” “Pocket Zip,”
and “MacZip” for its own
source and binary releases.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
482 Connected Services
Connected
Services
Connected Services
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
Connected Services
Navigation
Navigation requires a specific
OnStar or connected service plan.
Press
Q to receive Turn-by-Turn
directions or have them sent to the
vehicle’s navigation screen,
if equipped.
Turn-by-Turn Navigation
1. Press Q to connect to an
Advisor.
2. Request directions to be
downloaded to the vehicle.
3. Follow the voice-guided
commands.
Using Voice Commands
During a Planned Route
Functionality of the Voice Command
button, if equipped, may vary by
vehicle and region. For some
vehicles, press
= to open the
OnStar app on the infotainment
display. For other vehicles press
=
as follows.
Cancel Route
1. Press
=. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
2. Say “Cancel route.” System
responds: “Do you want to
cancel directions?”
3. Say “Yes.” System responds:
“OK, request completed, thank
you, goodbye.”
Route Preview
1. Press
=. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
2. Say “Route preview.” System
responds with the next three
maneuvers.
Repeat
1. Press
=. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Connected Services 483
2. Say “Repeat.” System
responds with the last direction
given, then responds with
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
Get My Destination
1. Press
=. System responds:
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
2. Say “Get my destination.”
System responds with the
address and distance to the
destination, then responds with
“OnStar ready,” then a tone.
Send Destination to Vehicle
Directions can be sent to the
vehicle’s navigation screen,
if equipped.
Press
Q, then ask the Advisor to
download directions to the vehicle’s
navigation system, if equipped. After
the call ends, the navigation screen
will provide prompts to begin driving
directions. Routes that are sent to
the navigation screen can only be
canceled through the navigation
system.
See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Connections
The following services help with
staying connected.
For coverage maps, see
www.onstar.com (U.S.) or
www.onstar.ca (Canada).
Ensuring Security
.
Change the default passwords
for the Wi-Fi hotspot and
myChevrolet mobile application.
Make these passwords different
from each other and use a
combination of letters and
numbers to increase the
security.
.
Change the default name of the
SSID (Service Set Identifier).
This is your network’s name that
is visible to other wireless
devices. Choose a unique name
and avoid family names or
vehicle descriptions.
Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped)
The vehicle may have a built-in
Wi-Fi hotspot that provides access
to the Internet and web content at
4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile
devices can be connected. A data
plan is required. Use the in-vehicle
controls only when it is safe to
do so.
1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot
information, press
= to open
the OnStar app on the
infotainment display, then
select Wi-Fi Hotspot. On some
vehicles, touch Wi-Fi or Wi-Fi
Settings on the screen.
2. The Wi-Fi settings will display
the Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),
password, and on some
vehicles, the connection type
(no Internet connection, 3G,
4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality
(poor, good, excellent).
3. To change the SSID or
password, press
Q or call
1-888-4ONSTAR to connect
with an Advisor. On some
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
484 Connected Services
vehicles, the SSID and
password can be changed in
the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.
After initial set-up, your vehicle’s
Wi-Fi hotspot will connect
automatically to your mobile
devices. Manage data usage by
turning Wi-Fi on or off on your
mobile device, using the
myChevrolet mobile app, or by
contacting an OnStar Advisor. On
some vehicles, Wi-Fi can also be
managed from the Wi-Fi
Hotspot menu.
MyChevrolet Mobile App (If
Available)
Download the myChevrolet mobile
app to compatible Apple and
Android smartphones. Chevrolet
users can access the following
services from a smartphone:
.
Remotely start/stop the vehicle,
if factory-equipped.
.
Lock/unlock doors, if equipped
with automatic locks.
.
Activate the horn and lamps.
.
Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil
life, or tire pressure,
if factory-equipped with the Tire
Pressure Monitor System.
.
Send destinations to the vehicle.
.
Locate the vehicle on a map
(U.S. market only).
.
Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot
on/off, manage settings, and
monitor data consumption,
if equipped.
.
Locate a dealer and schedule
service.
.
Request roadside assistance.
.
Set a parking reminder with pin
drop, take a photo, make a note,
and set a timer.
.
Connect with Chevrolet on social
media.
Features are subject to change. For
myChevrolet mobile app information
and compatibility, see
my.chevrolet.com.
An active OnStar or connected
service plan may be required.
A compatible device,
factory-installed remote start, and
power locks are required. Data rates
apply. See www.onstar.com for
details and system limitations.
Remote Services
Contact an OnStar Advisor to
unlock the doors or sound the horn
and flash the lamps.
Marketplace
OnStar Advisors can provide offers
from restaurants and retailers on
your route, help locate hotels,
or book a room. These services
vary by market.
Diagnostics
By monitoring and reporting on the
vehicle's key systems, OnStar
Advanced Diagnostics, if equipped,
provides a way to keep up on
maintenance. Capabilities vary by
model. See www.onstar.com for
details and system limitations.
Features are subject to change. For
updates on feature capabilities, see
my.chevrolet.com. Message and
data rates may apply.
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Index 485
Index
A
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Active Fuel Management . . . . . . . 217
Adaptive Cruise Control . . . . . . . . 243
Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 320
Adding a Snow Plow or
Similar Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Additional Information
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
Additional Maintenance
and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
Adjustments
Lumbar, Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . .54
Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . . . 342
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . .175, 177
Air Filter
Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Air Filter, Passenger
Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Airbag System
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
How Does an Airbag
Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
Passenger Sensing System . . . .75
Airbag System (cont'd)
What Makes an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
What Will You See after an
Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
When Should an Airbag
Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . .71
Airbags
Adding Equipment to the
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
Passenger Status Indicator . . . 133
Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Servicing Airbag-Equipped
Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
Alarm
Vehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
Alert
Lane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 272
All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
All-Terrain Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 230
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Appearance Care
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
486 Index
Assistance Program,
Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
Assistance Systems for
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Assistance Systems for
Parking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 255
Auto Stop
Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . .211
Automatic
Dimming Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Emergency Braking (AEB) . . . . 268
Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Transmission Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Automatic Transmission
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Shift Lock Control Function
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Auxiliary
Roof Mounted Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 169
Axle, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Axle, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
B
Battery
Exterior Lighting Battery
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Battery (cont'd)
Load Management . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Battery - North America . . . .356, 418
Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 362
Blind Spot Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Brake
Electric Boost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Parking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 137
Brake Pad Life System . . . . . . . . . 354
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Pad Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Automatic
Emergency (AEB) . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Braking System
Front Pedestrian (FPB) . . . . . . . 270
Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 206
Bulb Replacement
Center High-Mounted
Stoplamp (CHMSL) and
Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Bulb Replacement (cont'd)
Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Headlamps, Front Turn
Signal, Sidemarker, and
Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 368
Taillamps, Turn Signal,
Stoplamps, and Back-up
Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
C
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
California
Perchlorate Materials
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
California
Proposition
65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .327, 356, 418,
Back Cover
Canadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2
Capacities and
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
Carbon Monoxide
Engine Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Index 487
Cargo
Tie-Downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 2
Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . 111
Center High-Mounted
Stoplamp (CHMSL) and
Cargo Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Charging
Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 134
Check
Engine Light (Malfunction
Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Ignition Transmission Lock . . . 361
Child Restraints
Infants and Young Children . . . . .84
Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82
Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . 102, 105, 106
Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86
Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Cleaning
Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
Climate Control Systems . . . . . . . 175
Climate Control Systems (cont'd)
Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Dual Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 467
Compartments
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Connected Services
Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
Connections
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . 483
Control
Hill Descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Traction and Electronic
Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Control Light
Hill Descent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Coolant
Engine Temperature Gauge . . 131
Engine Temperature
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175, 177
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Courtesy Transportation
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Cruise Control, Adaptive . . . . . . . . 243
Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 463
Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
Text Telephone (TTY)
Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
Customer Information
Publications Ordering
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
Customer Satisfaction
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
D
Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 467
Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 2
Data Collection
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 473
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 472
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
488 Index
Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Diagnostics
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . 484
Differential, Limited-Slip . . . . . . . . 241
Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Door
Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . . 459
Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 254
Driver Information
Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . .145, 146
Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Driver Mode Control Light . . . . . . 142
Driving
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 266
Better Fuel Economy . . . . . . . . . 184
Characteristics and
Towing Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 195
If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 197
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Driving (cont'd)
Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Dual Automatic Climate
Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
E
E85 or FlexFuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Electric Brake Boost . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . 231
Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . 137
Electrical Equipment,
Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Electrical System
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 369
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373, 374
Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Emergency
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
Engine
Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Check Light (Malfunction
Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Compartment Overview . . . . . . . 330
Coolant Temperature
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Coolant Temperature
Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Drive Belt Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
Exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Fan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Oil Life System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
Oil Pressure Gauge . . . . . . . . . . 130
Oil Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Overheated Protection
Operating Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Overheating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Power Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Running While Parked . . . . . . . . 218
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Engine Air Filter Life System . . . . 341
Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Equipment, Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 472
Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Index 489
Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Extender, Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Exterior Cargo Lamps . . . . . . . . . . 170
Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 163
Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 165
Exterior Lighting Battery
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
F
Fan
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Filter,
Engine Air Cleaner . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 167
Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
FlexFuel
E85 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Floor Console Storage . . . . . . . . . . 112
Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
Fluid
Automatic Transmission . . . . . . 341
Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Four-Wheel Drive
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Power Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Forward Collision Alert
(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Four-Wheel Drive . . . . . . . . . .225, 359
Four-Wheel-Drive Light . . . . . . . . . 138
Frequency Statement
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
Front Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Front Fog Lamp
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Front Pedestrian Braking
(FPB) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Front Seats
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
Heated and Ventilated . . . . . . . . . .58
Fuel
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Economy, Driving for Better . . . 184
Filling a Portable Fuel
Container . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Filling the Tank . . . . . . . . . . 281, 283
Foreign Countries . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . 143
Management, Active . . . . . . . . . . 217
Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Recommended . . . . . . . . . . 278, 279
Fuel (cont'd)
Top Tier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Full-Size Spare Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Fuses
Engine Compartment Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 369
Instrument Panel Fuse
Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373, 374
G
Garage Door Opener . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Gauges
Engine Coolant
Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 130
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Voltmeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Warning Lights and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
General Information
Service and Maintenance . . . . . 438
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
490 Index
General Information (cont'd)
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Glass Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
GM Mobility Reimbursement
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
H
Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 167
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Head-up Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Headlamps
Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Daytime Running
Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Headlamps, Front Turn
Signal, Sidemarker, and
Parking Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 143
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 165
Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 144
Heated
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
Heated (cont'd)
Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Heated and Ventilated Front
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Heater
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175, 177
High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
High-Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . 387
Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 195
Hill Descent Control (HDC) . . . . . 235
Hill Descent Control Light . . . . . . . 139
Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 233
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
How to Wear Seat Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175, 177
I
Ignition Positions . . . . . . . . . .206, 208
Ignition Transmission Lock
Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Indicator
Pedestrian Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Infants and Young Children,
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Information
Publication Ordering . . . . . . . . . . 469
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . . 5
Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 43
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
J
Jump Starting - North
America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
K
Keyless Entry
Remote (RKE) System . . . . . 13, 16
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9, 12
L
Labeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 379
Lamps
Auxiliary Roof
Mounted Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 166
Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Exterior Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Index 491
Lamps (cont'd)
Exterior Lamps Off
Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Exterior Lighting Battery
Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Malfunction Indicator
(Check Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . 272
Lane Departure
Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Lane Departure Warning
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . 276
Lane Keep Assist Light . . . . . . . . . 139
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
LATCH System
Replacing Parts after a
Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
LATCH, Lower Anchors and
Tethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Lighting
Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Lighting (cont'd)
LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Task . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Lights
Airbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Antilock Brake System
(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 137
Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Check Engine (Malfunction
Indicator) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Driver Mode Control . . . . . . . . . . 142
Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 137
Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Engine Coolant
Temperature Warning . . . . . . . 141
Engine Oil Pressure . . . . . . . . . . 143
Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Four-Wheel-Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Front Fog Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 165
Hill Descent Control . . . . . . . . . . 139
Lane Departure Warning . . . . . . 139
Lane Keep Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Lights (cont'd)
Low Fuel Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . 132
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Service Electric Parking
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Limited-Slip Differential . . . . . . . . . 241
Lock
Steering Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
Locking Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Locks
Automatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Low Fuel Warning Light . . . . . . . . . 143
Low-Profile Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Lower Anchors and Tethers
for Children (LATCH
System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Lumbar Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
492 Index
M
Maintenance
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
Maintenance and Care
Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 440
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . . 135
Manual Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Manual Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Manual Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Memory Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Messages
Engine Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Mirror
Rear Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
Mirrors
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Automatic Dimming
Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
Blind Spot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Mirrors (cont'd)
Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
Tilt in Reverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Trailer Tow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 43
Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Driver Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Monitor System, Tire
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
N
Navigation
Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . 482
New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Noise Control System . . . . . . . . . . 360
O
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Off-Road . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Oil
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Engine Oil Life System . . . . . . . 339
Engine Oil Pressure Gauge . . . 130
Oil (cont'd)
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 82
Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 463
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
OnStar Additional
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
Operating Mode
Overheated Engine
Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Operation
Fog Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Outlets
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Overheated Engine
Protection Operating Mode . . . . 350
Overheating, Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Overview
Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
P
Park
Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Index 493
Parking
Brake and P (Park)
Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 362
Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Over Things That Burn . . . . . . . 217
Parking or Backing
Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 255
Passenger Airbag Status
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Passenger Compartment Air
Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 75
Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . . . 140
Perchlorate Materials
Requirements, California . . . . . . 327
Personalization
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Pickup Conversion to
Chassis Cab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Power
Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 214
Seat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
Steering Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Power Assist Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . 67
Privacy
Vehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 472
Program
Courtesy Transportation . . . . . . 466
Prohibited Fuels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Proposition
65 Warning,
California . . . . . . . . . . . .327, 356, 418,
Back Cover
Publication Ordering
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
R
Radio Frequency Statement . . . . 470
Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Rear Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
Rear Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 255
Rear Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Recommended
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278, 279
Recommended Fluids and
Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
Records
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 423
Reimbursement Program,
GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
Remote Keyless Entry
(RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13, 16
Remote Vehicle Start . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Replacement
Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Replacement Parts
Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 81
Replacing LATCH System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Replacing Seat Belt System
Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Reporting Safety Defects
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 471
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
Restraints
Where to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
494 Index
Retained Accessory
Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Reverse Tilt Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Ride Control Systems
Enhanced Traction
System (ETS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Roads
Driving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Roadside Assistance
Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
Roof
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . . 459
Running the Vehicle While
Parked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
S
Safety Defects Reporting
Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 471
General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 466
Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
Seat Belts (cont'd)
How to Wear Seat Belts
Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . .69
Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . .67
Seats
Adjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
Center Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
Heated and Ventilated Front . . . .58
Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . .54
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
Power Adjustment, Front . . . . . . .53
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . .54
Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . .111
Securing Child
Restraints . . . . . . . . . . .102, 105, 106
Security
Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Service (cont'd)
Accessories and
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Climate Control System . . . . . . . 175
Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 328
Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 454
Maintenance, General
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 466
Service Electric Parking
Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Services
Special Application . . . . . . . . . . . 446
Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Shift Lock Control Function
Check, Automatic
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Shifting
Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 272
Signals, Turn and
Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Snow Plow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Special Application Services . . . . 446
Specifications and
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Index 495
Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Start Vehicle, Remote . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Starter Switch Check . . . . . . . . . . . 361
Starting the Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Fluid, Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Steering Column Lock . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Steps
Power Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
Stop/Start System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Storage
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Storage Areas
Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Floor Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
Glove Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
Underseat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111
Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . 110
Struts
Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
System
Brake Pad Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Engine Air Filter Life . . . . . . . . . . 341
Forward Collision
Alert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Infotainment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174, 473
Noise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Systems
Driver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
T
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Taillamps
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Task Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 463
Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 36
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 377
All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
All-Terrain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
Tires (cont'd)
Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Full-Size Spare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Low Profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386, 387
Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Pressure Monitor Operation . . 388
Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 387
Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 394
Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Terminology and Definitions . . 383
Uniform Tire Quality
Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 402
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Top Tier Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Tow/Haul Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Tow/Haul Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Towing
Driving Characteristics . . . . . . . . 285
Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
496 Index
Towing (cont'd)
General Information . . . . . . . . . . 285
Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 423
Trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Trailer Sway Control (TSC) . . . 306
Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Traction
Limited-Slip Differential . . . . . . . 241
Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Traction Control/Electronic
Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Trailer
Sway Control (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . 306
Tow Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Trailer Towing
App . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Trailering App . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Transfer Case . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Transmission
Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Fluid, Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Transportation Program,
Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Truck-Camper Loading
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Turn and Lane-Change
Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Turn Signal
Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
U
Underseat Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 400
Universal Remote System . . . . . . 159
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
V
Vehicle
Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Identification Number (VIN) . . . 455
Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 140
Vehicle Care
Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Vehicle Data Recording and
Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
Vehicle Security
Steering Column Lock . . . . . . . . . .35
Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Voltmeter Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
W
Warning
Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Lane Departure (LDW) . . . . . . . 274
Warning Lights, Gauges, and
Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Warnings
Hazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Wheels
Alignment and Tire Balance . . 401
Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
When It Is Time for New
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 88
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-
13337620) - 2020 - CRC - 8/19/19
Index 497
Windows (cont'd)
Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Windshield
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Winter
Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 378
Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 362
Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
84186886 B
C
M
Y
CM
MY
CY
CMY
K
20_CHEV_Silverado_COV_en_US_84186886B_2019AUG27.ai 1 8/12/2019 1:31:21 PM20_CHEV_Silverado_COV_en_US_84186886B_2019AUG27.ai 1 8/12/2019 1:31:21 PM
